phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Energy meters, function and communication

modules

Page 208

Test disconnect terminal blocks

See Catalog 1

Current transducers, current protector

Page 240

SOLARCHECK photovoltaic panel

shutdown

Page 252

SOLARCHECK

Photovoltaic string monitoring

Page 256

Multifunctional time relays

Page 278

Function modules

Page 280

Lightning monitoring system

See Catalog 4

HMIs

Highly compact signal conditioners with

PHOENIX CONTACT

Complete overview

Product range overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Measurement and control technology

Frequency inverters

Page 52

plug-in connection technology

Page 68

(Ex i) signal conditioners with

SIL functional safety

Page 140

(Ex i) signal conditioners with

PL functional safety

Page 168

Complete packages for data logging

Page 215

Compressed air meters

Page 216

Current transformers

Page 220

Current transformers for retrofitting

Page 234

Charging technology for E-Mobility

See Catalog 2

Compact monitoring relays

Page 262

Multifunctional monitoring relays

Page 266

Ultra-narrow time relays

Page 276

Signal towers

Programmable logic relay system PLC logic

PHOENIX CONTACT

Complete overview

Product range overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Relay modules

Page 426

DEK series

Page 437

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Page 470

V8 adapters

Page 425

Retrofit and modernization components

Page 558

Universal modules

Page 566

PHOENIX CONTACT

Complete overview

Product range overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Safety devices

See Catalog 6

Potential distributors

Page 598

PHOENIX CONTACT

Complete overview

Product range overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

PHOENIX CONTACT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Product range overview

Electronic motor management

Network-capable hybrid motor starters with reversing function

Hybrid motor starters with reversing function

Network-capable hybrid motor starters with direct start function

Hybrid motor starters with direct start function

Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection

3-phase solid-state reversing contactors

3-phase solid-state contactors

Solid-state reversing contactor for DC motors

Single-phase solid-state contactors

IP67 motor starters

IP20 frequency inverters

PHOENIX CONTACT

Switching devices for starting, reversing,

and protecting electric motors rank among
the components used in automation
technology. These components are
designed redundantly for safety-sensitive
applications. When it comes to reducing
installation time and space requirements,
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters are
the state-of-the-art alternative.

This is because CONTACTRON hybrid

motor starters combine up to four
functions in a single device. They are
integrated into popular fieldbus systems via
the Interface system connection or via the
SmartWire-DT™ wiring system.

For protection of the entire system, the

product range now includes the electronic
motor manager (EMM). In addition to
typical measured values such as voltage and
current, the behavior of the system is
monitored and protected by means of real
power measurement. The process data in all
popular fieldbus systems can be supplied
with the gateway and evaluated by a
controller.

Electronic switching devices and motor control

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Motor management

Electronic motor management

Page 14

Gateways

Page 16

IFS extension module for the

Interface system

Page 17

Hybrid motor starters

Network-capable hybrid motor starters with

reversing function

Page 23

Hybrid motor starters with reversing function

Page 24

Network-capable hybrid motor starters with

direct start function

Page 29

Hybrid motor starters with direct start

function

Page 30

Solid-state contactors

3-phase solid-state reversing contactors

Page 40

3-phase solid-state contactors

Page 42

Semiconductor reversing contactor with

soft starter

Page 44

Solid-state reversing contactor for

DC motors

Page 46

IP67 motor starters

Frequency inverters

PROFINET motor starter for distributed use

Page 50

Stainless steel base, IP67 protection

Page 51

Inline frequency inverters for the

control cabinet

Page 52

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit

protection

Page 33

Continuous bridge for hybrid motor starters

Page 34

SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Page 36

Single-phase solid-state contactors

Page 48

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Motor management

Electronic motor management
(EMM)

The electronic motor management

modules offer all the advantages of modern
real power monitoring.

The measuring and evaluation electronics

for all performance classes. EMM offers the
same functionality for all performance
classes, only without a power section.

Power within limits

Monitoring is based on freely

parameterizable switching and signaling
thresholds for overload and underload
detection. Identical or separate settings can
be made for the thresholds for both
directions of rotation. The real power
consumed, calculated from three currents,
voltages, and the phase angle, is used for
parameterization. As it is independent of
voltage fluctuations and drive load, the
parameterization is thus much more precise
than when only the current is taken into
consideration. If a switching threshold is
violated, an emergency shutdown of the
motor is initiated immediately or with an
adjustable “delay time”. In addition, a
message is sent via an output.

This state can only be deactivated via a

defined reset. If the real power consumed is
determined as being above or below the
message thresholds, all that occurs is that a

check-back is returned for the duration for
which the module was addressed.

In addition, signals are generated by the

module for the recognition of the direction
of rotation. Asymmetry and phase failures
are detected and signalized.

Permanent status monitoring with high

scanning rates and the fast semiconductor
switch enable complete system protection,
including motor protection.

Without any extra wiring - and with just a

single device - pumps, actuating drives, fans,
and tools are monitored for proper
functioning, contamination (filter or
similar), and wear. The adjustable “inrush
suppression” time can be used to mask out
the switching operation from the
monitoring process.

Interface system

The Interface system (IFS) consists of

devices which can be connected to each
other via the DIN rail connector. A gateway
with up to 32 IFS devices forms the head of
Interface system. The station is managed by
the gateway.

Interface system properties:

– Use of the Interface system via the

DIN rail connector for the purpose of
parameterization, diagnostics, and the
exchange of data with each other

– Compatible with defined IFS accessories
– 24 V supply of the devices (e.g., EMM...IFS,

ELR...IFS, EM-GATEWAY-IFS) via the
DIN rail connector

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Motor management

Protection against dry running, blocking,

and cavitation, warning thresholds to
indicate filter contamination.

Protection against blocking, warning

thresholds for bearing wear and other cases
that trigger overload.

Protection against blocking and broken

tools, warning thresholds for tool and
bearing wear.

In the case of motor-driven pumps, the

lower performance threshold provides
reliable protection against hazardous dry
running.

Forced shutdown of the drive is delayed

by the “delay time”.

This prevents forced shutdown in the

event of air bubbles.

Machine tools are monitored and

protected in a similar way when drilling,
milling or grinding. If the feed value on a
milling machine is set too high, a tool may
break in the “worst-case” scenario. The
power threshold, parameterized
accordingly, can be used to resolve this
issue.

Additionally, a message threshold signals

tool wear in advance.

Performance

Real

power

(P)

Time (t)

Lower
performance threshold

Continuous dry running
with forced shutdown

Delay time

Switch-on delay

Signaling threshold,
contamination of screen
or filter

Performance

Real

power

(P)

Time (t)

Lower
performance threshold

Upper
performance threshold

Temporary
dry running

Delay time

Switch-on delay

Real

power

(P)

Time (t)

Performance

when idling

Signaling threshold
Tool wear

Performance threshold
Broken tool

Increased performance
Tool wear

Excess performance
due to possible
broken tool

Delay time

Switch-on delay

Motor startup

Tool positioning

Milling process

Drive shutdown

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Thermistor

ogic

IN1

IN2

IN3

IN4

igital

I11

I12

I21

I22

I31

I32

ERR

Port

eset

Thermistor

ogic

1/L1

IN1

IN2

IN3

IN4

24 VDC

igital

ERR

3/L2

5/L3

Port

eset





Ex:







Ex:



Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

Control supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

Rated control supply current I

at U

25 mA

10 mA

25 mA

10 mA

Input data of digital inputs

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS

EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS

EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS

Number of inputs

4 (IN1 - IN4)

Rated actuating voltage U

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

Rated actuating current I

3.3 mA

3.5 mA

3.3 mA

3.5 mA

Power measurement

Voltage measuring input

42 V AC ... 575 V AC

Nominal current, voltage measuring input

< 0.5 mA

Current measuring input

5 A (Secondary external

converter)

5 A (Secondary external

converter)

max. 16 A

Output data for confirmation contacts

O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal

24 V DC (semiconductor output) /

500 mA

230 V AC (Relay output) /

500 mA

24 V DC (semiconductor output) /

500 mA

230 V AC (Relay output) /

500 mA

General data

Rated insulation voltage

500 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2

Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529

IP20

Mounting position

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Electronic motor management

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS

2297497

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS

2297523

EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS

2297507

EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS

2297536

Accessories

Configuration package

for the EMM...IFS, comprising

CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user

manual on CD

MM-CONF-SET

MM-CONF-SET

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

DIN rail connector

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

Voltage transducer for 690 V

, for EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS,

comprising 3 terminal blocks and cover

UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET

2901667

Multi-functional memory module

for the Interface system

- Flat design

IFS-CONFSTICK

2986122

IFS-CONFSTICK

2986122

- Tall design

IFS-CONFSTICK-L

2901103

IFS-CONFSTICK-L

2901103

MINI COMBICON connectors

- Female contact

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

250

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

250

- Male contact

IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

PHOENIX CONTACT

EMM motor management (with or

without current transformer) for all
performance classes monitors and protects
3-phase loads, such as electrical drives.
– Freely parameterizable signaling or

switching thresholds

– Digital outputs control external switching

elements

– Optional connection to the Interface

system (e.g., IFS gateways) via DIN rail
connector

Electronic motor management

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Motor management

Allows the use of external current transformers

With integrated current transformers

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 3/

2 5/

1 4/

2 6/

EMM

-...

00A

-IFS

O U O

O1 O2 O3 O4

1 3/

2 5/

1 4/

2 6/

EMM

-...

00A

-IFS

O U O

O1 O2 O3 O4

-MTD-

R/C

-MTD-

R/C

-MTD-

R/C

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

The electronic motor management

modules (EMM) offer all the advantages of
modern real power monitoring. Every
6.6 ms, the real power consumed of a drive
system or another 3-phase load is
determined based on three currents,
voltages, and the phase angle. Currents up
to 16 A are directly acquired and currents
>16 A are fed through external converters.
Separate mechanical or electronic switching
elements, which take care of the actual load
switching, are controlled via digital outputs.
The EMM is designed to reliably protect
connected loads - irrespective of their
power consumption - against overload and
underload, and to provide continuous status
monitoring.

Up to 8 freely parameterizable switching,

message thresholds and up to four freely
configurable inputs and outputs enable the
protection of electrical drives and the
system.

The EMM modules can record the

following data:
– Apparent, real, and reactive power
– Currents and voltages
– Phase angle
– Switching-cycle and operating-hours
– Power meter

Additional functions:

– Adjustable bimetal function class 5-30
– Thermistor monitor
– Recording measured values
– GATEWAY connection via DIN rail

connector

– Pre-configured motor feeders such as

reversing starters, star-delta starters, etc.
With the EMM modules, complete

“driving curves” are recorded, which can be
used for the system documentation, for
example.

With the forward running, reverse

running, reversing, and limit switch (with
integrated restart lock) operating modes,
actuators and control drives, pumps and
similar are switched and monitored for
wear.

Current transformer

The external converters should be

selected with a secondary nominal current
of 5 A. The primary current is determined
by the current consumption of the load
(refer to connection diagram). For suitable
current transformers, see Interface catalog.

DIN rail connectors

The DIN rail connectors

(Order No.

2707437

) are used to supply

several EMMs with 24 V DC or to couple up
to 32 EMMs (for example) to the
PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS.

Switching element

Depending on the requirements for the

actual load switching, an electromechanical
contactor or a reversing contactor
combination or a solid-state
contactor/solid-state reversing contactor is
used. These switching elements are
controlled via the digital outputs of the
EMM modules.

PHOENIX CONTACT

Module

supply

Digital

inputs

Digital

outputs

Supply

digital

outputs

Current measurement

Reverse running

Separate switching module

Forward running

Thermistor

input

Module

supply

Digital

inputs

Current

measurement

Voltage

measurement

Digital

outputs

Supply

digital

outputs

Current measurement

Thermistor

input

Reverse running

Separate switching module

Forward running

Electronic motor management

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Motor management

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

µC

ontroller

IFS

IFS-

Port

eset



Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

24 V DC -20

% ... +25

Rated control supply current I

85 mA (plus load current of the outputs)

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection

Digital inputs

Number of inputs

Rated actuating voltage U

24 V DC ±20 %

Rated actuating current I

3 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection

Digital outputs

Number of outputs

Maximum switching voltage

23 V DC (U

- U

resid.

of the output)

Max. switching current

500 mA

Residual voltage

1 V

Output protection

Parallel protection against polarity reversal, pay attention to the fuse

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-35 °C ... 50 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Standards/regulations

EN 50178

Degree of protection

IP20

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 12 - 24

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

IFS gateway

for

PROFIBUS DP

EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS

2297620

RS-232

EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS

2901526

RS-485

EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS

2901527

Modbus/TCP

EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS

2901528

DeviceNet™

EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS

2901529

CANopen

EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS

2901504

PROFINET

EM-PNET-GATEWAY-IFS

2904472

EtherNet/IP™

EM-ETH-GATEWAY-IFS

2901988

Accessories

Configuration package

for the EMM...IFS, comprising

CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and

user manual on CD

MM-CONF-SET

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

DIN rail connector

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

MINI COMBICON connectors

- Female contact

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

250

- Male contact

IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

PHOENIX CONTACT

EM...GATEWAY-IFS for connecting

Interface system devices (IFS) to popular
bus systems: PROFIBUS DP, Modbus,
Modbus/TCP, DeviceNet™, CANopen

and PROFINET, EtherNet/IP™.
– Communication via DIN rail connector

with up to 32 Interface system devices,
such as EMM...IFS- and ELR...IFS modules

– Equipped with freely parameterizable

digital inputs and outputs

– Digital switching outputs for direct

control

IFS gateways for
Interface system devices

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Motor management

Status

Fieldbus
connection

IFS gateways

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

µP

BUS

PWR

4 V

OUT

O2
O3
O

Port

Reset

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

24 V DC -20

% ... +25

Rated control supply current I

85 mA (plus load current of the outputs)

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection

Digital inputs

Number of inputs

Rated actuating voltage U

24 V DC ±20 %

Rated actuating current I

3 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection

Digital outputs

Number of outputs

Maximum switching voltage

23 V DC (U

- U

resid.

of the output)

Max. switching current

500 mA (per output)

Residual voltage

1 V

Output protection

Parallel protection against polarity reversal, pay attention to the fuse

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-35 °C ... 50 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Standards/regulations

EN 61131-2

Degree of protection

IP20

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 12 - 24

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

IFS extension module,

with 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs

EM-D-8/4-24DC-IFS

2904473

Accessories

Configuration package

for the EMM...IFS, comprising

CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and

user manual on CD

MM-CONF-SET

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

DIN rail connector

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

MINI COMBICON connectors

- Female contact

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

250

- Male contact

IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

PHOENIX CONTACT

new

EM-D-8/4



IFS digital extension module

for the Interface system (IFS). For more
complex applications, in order to process
additional signals in the field.
– Communication with an IFS gateway via

DIN rail connector as the slave

– Freely configurable digital inputs and

outputs

IFS extension module for the
Interface system

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Motor management

IFS extension module

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

The CONTACTRON hybrid motor

starters combine up to four functions in one
device: motor starter, reversing function,
motor protection against overload, and
emergency stop.

In addition to standard devices for parallel

wiring, network-capable versions, which can
be integrated into fieldbus environments,
are also available.

CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter

technology is a microprocessor-controlled
combination of wear-free solid-state
technology and robust relay technology.
The semiconductors execute the wear-
prone on and off switching procedures,
while the relays only conduct low-loss
current. This enables soft switching and
considerably reduces the load on the relay
contacts.

Switch motors safely and reliably with

compact hybrid motor starters.

The devices are used wherever three-

phase asynchronous motors, from 50 W to
3 kW, need to be reversed and protected.
The product range of hybrid motor starters
consists of direct and reversing starters,
which are available with various functions
such as emergency stop and motor
protection.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Hybrid motor starter with up to four

functions in one device: forward running,
reverse running, motor protection, and
emergency stop.

Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter

with integrated fuses, for mounting on
35 mm DIN rail and 60 mm busbar systems.

Connection of hybrid motor starters in a

bus system via SmartWire-DT™. Gateways
are available for the most important bus
systems: PROFIBUS, Modbus/TCP,
EtherNet/IP™, and CANopen

Connection of the hybrid motor starter

to a bus system via the IFS Interface system.
Gateways are available for the most
important bus systems: PROFIBUS DP,
Modbus/TCP, EtherNet/IP™, CANopen

DeviceNet™, PROFINET, etc.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

eset

ogic

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

EN-

EN+







Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

24 V DC

Control supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated control supply current I

at U

60 mA

Rated actuating voltage U

EN+

24 V DC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated actuating current I

at U

7 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection , Surge protection

Reverse polarity prote

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Green LED / Yellow

Output data load side

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

Output protection

Surge protection

General data

Rated insulation voltage

550 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-5 °C ... 60 °C (observe derating)

-5 °C ... 55 °C (observe der

Standards/regulations

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

IEC

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

vertical (

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 - 2.5 mm² /

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Load current 0.075

...

0.6

Screw connection

ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-06-IFS

2905151

Push-in connection

ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905138

Load current 0.18 A ... 3 A

Screw connection

ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-3-IFS

2905152

Push-in connection

ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905139

Load current 1.5

...

Screw connection

ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-9-IFS

2905153

Push-in connection

ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-9-IFS

2905140

Accessories

DIN rail connector

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

PHOENIX CONTACT

Network-capable hybrid motor
starter with reversing function

These 3-phase hybrid motor starters

offer up to four functions: forward running,
reverse running, motor protection, and
emergency stop up to SIL3 / PL e.

They offer the following advantages:

– Bus connection via Interface system (IFS)

or via IO-Link

– Reduction in wiring
– Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

Safety level according to:

– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad curr

ent

[A]

= aligned with > 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing

Derating curve

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

Motor protection, emergency stop, and

Interface system support

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

eset

ogic

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

Reset

µP

2/T

/T2

6/T3

-Li

L-

L+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

24 V DC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

60 mA

65 mA

24 V DC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

7 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection , Surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

Surge protection

550 V

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-5 °C ... 60 °C (observe derating)

-5 °C ... 55 °C (observe derating)

13849

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-06-IFS

2905157

ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905144

ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-3-IFS

2905159

ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905146

ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-3-IOL

2908669

ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-9-IFS

2905160

ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-9-IFS

2905147

ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-9-IOL

2908670

Accessories

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

new

Motor protection and

Interface system support

Motor protection, emergency stop, and

IO-Link support

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Reset

µP

2/T

/T2

6/T3

Smar







Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

24 V DC

Control supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated control supply current I

at U

60 mA

Rated actuating voltage U

EN+

24 V DC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated actuating current I

at U

7 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection , Surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Output data load side

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

Output protection

Surge protection

General data

Rated insulation voltage

550 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-5 °C ... 55 °C (observe derating)

Standards/regulations

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

IEC

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Load current 0.075

...

0.6

Push-in connection

ELR H5-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-06

2903933

Load current 0.18 A ... 2.4

Push-in connection

ELR H5-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-3

2903934

Load current 1.5

...

Push-in connection

ELR H5-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-9

2903935

Accessories

Device plug, 8-pos.

SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC

PHOENIX CONTACT

Network-capable hybrid motor
starter with reversing function

These 3-phase hybrid motor starters

offer up to four functions: forward running,
reverse running, motor protection, and
emergency stop up to SIL3 / PL e.

They offer the following advantages:

– Connection to SmartWire-DT™ (SWD)
– 22.5 mm wide
– Reduction in wiring
– Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

Safety level according to:

– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad curr

ent

[A]

= aligned with > 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing

Derating curve

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Motor protection, emergency stop, and

SmartWire-DT™ support

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Reset

µP

2/T

/T2

6/T3

Smar

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Technical data

24 V DC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

60 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection , Surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

Surge protection

550 V

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-5 °C ... 55 °C (observe derating)

13849

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ELR H5-I-PT-SWD/500AC-06

2905073

ELR H5-I-PT-SWD/500AC-3

2905074

ELR H5-I-PT-SWD/500AC-9

2905075

Accessories

SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Motor protection and

SmartWire-DT™ support

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Logic

1 3/

2 5/

& Error









Ex:





Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

Control supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30

Rated control supply current I

at U

40 mA

4 mA

40 mA

4 mA

40 mA

4 mA

Rated actuating voltage U

R/L

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated actuating current I

at U

5 mA

7 mA

5 mA

7 mA

5 mA

7 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection ,

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection ,

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Green LED / Yellow

Output data load side

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

42 V

Output protection

Surge protection

General data

Rated insulation voltage

500 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

4 kV

6 kV

4 kV

6 kV

4 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 70 °C (observe derating)

-25 °C ... 70 °C (observe

Standards/regulations

IEC

60947-1 / IEC

60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

IEC

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

vertical (

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 - 2.5 mm² /

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Load current 0.075

...

0.6

Screw connection

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2900582

Push-in connection

ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2903902

Load current 0.18 A ... 2.4

Screw connection

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2

2900414

Push-in connection

ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-2

2903904

Screw connection

ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900420

Load current 1.5

...

Screw connection

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900421

Push-in connection

ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9

2903906

Screw connection

ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900422

Load current 0

...

Screw connection

PHOENIX CONTACT

Hybrid motor starters with
reversing function

These 3-phase hybrid motor starters

offer up to four functions: forward running,
reverse running, motor protection, and
emergency stop up to SIL3 / PL e.

They offer the following advantages:

– 22.5 mm wide
– Reduction in wiring
– Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

Safety level according to:

– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad curr

ent

[A]

= aligned with 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing

Derating curve for ELR H5...230AC...

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad curr

ent

[A]

= aligned with > 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing

Derating curve for ELR H5...24DC...

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

Motor protection

and emergency stop

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

2/T

/T2

6/T3

µP

2 5/

rror

1 4/

2 6/

Logic

1 3/

2 5/

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products















Technical data

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

Control supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

40 mA

4 mA

40 mA

4 mA

40 mA

4 mA

R/L

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

5 mA

7 mA

5 mA

7 mA

5 mA

7 mA

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection ,

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection ,

Surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

Surge protection

500 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

4 kV

6 kV

4 kV

6 kV

4 kV

)

-25 °C ... 70 °C (observe derating)

13849

IEC

60947-1 / IEC

60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

IEC

60947-1 / IEC

60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2900573

ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2903908

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2

2900574

ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-2

2903910

ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900575

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900576

ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9

2903912

ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900578

ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900538

ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900539

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Motor protection

Reversing function only

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

eset

ogic

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

EN-

EN+







Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

24 V DC

Control supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated control supply current I

at U

60 mA

Rated actuating voltage U

EN+

24 V DC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated actuating current I

at U

7 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection , Surge protection

Reverse polarity prote

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Green LED / Yellow

Output data load side

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

Output protection

Surge protection

General data

Rated insulation voltage

550 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-5 °C ... 60 °C (observe derating)

-5 °C ... 55 °C (observe der

Standards/regulations

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

IEC

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

vertical (

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 - 2.5 mm² /

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Load current 0.075

...

0.6

Screw connection

ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-06-IFS

2905154

Push-in connection

ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905141

Load current 0.18 A ... 3 A

Screw connection

ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-3-IFS

2905155

Push-in connection

ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905142

Load current 1.5

...

Screw connection

ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-9-IFS

2905156

Push-in connection

ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-9-IFS

2905143

Accessories

DIN rail connector

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

PHOENIX CONTACT

Network-capable hybrid motor
starter with direct start function

These 3-phase hybrid motor starters

offer up to three functions: forward
running, motor protection, and emergency
stop up to SIL3 / PL e.

They offer the following advantages:

– Bus connection via Interface system (IFS)

or via IO-Link

– Reduction in wiring
– Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

Safety level according to:

– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad curr

ent

[A]

= aligned with > 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing

Derating curve

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

Motor protection, emergency stop, and

Interface system support

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

eset

ogic

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

Reset

µP

2/T

/T2

6/T3

-Li

L-

L+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

24 V DC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

60 mA

65 mA

24 V DC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

7 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection , Surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

Surge protection

550 V

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-5 °C ... 60 °C (observe derating)

-5 °C ... 55 °C (observe derating)

13849

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-06-IFS

2905162

ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905148

ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-3-IFS

2905163

ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905149

ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-3-IOL

2908671

ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-9-IFS

2905164

ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-9-IFS

2905150

ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-9-IOL

2908672

Accessories

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

new

Motor protection and

Interface system support

Motor protection, emergency stop, and

IO-Link support

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Reset

µP

2/T

/T2

6/T3

Smar







Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

24 V DC

Control supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated control supply current I

at U

60 mA

Rated actuating voltage U

EN+

24 V DC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated actuating current I

at U

7 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection , Surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Output data load side

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

Output protection

Surge protection

General data

Rated insulation voltage

550 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-5 °C ... 55 °C (observe derating)

Standards/regulations

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

IEC

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Load current 0.075

...

0.6

Push-in connection

ELR H3-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-06

2903936

Load current 0.18 A ... 2.4

Push-in connection

ELR H3-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-3

2903937

Load current 1.5

...

Push-in connection

ELR H3-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-9

2903938

Accessories

Device plug, 8-pos.

SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC

PHOENIX CONTACT

Network-capable hybrid motor
starter with direct start function

These 3-phase hybrid motor starters

offer up to three functions: forward
running, motor protection, and emergency
stop up to SIL3 / PL e.

They offer the following advantages:

– Connection to SmartWire-DT™ (SWD)
– 22.5 mm wide
– Reduction in wiring
– Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

Safety level according to:

– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad curr

ent

[A]

= aligned with > 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing

Derating curve

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Motor protection, emergency stop, and

SmartWire-DT™ support

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Reset

µP

2/T

/T2

6/T3

Smar

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Technical data

24 V DC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

60 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection , Surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

Surge protection

550 V

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-5 °C ... 55 °C (observe derating)

13849

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ELR H3-I-PT-SWD/500AC-06

2905076

ELR H3-I-PT-SWD/500AC-3

2905078

ELR H3-I-PT-SWD/500AC-9

2905079

Accessories

SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Motor protection and

SmartWire-DT™ support

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Logic

1 3/

2 5/

& Error









Ex:





Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

Control supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30

Rated control supply current I

at U

40 mA

4 mA

40 mA

4 mA

40 mA

4 mA

Rated actuation voltage U

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated actuating current I

at U

5 mA

7 mA

5 mA

7 mA

5 mA

7 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection ,

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection ,

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Green LED / Yellow

Output data load side

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

42 V

Output protection

Surge protection

General data

Rated insulation voltage

500 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

4 kV

6 kV

4 kV

6 kV

4 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 70 °C (observe derating)

-25 °C ... 70 °C (observe

Standards/regulations

IEC

60947-1 / IEC

60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

IEC

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

vertical (

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 - 2.5 mm² /

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Load current 0.075

...

0.6

Screw connection

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2900566

Push-in connection

ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2903914

Load current 0.18 A ... 2.4

Screw connection

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2

2900567

Push-in connection

ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-2

2903916

Screw connection

ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900568

Load current 1.5

...

Screw connection

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900569

Push-in connection

ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9

2903918

Screw connection

ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900570

Load current 0

...

Screw connection

PHOENIX CONTACT

Hybrid motor starters with
direct start function

These 3-phase hybrid motor starters

offer up to three functions: forward
running, motor protection, and emergency
stop up to SIL3 / PL e.

They offer the following advantages:

– 22.5 mm wide
– Reduction in wiring
– Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

Safety level according to:

– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad curr

ent

[A]

= aligned with 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing

Derating curve for ELR H3...230AC...

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad curr

ent

[A]

= aligned with > 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing

Derating curve for ELR H3...24DC...

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

Motor protection

and emergency stop

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

2/T

/T2

6/T3

µP

2 5/

rror

1 4/

2 6/

Logic

1 3/

2 5/

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products















Technical data

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

24 V DC

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

Control supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

40 mA

4 mA

40 mA

4 mA

40 mA

4 mA

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

85 V AC ... 253 V AC

5 mA

7 mA

5 mA

7 mA

5 mA

7 mA

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection ,

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection ,

Surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

Surge protection

500 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

4 kV

6 kV

4 kV

6 kV

4 kV

)

-25 °C ... 70 °C (observe derating)

13849

IEC

60947-1 / IEC

60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

IEC

60947-1 / IEC

60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

Mounting position

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

Mounting

alignable, for spacing see derating

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2900542

ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2903920

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2

2900543

ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-2

2903922

ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900544

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900545

ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9

2903924

ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900546

ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900530

ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900531

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Motor protection

Direct start function only

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

Control supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated control supply current I

at U

Rated actuating voltage U

R/L

24 V DC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated actuating current I

at U

Input circuit

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Green LED / Yellow

Output data load side

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

Load current range

Output protection

General data

Rated insulation voltage

500 V

Rated surge voltage

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 70 °C (observe derating)

Standards/regulations

IEC

Mounting position

Mounting

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm²

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm

Description

Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter

Hybrid motor starter

DIN rail adapter

Busbar adapter, 160 mm

Busbar adapter, 200 mm

Set

consisting of short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter and

adapter

- with DIN rail adapter

- with busbar adapter, 160 mm

- with busbar adapter, 200 mm

Fuse

Coordination type 2 to 10 kA/500 V

Coordination type 2 to 5 kA/400 V

Coordination type 1 to 30 kA/500 V

PHOENIX CONTACT

These short-circuit-proof 3-phase hybrid

motor starters for mounting on 35 mm
DIN rails or 60 mm power busbars combine
four functions in one device: forward
running, reverse running, motor protection,
and emergency stop up to SIL3 / PL e.

They offer the following advantages:

– 22.5 mm wide
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– Reduction in wiring
– 3-phase loop bridging
– Plug-in motor output terminal block
– Coordination type 2 according to

IEC/EN 60947-4-2

– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

Hybrid motor starters with
short-circuit protection

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

eset

VDC

24VDC

ogic

L1 L2 L3

rror

reset

eset

VDC

24VDC

ogic

L1 L2 L3

rror

reset

eset

VDC

24VDC

ogic

L1 L2 L3

rror

reset

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Ex:









Ex:









Ex:



Technical data

24 V DC

Control supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

40 mA

R/L

24 V DC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

5 mA

Reverse polarity protection , Surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 550 V AC

75 mA ... 600 mA (see derating)

180 mA ... 2.4 A (see derating)

1.5 A ... 9 A (see derating)

Surge protection , Short-circuit protection

Rated insulation voltage

500 V

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 70 °C (observe derating)

Standards/regulations

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC

61508 / ISO

13849

vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below)

alignable, for spacing see derating

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06

2902746

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2

2902744

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9

EM RD-ADAPTER

EM RD-ADAPTER

EM RD-ADAPTER

EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT

2902748

EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT

2902748

EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT

2902748

EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902831

EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902831

EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902831

ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902952

ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902953

ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902954

ELR-H51-0,6-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET

2904333

ELR-H51-2,4-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET

2904335

ELR-H51-9-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET

2904337

ELR-H51-0,6-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET

2904334

ELR-H51-2,4-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET

2904336

ELR-H51-9-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET

2904338

Accessories

FUSE-10X38-16A-GR

2903126

FUSE-10X38-16A-GR

2903126

FUSE-10X38-16A-GR

2903126

FUSE-10X38-20A-GR

2903384

FUSE-10X38-20A-GR

2903384

FUSE-10X38-20A-GR

2903384

FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

2903119

FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

2903119

FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

2903119

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

For reversing 3~ AC motors

up to

550

AC/3 x 0.6

For reversing 3~ AC motors

up to

550

AC/3 x 2.4

For reversing 3~ AC motors

up to

550

AC/3 x 9

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

22,5

≤

≤55

...



Technical data

General data

Nominal voltage U

42 V AC ... 575 V AC

Nominal current at U

≤

25 A

Cross section

2.5 mm²

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

3-phase loop bridge

2-way

BRIDGE- 2

2900746

3-way

BRIDGE- 3

2900747

4-way

BRIDGE- 4

2900748

5-way

BRIDGE- 5

2900749

6-way

BRIDGE- 6

2900750

7-way

BRIDGE- 7

2900751

8-way

BRIDGE- 8

2900752

9-way

BRIDGE- 9

2900753

10-way

BRIDGE-10

2900754

Accessories

Covering hood

for unused connectors

BRIDGE COVER

2906240

PHOENIX CONTACT

Continuous bridge for
hybrid motor starters

The flexible CONTACTRON loop bridge

(BRIDGE-...) simplifies the supply and
looping through of phases L1, L2, and L3.
It is available in 2 to 10-way versions for
modules in the CONTACTRON family with
22.5 mm housing width.

Features of the 3-phase loop bridge:

– Considerable reduction in wiring
– Suitable for CONTACTRON series

- ELR H3...
- ELR H5...
- ELR (W)3...
- EMM...IFS

– Bridging of 2 to 10 devices with maximum

module spacing of 22.5 mm

– Up to 575 V AC/3 x 25 A
– Additional bridge versions available on

request

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

0.3 m connecting cable for

hybrid motor starter with screw connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

42 V AC ... 575 V AC

≤

25 A

≤

25 A

2.5 mm²

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

BRIDGE- 2-3M

BRIDGE-PT 2

BRIDGE- 3-3M

BRIDGE-PT 3

BRIDGE- 4-3M

BRIDGE-PT 4

BRIDGE- 5-3M

BRIDGE-PT 5

BRIDGE- 6-3M

BRIDGE-PT 6

BRIDGE- 7-3M

BRIDGE-PT 7

BRIDGE- 8-3M

BRIDGE-PT 8

BRIDGE- 9-3M

BRIDGE-PT 9

BRIDGE-10-3M

BRIDGE-PT 10

Accessories

BRIDGE COVER

2906240

BRIDGE COVER

2906240

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

3 m connecting cable for

hybrid motor starter with screw connection

3 m connecting cable for

hybrid motor starter with Push-in connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html



PHOENIX CONTACT

SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Devices are integrated seamlessly into the

fieldbus world via SmartWire-DT™ with the
SmartWire-DT™ “EM SWD-ADAPTER”
adapter for CONTACTRON 24 V DC
devices. Corresponding gateways are
available for the following bus systems:
– PROFIBUS DP
– CANopen

– Modbus/TCP / EtherNet/IP™

Technical data

Input data

Supply voltage U

AUX

Rated current I

AUX

Supply voltage U

POW

Rated current I

POW

Input data

Description

Enable input

Input voltage

24 V DC

Input current

5 mA

Output data

Description

Output supply

Output current

SmartWire-DT interface

Connection method

Pin strip, 8-pos.

Data rate

125 kBd / 250 kBd

Current consumption I

AUX

120 mA

Current consumption I

POW

25 mA

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60947-1 / EN 60947-1

EN 50178

Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529

IP20

Mounting position

any

Mounting

On CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 1 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 18

0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm

35 mm / 90 mm / 127 mm

35 mm / 90 mm / 101 mm

35 mm / 90 mm / 124 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

SmartWire-DT

™

adapter

EM SWD-ADAPTER

2902776

Gateways

CANopen

PROFIBUS

Ethernet

I/O modules

Digital, 4 inputs, 4 outputs

Digital, 4 inputs

Digital, 8 outputs

Analog, 2 inputs, 2 outputs

Power feed module

for supplying further SmartWire-DT™

devices

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

SmartWire-DT™ adapter

Gateways

I/O modules

Power feed

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

24 V DC -15 % ... +20 %

3 A

24 V DC -15 % ... +20 %

700 mA

Digital inputs

Analog inputs

24 V DC

typ. 4 mA

Digital outputs

Analog outputs

24 V DC -15 % ... +20 %

typ. 500 mA

Pin strip, 8-pos.

125 kBd / 250 kBd

-25 °C ... 55 °C

60947-1 / EN 60947-1

EN 50178

IP20

any

Mounting

On CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 1 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 18

0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm

35 mm / 90 mm / 127 mm

35 mm / 90 mm / 101 mm

35 mm / 90 mm / 124 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC

2903098

EU5C-SWD-DP PXC

2903100

EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC

2903244

EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC

2903101

EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC

2903102

EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC

2903103

EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC

2903104

EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC

2903113

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

SmartWire-DT™ adapter

Gateways

I/O modules

Power feed

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Pliers for device plugs

SWD4-CRP-1 PXC

2903110

Pliers for flat plugs

SWD4-CRP-2 PXC

2903114

Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos., 100 m

SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC

2903111

Flat-ribbon cable, assembled with 2 flat plugs, 8-pos., 3 m

SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC

2903112

SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

Plug tools

Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos.

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug and coupling

Network dummy plug

SWD4-RC8-10 PXC

2903106

Device plug, 8-pos.

SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC

Flat plug, 8-pos.

SWD4-8MF2 PXC

2903108

Coupling for 8-pos. flat plug

SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC

2903109

Programming adapter

EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC

2903465

PHOENIX CONTACT

Accessories for SmartWire-DT™ and

SmartWire-DT™ devices for connecting
digital and analog input and output signals.

SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Plug and coupling

Programming adapter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

L1
L2
L3

+24V DC

F1
F2
F3

D-ADA

CON

RON N

EU5C

D-D

R-

-24UC/E

A4/2x1/1x2

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

ND R

–

EN+ EN–

ND_E

AN RE

AUX

PROFIB

S-DP

L1
L2
L3

F1
F2
F3

D-ADA

CON

RON N

EU5C

D-D

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

ND R

–

EN+ EN–

ND_E

AN RE

AUX

PROFIB

S-DP

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Emergency stop wiring example (two-channel)

Wiring example without emergency stop

Intended use

The SmartWire-DT™ adapter is approved exclusively for use

in conjunction with the following CONTACTRON hybrid motor

starters. If other switching devices are used, correct operation,

in particular of the safety function, cannot be ensured.

Motor protection and safe shutdown

2900582

ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6

2900414

ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2

2900421

ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9

2900566

ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6

2900567

ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2

2900569

ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9

2297031

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-2I

2297057

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-9I

2902952

ELR H51-0,6-DINRAIL-SET

2902953

ELR H51-2,4-DINRAIL-SET

2902954

ELR H51-9-DINRAIL-SET

2902746

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06

2902744

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2

2902745

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9

Motor protection only

2900573

ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6

2900574

ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2

2900576

ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9

2900542

ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6

2900543

ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2

2900545

ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9

Ambient temperature [°C]

t cu

t [A

]

ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 and

ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9 derating curve

100% operating time

Ambient temperature [°C]

t c

t [A

]

ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6 derating curve

100% operating time



Aligned with > 20 mm spacing



Aligned without spacing

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Hybrid motor starters

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

ELR ...-16

ELR ...-37

ELR ...-2

ELR ...-

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3





DNV GL

Technical data

Input data

Rated actuating voltage U

R/L

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated actuating current I

at U

12.7 mA

11.2 mA

12.7 mA

11.2 mA

12.7 mA

11.2 mA

12.7 mA

11.2 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection,

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection,

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

- / Yellow LED / Red LED

- / Yellow

Output data load side

Operating voltage range

48 V AC ... 575 V AC

48 V

Periodic peak reverse voltage

1200 V

Load current range

100 mA ... 2 A (see derating)

100 mA ... 9 A (see derating)

100 mA ... 9 A (see de

Residual voltage

< 1.5 V

Leakage current

6 mA

Max. load value I

x t (t = 10 ms)

250 A

580 A

Output protection

RCV circuit

General data

Rated insulation voltage

500 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

Insulation

Basic insulation

Reversing frequency

≤

10 Hz

≤

2 Hz

Switching frequency

max. 5 Hz

max. 1 Hz

max. 5 Hz

max. 1 Hz

max. 5 Hz

max. 1 Hz

max. 5 Hz

max. 1 Hz

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947

Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529

IP20

Mounting position

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)

Vertical (horizontal

Mounting

Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

Can be aligned

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

- Control side

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 -

- Load side

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6

Dimensions

W / H / D

40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

3-phase solid-state reversing contactor

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2

2297293

ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2

2297303

Accessories

Thermal fuse

THERMAL FUSE TF104

PHOENIX CONTACT

3-phase solid-state reversing
contactors

The 3-phase solid-state reversing

contactors with integrated locking circuit
and load wiring are the ideal match for
applications such as:
– Control valves
– Slides
– Switches
– Ship steering gear

The power spectrum ranges from

575 V AC/3 x 2 A to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A.
This corresponds to 1 kW to 18.5 kW.

Advantages of 3-phase solid-state

reversing contactor:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Integrated locking and load wiring
– Thermal fuse optional

ent temperature

[

°C]

utput

current

]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature

Operating time: 100% operating factor

ent temperature

[

°C]

utput

current

]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature

Operating time: 100% operating factor

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Solid-state contactors

Notes:

Type of insulation housing:

ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green

ELR W 3...16, ELR W 3...37

Polyester PBT, non-reinforced, color: green

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For reversing 3~ AC motors

up to

575

AC/3 x 2

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





DNV GL





DNV GL





DNV GL

Technical data

R/L

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

12.7 mA

11.2 mA

12.7 mA

11.2 mA

12.7 mA

11.2 mA

12.7 mA

11.2 mA

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection,

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection,

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection,

Surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

- / Yellow LED / Red LED

Operating voltage range

48 V AC ... 575 V AC

Periodic peak reverse voltage

1200 V

Load current range

100 mA ... 2 A (see derating)

100 mA ... 9 A (see derating)

100 mA ... 16 A (see derating)

200 mA ... 37 A (see derating)

Residual voltage

< 1.5 V

Leakage current

6 mA

580 A

9000 A

RCV circuit

500 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

Basic insulation

≤

10 Hz

≤

2 Hz

≤

10 Hz

≤

2 Hz

≤

10 Hz

≤

2 Hz

Switching frequency

max. 5 Hz

max. 1 Hz

max. 5 Hz

max. 1 Hz

max. 5 Hz

max. 1 Hz

max. 5 Hz

max. 1 Hz

-25 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947

IP20

Mounting position

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)

Mounting

Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

- Control side

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

- Load side

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6

Dimensions

W / H / D

40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9

2297316

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16

2297332

ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37

2297374

ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9

2297329

ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16

2297345

ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37

2297387

Accessories

THERMAL FUSE TF104

THERMAL FUSE TF104

THERMAL FUSE TF104

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Solid-state contactors

For reversing 3~ AC motors

up to

575

AC/3 x 9

For reversing 3~ AC motors

up to

575

AC/3 x 16

For reversing 3~ AC motors

up to

575

AC/3 x 37

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

ELR ...-16

ELR ...-37

ELR ...-2

ELR ...-

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3





DNV GL

Technical data

Input data

Rated actuation voltage U

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Rated actuating current I

at U

8.3 mA

12.5 mA

8.3 mA

12.5 mA

8.3 mA

12.5 mA

8.3 mA

12.5 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection,

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection,

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

- / Yellow LED / Red LED

- / Yellow

Output data load side

Operating voltage range

48 V AC ... 575 V AC

48 V

Periodic peak reverse voltage

1200 V

Load current range

100 mA ... 2 A (see derating)

100 mA ... 9 A (see derating)

100 mA ... 9 A (see de

Residual voltage

< 1.5 V

Leakage current

6 mA

Max. load value I

x t (t = 10 ms)

250 A

580 A

Output protection

RCV circuit

General data

Rated insulation voltage

500 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

Insulation

Basic insulation

Switching frequency

≤

10 Hz

≤

1 Hz

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947

Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529

IP20

Mounting position

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)

Vertical (horizontal

Mounting

Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

Can be aligned

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

- Control side

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 -

- Load side

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6

Dimensions

W / H / D

40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

3-phase semiconductor contactor

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2

2297196

ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2

2297206

Accessories

Thermal fuse

THERMAL FUSE TF104

PHOENIX CONTACT

3-phase semiconductor contactor

The 3-phase solid-state contactors are an

ideal match for applications such as:
– Mixers
– Machine tools
– Conveying systems
– Pumps
– Fans

The power spectrum ranges from

575 V AC/3 x 2 A to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A.
This corresponds to 1 kW to 18.5 kW.

Advantages of 3-phase semiconductor

contactor:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Thermal fuse optional

ent temperature

[

°C]

utput

current

]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature

Operating time: 100% operating factor

ent temperature

[

°C]

utput

current

]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature

Operating time: 100% operating factor

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Solid-state contactors

Notes:

Type of insulation housing:

ELR 3...2, ELR 3...9

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green

ELR 3...16, ELR 3...37

Polyester PBT, non-reinforced, color: green

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For switching 3~ AC motors

up to

575

AC/3 x 2

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





DNV GL





DNV GL





DNV GL

Technical data

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

24 V DC

230 V AC

Actuating voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

92 V AC ... 253 V AC

8.3 mA

12.5 mA

8.3 mA

12.5 mA

8.3 mA

12.5 mA

8.3 mA

12.5 mA

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection,

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection,

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection,

Surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

- / Yellow LED / Red LED

Operating voltage range

48 V AC ... 575 V AC

Periodic peak reverse voltage

1200 V

Load current range

100 mA ... 2 A (see derating)

100 mA ... 9 A (see derating)

100 mA ... 16 A (see derating)

200 mA ... 37 A (see derating)

Residual voltage

< 1.5 V

Leakage current

6 mA

580 A

9000 A

RCV circuit

500 V

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

Basic insulation

≤

10 Hz

≤

1 Hz

≤

10 Hz

≤

1 Hz

≤

10 Hz

≤

1 Hz

-25 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947

IP20

Mounting position

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)

Mounting

Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

- Control side

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

- Load side

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6

Dimensions

W / H / D

40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9

2297219

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16

2297235

ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37

2297277

ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9

2297222

ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16

2297248

ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37

2297280

Accessories

THERMAL FUSE TF104

THERMAL FUSE TF104

THERMAL FUSE TF104

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Solid-state contactors

For switching 3~ AC motors

up to

575

AC/3 x 9

For switching 3~ AC motors

up to

575

AC/3 x 16

For switching 3~ AC motors

up to

575

AC/3 x 37

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

24V DC

24V DC U

1/L1

3/L2
5/L3



Technical data

Input data

Supply nominal voltage U

24 V DC

Supply voltage range with reference to U

0.8 ... 1.2

Quiescent current

85 mA

Control voltage U

right/left

24 V DC

Control voltage range in reference to U

0.8 ... 1.2

Typ. input current at U

5 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Output data load side

Max. switching voltage

440 V AC (L1/T1)

440 V AC (L2/T2)

440 V AC (L3/T3)

Operating voltage range

110 V AC ... 433 V AC

Periodic peak reverse voltage

1000 V

Load current range

150 mA ... 8 A (at 20 °C T

, see derating)

Residual voltage

typ. 1.5 V (For IL)

Leakage current

5 mA (IL1, in switched-off state)

Output protection

RC element, surge protection

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529

IP20

Mounting position

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)

Mounting

Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

62 mm / 94 mm / 122 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Solid-state reversing contactor,

with integrated soft switch

ELR W3/ 9-400 S

2963569

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polycarbonate PC, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

D W

Semiconductor reversing contactor with
soft starter

With the ELR W 3/9-400 S soft switch,

you can extend the service life of a 3-phase
asynchronous motor.
– Parameterization takes place via display

and keypad directly on the device

– Friction  time
– Torque,  start
– Start up time
– Stop  time
– Torque, stop
– Braking  time
– Braking torque
– Drive can be controlled locally via keypad

ent temperature

[

°C]

Load

curren

]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature

Operating time: 100% operating factor

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Solid-state contactors

larm

Parameteri

ation

Memory

ogic

Solid-state reversing contactor

with soft starter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

The figure shows the control of the

reversing load relay with a soft starter and
the operation of a three-phase current load.

PHOENIX CONTACT

riction time

Start time

Switch

operation

Switch

operation

Stop time

Tor

stop

Braking time

100

operation positi

100

operation positi

100

operation negati

delay

Switch

off procedure

Operation

Tor

start

Tor

start

Tor

stop

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Solid-state contactors

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

3
2
1

24V

24 V DC





Technical data

Input data

Control voltage U

right/left

24 V DC

Control voltage range in reference to U

0.8 ... 1.2

Typ. input current at U

3 mA

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / Yellow LED / -

Output data load side

Operating voltage range

10 V DC ... 30 V DC

Load current

2 A (Mounted in rows with zero

spacing)

6 A (see derating)

Quiescent current

approx. 7 mA (When switched off)

Current limitation at short-circuits

15 A

20 A

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / - / -

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV AC

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Standards/regulations

EN 50178

Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529

IP20

Mounting position

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

12.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Electronic reversing load relay,

for controlling DC motors

ELR W1/ 2-24DC

2963598

ELR W1/ 6-24DC

2982090

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polycarbonate PC, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

PWM = Pulse Width Modulation

D W

Electronic reversing load relay for
DC motors

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Solid-state contactors

ogic

Electronic reversing load relay for

DC motors

Application example

Status table

Input

Output

Right

Left

M +

M –

High resistance

+ 24 V

GND

+ 24 V

GND

Load current depending on ambient temperature

Operating time: 100% (ED)



Stand-alone device



Aligned without spacing

Ambient temperature [°C]

ren

t [

]

The ELR-DC electronic reversing load

relays allow mechanically commutated
DC motors to be switched. They reverse
and reduce the speed of DC motors
up to 24 V/6 A in a wear-free manner.
A short-circuit, surge-voltage and
overload-proof output guarantees reliable
use in the plant.

When a 24 V DC signal is applied at the

“left” input, the output supplies the motor
with voltage. When the “right” output is
activated, the polarity of the voltage at the
output is reversed. If the signal is applied at
both inputs, i.e., “right” and “left”, the
motor is short-circuited internally via the
ELR-DC and reduces the speed.

Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit

and load wiring, wiring is reduced to a
minimum.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Solid-state contactors

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1/L1







Technical data

Input data

Actuating voltage range

4 V DC ... 32 V DC

24 V AC ... 275 V AC

4 V DC ... 32 V DC

24 V AC ... 275 V AC

4 V DC ... 32 V DC

24 V AC ..

Rated actuating current I

at U

12 mA

17 mA

12 mA

17 mA

12 mA

17 mA

Switching level

1 signal ("H")

≥

4 V DC (“1” signal)

≥

22 V AC (“1” signal)

0 signal ("L")

≤

1 V DC (“0” signal)

≤

6 V AC (“0” signal)

Transmission frequency f

limit

25 Hz

6 Hz

25 Hz

6 Hz

25 Hz

6 Hz

Operating voltage / status / error indicator

Green LED / - / -

Output data load side

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)

42 V AC ...

Periodic peak reverse voltage

1200 V

Load current range

350 mA ... 20 A (see derating)

150 mA ... 30 A (see derating)

150 mA ... 30 A (se

Residual voltage

< 1.6 V

Leakage current

< 3 mA (In off state)

< 3 mA

Phase angle (cos

)

0.5

Max. load value I

x t (t = 10 ms)

525 A

1800 A

Output protection

RCV circuit

General data

Test voltage input/output

4 kV

rms

Insulation

Basic insulation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-30 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /

61000-4-6 / EN 55011

Mounting position

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)

Mounting

Can be aligned with

≥

22.5 mm spacing

Can be aligned with

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

- Control side

0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 14

- Load side

0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12

4 - 25 mm² / 4 - 25 mm² / 12 - 3

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Single-phase electronic load relay

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20

2297138

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20

2297141

PHOENIX CONTACT

Single-phase solid-state contactors

Single-phase solid-state contactors are

used in AC voltage networks, where silent
switching, high switching frequencies, and
practically unlimited service life are
required.

The robust power semi-conductors

switch to zero voltage crossing. In doing so,
they do not generate any additional high-
frequency interfering impulses. The
modules are resistant to shock and
vibration, they can even be used without
problem in aggressive environments
containing harmful substances.

They offer the following advantages:

– High switching frequency
– Wear-free and bounce-free
– Input voltage versions 24 V DC and

230 V AC
The areas of application are:

– Production machines
– Temperature controllers
– Conveyor equipment
– Light and lighting systems

ent temperature

[

°C

]

utput

current

]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature

Operating time: 100% operating factor

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Solid-state contactors

ero

oltage

switch

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polycarbonate PC, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For switching 1~ AC motors

up to

660

AC/20

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1/L1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Technical data

Actuating voltage range

4 V DC ... 32 V DC

24 V AC ... 275 V AC

4 V DC ... 32 V DC

24 V AC ... 275 V AC

4 V DC ... 32 V DC

24 V AC ... 275 V AC

12 mA

17 mA

12 mA

17 mA

12 mA

17 mA

≥

4 V DC (“1” signal)

≥

22 V AC (“1” signal)

≥

4 V DC (“1” signal)

≥

22 V AC (“1” signal)

≤

1 V DC (“0” signal)

≤

6 V AC (“0” signal)

≤

1 V DC (“0” signal)

≤

6 V AC (“0” signal)

25 Hz

6 Hz

25 Hz

6 Hz

25 Hz

6 Hz

Green LED / - / -

Operating voltage range

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)

Periodic peak reverse voltage

1200 V

Load current range

350 mA ... 20 A (see derating)

150 mA ... 30 A (see derating)

150 mA ... 50 A (see derating)

Residual voltage

< 1.6 V

Leakage current

< 3 mA (In off state)

)

0.5

1800 A

18000 A

RCV circuit

4 kV

rms

4 kV

rms

Basic insulation

-30 °C ... 70 °C

EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /

61000-4-6 / EN 55011

EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /

61000-4-6 / EN 55011

Mounting position

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)

22.5 mm spacing

Can be aligned with

≥

22.5 mm spacing

Can be aligned with

≥

22.5 mm spacing

- Control side

0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 14

- Load side

0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12

4 - 25 mm² / 4 - 25 mm² / 12 - 3

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30

2297154

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50

2297170

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30

2297167

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50

2297183

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control

Solid-state contactors

ero

oltage

switch

ero

oltage

switch

For switching 1~ AC motors

up to

660

AC/30

For switching 1~ AC motors

up to

660

AC/50

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









PHOENIX CONTACT

PROFINET motor starter

Motor starters in robust stainless steel

housing (IP67) can be used directly in the
system as a compact function unit. This
eliminates the complex wiring of individual
functions in the control cabinet.

The motor starter can be used to control

three-phase asynchronous motors in two
directions of rotation, completely via
PROFINET. Distributed sensors and
actuators can be directly connected to
PROFINET without the need for further
intermediate stations or additional cabling.
A complete PROFINET motor starter
consists of three products. For example:
– ELR 5011 IP PN
– IBS IP 400 MBH-F
– IBS PG SET

Additional features:

– Performance classes: 1.1 kW to 3.0 kW
– One and two-motor reversing starters

(CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter)

– Easy assembly
– Plug-in connection system
– Exchangeable module electronics
– Status and diagnostic indicators on the

module

– 10 digital inputs for connecting sensors
– 4 digital outputs for connecting actuators

Technical data

ELR 5011 IP PN

ELR 5011-2 IP PN

ELR 5030 IP PN

ELR 5030-2 IP PN

Interface

Fieldbus system

PROFINET

Connection method

8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter

Power supply for module electronics

Supply voltage

24 V DC (U

/ U

)

Supply voltage range

20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple)

Power supply for sensors

Minimum voltage

INI

= U

minus 1 V

Nominal current per sensor

500 mA

Type of protection

Short-circuit/overload protection

Digital inputs

Number of inputs

Connection method

M12 connector

Connection method

2, 3, 4-wire

Digital outputs

Number of outputs

Connection method

M12 connector

Connection method

2-wire

Output current

max. 500 mA (per channel)

Motor starter, output

Connection method

POWER-COMBICON

Operating voltage

360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz)

Nominal current range

0.18 A ... 2.4 A

Frequency range

50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency)

Nominal motor power

1.1 kW (at U

mains

= 400 V AC)

3 kW (at U

Motor monitoring

Parameterization range

0.2 A ... 2.4 A

Tripping class

Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947

General data

Weight

2115 g

2425 g

2115 g

2425 g

1130 g

Degree of protection

IP67 in acc. with IEC 60529

IP67

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 50 °C (non-condensing)

EMC note

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PROFINET motor starter

- 1-channel reversing starter, 1.1

ELR 5011 IP PN

2700745

- 2-channel reversing starter, 1.1

ELR 5011-2 IP PN

2701007

PROFINET motor starter

- 1-channel reversing starter, 3.0

- 2-channel reversing starter, 3.0

Lower part of the housing

, high-grade steel

- Standard version

IBS IP 400 MBH -F

2732868

Pg screw connection

, plastic (IP67), for INTERBUS and

PROFINET motor starters and variable frequency drives.

IBS PG SET

2836599

Accessories

RJ45 connector,

shielded, with bend protection sleeve, x 2

- gray for straight cables

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2

2744856

– green for crossed cables

FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2

2744571

Bus system cable

VS-937/...

1402611

Crimping pliers

, for assembling the RJ45 connectors

FL CRIMPTOOL

2744869

Electronic switching devices and motor control

IP67 motor starters

Electronic motor starters,

1 x 1.1 kW and 2 x 1.1 kW

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

ELR 5011 IP PN

ELR 5011-2 IP PN

ELR 5030 IP PN

ELR 5030-2 IP PN

PROFINET

Connection method

8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter

24 V DC (U

/ U

)

Supply voltage range

20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple)

INI

= U

minus 1 V

500 mA

Type of protection

Short-circuit/overload protection

M12 connector

2, 3, 4-wire

M12 connector

2-wire

max. 500 mA (per channel)

POWER-COMBICON

Operating voltage

360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz)

2.4 A ... 6 A

Frequency range

50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency)

= 400 V AC)

3 kW (at U

mains

= 400 V AC)

2.4 A ... 6 A

Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947

2115 g

2425 g

2115 g

2425 g

1130 g

Degree of protection

IP67 in acc. with IEC 60529

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 50 °C (non-condensing)

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ELR 5030 IP PN

2701006

ELR 5030-2 IP PN

2701008

IBS IP 400 MBH -F

2732868

IBS IP 400 MBH -F

2732868

IBS PG SET

2836599

IBS PG SET

2836599

Accessories

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2

2744856

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2

2744856

FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2

2744571

FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2

VS-937/...

VS-937/...

FL CRIMPTOOL

FL CRIMPTOOL

Electronic switching devices and motor control

IP67 motor starters

Electronic motor starters,

1 x 3.0 kW and 2 x 3.0 kW

High-grade steel lower part,

IP67 protection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

PHOENIX CONTACT

Inline frequency inverters

Inline frequency inverters for the control

cabinet are the compact solution for
extending your Easy Automation solution
to include electronic speed regulation for
asynchronous motors. The devices
seamlessly integrate into the Inline system
and have IP20 protection. Depending on the
drive task, you can select frequency
inverters from various performance classes,
up to a maximum of 4 kW. In order to
connect to the Inline system via the
Fieldline local bus, you just need the
IB IL 24 FLM-PAC Inline module. The Inline
frequency inverter can be connected to a
Phoenix Contact controller via the Inline
module.

Additional features:

– Max. motor power

0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 2.2 kW, and 4.0 kW

– 3 x 400 V mains input (±15%) 50/60 Hz
– DTM for parameterization and

diagnostics

– 8 freely programmable parameter records
– PTC evaluation for

2.2 kW and 4.0 kW versions

– Integrated line filter
– U/f linear and U/f square operating modes
– S-ramp function
– Motor protection function (I2t)
– Connection of a braking resistor
– DC braking
– Evaluation of the temperature switch in

the motor

– Voltage boost
– 1 x analog input, 1 x analog output,

1 x relay output

Technical data

Interface

Designation

Fieldline local bus

Connection method

9-pos. D-SUB connector/socket

9-pos. D-SUB connector/

Power supply for module electronics

Supply voltage

24 V DC ±15 %

Supply voltage range

20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15 %

20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V

Digital inputs

Number of inputs

Connection method

COMBICON

Connection method

Plug-in screw connection

Analog inputs

Number of inputs

Connection method

COMBICON

Connection method

Plug-in screw connection

Analog outputs

Number of inputs

Connection method

COMBICON

Connection method

Plug-in screw connection

Frequency inverter output

Rated current

2.6 A +20 %

Frequency range

0 Hz ... 400 Hz

Parameterization

Via INTERBUS

Tripping class

5.6 A OC tripping current

8.8 A OC tripping

General data

Weight

1400 g

Degree of protection

IP20 in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529

IP20 in

Width

90 mm

Height

173 mm

Depth

153.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Inline frequency inverter

for the control cabinet

VFD 5007 IL IB

2701054

Accessories

Inline Modular branch terminal

for coupling one

Fieldline Modular M8 local bus at the end of an Inline station

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC

2736903

Remote bus cable,

highly flexible, 3 x 2 x 0.25 mm²

IBS RBC/F-T/

2740151

Electronic switching devices and motor control

IP20 frequency inverters

Frequency inverter for a

maximum motor power of up to 0.75 kW

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Fieldline local bus

Connection method

9-pos. D-SUB connector/socket

24 V DC ±15 %

Supply voltage range

20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15 %

COMBICON

Connection method

Plug-in screw connection

COMBICON

Connection method

Plug-in screw connection

COMBICON

Connection method

Plug-in screw connection

4.1 A +20 %

5.8 A +20 %

9.5 A +20 %

0 Hz ... 400 Hz

Via INTERBUS

Tripping class

5.6 A OC tripping current

8.8 A OC tripping current

12.5 A OC tripping current

21 A OC tripping current

1400 g

2200 g

Degree of protection

IP20 in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529

90 mm

117 mm

173 mm

153.5 mm

174.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VFD 5015 IL IB

2701055

VFD 5022 IL IB

2701057

VFD 5040 IL IB

2701058

Accessories

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC

IBS RBC/F-T/

IBS RBC/F-T/

IBS RBC/F-T/

Electronic switching devices and motor control

IP20 frequency inverters

Frequency inverter for a

maximum motor power of up to 1.5 kW

Frequency inverter for a

maximum motor power of up to 2.2 kW

Frequency inverter for a

maximum motor power of up to 4.0 kW

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

PHOENIX CONTACT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Product range overview

Selection guide for signal conditioners

Basics

Highly compact signal conditioners with
plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

Signal conditioners with functional safety and
explosion protection − the MACX ranges

106

Signal conditioners with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

116

Signal conditioners with
PL functional safety – MACX Safety

138

Ex i signal conditioners with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

140

Ex i signal conditioners with
PL functional safety – MACX Safety Ex

168

Multiplexer for HART signals

166

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

178

PHOENIX CONTACT

From highly compact 6 mm signal

conditioners and functionally safe signal
conditioners to signal isolators for
intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area: our
signal conditioner range and process
indicators offer a solution for all
applications in analog signal conditioning.

We offer the following product ranges:

Highly compact signal conditioners
with plug-in connection technology –
MINI Analog Pro

For maximum convenience during

installation and servicing
– Overall width of just 6.2 mm
– Current measurement, without

disconnection

– Safe electrical isolation

Signal conditioners with SIL function-
al safety – MACX Analog

For maximum signal safety

– Consistent SIL certification
– Safe electrical isolation

Signal conditioners with PL
functional safety – MACX Safety

The proven MACX range for safety

applications according to the Machinery
Directive

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL func-
tional safety – MACX Analog Ex

For intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area

– Maximum explosion protection for all

Ex zones and gas groups

– Safe electrical isolation

Ex i signal conditioners with PL func-
tional safety – MACX Safety Ex

The proven MACX EX range for safety

applications according to the Machinery
Directive

Process indicators and field devices –
Field Analog

– Monitoring and display of analog and

temperature signals

– Control via digital and analog inputs and

outputs

– Record and convert temperatures

directly in the field

Measurement and control technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Highly compact signal conditioners with
plug-in connection technology

MINI Analog Pro

Page 68

MINI Analog Pro gateways

Page 94

System cabling, Termination Carriers

Page 98

Accessories for MINI Analog Pro

Page 100

Multiplexers

MACX Analog accessories

Process indicators and
field devices

Multiplexer for HART signals

Page 166

Supply components, marking material

Page 174

System cabling, Termination Carriers

Page 164

Process indicators and field devices

Page 178

Current measurement

PACT current transformers

Page 222

PACT RCP current transformers for

retrofitting

Page 236

AC current transducers, AC/DC, AC current

protector

Page 240

Test disconnect terminal blocks

See Catalog 1

Controllers

Surge protection

Controllers

Surge protection for measurement and

control technology

See Catalog 4

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Signal conditioners
with SIL functional safety

Signal conditioners
with PL functional safety

Ex i signal conditioners
with SIL functional safety

Ex i signal conditioners
with PL functional safety

Energy and
power measurement

Process indicators

Page 184

EMpro energy meters, function and

communication modules

Page 208

Software for usage data acquisition

Page 214

PSK compressed air meters

Page 216

Monitoring and
diagnostics

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring

Page 256

EMD-BL

Compact monitoring relays

Page 262

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Highly compact signal conditioners –

MINI Analog Pro

Analog IN/Analog OUT

Page

3-way signal conditioners

Configurable

From 70

Fixed signal combinations

4-way signal duplicators

Configurable

3-way repeater power supplies

1-channel

2-way passive isolators

Input loop-powered

Output loop-powered

Temperature

Temperature transducers

For resistance thermometers (RTD)

For thermocouples

Frequency

Frequency transducers

Universal

Analog frequency transducers

Potentiometer/resistor

Potiposition transducers

Digital IN

Signal conditioners

NAMUR sensors, floating contacts

Limit values

Threshold value switches

Standard analog signals, universal

Temperature

MINI Analog Pro gateways

Bus systems

Modbus RTU/TCP

PROFIBUS DP

Accessories

Configuration

Programming adapters

105

Constant voltage source, constant current source

100

Setpoint potentiometer

101

System cabling

System adapters

1:1 feed-through terminal block

104

Supply components

Power terminal, fault signaling modules,
DIN rail connector, system power supply

From 100

Marking material

105

Connector set

Screw connection or Push-in connection

101

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Selection guide

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Process indicators and field devices –

Field Analog

Process indicators

Page

Multifunctional process indicators

Configurable

From 180

Loop-powered process indicators

Configurable

From 182

Standard signals

Configurable

184

Frequency

Configurable

185

Setpoint adjusters

Configurable

186

Head-mounted transducers

Temperature

Loop-powered

From 187

Accessories

From 192

DIN rail measuring transducers

Temperature

Loop-powered

From 194

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Selection guide

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Signal conditioners with SIL

functional safety – MACX Analog

Analog IN/Analog OUT

Page

3-way signal conditioners

Configurable

From 116

3-way repeater power supplies

1-channel

120

Signal duplicators

121

2-channel

123

2-way passive isolators

Input loop-powered, 1 or 2-channel

124

Input loop-powered, 5 kV, 1 or 2-channel

125

3-way output isolators

Fixed signal combinations

126

Temperature

Temperature transducers

Universal

From 127

For resistance thermometers (RTD)

130

For thermocouples

131

Potentiometer/resistor

Potiposition transducers

From 127

Digital IN

Signal conditioners

NAMUR sensors, floating contacts

From 132

Signal duplicators

133

136

NAMUR output, floating contacts

From 134

137

NAMUR sensors on NAM

Digital OUT

Solenoid drivers

Loop-powered

With line fault detection

Limit values

Threshold value switches

Analog current signal

127

Temperature

127

Accessories

Programming adapters

105

Display unit and operator interface, removable

171

Holder module for display unit and operator interface

171

Termination Carriers

165

Multiplexer for HART signals

166

Supply components

Power terminal, fault signaling modules,
DIN rail connector, system power supply

From 174

Marking material

177

Shield fast connection

172

Test plug

176

Resistance circuit

For line fault detection

176

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Selection guide

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Signal conditioners with PL

functional safety – MACX Safety

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL

functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

Ex i signal conditioners with PL

functional safety – MACX Safety Ex

Page

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Selection guide

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Input

Maximum input signal

The maximum input signal describes the

value achieved before any damage occurs to
the module and the signal generator. If these
values are exceeded, suppresser diodes can
be triggered to short circuit this input when
a surge voltage is detected. The
transmission range of the analog signals is
located exclusively within the specified
input ranges.

Input resistance

The input resistance of a signal

conditioner or measuring transducer is
determined in such a way as to ensure that
the input signal is loaded only slightly. This
results in a low-resistance input for current
inputs and a high-resistance input for
voltage inputs.

Voltage drop

In the case of passive isolators, the input

voltage drop occurs as a result of the
voltage drop of the operational load and the
auxiliary power consumption of the
module. The greater the auxiliary power
consumption of the passive isolator, the
smaller the operational output load is
allowed to be. Low auxiliary power
consumption is regarded as an indicator of
device quality.

Common mode rejection

In the case of signal conditioners,

operational amplifiers are used internally for
transmission purposes. In theory,
operational amplifiers should display ideal
transmission and amplification behavior.
However, it is a different matter in practice.
When both input voltages are changed
concordantly, i.e., exactly the same voltage
to ground is applied to both input terminal
blocks, this leads to an unintended output
signal. Theoretically, if the operational
amplifier is ideal, no output signal should
appear since the differential input signal is
“0 V”. Common mode rejection indicates
the factor (in dB) by which the common
input voltage at both inputs is amplified to a
lesser extent than the difference in voltage
between the two inputs.

Analog output

Maximum output signal

During uninterrupted operation of the

devices, an overload at the input cannot
cause greater values than at the output.

Zero/span adjustment

When the zero point is set, the zero point

of an analog output is adjusted and set in
relation to the input signal.

When the “amplification” span is set, the

analog output is adjusted in relation to the
input signal. In this case, the output
characteristic curve is increased or
decreased by an amplification factor.

Load

The load on the output side indicates the

load-carrying capacity of a measuring
transducer or a signal conditioner. Current
outputs can drive a maximum of 500



Voltage outputs have a load-carrying
capacity of up to at least 10 k



Residual ripple/ripple

A superimposed ripple can appear on the

output signal due to signal conditioning
required by the circuit. The residual ripple is
indicated in mV

or mV

rms

Open-circuit behavior

With some measuring transducers, the

input signal is permanently monitored for
possible open circuits in the signal line. If the
signal exceeds or falls below a tolerance
limit, an open circuit is detected and a
defined output signal is sent. With
programmable devices, the output signals
can be freely selected.

Digital output

Relays

Many of the products with a relay output

that are shown in the catalog feature hard
gold-plated relay contact material. The
voltage range has an important role to play
in terms of how this contact material can be
used. Up to 50 mA can be switched with
voltage ranges of up to 30 V AC/36 V DC.
Even very small currents are transmitted
perfectly. If the aforementioned voltage
range is exceeded and values of
250 V AC/DC are processed, currents of up
to 2 A can flow. However, in this case the
subsequent transmission of small currents
can no longer be guaranteed.

Transistor

A PNP transistor switching output can be

used to transmit 24 V DC switching signals
up to approximately 100 mA.

General data

Supply voltage

The product range includes DC and AC

power supply units for specific products.
There is a standard power supply unit
available in the form of a 24 V DC version
that operates within a voltage range of 20 to
30 V DC. For other supply voltages, please
refer to the technical data.

Current consumption

The value specified here describes the

self-consumption of the devices. It also
includes the output current and, where
applicable, the switching output load.

Transmission errors

The transmission precision is a gauge of

the quality of a measuring transducer. It is
the deviation from the ideal transmission
characteristic curve and includes linearity,
span, and offset errors.

Non-linearity

Non-linearity is the deviation from the

ideal transmission precision without
including span and offset errors.

The non-linearity of a signal makes it

possible to evaluate the course from zero
to endpoint. Normally, the linearity errors
are expressed as a percentage that indicates
the extent of deviation from the ideal
transmission characteristic curve.

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Basics

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Temperature coefficient

The temperature coefficient provides an

assessment of the extent to which precision
deviates when the ambient temperature
around a signal conditioner or measuring
transducer changes. In many cases this is
specified as a percentage. An alternative
definition is ppm/K (parts per
million/Kelvin).
Example: 250 ppm/K = 0.025%/K.

Cut-off frequency

Signal conditioners are basically designed

to transmit DC signals. However, signal
changes call for a dynamic form of behavior
so that small AC quantities (normally:
30 Hz) can also be transmitted. This is
achieved by defining a cut-off frequency. At
the same time, a low cut-off frequency can
be used to suppress higher-frequency AC
components.

Step response

The step response indicates the response

time of the output signal when an input
signal step occurs (10 to 90%). The step
response is inversely proportional to the
cut-off frequency. This means that the
response time decreases as the cut-off
frequency increases.

Test voltage

The test voltage indicates the electric

strength of an isolated distance and is
determined by type tests. In this test, a
50 Hz voltage is applied for one minute; it
describes the value achieved before a
disruptive discharge to another potential
level occurs in the device.

Safe isolation

“Safe isolation” is defined as protection

against hazardous shock currents. When
module specifications are provided in
accordance with EN 61010, a distinction is
made between error-free operation and
operation under fault conditions. With
error-free operation, nominal supply
voltages of 30 V AC/60 V DC are
applicable.

Ambient temperature range

The temperature limits specified here

relate exclusively to operation. These limits
do not apply to storage and transport. It is
here where the temperature limits of the
materials used are the decisive factor. If the
devices are outside of the specified
temperature range during assembly, they
must be brought back within the specified
temperature range prior to system startup.
It is important to make sure that no
condensation occurs.

Protective circuit

In order to protect the measurement and

control modules against surge voltages,
suppressor diodes are connected upstream
of the signal and supply paths. These diodes
behave in a similar manner to conventional
Zener diodes. Except for the fact that
suppressor diodes have faster response
times and a higher maximum current.

Directives

International

EMC Directive (electromagnetic compatibility)

2004/108/EC

Low Voltage Directive

2006/95/EC

Ex Directive (ATEX)

94/9/EC

Product standards

Electronic equipment for use in power installations

EN 50178:1997

Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use -
Part 1: General requirements

EN 61010-1:2001

IEC 61010-1:2004

Programmable logic controllers -
Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61131-2:2007

IEC 61131-2:2007

EMC

EMC - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments

EN 61000-6-2:2005

IEC 61000-6-2:2005

EMC - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments

EN 61000-6-4:2007

IEC 61000-6-4:2006

Electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use
EMC requirements

EN 61326-1:2006

IEC 61326-1:2005

ATEX

Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres -
Part 0: General requirements

EN 60079-0:2006

IEC 60079-0:2007

Explosive atmospheres -
Part 11: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety “i”

EN 60079-11:2007

IEC 60079-11:2006

Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres -
Part 15: Construction, test, and marking of type of protection “n” electrical apparatus

EN 60079-15:2005

IEC 60079-15:2005

Environmental tests

Environmental testing -
Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold

EN 60068-2-1:2007

IEC 60068-2-1:2007

Environmental testing -
Part 2-2: Tests - Test B: Dry heat

EN 60068-2-2:2007

IEC 60068-2-2:2007

Environmental testing -
Part 2-6: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration (sinusoidal)

EN 60068-2-6:2008

IEC 60068-2-6:2008

Information on directives and
standards

When carrying out further processing of non-independent items of equip-
ment (components), the applicable regulations pertaining to installation
must be observed.

The relevant device-specific regulations also apply with regard to installa-
tion in devices.
(Standards applicable at the time of going to print)

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Basics

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Passive isolation, supplied on the
input side

The modules draw the power needed for

signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active input circuit. On the output
side, a conditioned current signal is
provided to the controller or to actuating
elements.

This passive isolation allows signal

conditioning (interruption of ground loops)
and filtering without an additional power
supply.

Input signal

Output signal

Power via signal

3-way isolation

In the case of modules with this isolation

method, all components that are connected
to the input, output or power supply are
protected against interference from each
other. All three directions (input, output,
and power supply) are electrically isolated
from one another accordingly.

The 3-way isolation provides electrical

isolation between the measurement sensor
and the controller as well as between the
controller and the actuating element.

On the input side, the modules need

active signals. On the output side, they
provide a filtered and amplified signal.

Input signal

Output signal

POWER

Input isolation

In the case of modules with this isolation

method, the electronics connected on the
output side (e.g., the controller) are to be
protected from interference from the field.
For this reason, only the input is electrically
isolated from the output and the power
supply which are at the same potential.

On the input side, the modules need

active signals (e.g., from measurement
sensors). On the output side, they provide
a filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).

Input signal

Output signal

POWER

Repeater power supply

Repeater power supplies use the signal

input side not only for measured value
acquisition, but also to provide the
necessary power to the passive
measurement sensors connected on the
input side.

On the output side, they provide a

filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).

The isolation method used by these

modules is input isolation.

Input signal

Output signal

POWER

Power for the

measuring transducer

Passive isolation, supplied on the
output side (loop-powered)

The modules draw the power needed for

signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active output circuit, ideally from a
PLC input card that supplies power.

On the output side, the loop-powered

modules operate with a 4 to 20 mA
standard signal. On the input side, the
passive isolator processes active signals.

When this isolation method is used, it is

important to make sure that the active
signal source connected on the output side
(e.g., an active PLC input card) is able to
supply the passive isolator with power, as
well as operate its load.

Input signal

Output signal

Power
via signal

Active isolation

Applications

Problem: Disruptive radiation

Solution:

Problem: Voltage difference in ground potential

Solution:

No ground current

loop

Ground current loop

Ground 1

Ground 2

Ground 1

Ground 2

Passive isolation

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Basics

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0000

000

-2

-1

000

-2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Three-conductor connection technology

Three-conductor

technology is normally used
to minimize the effect of
cable resistances. An
additional cable is connected
to the resistance thermometer, so that the
latter can be measured using two measuring
circuits, one of which acts as a reference. In
this way, it is possible to compensate for the
cable resistance.

If the same temperature

prevails at the measuring
junction (



) and the cold

junction (



), no current will

flow because the generated
partial voltages cancel each other out.
However, if the temperatures at the
measuring junction and the cold junction
are different, different voltages are
produced. These voltages do not
completely cancel each other out, and thus
current flows.

A thermocouple thus always measures

only one temperature difference. This is
derived from the difference between the
thermal voltages at the measuring junction
and at the cold junction.

The voltage produced by the

thermoelectric effect is very low; only a few
microvolts per Kelvin.

Example:

if a type J thermocouple (FE-CuNi) is connected to a copper

terminal, thermal voltages with opposite signs will be generated (at the
iron-copper and copper-constantan transitions) and cancel each other out.

Therefore, only the difference in the

thermal voltages between constantan
(Cu-Ni) and iron is of relevance.

The temperature at the terminal point is

also significant. If it is known, the
temperature at the measuring junction can
be derived by adding the thermal voltage
measured at the same junction.

The MCR temperature transducers for

thermocouples therefore detect the
temperature at the terminal points and
compensate this value, which is also
referred to as the reference junction or the
cold junction.

This process is sometimes called cold

junction compensation.

Four-conductor connection
technology

Four-conductor connection technology is

an ideal connection technology for
resistance thermometers.

The measurement result is affected

neither by cable resistances nor by their
temperature-dependent fluctuations. The
voltage drop on the supply and return lines
can therefore be measured and
compensated for separately. Line
compensation is not necessary.

Two-conductor connection technology

The resistance

thermometer is connected
to the measurement and
control measuring
transducer using a two-wire cable. Please
note that the supply cable resistances are
added to the measured resistance and
consequently distort the result.

A distance of 10 m should not be

exceeded.

Example:

a 50 meter long copper cable with a cross section of 0.5 mm

has a specific resistance of 3.4



. A Pt 100 sensor has a resistance change

of 0.384 Ω for every 1 K temperature change. This corresponds to an er-
ror of 8.8°C.

Resistance thermometers (e.g., Pt 100,

Ni 1000) change their resistance value
depending on the temperature. The
measurement and control temperature
transducers detect this change and convert
it into a proportional analog signal.

To avoid unwanted self-heating of the

sensor, the constant measured current
used is kept as low as possible
(MCR-T-UI...





250 mA).

Resistance thermometers

Thermocouples

In contrast to resistance thermometers,

thermocouples are active sources that
generate a voltage in the microvolt range.
The temperature difference measured
between the measurement junction and the
cold junction is converted into an absolute
temperature with the help of cold junction
compensation.

Operating principle:

If different metals are joined together, a

thermal voltage is produced in the metal
atoms as a result of the different binding
energies of the electrons. This voltage is
dependent firstly on the metals themselves
and secondly on the temperature.

Identical cable lengths and an identical

ambient temperature are essential here.

Since this is more or less the case in the

majority of applications, three-conductor
technology is the most commonly
encountered today. Line compensation is
not necessary.

Temperature [°C]

Resistance thermometers:

Resistance change as a function of the temperature

sta

[



]

Temperature [°C]

rmoc

[mV]

Thermocouples:

Change to the thermocouple voltage depending on the temperature

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Basics

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

bar

...

0 mA

Switching behavior of relay or
transistor outputs:

A different kind of switching behavior can

be defined for each relay or each transistor
when it reaches a preset switching point.

All the possible settings for the switching

behavior are shown and explained in the list:
– The first two options include hysteresis,

i.e., the behavior of the relay depends on
the direction from which a switching
point is reached.

– For the remaining options, with the

exception of the last two (“on” and “off”),
a switching tolerance is taken into
account to prevent the relay contact from
“chattering”. The relay is not switched
until the switching point plus switching
tolerance has been reached.

– In the “on” state, the relay is permanently

picked up. It only responds if there is an
open circuit and it has been set to drop
out when this happens.

– In the “off” state, the relay only responds

if there is an open circuit and it has been
set to pick up when this happens.

Digital displays

Use of the freely programmable char-
acteristic curve

The freely programmable characteristic

curve, i.e., the assignment of the displayed
value to the input value, is important in
process applications for indicating flow
rates or liquid levels.

The purpose of level measurements is

very often not to determine how much
liquid is still inside the tank, but rather to
establish how much has been drawn out of
it. In this case, the characteristic curve can
simply be inverted in order to display the
required value.

Parameterization of the characteris-
tic curve using interpolation points

With non-linear input signals, the

received analog values can be assigned to
the value to be displayed by means of a
programmable characteristic curve. This
curve can consist of up to 24 interpolation
points. This allows flow sensors with a
non-linear characteristic curve to be
adapted, for instance. The analog signal
digital displays in the Function Line
additionally feature a summing function
which - to take a typical example from
bottling technology - allows you to switch
over at the touch of a button from the
instantaneous value (= flow rate in l/min) to

the total flow integrated in the background,
which can be displayed in any unit. This
saves space and money, because there is no
need for a second digital display.

Limit values can also be called at the

touch of a button. Limit values 1 and 2 can
be assigned to either the actual value or the
cumulative value. If this value is exceeded,
one of the two output relays is activated.

Other applications include indicating

liquid levels, pressures, and temperatures.
With servo motors, the analog output
signals (0 to 10 V) generated by the
tachometer can be supplied to the input of
the digital display in order to indicate the
motor speed.

Application:
Pressure measurement and display on MCR-SL-D-U-I

Table:

Analog signal

Display value

Interpolation

point 1

4 mA

15 bar

Interpolation

point 2

20 mA

30 bar

Pressure [bar]

[

]

Interpolation point 1

Interpolation point 2

Characteristic curve:

Relay picks up when the value is below SPL,
hysteresis active

Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded,
hysteresis active

Relay picks up when the value is below SPL

Relay picks up when SPL is exceeded

Relay picks up when the value is below SPH

Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded

Relay picks up when value is between SPL and SPH

Relay picks up when value is outside SPL and SPH

Relay is constantly in a de-energized state

Relay is constantly in an energized state

Possible settings for the switching behavior

SPL = Set Point Low (lower switching point)
SPH = Set Point High (upper switching point)

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Basics

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Non-intrinsically-safe signal transmission in
potentially explosive areas

Electrical equipment operated in systems

with potentially explosive areas is subject to
different usage requirements, depending on
the application.

For example, electrical equipment could

be used in the following locations when
analog signals are being transmitted:
– Sensors and actuators can be located in

Zone 0, Zone 1 or Zone 2.

– Signal transmitters can be located in

Zone 1, Zone 2 or the safe area.

– The controller, e.g., PLC, is in the safe

area.

For examples of the kinds of electrical

devices that can be installed for the purpose
of transmitting signals, please see the figure.

Devices must be designed to offer a

suitable protection type if they are to be
used in Zone 2. The MINI Analog Pro, MINI
Analog, and MACX Analog ranges are
designed to provide “n” protection for this

purpose and must be installed in Zone 2
in suitable and approved housing
(EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-0) with at
least IP54 protection class.

Example:

A sensor/actuator with protection type

“n” can be connected to an isolator from
the MINI Analog Pro, MINI Analog or
MACX Analog ranges in Zone 2.

When selecting suitable devices for Zone

2, it must be ensured that the electrical data
of the sensors and actuators is not
exceeded.

If the sensors and actuators are mounted

in flameproof enclosure housing or if they
have their own flameproof enclosure
housing, they can also be installed in Zone 1.

Installation requirements

The figure shows a range of options for

installing electrical devices in areas with a
danger of gas explosions. Special
requirements regarding the configuration,
selection, and installation of electrical
systems in areas with a danger of gas
explosions can be found in EN 60079-14.

In the 2008 edition, relevant content

from EN 61241-14 was incorporated in
EN 60079-14.

EN 61241-14 must still be observed when

installing electrical equipment in areas
containing combustible dust. Other
important factors when it comes to running
systems in potentially explosive areas are
inspection, maintenance, and repairs.
Specifications regarding these matters can
be found in EN 60079-17 and EN 60079-19.

Zone 2

Zone 1

Sensor/

actuator

Ex n

IP54*
housing

MACX

Ex n

MACX

Ex n

IP54*
housing

MINI

Ex n

MINI

Ex n

Housing

e.g., Ex d

Sensor/

actuator

Safe area

Housing

e.g., Ex d

Sensor/

actuator

Sensor/

actuator

Ex n

Sensor/

actuator

Ex n

MINI

Ex n

Sensor/

actuator

Ex n

MACX

Ex n

Installation of electrical devices for signal transmission

*Use of suitable housing approved for use in Zone 2

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Basics

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

PHOENIX CONTACT

Easier than ever but as slim as before

MINI Analog Pro offers you the easiest

installation and startup in confined spaces.
– Space savings of up to 65%

Select from the following categories

– Analog IN/OUT
– Temperature
– Frequency
– Potentiometers
– Digital IN
– Limit values
– Accessories

Easy installation

– Easily visible and accessible terminal

points and FASTCON Pro plug-in
connection terminal blocks

Power bridging and fault monitoring

– The DIN rail connector simplifies supply

and enables remote diagnostics by means
of group error monitoring

DIN-rail-connector-compatible

The DIN rail connector enables modular bridging of the

24 V supply voltage.

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Numerous parameterization options

– Via DIP, PC or smartphone app

Measure current signals during
operation

Measure signals conveniently for startup

and servicing during operation, thanks to
integrated knife disconnect terminal blocks.
– The circuit does not have to be

disconnected in order to integrate the
measuring device in the signal circuit

– By setting the connector to the

disconnect position, signal circuits can
be easily interrupted during servicing and
startup

Service-friendly

– Large-surface marking areas for complete

loop identification using standard marking
material as well as permanently visible
status LEDs on each module

Optimum signal quality

– The latest transmission technology and

safe electrical isolation between input,
output, and supply with 3 kV test voltage

Choice of connection technology

– Wiring with screw connection or fast

and tool-free with Push-in connection
technology

Suitable for any application

– Extended supply voltage and temperature

range as well as multifunctional device
types

App functions via NFC communication

Configuration via NFC

– Call module information
– Display DIP switch setting help
– Wireless configuration via smartphone

DIP switch setting help

– Call module information
– Display DIP switch setting help on the smartphone

Access to information

– Call module information

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U,I

pass

ire

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

U, I+

U, I–

R+

R–

–

U, I–

R–

IN U, I+

IN U, I–

RO–

U, I+

I+

I–

R+

RO+

Port



Ex:





Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

0 V ... 5 V

1 V ... 5 V

10 V ... 0 V

10 V ... 2 V

5 V ... 0 V

5 V ... 1 V

0 V ... 12 V

0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

0 mA ... 10 mA

2 mA ... 10 mA

20 mA ... 0 mA

20 mA ... 4 mA

10 mA ... 0 mA

10 mA ... 2 mA

0 mA ... 24 mA

Input resistance

> 120 k

Ω

approx. 50

Ω

(+ 0.7 V for test diode)

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

0 V ... 5 V

1 V ... 5 V

0 V ... 10.5 V

0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

0 mA ... 10 mA

2 mA ... 10 mA

0 mA ... 21 mA

Maximum output signal

approx. 12.3 V

24.6 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Ripple

< 20 mV

(at 600

Ω

)

< 20 mV

(at 600

Ω

)

Switching output

Relay output

1 N/O contact

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

100 mA (at 30 V)

General data

U output

I output

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC

Current consumption

32 mA (24 V DC)

63 mA (12 V DC)

Power consumption

≤

1 W (at I

OUT

= 20 mA, 9.6 V DC,

600

Ω

load)

Maximum transmission error

0.1 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K , typ. 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

approx. 140 ms (15 Hz sample rate)

approx. 45 ms (60 Hz sample rate)

approx. 25 ms (240 Hz sample rate)

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

GL applied for

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

4-way signal conditioner with switching output,

for

electrical isolation of analog signals

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-PT

2902028

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO

2902026

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-PT-C

2902027

Order configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-C

2902024

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Universally configurable, highly compact

signal conditioner with switching output
for electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of standard
analog signals

– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 4-way isolation
– Standard signal combinations configurable

via DIP switches

– Freely configurable with software or

smartphone app

– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Limiting behavior at the output

configurable

– Status and error indicator LEDs

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on the programming adapters can be found on

page 105

Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from

page 101

To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the

desired configuration by referring to the order key.

Analog IN/Analog OUT
4-way signal conditioner

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

Universal 4-way signal conditioner with

switching output, configurable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO(-PT)(-C) 4-way signal conditioners

(standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.

Input

Sample rate

Output

limitation

Input signal

Start

End

Output signal

Start

End

2902024

0.0

20.0

0.0

20.0

/ ...

2902024



MINI MCR-2-

UNI-UI-UIRO-C



0.0



0 mA

20.0



20 mA



15 Hz



0.0



0 mA

20.0



20 mA



OFF



I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 24 mA

I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 24 mA



60 Hz



I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 21 mA

I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 21 mA



240



240 Hz

2902027



MINI MCR-2-

UNI-UI-UIRO-PT-C

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 12 V

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 12 V

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 10.5 V

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 10.5 V

Measuring range span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA

Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA

Output signal span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA

Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA

Failure information

Behavior in the event of an error

Open circuit/short circuit

Measured value overrange

Measured value underrange

... /

NE43DO

0.0



Freely definable

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(free definition only for

unlimited output)

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(free definition only for

unlimited output)

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(free definition only for

unlimited output)

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

Note: Failure information according to NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output

NE43UP



NE 43 upscale

21.5 mA

NE43DO



NE 43 downscale

3.5 mA

NE430



NE 43 0 mA

0 mA

NE43UD



NE 43 upscale/downscale

3.5 mA

21.5 mA

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U,I

pass

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

ire

U,I

R+

R–

–

R+

U, I–

R–

IN U, I+

IN U, I–

R+

R–

U, I+

I+

I–





Ex:





Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

0 V ... 5 V

1 V ... 5 V

-5 V ... 5 V

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

-10 V ... 10 V

0 V ... 20 V

4 V ... 20 V

-20 V ... 20 V

0 V ... 24 V

4.8 V ... 24 V

-24 V ... 24 V

0 V ... 30 V

6 V ... 30 V

-30 V ... 30 V

0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

-20 mA ... 20 mA

Input resistance

> 1000 k

Ω

approx. 63

Ω

(+ 0.7 V for test diode)

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

0 V ... 5 V

1 V ... 5 V

-5 V ... 5 V

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

-10 V ... 10 V

0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

Maximum output signal

22 mA

No-load voltage

< 17 V

Short-circuit current

< 32 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Ripple

< 20 mV

(at 600

Ω

)

< 20 mV

(at 600

Ω

)

General data

U output

I output

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC

Current consumption

25 mA (Current output, at 24 V

DC incl. load)

54 mA (Current output, at

12 V DC incl. load)

Power consumption

≤

800 mW (at I

OUT

= 20 mA,

9.6 V DC, 600

Ω

load)

Maximum transmission error

≤

0.1 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K , typ. 0.01 %/K

Limit frequency (3 dB)

30 Hz (via DIP switch)

Step response (10-90%)

< 8.5 ms (with 30 Hz filter)

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

DNV GL

C, EMC2

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

3-way signal conditioner

, for electrical isolation of analog signals

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-PT

2902040

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-UI

2902037

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-PT-C

2902039

Order configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-C

2902036

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Configurable, ultra-compact signal

conditioner for electrical isolation,
conversion, amplification, and filtering of
standard analog signals

– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard signal combinations configurable

via DIP switches

– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status LED

Notes:

Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from

page 101

To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the

desired configuration by referring to the order key.

Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

3-way signal conditioner for standard signals,

configurable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MINI MCR-2-UI-UI(-PT)(-C) 3-way signal conditioners

(standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.

Input

Output

Cut-off frequency

2902036

IN03

OUT01

2902036



MINI MCR-2-

UI-UI-C

IN 01



0 ... 20 mA

OUT 01



0 ... 20 mA

30 Hz

IN 02



4 ... 20 mA

OUT 02



4 ... 20 mA

5 kHz

IN 03



0 ... 10 V

OUT 03



0 ... 10 V

IN 04



2 ... 10 V

OUT 04



2 ... 10 V

2902039



MINI MCR-2-

UI-UI-PT-C

IN 05



0 ... 5 V

OUT 05



0 ... 5 V

IN 06



1 ... 5 V

OUT 06



1 ... 5 V

IN 21



-5 ... 5 V

OUT 13



-5 ... 5 V

IN 22



-10 ... 10 V

OUT 14



-10 ... 10 V

IN 23



-20 ... 20 V

IN 32



0 ... 20 V

IN 35



-20 ... 20 mA

IN 38



0 ... 24 V

IN 39



0 ... 30 V

IN 80



-30 ... 30 V

IN 93



-24 ... 24 V

IN 94



4.8 ... 24 V

IN 95



6 ... 30 V

IN 96



4 ... 20 V

Signal combinations for MINI MCR-2-UI-UI(-PT)(-C) signal conditioners

Output

Input

0 ... 20 mA

4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 5 V

1 ... 5 V

-5 ... 5 V

0 ... 10 V

2 ... 10 V

-10 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA

4 ... 20 mA

-20 ... 20 mA

0 ... 5 V

1 ... 5 V

-5 ... 5 V

0 ... 10 V

2 ... 10 V

-10 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 V

4 ... 20 V

-20 ... 20 V

0 ... 24 V

4.8 ... 24 V

-24 ... 24 V

0 ... 30 V

6 ... 30 V

-30 ... 30 V

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U,I

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

ire

U+

U-

R+

R–

–

IN U+

I+

R+

I–

R–

IN U–

R+

R–

pass





Ex:





Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input resistance

approx. 1 M

Ω

approx. 63

Ω

(+ 0.7 V for test diode)

Output data

U output

I output

Maximum output signal

11 V

22 mA

No-load voltage

< 17 V

Short-circuit current

< 15 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Ripple

< 20 mV

(at 10 k

Ω

)

< 20 mV

(at 600

Ω

)

General data

Supply voltage U

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC

Typ. current consumption

25 mA (24 V DC)

Maximum transmission error

0.1 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K , typ. 0.01 %/K

Limit frequency (3 dB)

approx. 30 Hz

Step response (10-90%)

approx. 10 ms

Degree of protection

IP20

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

DNV GL

C, EMC2

Ordering data

Description

Input signal

Output signal

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

3-way signal conditioner

, for electrical isolation of analog signals

Push-in connection

0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-2-U-I0-PT

2902023

Screw connection

0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-2-U-I0

2902022

Push-in connection

0 ... 10 V

4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-2-U-I4-PT

2902030

Screw connection

0 ... 10 V

4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-2-U-I4

2902029

Push-in connection

0 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-2-I0-U-PT

2902001

Screw connection

0 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-2-I0-U

2902000

Push-in connection

4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-2-I4-U-PT

2902003

Screw connection

4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-2-I4-U

2902002

Push-in connection

0 ... 20 mA,

4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 20 mA,

4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-2-I-I-PT

2901999

Screw connection

0 ... 20 mA,

4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 20 mA,

4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-2-I-I

2901998

Push-in connection

0 ... 10 V,

-10 ... 10 V

0 ... 10 V,

-10 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-2-U-U-PT

2902043

Screw connection

0 ... 10 V,

-10 ... 10 V

0 ... 10 V,

-10 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-2-U-U

2902042

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Highly compact signal conditioner for

electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of standard
analog signals

– Fixed signal combinations
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status LED

Notes:

Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from

page 101

Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

3-way signal conditioner with

fixed signal combinations

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

PWR

–

pass

OUT

I–

PWR

–

PWR

OUT

I–

sor

DCS

OUT

I+

PWR

OUT

I–

I+

PWR

I+

PWR

OUT

I–

OUT

I+

OUT

I–

OUT

I+

I–

I+

act

–

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex:





Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

0 ... 20 mA , isolator operation /

4 ... 20 mA , repeater power supply and isolator operation

Input resistance

approx. 68

Ω

(+ 0.7 V for test diode)

Transmitter supply voltage

> 19.5 V

Output data

Output signal

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

Maximum output signal

24 mA

No-load voltage

< 20 V

Load R

≤

600

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Ripple

< 20 mV

(at 600

Ω

)

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC

Current consumption

25 mA (at 24 V DC and in isolator operation)

Power consumption

≤

1400 mW (at I

OUT

= 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600

Ω

load)

Maximum transmission error

0.1 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K , typ. 0.01 %/K

Limit frequency (3 dB)

> 1.75 kHz (typ.)

Step response (10-90%)

< 200 µs (typ.)

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5

DNV GL

C, EMC2

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

3-way repeater power supply

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-I-PT

2902015

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-I

2902014

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Highly compact repeater power supply

for electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of standard
analog signals

– Supply of 2-wire and passive 3-wire

sensors

– Can also be used as an isolator without

supply

– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status LED

Notes:

Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking

components can be found from page 98

Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way repeater power supply

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

3-way repeater power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U, I

pass

OUT

sor

DCS

OUT

, I+

OUT

, I–

PWR

–

OUT

, I–

PWR

–

, I+

, I–

act

OUT

, I+

I+

I–

I+

PWR

OUT

, I+

OUT

, I–

Port

act





Ex:



Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

0 V ... 5 V

1 V ... 5 V

0 V ... 12 V

0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

0 mA ... 10 mA

20 mA ... 0 mA

0 mA ... 24 mA

Maximum input signal

12 V

24 mA

Input resistance

> 120 k

Ω

approx. 50

Ω

(+ 0.7 V for test diode)

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

0 V ... 5 V

1 V ... 5 V

0 V ... 10.5 V

0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

0 mA ... 10 mA

20 mA ... 0 mA

0 mA ... 21 mA

Maximum output signal

approx. 12.3 V

24.6 mA

No-load voltage

≤

18.5 V

Short-circuit current

≤

25 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(per channel)

Ripple

< 20 mV

(at 600

Ω

)

< 20 mV

(at 600

Ω

)

General data

U output

I output

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC

Current consumption

55 mA (24 V DC)

110 mA (12 V DC)

Power consumption

1.5 W (at I

OUT

= 20 mA,

9.6 V DC, 600

Ω

load)

Maximum transmission error

0.1 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

approx. 140 ms (15 Hz sample rate)

approx. 45 ms (60 Hz sample rate)

approx. 25 ms (240 Hz sample rate)

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

GL applied for

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

4-way signal duplicator,

with independently adjustable outputs

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI-PT

2905028

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI

2905026

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI-PT-C

2905027

Order configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI-C

2905025

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Universally configurable, highly compact

4-way signal duplicator

– For electrical isolation, conversion,

amplification, and filtering of standard
signals

– Independently adjustable outputs
– Input side for current signals from 0 to

24 mA or voltage signals from 0 to 12 V

– Supports fault monitoring
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 4-way isolation
– Standard behavior can be configured via

DIP switches

– Freely configurable via software or

smartphone app

– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status and error indicator LEDs

Notes:

To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required

configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.

Analog IN/Analog OUT
4-way signal duplicator

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

4-way signal duplicator

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI(-PT)(-C) 4-way signal duplicators

(standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.

Input

Output

limitation

Input signal

Start

End

Output 1

Output 2

2905025

0.0

20.0

0.0

2905025



MINI MCR-2-

UNI-UI-2UI-C



0.0



0 mA

20.0



20 mA

OUT01



0 ... 20 mA

OUT01



0 ... 20 mA



OFF



I: freely selectable

between 0.0 ... 24 mA

I: freely selectable

between 0.0 ... 24 mA

OUT02



4 ... 20 mA

OUT02



4 ... 20 mA



OUT03



0 ... 10 V

OUT03



0 ... 10 V

OUT04



2 ... 10 V

OUT04



2 ... 10 V

2905027



MINI MCR-2-

UNI-UI-2UI-PT-C

OUT05



0 ... 5 V

OUT05



0 ... 5 V

OUT06



1 ... 5 V

OUT06



1 ... 5 V

U: freely selectable

between 0.0 ... 12 V

U: freely selectable

between 0.0 ... 12 V

OUT16



0 ... 10 mA

OUT16



0 ... 10 mA

OUT07



20 ... 0 mA

OUT07



20 ... 0 mA

OUT08



20 ... 4 mA

OUT08



20 ... 4 mA

Measuring range span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA

Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA

Output signal span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA

Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,1 V

I M

-I-I-IL

V +

A x

pass

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

ire

I+

I-

–

I1–

IN I1+

IN I1–

IN I2–

I1+

I+

–

I2–

I2+

I+

I–

+ 3

IN I2+

IN I2-

I–

VDC





Ex:



Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

Input voltage limitation

30 V

Voltage drop

3.1 V (I = 20 mA)

Response current

approx. 200 µA

Output data

Output signal

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

Load R

< 600

Ω

(at I = 20 mA output signal)

Transmission behavior

1:1 to input signal

General data

Maximum transmission error

≤

0.1 % (of final value)

Additional error per 100

Ω

load

< 0.075 % (of measured value / 100

Ω

load)

Temperature coefficient

≤

0.002 %/K (of measured value / 100

Ω

load)

Limit frequency (3 dB)

100 Hz

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

GL applied for

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Input loop-powered 2-way isolator,

for isolating current signals

without auxiliary power

single-channel

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-I-I-ILP-PT

2901995

single-channel

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-I-I-ILP

2901994

two-channel

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-2I-2I-ILP-PT

2901997

two-channel

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-2I-2I-ILP

2901996

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Highly compact 2-way repeater power

supply

– Input loop-powered
– Does not require any additional auxiliary

voltage

– For electrical isolation and filtering of

analog signals

– Powered via the current loop of the

sensor

– Input signal = output signal 0(4) to 20 mA
– Plug-in connection system
– Status LED

Notes:

Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from

page 101

Analog IN/Analog OUT
2-way passive isolator,
input loop-powered

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

new

Either 1 or 2-channel

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

sor

OUT

I+

OUT

I-

OUT

–

pass

OUT

I+

I–

–

PWR

I+

I–

DCS

PWR

act

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex:



Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

2 ... 10 V , additional areas can be configured, see table

Maximum input signal

< 30 V

50 mA (Dielectric strength up to 30 V)

Input resistance

approx. 100 k

Ω

(At

≤

1 V,

otherwise approximately 1 M

Ω

)

Ω

(+ 0.7 V for test diode)

Output data

Output signal

4 ... 20 mA

Maximum output signal

32 mA

Load R

- 8 V) / 22 mA

Ripple

< 10 mV

rms

(at 600

Ω

)

General data

Current consumption

≤

20 mA

Maximum transmission error

≤

0.1 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K , typ. 0.005 %/K

Limit frequency (3 dB)

approx. 30 Hz

Step response (10-90%)

20 ms

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Output loop-powered 2-way isolator,

for isolating current signals

without auxiliary power

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-PT

2902063

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP

2902061

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-PT-C

2902062

Order configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-C

2902060

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Highly compact passive isolator for

electrical isolation and filtering of
standard analog signals

– Safe 2-way isolation
– Output loop-powered
– Does not require any additional auxiliary

voltage

– Up to 74 signal combinations can be

configured using DIP switches

– Plug-in connection system
– Voltage input from mV voltages up to 30 V
– Current input from 2 to 40 mA
– Status LED

Notes:

To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the

desired configuration by referring to the order key.

Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from

page 101

Analog IN/Analog OUT
2-way passive isolator,
output loop-powered

Order key for MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP(-PT)(-C)

Order No.

Input

2902060

0 mV ... 1000 mV

2902060



MINI MCR-2-

UI-I-OLP-C

2902062



MINI MCR-2-

UI-I-OLP-PT-C

0 mV ... 1000 mV

0 mV ... 750 mV

0 mV ... 500 mV

0 mV ... 300 mV

0 mV ... 250 mV

0 mV ... 200 mV

0 mV ... 150 mV

0 mV ... 125 mV

0 mV ... 120 mV

0 mV ... 100 mV

0 mV ... 75 mV

0 mV ... 60 mV

0 mV ... 50 mV

0 V ... 10 V

0 V ... 7.5 V

0 V ... 5 V

0 V ... 3 V

0 V ... 2.5 V

0 V ... 2 V

0 V ... 1.5 V

0 V ... 1.25 V

0 V ... 1.2 V

0 V ... 30 V

0 V ... 25 V

0 V ... 20 V

0 V ... 12.5 V

0 V ... 12 V

0 V ... 15 V

2 V ... 10 V

-1000 mV ... 1000 mV

-750 mV ... 750 mV

-500 mV ... 500 mV

-300 mV ... 300 mV

-250 mV ... 250 mV

-200 mV ... 200 mV

-125 mV ... 125 mV

-120 mV ... 120 mV

-150 mV ... 150 mV

-100 mV ... 100 mV

-75 mV ... 75 mV

-60 mV ... 60 mV

-50 mV ... 50 mV

-10 V ... 10 V

-7.5 V ... 7.5 V

-5 V ... 5 V

-3 V ... 3 V

-2.5 V ... 2.5 V

-2 V ... 2 V

-1.25 V ... 1.25 V

-1.2 V ... 1.2 V

-1.5 V ... 1.5 V

-30 V ... 30 V

-25 V ... 25 V

-20 V ... 20 V

-12.5 V ... 12.5 V

-12 V ... 12 V

-15 V ... 15 V

1 V ... 5 V

0 mA ... 40 mA

0 mA ... 30 mA

0 mA ... 20 mA

0 mA ... 12 mA

0 mA ... 10 mA

0 mA ... 8 mA

0 mA ... 7.5 mA

0 mA ... 5 mA

0 mA ... 6 mA

0 mA ... 4 mA

0 mA ... 3 mA

0 mA ... 2.5 mA

0 mA ... 2 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

2 mA ... 10 mA

1 mA ... 5 mA

-2 mA ... 2 mA

-3 mA ... 3 mA

-10 mA ... 10 mA

-15 mA ... 15 mA

-20 mA ... 20 mA

-30 mA ... 30 mA

-40 mA ... 40 mA

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

D W

Configurable,

up to 74 signal combinations

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U,I

R+

R–

–

pass

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

Port

U, I–

U, I+

R+

R–

I+







Ex:





Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-wire

Temperature range

-200 °C ... 850 °C (Range depends on sensor type, range can be

set freely via software or in increments from -150°C to 850°C via

DIP switches)

Measuring range span

≥

20 K

Linear resistance measuring range

Ω

... 4000

Ω

(Minimum measuring span: 10% of the selected

measuring range)

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V

20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA

Maximum output signal

approx. 12.3 V

24.6 mA

No-load voltage

< 17.5 V

Short-circuit current

< 31.5 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Ripple

< 10 mV

rms

< 10 mV

rms

(at 600

Ω

)

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

32 mA (24

DC)

Power consumption

≤

850 mW (at I

OUT

= 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600

Ω

load)

Transmission error

0.1 % * 350 K / set measuring range; 0.1 % > 350 K (Pt/Ni)

0.3 % * 200 K / set measuring range; 0.3 % > 200 K (Cu)

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

typ. 200 ms (2-wire)

typ. 500 ms (3-wire)

typ. 500 ms (4-wire)

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

DNV GL

C, EMC2

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer for resistance thermometers

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-PT

2902052

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI

2902049

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-PT-C

2902051

Order configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-C

2902048

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Universally configurable, highly compact

temperature transducer for electrical
isolation, conversion, amplification, and
filtering of resistance thermometer and
remote resistance-type sensor signals

– For 2, 3 or 4-wire sensors according to

IEC 751, JIS, GOST

– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard signal combinations configurable

via DIP switches

– Freely configurable with software or

smartphone app

– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status and error indicator LEDs

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on the programming adapters can be found on

page 105

Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from

page 101

To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the

desired configuration by referring to the order key.

Temperature
Temperature transducer
for resistance thermometers

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

Universal temperature transducer

for resistance thermometers

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducers

(standard configuration entered as example)

Order No.

Sensor type

Connection

technology

Measuring range

Measuring

unit

Output

Start

End

Output signal

Start

End

2902048

PT100

-50

150

4.0

20.0

/ ...

2902048



MINI MCR-2-

RTD-UI-C

PT100



Pt 100 IEC 751



2-conductor

freely selectable

between

-200°C ... 850°C

(measuring

range limits

depend on

sensor type)

freely selectable

between

-200°C ... 850°C

(measuring

range limits

depend on

sensor type)



°C



0.0



0 mA

20.0



20 mA

PT200



Pt 200 IEC 751



3-conductor



°F



I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 21 mA

I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 21 mA

PT500



Pt 500 IEC 751



4-conductor

PT1000



Pt 1000 IEC 751

2902051



MINI MCR-2-

RTD-UI-PT-C

PT100G



Pt 100 GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00394)

PT1000G



Pt 1000 GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00394)

PT100J



Pt 100 JIS C1604/1997

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 10.5 V

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 10.5 V

PT1000J



Pt 1000 JIS C1604/1997

NI100



Ni 100 DIN 43760

NI1000



Ni 1000 DIN 43760

CU50



Cu 50 GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00428)

CU100



Cu 100 GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00428)

CU53



Cu 53 GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00426)

Minimum measuring span 20 K

Output signal span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA

Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA

Failure information

Behavior in the event of an error

Open circuit

Short circuit

Measured value overrange

Measured value underrange

... /

NE43DO

0.0



Freely definable

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

Note: Failure information according to NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output

NE43UP



NE 43 upscale

21.5 mA

NE43DO



NE 43 downscale

3.5 mA

NE430



NE 43 0 mA

0 mA

NE43UD



NE 43 upscale/downscale

3.5 mA

21.5 mA

Sensor types and measuring ranges for MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducers

Sensor type

Standard

Measuring range

Smallest measuring

span

Adjustable using:

Pt 100

IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00385)

-200°C to +850°C

20 K

DIP switches

Pt 200

IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00385)

-200°C to +850°C

20 K

DIP switches

Pt 500

IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00385)

-200°C to +850°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

Pt 1000

IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00385)

-200°C to +850°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

Pt 100

GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00391)

-200°C to +850°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

Pt 1000

GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00391)

-200°C to +850°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

Pt 100

JIS C1604-1997

-200°C to +850°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

Pt 1000

JIS C1604-1997

-200°C to +850°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

Ni100

DIN 43760

-60°C to +250°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

Ni 1000

DIN 43760

-60°C to +250°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

Cu50

GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.0428)

-180°C to +200°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

Cu100

GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.0428)

-180°C to +200°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

Cu53

GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.0426)

-50°C to +180°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

Customer-specific characteristic curves

-200°C to +850°C

20 K

Software or smartphone app

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U,I

R+

R–

–

pass

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

Port

U, I–

U, I+

R+

R–

I+

–







Ex:





Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, L

Temperature range

-250 °C ... 2500 °C (Range depends on sensor type, range can be

set freely via software or in increments from -150°C to 1350°C via

DIP switches)

Measuring range span

min. 50 K

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V

20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA

Maximum output signal

approx. 12.3 V

24.6 mA

No-load voltage

< 17.5 V

Short-circuit current

< 31.5 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Ripple

< 10 mV

rms

< 10 mV

rms

(at 600

Ω

)

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

32.7 mA (24 V DC)

Power consumption

≤

850 mW (at I

OUT

= 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600

Ω

load)

Transmission error

0.1%

600

K / set

measuring range; 0.1%

600

(C, E, J, K, N, T, L, U, M Gost, L Gost)

0.2 % * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.2 % > 600 K

(B, R, S, A1, A2, A3)

0.2%

* 600

K / set measuring range; 0.2%

> 600

(E, J, K, N, T, L, U, M Gost, L Gost); Highspeed Mode

0.4%

* 600

K / set measuring range; 0.4%

> 600

(B, R, S, A1, A2, A3); Highspeed Mode

Cold junction errors

- ( typ. 2 K (2 K + (0,2 K *

T)) )

Temperature coefficient

≤

0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

typ. 400 ms (Highspeed Mode: typ. 150 ms)

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

DNV GL

C, EMC2

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer for thermocouples

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-PT

2905249

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-TC-UI

2902055

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-PT-C

2905248

Order configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-C

2902053

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Universally configurable, highly compact

temperature transducer for electrical
isolation, conversion, amplification, and
filtering of thermocouple signals

– For thermocouples according to IEC 584

and GOST

– Internal cold junction compensation
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard signal combinations configurable

via DIP switches

– Freely configurable with software or

smartphone app

– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status and error indicator LEDs

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on the programming adapters can be found on

page 105

Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from

page 101

To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the

desired configuration by referring to the order key.

Temperature
Temperature transducer for
thermocouples

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

Universal temperature transducer

for thermocouples

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MINI MCR-2-TC-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducers

(standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.

Sensor type

Cold junction

error

compensation

Measuring range

Measuring

unit

Output

Start

End

Output signal

Start

End

2902053

-200

1200

4.0

20.0

/ ...

2902053



MINI MCR-2-

TC-UI-C



B IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)



OFF

freely selectable

between

-250°C ... 2500°C

(measuring range limits

depend on sensor type)

freely selectable

between

-250°C ... 2500°C

(measuring range limits

depend on sensor type)



°C



0.0



0 mA

20.0



20 mA



E IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)



°F



I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 21 mA

I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 21 mA



J IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)



K IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)

2905248



MINI MCR-2-

TC-UI-PT-C



N IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)



R IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)



S IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 10.5 V

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 10.5 V



T IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)



L DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)



U DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)

A1G



A-1 GOST 8.585-2001

A2G



A-2 GOST 8.585-2001

A3G



A-3 GOST 8.585-2001



M GOST 8.585-2001



L GOST 8.585-2001

Minimum measuring span 50 K

Output signal span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA

Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA

Sensor types and measuring ranges for MINI MCR-2-TC-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducers

Sensor type

Standard

Measuring range

Smallest measuring

span

Adjustable using:

IEC 584-1

+500°C ... +1820°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

IEC 584-1

-230°C ... +1000°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

IEC 584-1

-210°C ... +1200°C

50 K

DIP switches

IEC 584-1

-250°C ... +1372°C

50 K

DIP switches

IEC 584-1

-200°C ... +1300°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

IEC 584-1

-50°C ... +1768°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

IEC 584-1

-50°C ... +1768°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

IEC 584-1

-200°C ... +400°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

DIN 43710

-200°C ... +900°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

DIN 43710

-200°C ... +600°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

A-1

GOST 8.585

0°C ... +2500°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

A-2

GOST 8.585

0°C ... +1800°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

A-3

GOST 8.585

0°C ... +1800°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

GOST 8.585

-200°C ... +100°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

GOST 8.585

-200°C ... +800°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

Customer-specific characteristic curves

-250°C ... +2500°C

50 K

Software or smartphone app

Failure information

Behavior in the event of an error

Open circuit

Measured value overrange

Measured value underrange

... /

NE43DO

0.0



Freely definable

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

Note: Failure information according to NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output

NE43UP



NE 43 upscale

21.5 mA

NE43DO



NE 43 downscale

3.5 mA

NE430



NE 43 0 mA

0 mA

NE43UD



NE 43 upscale/downscale

3.5 mA

21.5 mA

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

POW

OUT

ass

DCS

versa

NPN

PNP

sor

OUT

PWR

–

max

PWR

–

Port

OUT U

, I–

PWR

–

OUT U

, I+

act

–

I+

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input sources

NAMUR initiators

NPN/PNP transistor outputs

Floating contact (dry contact)

Frequency generator

Incremental encoder (speed only)

HTL encoders

Frequency measuring range

0 Hz ... 200 kHz

Maximum input signal

30 V (incl. DC voltage)

PWM (range)

0.002 Hz ... 60 Hz (Duty cycle 2

...

60 Hz ... 300 Hz (Duty cycle 5

...

300 Hz ... 600 Hz (Duty cycle 10

...

600 Hz ... 1000 Hz (Duty cycle 20

...

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal

0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V

0 ... 10 mA / 2 ... 10 mA

Maximum output signal

approx. 12.3 V

24.6 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Ripple

< 20 mV

(at 600

Ω

)

< 20 mV

(at 600

Ω

)

Switching output

Relay output

1 N/O contact

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

100 mA (30 V)

Minimum switching current

100 µA

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

32 mA (24 V DC)

63 mA (12 V DC)

Power consumption

≤

1 W (at I

OUT

= 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600

Ω

load)

Maximum transmission error

0.1 % (Frequency)

1 % (PWM signal)

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K , typ. 0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

< 35 ms (f > 500

Hz)

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

GL applied for

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR frequency transducer

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-F-UI-PT

2902058

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-F-UI

2902056

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Universally configurable, highly compact

3-way isolated frequency transducer with
transistor switching output

– Suitable for the connection of NAMUR

proximity sensors (IEC 60947-5-6 and
EN 50227) as well as for sensors with
NPN and PNP outputs that generate a
frequency signal

– For electrical isolation, conversion,

amplification, and filtering of frequency
and PWM signals

– Frequency signals in the range from

0.002 to 200 kHz and PWM signals up to
20 kHz

– Supports fault monitoring
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard behavior can be configured via

DIP switches

– Freely configurable via software or

smartphone app

– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status and error indicator LEDs

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on the programming adapters can be found on

page 105

Frequency
Universal frequency transducer

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

new

Configurable,

Universal frequency or PWM input

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U, I

sor

/ F

iel

ire

I+

I-

–

+ 3

RO +

RO -

R+

R–

Port

pass

–

IN U, I+

IN U, I–

I–

LC / DC

upp

x. 3

VDC

II 3

A IIC



Ex:



Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

0 V ... 5 V

1 V ... 5 V

10 V ... 0 V

10 V ... 2 V

5 V ... 0 V

5 V ... 1 V

0 V ... 12 V

0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

0 mA ... 10 mA

2 mA ... 10 mA

20 mA ... 0 mA

20 mA ... 4 mA

10 mA ... 0 mA

10 mA ... 2 mA

0 mA ... 24 mA

Maximum input signal

12 V

24 mA

Input resistance

> 120 k

Ω

approx. 50

Ω

(+ 0.7 V for test

diode)

Output data

Frequency output

PWM output

Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

0 Hz ... 10 kHz / 0 Hz ... 5 kHz

15.6 kHz (10 bit) / 1.9 kHz (10 bit)

0 Hz ... 2.5 kHz / 0 Hz ... 1 kHz

3.9 kHz (12 bit) / 488 Hz (12 bit)

0 Hz ... 500 Hz / 0 Hz ... 250 Hz

977 Hz (14 bit) / 122 Hz (14 bit)

0 Hz ... 100 Hz / 0 Hz ... 50 Hz

244 Hz (16 bit) / 31 Hz (16 bit)

Minimum load

4 mA

≤

/ R

)

≤

100 mA

12 mA

≤

/ R

)

≤

100 mA

Load current maximum

100 mA

Maximum switching voltage

30 V

Overrange/underrange

Can be set (via software)

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC

Current consumption

27 mA (12 V DC)

13.5 mA (24 V DC)

Power consumption

≤

350 mW (9.6 V DC)

Transmission error, maximum

≤

0.1 % (> 7 kHz

≤

0.2

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K , typ. 0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

120 ms (15 Hz sample rate)

Further values can be set via software

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

GL applied for

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Analog frequency transducer with limit value function

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-PT

2902032

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO

2902031

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-PT-C

2906202

Order configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-C

2906201

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Universally configurable highly compact

analog-to-frequency measuring
transducer for electrical isolation,
amplification, conversion and filtering of
standard analog signals to frequencies or
PWM signals

– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Additional switching output
– Frequency output can be used as second

switching output

– Standard signal combinations configurable

via DIP switches

– Freely configurable with software or

smartphone app

– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status and error indicator LEDs

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on the programming adapters can be found on

page 105

Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from

page 101

To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required

configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.

Frequency
Analog frequency transducer

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

D W

Configurable,

frequency, PWM or switching output

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO(-PT)(-C) analog frequency transducers

(standard configuration entered as example)

Order No.

Input

Sample rate

Output

limitation

Input signal

Start

End

Output signal

Carrier frequency

Start

End

2906201

0.0

20.0

1000

/ ...

2906201



MINI MCR-2-

UI-FRO-C



0.0



0 mA

20.0



20 mA

15 Hz



15 Hz

60 Hz



60 Hz

240 Hz



240 Hz



at frequency

output



0 Hz

f: freely

selectable

between

0 ... 10 kHz

10000



10 kHz

f: freely

selectable

between

0 ... 10 kHz



off



I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 24 mA

I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 24 mA

2906202



MINI MCR-2-

UI-FRO-PT-C

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 12 V

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 12 V

PWM



PWM

15.6 k



15.6 kHz

15.6 kHz (10 bits)

1.9 kHz (10 bits)

7.8 kHz (11 bits)

977 Hz (11 bits)

3.9 kHz (12 bits)

488 Hz (12 bits)

1.9 kHz (13 bits)

244 Hz (13 bits)

977 Hz (14 bits)

122 Hz (14 bits)

488 Hz (15 bits)

61 Hz (15 bits)

244 Hz (16 bits)

31 Hz (16 bits)

D: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 100%

D: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 100%

Measuring range span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA

Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA

Output signal span at least 10 Hz / 1%

Increment 1 Hz / 0.1%

Failure information

Behavior in the event of an error

Open circuit/short circuit

Measured value overrange

Measured value underrange

... /



Freely definable



0 Hz

f: freely selectable between

0 ... 11 kHz

D: freely selectable between

0.0 and 100%



0 Hz

f: freely selectable between

0 ... 11 kHz

D: freely selectable between

0.0 and 100%



0 Hz

f: freely selectable between

0 ... 11 kHz

D: freely selectable between

0.0 and 100%

Failure information only adjustable for

unlimited output

(free definition only for

unlimited output)

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

(free definition only for

unlimited output)

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

(free definition only for

unlimited output)

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U,I

R+

R–

–

pass

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

Port

U, I–

U, I+

R+

R–

I+





Ex:





Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

Potentiometer

100

Ω

... 100 k

Ω

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

1 ... 5 V / 10 ... 0 V

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V

20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA

Maximum output signal

approx. 12.3 V

24.6 mA

No-load voltage

< 17.5 V

Short-circuit current

< 31.5 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Ripple

< 20 mV

(at 10 k

Ω

)

< 20 mV

Behavior in the event of a sensor error

configurable

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC

Current consumption

33 mA (24 V DC)

Power consumption

≤

850 mW (at I

OUT

= 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600

Ω

load)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (R < 240

Ω

= < 0,2 %)

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K , typ. 0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

< 60 ms

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5

DNV GL

C, EMC2

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Potiposition transducer

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-PT

2902017

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-POT-UI

2902016

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-PT-C

2905006

Order configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-C

2905005

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Universally configurable, highly compact

potiposition transducer for electrical
isolation, conversion, amplification, and
filtering of potentiometer signals

– For potentiometers from 100 Ω to

100 kΩ

– Automatic potentiometer detection

without manual adjustment

– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard signal combinations configurable

via DIP switches

– Freely configurable with software or

smartphone app

– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status and error indicator LEDs

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on the programming adapters can be found on

page 105

Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from

page 101

To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the

desired configuration by referring to the order key.

Potentiometer
Potiposition transducer

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

Potiposition transducer,

Configurable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MINI MCR-2-POT-UI(-PT)(-C) potiposition transducers

(standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.

Automatic potentiometer

detection

Output

Filter

Open circuit

detection

Output signal

Start

End

2905005

AUTO

4.0

20.0

/ ...

2905005



MINI MCR-2-

POT-UI-C

AUTO



0.0



0 mA

20.0



20 mA



OFF



OFF



I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 21 mA

I: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 21 mA

OFF



OFF

2905006



MINI MCR-2-

POT-UI-PT-C

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 10.5 V

U: freely

selectable

between

0.0 ... 10.5 V

Output signal span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA

Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA

Failure information

Behavior in the event of an error

Open circuit slider

Input open (no potentiometer

connected)

Measured value overrange

Measured value underrange

... /

NE43DO

0.0



Freely definable

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable

between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(only if open circuit detection

is on)

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable

between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable

between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

0.0



0 mA

I: freely selectable

between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA

U: freely selectable between

0.0 ... 11 V

(signal type corresponds to

selected output signal)

Note: Failure information according to NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output

NE43UP



NE 43 upscale

21.5 mA

NE43DO



NE 43 downscale

3.5 mA

NE430



NE 43 0 mA

0 mA

NE43UD



NE 43 upscale/downscale

3.5 mA

21.5 mA

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

DI1

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

–

1–

IN +

IN–

–

+ 3

R+

R–

II 3

A IIC



Ex:



Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

open circuit switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

Control circuit

No-load voltage

8.2 V DC



10 %

Switching points (in acc. with IEC 60947-5-6)

< 1.2 mA (blocking)

> 2.1 mA (conductive)

Line fault detection

> 6 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)

< 0.35 mA (With wire break)

Switching output

Transistor output

2 N/O contacts

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Max. switching current

50 mA

Switching frequency

5 kHz

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC

Current consumption

18 mA (24 V DC)

35 mA (12 V DC)

Power consumption

450 mW (9.6 V DC)

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

GL applied for

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-NAM-2RO-PT

2902005

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-NAM-2RO

2902004

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Highly compact signal conditioner for

electrical isolation, amplification, and
duplication of proximity sensor signals

– For proximity sensors in accordance with

IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227

– Floating contacts and contacts with

resistance circuit can be connected

– Plug-in connection system
– Input and output signals can be configured

via DIP switches

– Transistor switching contacts on the

output

– Second output can be used as a duplicator

or error signaling output

– Safe 3-way isolation
– Switchover between operating current

and quiescent current (inverted switching
behavior)

– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status LEDs

Notes:

Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from

page 101

Digital IN
Signal conditioner

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

D W

Configurable,

for NAMUR sensors and

floating contacts

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U,I

sor

/ F

iel

ire

U,I +

U,I -

LC / DC

R+

R–

–

R+

IN U, I–

R–

IN U, I+

I-

Port

II 3

A IIC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Ex:



Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

0 ... 10 V / 0 ... 12 V

0 ... 20 mA / 0 ... 24 mA

Maximum input signal

12 V

24 mA

Input resistance

> 120 k

Ω

approx. 50

Ω

(+ 0.7 V for test diode)

Specification of the switching point

Can be set via software or in steps via DIP switches

Switching output

Relay output

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC

Limiting continuous current

6 A

Hysteresis (configurable using the DIP switch)

can be set freely via software

Setting range of the response delay

(configurable using the DIP switch)

0 s ... 10 s (can be set freely via software)

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC

Current consumption

40 mA (12 V DC)

20 mA (24 V DC)

Power consumption

≤

0.5 W

Maximum transmission error

0.1 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

typ. 140 ms (Can be set via software)

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4A

GL applied for

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Threshold value switch with relay PDT output

, standard

configuration

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-REL-PT

2902035

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UI-REL

2902033

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Universally configurable highly compact

threshold value switch for switching
analog limit values

– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard switching behavior can be

configured via DIP switches

– Freely configurable with software or

smartphone app

– PDT relay at output
– Limiting continuous current up to 6 A
– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status and error indicator LEDs

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on the programming adapters can be found on

page 105

Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from

page 101

Limit values
Threshold value switch

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

D W

Configurable,

with relay PDT output

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

POW

OUT

sor

DCS

PWR

–

PWR

PORT

PWR

–



Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-wire

Temperature range

-250 °C ... 2500 °C

Measuring range span

min. 20 K

Linear resistance measuring range

Ω

... 4000

Ω

Switching output

Relay output

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC

Maximum switching current

6 A (for 250 V AC)

Minimum switching current

100 mA (12 V DC)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

Hysteresis

can be set freely via software

Setting range of the response delay

0 s ... 10 s (can be set freely via software)

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

44 mA (12 V DC)

22 mA (24 V DC)

Switching point accuracy

< 0.1 %

Power consumption

570 mW

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

typ. 300 ms

typ. 570 ms

typ. 380 ms

typ. 300 ms

typ. 570 ms

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4A

GL applied for

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature limit value switch

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-T-REL-PT

2905633

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-T-REL

2905632

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Universally configurable, highly compact

temperature limit value switch for
switching analog limit values from
resistance thermometers and remote
resistance-type sensor signals

– For 2, 3 or 4-wire RTD sensors according

to IEC 751, JIS, GOST

– For thermocouples according to IEC 584

and GOST

– Internal cold junction compensation
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard behavior can be configured via

DIP switches

– Freely configurable via software or

smartphone app

– N/O relay output (N/C function can be

set via software)

– Limiting continuous current up to 6 A
– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status and error indicator LEDs

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on the programming adapters can be found on

page 105

Limit values
Temperature

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

Configurable,

temperature transducer with

N/O relay output

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

POW

sor

OUT

DCS

PWR

–

PWR

R 2

PWR

–

PORT

max

PWR

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-wire

Temperature range

-250 °C ... 2500 °C

Measuring range span

min. 20 K

Linear resistance measuring range

Ω

... 4000

Ω

Switching output

Transistor output

2 N/O contacts

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

100 mA (30

V (

≤

°C))

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

20 mA (12 V DC)

10 mA (24 V DC)

Switching point accuracy

< 0.1 %

Power consumption

350 mW

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

typ. 300 ms

typ. 570 ms

typ. 380 ms

typ. 300 ms

typ. 570 ms

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

GL applied for

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature limit value switch

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-T-2RO-PT

2906877

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-T-2RO

2906876

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Universally configurable, highly compact

temperature limit value switch for
switching analog limit values from
resistance thermometers and remote
resistance-type sensor signals

– For 2, 3 or 4-wire RTD sensors according

to IEC 751, JIS, GOST

– For thermocouples according to IEC 584

and GOST

– Internal cold junction compensation
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard behavior can be configured via

DIP switches

– Freely configurable via software or

smartphone app

– 2 transistor switching contacts on the

output

– Maximum switching current 30 V / 100 mA
– Power supply and fault monitoring

possible via DIN rail connector

– Status and error indicator LEDs

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on the programming adapters can be found on

page 105

Limit values
Temperature

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

Configurable,

temperature transducer with

transistor output

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

Safely isolated from field to network.

MINI Analog Pro signal conditioners with
bus and network connections combine the
benefits of safe electrical isolation with
those of digital communication. With an
overall width of less than 50 mm, you can
transmit, free of interference, up to eight
field signals to industrial networks, without
the need for signal-specific input cards.

Further advantages:

– Gateways for different protocols: Modbus

RTU, Modbus TCP, and PROFIBUS DP

– Interference-free signal transmission from

the field level to the CPU, thanks to safe
electrical isolation

– Fast, fault-free wiring, by bundling the

signals in one network cable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

No need for input cards

– Cost and space savings, as signal-specific

input cards are no longer needed

Modular and space-saving

– Space-saving network integration of freely

combinable signal conditioners by means
of plug-in gateways

Flexible configuration

– Quick parameterization via rotary coding

switch, software, web server or app

Smart configuration and monitoring

– Carry out on-site configuration and read

current values directly off a smartphone
with the MINI Analog Pro app

Easy startup and servicing

– Measure current signals during operation,

without disconnecting current loops

Easy maintenance

– Large-surface marking areas for standard

marking material as well as permanently
visible status and error LEDs on each
module

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Sensor

/Fi

PLC

DCS

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

-...

OUT

-wi

4-wi



Ex:



Housing width 51.1 mm

Technical data

Input data

Number of inputs

Configurable/programmable

Yes

Current input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

Maximum input current

24 mA

Input resistance of current input

Ω

Maximum input voltage

5 V

Output data

Number of outputs

Data update rate

15 ms

General data

Nominal supply voltage range

12 V ... 24 V

Supply voltage range

9.6 V ... 30 V

Power consumption

< 1000 mW

Maximum transmission error

0.1 %

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %

Test voltage, input/output/supply

0.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 65 °C

Housing material

PBT 7% GF V0

Dimensions W/H/D

51.1 / 104.1 / 56.8 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Gateways for bus and network connection

Modbus/RTU

MINI MCR-2-V8-MOD-RTU

2905634

Modbus/TCP

MINI MCR-2-V8-MOD-TCP

2905635

PROFIBUS DP

MINI MCR-2-V8-PB-DP

2905636

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Easy integration of up to eight field signals

in the bus systems

– Any combination of signal conditioners is

possible (standard signal, temperature,
etc.)

– Easy attachment to the output side of

MINI Analog Pro modules

– Huge savings in terms of input cards and

bus couplers

– Safe channel-to-channel electrical

isolation right through to the CPU

– Versions with PROFIBUS DP,

Modbus/RTU or Modbus/TCP are
available

– Can be configured via software or

smartphone app

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on the programming adapters can be found on

page 105

MINI Analog Pro gateways

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

new

Gateways for bus and network connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Sensor

/Fi

PLC

DCS

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

- -...

I M

-...

OUT

-wi

4-wi

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex:



Housing width 51.1 mm

Technical data

Input data

Number of inputs

Configurable/programmable

Maximum input current

4 A (500

mA per ch.)

Maximum input voltage

30 V

Output data

Number of outputs

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

Configurable/programmable

General data

Test voltage input/output

0.5 kV

Rated insulation voltage

50 V

rms

Degree of protection

IP20

Overvoltage category / Degree of pollution

II / 2

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Humidity

5 % ... 95 %

Maximum altitude for use above sea level

4000 m

Housing material

PBT 7% GF V0

Dimensions W/H/D

51.1 / 104.1 / 56.8 mm

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC Gc U

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5

GL applied for

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

System cabling adapter

for MINI Analog Pro modules

MINI MCR-2-V8-FLK 16

2901993

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Time-saving wiring solution thanks to

unique plug-in concept

– System cabling on PLC side
– Plug-and-Play
– For up to eight channels
– Reduced wiring effort and errors
– Easy attachment to the output side of

MINI Analog Pro modules

– Especially easy to maintain, thanks to

interruption-free current measurement
function

MINI Analog Pro system adapter

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

new

System cabling adapter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

TC... Termination Carriers

are

compact solutions for conveniently and
smoothly connecting standard DIN rail
signal conditioners from the MINI Analog
Pro series to input and output cards of
automation systems using system cabling.

The most compact signal conditioners

combined with the most compact and
flexible module carriers on the market
enable you to achieve a hitherto
unparalleled packing density in your control
cabinet together with professional system
cabling.

Compact

– The compact design associated with

MINI Analog saves up to 65% of space in
the control cabinet

Robust and reliable

– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum

carrier device profile

– PCB is completely decoupled from signal

conditioners

– PCB without active electronics
– Redundant supply via separate DIN rail

module

– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting

Flexible

– Profile sections without pitch markings
– Quick and safe module connection with

plug-in cable sets

– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Can be flexibly adapted to suit any

controller or higher-level control system

– Solutions tailored to your requirements

on request

– Available pre-assembled with modules

and wired, or for self-assembly

PHOENIX CONTACT

Termination Carrier for
MINI Analog Pro signal conditioner

Solutions are also available for MACX Analog,

MACX Analog Ex, and Safety

Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable

Select module carrier

Select standard DIN rail device

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

H11

H13

H15

H16

OMBI

X1 DS

B 37

PTSM

PTB

T-B

3 (+)

5 (+)

arm

PW1

(-)

6 (-)

3 (+)

FBS

-6

INI

CR-

L-F

-RC-

INI

CR-

L-

-F

PW1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Ex:



Housing width 136 mm

Technical data

General data

Connection to the control system level

D-SUB pin strip

Number of positions

Maximum operating voltage

< 30 V DC (Per signal/channel)

Maximum permissible current

23 mA (Signal/channel)

Rated insulation voltage

50 V

Degree of pollution

Overvoltage category

Rated surge voltage

0.5 kV

Air clearances and creepage distances

DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Please observe module specifications)

Shock

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27

Vibration (operation)

2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6

Dimensions W/H/D

136 / 170 / 160 mm

Power supply via power module

Input voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Redundant supply

yes, decoupled from diodes

Polarization and surge protection

Yes

Fuse

2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

Status indication

2 x red LED (error)

2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)

Switching output

1 N/C contact (alarm = open)

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Module carrier

for 16 MINI Analog channels, power and

feed-through module

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-MP-P-UNI

2906639

- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-MP-PS-UNI

2906640

Accessories

MINI Analog Pro power terminal

MINI MCR-2-PTB-PT

2902067

MINI Analog Pro fault signaling module

MINI MCR-2-FM-RC-PT

2904508

HART multiplexer,

32-chanel, including two 14-wire flat-ribbon cable

MACX MCR-S-MUX

2865599

PHOENIX CONTACT

The

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-MP-P-

UNI

universal Termination Carrier is a

compact solution which connects signal
conditioners from the MINI Analog Pro
series to analog or binary input and output
cards of automation systems.

The

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-MP-PS-

UNI

Termination Carrier design, when

combined with the MACX MCR-S-MUX
HART multiplexer, also enables
communication between HART-capable
field devices and a management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel

signal conditioners

– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos.

D-SUB connector

– For system cables with D-SUB socket and

open ends for universal connection

– Redundant supply and monitoring via

separate MINI MCR-2-PTB-PT power
terminal and MINI MCR-2-FM-RC-PT
fault signaling module

Notes:

for your automation system with the Termination Carrier for

MINI Analog Pro.

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-MP-P-UNI (Order No.

2906639

) is not a

class A product.

Termination Carrier for
MINI Analog Pro signal conditioner

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI connection scheme

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

–

U,I–

U,I+

U,I–

I+

R+

R–

R+

R-



Ex:



Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

9.6 ... 30 V

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

10 V DC

8.75 V DC

7.5 V DC

6.25 V DC

5 V DC

3.75 V DC

2.5 V DC

1.25 V DC

20 mA

17.5 mA

15 mA

12.5 mA

10 mA

7.5 mA

5 mA

2.5 mA

Short-circuit current

> 32 mA

Ripple

< 20 mV

(at 600

Ω

)

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Power consumption

< 1.1 W (9.6 V DC)

Maximum transmission error

≤

0.1 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Electrical isolation

Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1

Test voltage, input/output/supply

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Constant voltage/constant current source

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-CVCS-PT

2902065

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-CVCS

2902064

Accessories

Setpoint potentiometer

, to set setpoints individually

Resistance value 4.7 k

Ω

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN

2940252

Resistance value 10 k

Ω

EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

2942124

100

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Constant voltage/constant current

source for potentiometers, measuring
bridges, encoders, etc.

– Plug-in connection system
– Highly precise
– Output signals can be configured via

DIP switches

– Input signal corresponds to power supply
– Input signal and therefore energy supply

and fault monitoring via the DIN rail
connector

– For voltages up to 10 V and currents up

to 20 mA

– Status LED

Accessories
Constant voltage/
constant current source

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

D W

Output signals, configurable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Technical data

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

FASTCON Pro connector set

- with Push-in connection

FASTCON PRO-SET-PT

2906228

- with screw connection

FASTCON PRO-SET

2906227

– FASTCON Pro connector set
– Consisting of four connectors, one each

for every position on the module

– Suitable for all MINI Analog Pro modules
– Four-way coding prevents incorrect

insertion into the device

– Screw or Push-in connection technology

Accessories
Connector set

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

with Push-in connection

with screw connection

Technical data

Input data

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN

EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

Resistance value

4.7 k

Ω

±20 %

10 k

Ω

±20 %

Linearity

5 % (of final value)

Load capacity

0.5 W

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

0 °C ... 40 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F

Dimensions W/H/D

30 / 75 / 68 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Setpoint potentiometer

, to set setpoints individually

Resistance value 4.7 k

Ω

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN

2940252

Resistance value 10 k

Ω

EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

2942124

101

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

– For direct setpoint definition in

combination with a constant voltage
source

Accessories
Setpoint potentiometers

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

R OU

–

R 1 IN

-F

R 2 IN

-F

R 2 IN

R 1 IN

,6 V

…+3

,6 V

…+3

,6 V

…+3

,6 V

…+3

–

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

DIN rail connector (TBUS),

for bridging the supply voltage,

can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails according to EN 60715, with

UL approval

Color: green

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

2869728

Color: gray

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GY

2695439

– For bridging the supply voltage
– Reduced wiring effort
– Module replacement without interrupting

the supply to the remaining modules
(hot swappable)

– One DIN rail connector for two

MINI Analog Pro modules

– Only distinguished by color coding

Accessories
ME 6,2 TBUS... DIN rail connector

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

For bridging the supply voltage

Technical data

Input data/output data

Input voltage range

9.9 V DC ... 30 V DC

Output voltage

9.6 V DC ... 29.7 V DC

Output current

≤

3.2 A

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Housing material

PBT

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

DNV GL

C, EMC2

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MINI Analog Pro power terminal

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-PTB-PT

2902067

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-PTB

2902066

102

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

– Power terminal for supplying the supply

voltage to the DIN rail connector

– Plug-in connection system
– Increased output current of 3.2 A
– For up to 115 MINI Analog Pro modules
– Monitoring of supplies in combination

with the fault monitoring module

– Flexible redundant supply from one or

both module sides

– Status and error indicator LEDs

Notes:

Pay attention to the supply instructions for the MINI and

MACX modules.

Accessories
Power terminals

Redundant supply for

existing 24 V

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

DIN rail connector,

for bridging the supply voltage, can be

snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails according to EN 60715, with UL

approval, two pieces are required per system power supply

ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2709561

– For bridging the supply voltage when

using a MINI POWER system power
supply

Notes:

If the system power supply is used, two ME 17,5 TBUS DIN rail

connectors are required. This allows you to establish the

connection to the ME 6,2 TBUS DIN rail connector of the

MINI Analog system and provide an effective power supply.

Accessories
ME 17,5 TBUS-... DIN rail connector

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

For system power supply

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

System power supply,

primary-switched, with Zone 2 approval.

Further information can be found in Catalog 4, Surge protection and

power supplies.

MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX

2866653

System power supply,

primary-switched (not for Zone 2)

You can find further information in Catalog 4, Surge protection and

power supplies.

MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5

2866983

103

PHOENIX CONTACT

– For supplying the supply voltage via the

DIN rail connector where AC voltages
are available

– Nominal input voltage range

100 ... 240 V AC

– 24 V DC output voltage
– For up to 60 MINI Analog modules
– For up to 1.5 A, secondary
– Status and error signaling via diagnostic

LEDs

Accessories
System power supply

For applications with

local voltages of over 100 V

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

R+

R–

–

R 1

R 2

FAUL

CON

,6 V…+3

Technical data

General data

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

PBT

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

DNV GL

C, EMC2

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MINI Analog Pro feed-through terminal block

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-TB

2902068

– Feed-through terminal block for

1:1 forwarding of signals that are
already electrically isolated in the
MINI Analog Pro group

– Plug-in connection system

Accessories
Feed-through terminal blocks

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

For signals already electrically isolated

Technical data

Input data/output data

Input signal

9.9 V DC ... 30 V DC

Output signal

9.6 V DC ... 29.7 V DC

Switching output

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

50 mA

General data

Test voltage input/output

1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

DNV GL

C, EMC2

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MINI Analog Pro fault signaling module

Push-in connection

MINI MCR-2-FM-RC-PT

2904508

Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-FM-RC

2904504

104

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

– Fault monitoring module for evaluating

and reporting group errors from the fault
monitoring system

– Monitoring of up to 115 connected

MINI Analog Pro modules

– Plug-in connection system
– Monitoring of supply voltages of

MINI MCR-2-PTB(-PT) power terminals

– Drawing off the supply is possible
– Fault signaling via an N/C contact
– Status and error indicator LEDs
– CE-compliant

Accessories
Fault signaling modules

For group error message and

supply monitoring

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

General data

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

NFC interface

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER and

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER programming
adapters for configuring Phoenix Contact
INTERFACE modules with S-PORT or
NFC interface.

The adapters are used with the FDT/DTM

or the ANALOG-CONF software. For
programming the MACX Analog,
MINI Analog Pro, and MINI Analog.

Accessories
Programming adapters

MCR technology

Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

UniCard

, for marking the CLIPFIX 35-5 end bracket, 24-section,

individual labels per strip, lettering field size: 30

white

UCT-EM (30X5)

0801505

Lettering field size: 30

white

UCT-EM (30X5) CUS

0801589

10-section, lettering field size: 15 x 5 mm

white

UC-EMLP (15X5)

0819301

10-section, lettering field size: 15 x 5 mm

white

UC-EMLP (15X5) CUS

0824550

Continuous labels,

can be marked with thermal transfer printer,

can be separated with a cutter, pitch as desired, strip length up

to 1000 mm

1 roll = 90

m continuous, height: 5.0

mm, 10

strips

white

SK 5,0 WH:REEL

0805221

105

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Snap-in labels and adhesive labels with

large area for marking

– For snapping into or sticking onto

MINI Analog Pro covers, without
overlapping the status and error LEDs

– The sheets can be marked quickly and

easily using the BLUEMARK CLED and
the THERMOMARK CARD...

– They can also be custom printed

according to customer requirements

Accessories
Marking label for transparent cover

Unmarked or

marked according to customer specifications

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

106

PHOENIX CONTACT

Signal conditioner
with PL functional
safety

MACX Safety

Signal conditioner
with SIL functional
safety

MACX Analog

Ex i signal conditioner
with PL functional
safety

MACX Safety Ex

Ex i signal conditioner
with SIL functional
safety

MACX Analog Ex

Machine building/process industry

EN ISO 13849-1
EN 62061
IEC 61508
EN 60511

Process industry

IEC 61508
EN 60511

Intrinsic safety

ATEX/IECEx
EN 60079-11

No intrinsic safety

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection – the MACX ranges

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

107

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection – the MACX ranges

Reliable and safe

Highest safety for your machines and

systems.

Phoenix Contact meets the requirements

of functional safety according to IEC 61508
in a standardized development process. We
take measures for fault avoidance and fault
control into consideration, from the
development and production of a device up
to device operation.

Precise, interference-free signal
transmission and long service life

– Patented transmission concept with safe

electrical isolation

– Low power consumption and self-heating

Easy configuration and monitoring

– Either via FDT/DTM or alternatively with

user-friendly stand-alone software – with
integrated monitoring function

– Or without software via DIP switches on

the housing front or with the operator
interface and display unit

Easy installation, power bridging, and
diagnostics

– Flexible supply voltage bridging and the

option of redundant, diode-decoupled
supply and error indication.

– Plug-in, coded connection terminal blocks

with test sockets, optionally with screw
connection or with fast Push-in
connection technology

Fast and error-free signal connection

– Compact Termination Carriers connect

MACX Analog devices to the automation
system – Plug and Play

Ex i signal conditioner and
PL d-certified signal conditioner

– Single and two-channel signal isolators for

intrinsically safe circuits up to Zone 0 and
Zone 20

– Integrate analog signals into safety

applications according to the Machinery
Directive with ease

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Facts about explosion protection

The chemical and petrochemical

industries involve industrial processes
which produce explosive atmospheres.
They are caused, for example, by gases,
fumes or vapors. Explosive atmospheres are
also likely to occur in mills, silos, and sugar
and fodder factories due to the dust present
there.

Therefore, electrical devices in potentially

explosive areas are subject to special
directives.

Devices and protective systems in
potentially explosive areas

European Parliament directive 94/9/EC of

March 23, 1994 (ATEX manufacturer
directive) is of particular importance within
CENELEC (European Community and
Western European EFTA states). It is
designed to facilitate the harmonization of
legal provisions in the member states of the
European Union for devices and protective
systems in terms of ensuring correct use in
potentially explosive areas. Directive
94/9/EC must be applied to all explosion-
protected devices and protective systems
placed on the market in the European
Union.

The scope of this directive also includes

safety, monitoring, and control devices
which are used outside of potentially
explosive areas, but which are necessary for,
or contribute towards, the safe operation of
devices and protective systems with respect
to explosion hazards.

The term

device

includes machines,

equipment, stationary or mobile devices,
control components, and system
accessories. The directive also covers alarm
and protection systems which are meant to
be used, either individually or in
combination, for the generation,
transmission, storage, measurement,
control, and conversion of energy as well as
for processing materials and which have the
potential to ignite and cause an explosion.

Protective systems

are devices

designed to stop an incipient explosion
immediately and/or restrict the area
affected by the explosion, and which are
placed on the market separately as
autonomous systems.

Components

are defined as those parts

that are necessary for ensuring the safe
operation of devices and protective
systems, but do not perform an
autonomous function in themselves.

European directives are implemented in

ordinances or laws at a national level.

Systems in potentially explosive areas

Directive 1999/92/EC (ATEX Operator

Directive) was passed in Europe to regulate
the operation of systems in potentially
explosive areas.

Classification into groups

The general stipulations of EN 60079-0

divide electrical devices for potentially
explosive areas into three groups.

Group I:

Electrical devices for firedamp areas

(mines) which are susceptible to pit gases
(methane) and/or combustible dusts (coal
dust).

Group II:

Electrical devices for operation in areas

where explosive gas atmospheres are likely
to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
firedamp.

These include: devices for the chemical,

petrochemical, and pharmaceutical
industries as well as for wastewater
treatment.

Electrical devices are further divided into

subcategories according to the properties
of the explosive atmosphere.

In the case of the intrinsic safety type of

protection, classification is based on the
minimum ignition energy of the gas or
vapor.

Group III:

Electrical devices for operation in areas

where explosive dust atmospheres are likely
to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
firedamp.

These include: devices for areas

associated with the food industry (mills,
silos), for example.

Electrical devices are further divided into

subcategories according to the properties
of the explosive atmosphere.

Terminology associated with the Ex area

Explosive atmosphere

A mixture of combustible gases, steam, vapors or dust and air in atmo-
spheric conditions that allow the entire mixture to combust once ig-
nited.

Potentially explosive area

An area where the atmosphere has the potential to explode due to lo-
cal or operational conditions (“Ex area”).

Electrical equipment

The entire set of components, electric circuits or parts of electric cir-
cuits that are usually located within a single housing.

Intrinsically safe electrical equipment

An electrical device in which all circuits are intrinsically safe.
Note: These devices may be used directly in the Ex area.

Associated equipment

Electrical devices that contain both intrinsically safe and non-intrinsical-
ly-safe circuits and that are designed in such a way that the non-intrin-
sically-safe circuits cannot influence the intrinsically safe ones.
Note: Associated electrical equipment must not be used directly in po-
tentially explosive areas without additional protection defined by a fur-
ther type of protection.

Designation

Typical gas

Ignition energy/J
Intrinsic safety

II A

Propane

> 180

II B

Ethylene

60 ... 180

II C

Hydrogen

< 60

Designation

Dusts

III A

Combustible flyings

III B

Non-conductive dust

III C

Conductive dust

108

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection – the MACX ranges

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Classification into temperature classes

Simply dividing the various gases into

explosion or gas groups according to their
minimum ignition energy is not sufficient to
describe the gases adequately with regard
to their explosive properties.

A gas may explode either when the

ignition energy is exceeded or where there
is an excessively high temperature caused by
a hot surface. This ignition temperature is,
however, not usually linked to the ignition
energy, i.e., a gas with a low ignition energy
does not necessarily explode at a low
temperature. Consequently, devices that
are used directly in potentially explosive
atmospheres are divided into temperature
classes. Temperature classes define the
maximum surface temperature even in the
event of errors. Parallel to this, the gases
are classified according to their different
ignition temperatures.

The following table provides an overview

of the ignition energies and ignition
temperatures for certain gases:

Zone classification

Potentially explosive areas are divided

into zones according to the probability of
their occurrence. The EN 60079-10-1
standard defines the zones containing

explosive atmospheres

as follows:

Zone 0:

Area in which an explosive atmosphere is

present for continuous or long periods.

These conditions are usually present

inside containers, pipelines, apparatus, and
tanks.

Zone 1:

Area in which an explosive atmosphere is

to be expected only occasionally during
normal operation.

This includes the immediate area

surrounding Zone 0, as well as areas close
to filling and emptying equipment.

Zone 2:

Area in which an explosive atmosphere is

not expected during normal operation;
however, if it does occur, then it does so
only rarely and for a short period.

Zone 2 includes areas that are used

exclusively for storage, areas around pipe
connections that can be disconnected, and
generally the immediate area surrounding
Zone 1.

Areas that are potentially explosive as a

result of

combustible dusts

are divided

into the following zones according to
EN 60079-10-2 (formerly: EN 61241-10):

Zone 20:

Area in which an explosive atmosphere is

present for continuous, frequent or long
periods in the form of an airborne cloud of
combustible dust.

Zone 21:

Area in which an explosive atmosphere in

the form of an airborne cloud of
combustible dust is to be expected only
occasionally during normal operation.

Zone 22:

Area in which an explosive atmosphere in

the form of an airborne cloud of
combustible dust is not expected during
normal operation. However, if it does occur,
then it does so only for a short period.

Categories

The ATEX directive assigns devices for

use in potentially explosive areas to
categories. In IEC 60079-0, “Equipment
Protection Level (EPL)” is the term used
instead of “category”.

In the same way that there are different

zones, there are also different device
categories. These consist of categories M1
and M2 for Group I and categories 1, 2, and
3 for Group II. The categories for

equipment group II

are described in

more detail below:

Category 1:

Devices constructed to guarantee a very

high degree of safety.

Devices in this category must guarantee

the required degree of safety even in the
unlikely event of a device failure and
therefore be provided with measures to
protect against explosion, so that:
– In the event of one integrated protection

measure failing, a second, independent
protection measure is able to guarantee
the necessary safety, or

– In the event of two independent errors,

the necessary safety is guaranteed.

Category 2:

Devices constructed to guarantee a very

high degree of safety.

The explosion protection measures

associated with this category guarantee the
required degree of safety, even in the case of
frequent device failures or common error
states.

Category 3:

Devices constructed to guarantee a

standard degree of safety.

Devices in this category guarantee an

adequate degree of safety in normal
operation.

The table below shows which categories

are assigned to which zones:

Temperature class

Maximum
permissible surface
temperature of the
equipment

Ignition
temperatures of
combustible
substances

°C

T 1

450

> 450

T 2

300

> 300



450

T 3

200

> 200



300

T 4

135

> 135



200

T 5

100

> 100



135

T 6

> 85



100

Substance

ign

Tempera-

ture class

min

Group

Ethoxyethane

170

T 4

190

II B

Ethylene

425

T 2

II B

Ammonia

630

T 1

14000

II A

Butane

365

T 2

250

II A

Methane

595

T 1

280

Propane

470

T 1

250

II A

Carbon disulfide

T 6

II C

Hydrogen

560

T 1

II C

Category

For zone

Also possible

1 and 2

21 and 22

109

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection – the MACX ranges

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

[Ex ia Ga] IIC

IIC T6 Gb

R L





(1) G

0344





0344

IBExU 08 ATEX 1069

Marking according to
EN 60079-0

Associated electrical
equipment

Intrinsic safety

Increased safety

Equipment protection level (EPL)
(Ga, Gb, Gc, Da, Db, Dc)

Temperature class,
for equipment used directly
in the Ex area (T1 ... T6)

Gas group
(IIA, IIB, IIC) or
dust group
(IIIA, IIIB, IIIC)

Protection type
(ia, ib, ic, e, d, etc.)

Explosion-protected

Types of protection

Protection principle

Type of protection

Area of application (selection)

Standard

Isolation

Oil immersion

Transformers, relays, startup controls, switching devices

EN 60079-6

Sand filling

Transformers, relays, capacitors

EN 60079-5

Molded encapsulation

Coils of relays and motors, electronics, solenoid valves, connection systems

EN 60079-18

Exclusion

Pressurized enclosure

Control cabinets, motors, measuring and analysis devices, computers

EN 60079-2

Special mechanical design

Flameproof enclosure

Motors, switching devices, power electronics

EN 60079-1

Clearance from electrically
conductive parts

Increased safety

Terminal blocks, housing, lights, motors

EN 60079-7

Energy limitation

Intrinsic safety

Electronics, MCR

EN 60079-11

Intrinsically safe systems

Electronic systems

EN 60079-25

Intrinsically safe fieldbus systems

Fieldbus systems

EN 60079-27

Improved industrial quality

nA: non-sparking
nC: sparking equipment
nR: restricted breathing housing
nL: energy-limited
nP: simplified pressurized enclosures

Protection type “n”

n**

Motors, housing, lights, electronics

EN 60079-15

* ia, ma: application in Zone 0, 1, 2 / ib, mb: application in Zone 1, 2 / ic, mc: application in Zone 2 only

** Application in Zone 2 only

Marking according to
ATEX directive

EC-type examination certificate

Current year of manufacture

Conformity assessment
according to ATEX Directive
94/9/EC

Associated electrical
equipment

Atmosphere
(G = Gas, D = Dust)

Equipment category
(1, 2, 3)

Equipment group
(I, II)

Notified body,
production monitoring
(e.g., KEMA)



mark does not apply to components.

Certificate number

Type-tested according to
94/9/EC

Year of EC-type examination
certificate

Notified body

110

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection – the MACX ranges

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

111

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection – the MACX ranges

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

SIL marking on devices

Safety-related function for the Ex area

The term SIL (safety integrity level) is

becoming more and more significant in the
field of process technology. It defines the
requirements that a device or a system is
expected to fulfill so that the failure
probability can be specified. The aim is to
achieve maximum possible operational
reliability. If a device or system fails, a
defined state is attained. Standard-based
inspections are carried out to determine
statistical probability.

Application of SIL on the basis of
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511

The SIL standard is used for a wide range

of industries within the process industry,
including the chemical industry, refineries,
oil and gas production, paper
manufacturing, and conventional power
generation. In addition to functional safety
requirements, systems in potentially
explosive areas are also subject to Ex
standards EN 60079-0 ff.

IEC 61508: “Functional safety of
electrical/electronic/programmable
electronic safety-related systems”

This standard describes the requirements

that the manufacturer has to bear in mind
when producing devices or systems.

IEC 61511: “Functional safety - Safety
instrumented systems for the process
industry sector”

The IEC 61511 standard describes the

requirements for achieving systems with
functional safety.

Compliance with the standard is

determined by operators, owners, and
planners on the basis of safety plans and
national regulations. In addition, the
standard also describes the requirements
for using a device in an application on the
basis of its proven effectiveness (proven in
use).

The products in the MACX range from

Phoenix Contact, which have been
developed according to IEC 61508, are
marked with the designation SIL 2 or SIL 3.
This indicates clearly that the devices may
be suitable for safety instrumented
functions (SIF).

To determine whether they can actually

be used, you need to calculate the sum of
the probability failure values for all the
devices in the signal circuit. The necessary
values for this can be found in the safety
manual of each SIL product.

Overview of terms from SIL standards IEC 61508 and IEC 61511

SIL

Safety Integrity Level

One of four discrete levels for the specification of
requirements for the safety integrity of safety
instrumented functions, which are assigned to the E/E/PE
safety instrumented systems, where SIL 4 is the highest
and SIL 1 the lowest level.

EUC

Equipment Under Control

Equipment, machines, devices or systems used in
production, materials processing or transport.

MTBF

Mean Time Between Failures

The expected mean time between failures.

PFD

Probability of Failure on Demand

The probability of a failure on demand.
Describes the probability of a safety instrumented
system failing to perform its function when required.

PFDavg

Average Probability of Failure on Demand

The average probability of the function failing on
demand.

E/E/PES

Electrical/Electronic/Programmable Electronic
Systems

This term is used for all electrical devices or systems that
can be used to execute a safety instrumented function.
It includes simple electrical devices and all types of
programmable logic controllers (PLCs).

PFH

Probability of dangerous Failure per Hour

Describes the probability of a dangerous failure
occurring per hour.

SFF

Safe Failure Fraction

Describes the proportion of harmless failures. This is the
ratio of the rate of safe failures plus the rate of diagnosed
or detected faults in relation to the total failure rate of
the system.

SIF

Safety Instrumented Function

Describes the safety instrumented functions of a system.

SIS

Safety Instrumented System

An SIS (safety instrumented system) consists of one or
more safety instrumented functions. An SIL requirement
is applicable for each of these safety instrumented
functions.

112

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection – the MACX ranges

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

SIL inspection

The complete signal path must be taken

into account during the SIL inspection. The
example shows how the safety integrity
level is calculated in a typical safety
application using average failure
probabilities of individual devices.

Table 2 of the IEC 61508-1 standard

describes the relationship between the
average failure probability and the attainable
SIL. Here, the level required determines the
overall budget for the sum of all PFD values.

A system with a single-channel structure

with a low demand rate is used as an
example; for SIL 2 the average PFD value is
between 10

-3

and < 10

-2

Safety integrity level: failure limit values for a safety function which is
operated in an operating mode with a low demand rate.

Safety integrity

level

SIL

Operating mode with a low demand rate

(average probability of the specified function failing

on demand)



-5

to < 10

-4



-4

to < 10

-3



-3

to < 10

-2



-2

to < 10

-1

Example:

A sensor and actuator are assembled in

the field and are exposed to chemical and
physical loads (process medium, pressure,
temperature, vibration, etc.). Accordingly,
these components have a high risk of failure:
– The sensor accounts for 25% of the

overall PFD

– The actuator accounts for 40% of the

overall PFD

Neither the failsafe controller nor the

interface modules come into contact with
the process medium and both are usually
located in a protected control cabinet:
– The failsafe controller accounts for 15%

of the overall PFD

– The interface modules each account for

10% of the overall PFD

Typically, the values form the basis for a

calculation.

Error distribution in the closed-loop control circuit

PFD

35%

Sensors and signal path

15%

SPLC

50%

Actuator and signal path

10%

Signal path

10%

Signal path

PFD

Digital

input

Sensor

Digital
output

Actuator

Sensor

Analog

input

Analog

output

Actuator

Controller

113

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection – the MACX ranges

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Functional safety

In order to achieve the necessary

“functional safety” of a system, it is essential
for the safety-related parts of the safety
equipment and control devices to operate
correctly and, in the event of failure, for the
system to remain in the safe state or enter
a safe state. The requirements for achieving
functional safety are based on the following
objectives:
– Avoidance of systematic errors
– Control of systematic errors
– Control of random faults or failures

The EN ISO 13849 (and EN 62061)

standard specifies the various safety levels in
the form of the Performance Level “PL”
(and the Safety Integrity Level “SIL”)
depending on the extent of the risk and
describes the characteristics of the safety
functions.

Practical procedure according to
EN ISO 13849

In practice, the following steps have

proved to be effective:
1. Definition of the safety function

The information is derived from the risk

assessment.
2. Determination of the required

Performance Level (PL)

For each safety function, the required

performance level is estimated using the
adjacent risk graph (Fig. 3).
3. Technical implementation

This step involves the technical

pre-planning of the safety function, taking
possible technologies and components into
account.
4. Dividing the safety function into

subsystems

Implementation takes place in block

diagrams. As a rule, a safety function
consists of a sensor-logic actuator.

5. Determination of the achieved PL for

each subsystem

A characteristic value when determining

the performance level is the so-called PFHd
value, the statistical “probability of a
dangerous failure per hour”. The safety
technology characteristics are given in the
product data sheet, the FUNCTIONAL

SAFETY CHARACTERISTICS data sheet or
the SISTEMA library (Fig. 4).

Further safety technology characteristic

data consists of the category, the DC value,
and the MTTFD value (Fig. 5).
6. Determination of the achieved PL

The manufacturer of subsystems states

the category and makes the specifications
on the achieved PFHd value and the
PL available.
7. Verification of the achieved PL

Each individual subsystem and the entire

safety chain must together meet the
requirements of the necessary PL. This
includes both the quantitative evaluation
and the consideration of systematic aspects,
such as proven components and safety
principles.
8. Validation

Finally, it is necessary to check whether

the selected measures achieve the required
risk reduction and therefore the protection
objectives of the risk assessment. The result
is included in the final risk assessment.

Definitions:

PFH

: probability of a dangerous failure

occurring per hour.
DC: diagnostic coverage
MTTF

: mean time to dangerous failure

Category:

B10

: number of operating cycles after

which 10% of the devices have failed
CCF: Common cause failure

Figure 2:
Safety technology block diagram (according
to EN 13849-1)

General information

In modern industrial systems, the amount

of complex technical equipment used is
constantly increasing. The purpose of safety
technology is to reduce the risk as far as
possible but at least to a reasonable degree.
At the same time, the availability of
production equipment should not be
restricted any more than is absolutely
necessary.

The Machinery Directive defines the

requirements machinery must meet before
it can be placed on the market and operated
in the European Economic Area. It also
contains essential health and safety
requirements for the planning and
construction of machinery and safety
components.

However, the number of systems subject

to the directive that do not belong to
classical machine building is increasing
continually. These include, for example,
wind turbine generators. However, biogas
systems, distributed energy generation
generally, and other process engineering
systems also focus on the statutory
requirements.

For this reason, analog signals are

increasingly being handled according to the
specifications of the Machinery Directive.

Every “machine” or system poses a risk.

According to the requirements of the
Machinery Directive, a risk assessment
must be carried out for every machine. If
the risk is greater than the level of risk that
can be tolerated, risk reduction must be
implemented.

Functional safety performance level
(PL) according to EN ISO 13849-1 and
EN 62061

Figure 1:
Risk reduction according to EN ISO 12100

Procedure

Design-related

measures

Has everything been done?

Protective

measures

Organization

Risk

114

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection – the MACX ranges

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

at. B

at.

MTTF

-7

-8

PFH

avg

3.1 3.2

4.1 4.2 4.2

3.2

3.4 3.5 3.6

-E

X-

T-

UIRE

L-

X P

L-

X-

-U

4.1 4.2 4

4 … 20 mA

DO, SIL

mV,

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.1

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.1

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Meaning of individual parameters:
S: Severity of injury
– S1: Slight (reversible) injuries
– S2: Severe (irreversible) injuries
F: Frequency and duration of exposure to
the hazard
– F1: Seldom to not very frequent
– F2: Frequent to continually or long
P: Possibility of avoiding or limiting damage
– P1: Possible under certain conditions
– P2: Hardly possible

SISTEMA is a product library with which

safety functions can be easily calculated. The
products from MACX Safety and
MACX Safety Ex are included in a SISTEMA
library. It is available from the product
download area on the Phoenix Contact
homepage.

Phoenix Contact offers a series of

services surrounding the topic of functional
safety.

It comprises initial planning and startup to

the modernization of the safety lifecycle.
There is also a training concept. Dates are
published on the homepage.

In addition, all questions are answered via

the free safety hotline.

Low

risk

High

risk

Start

None

Low

Medium

Low

Medium

High

Low

High

Medium

Figure 5:
Relationship between PL, category, DC, and MTTFd (according to EN 13849-1)

Figure 3: Risk graph

Figure 4: SISTEMA library

Application example:
Safety-related temperature monitoring in a wind turbine generator

115

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection – the MACX ranges

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

v. 2

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

±1

V... 1

000

A... 5

±1

A... ±1

±1 V... ±1

active

passive

+24 V

4.2

3.2

5.2

2.2

1.2

4.1

3.1

5.1

2.1

1.1

+24 V

ire

[

4.1

5.2

ire

[

4.2

5.2

ire

[V]

5.1

5.2

passive

3.2

3.1

active

2.2

2.1







Functional Safety

Ex:







Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

0 ... 10 V , please indicate if different setting when ordering

0 ... 1 mA , Configurable via DIP switches

Maximum input signal

± 100 V

± 100 mA

Input resistance

approx. 1 M

Ω

(± 1 V DC ... ± 100 V DC)

approx. 10

Ω

(± 10 mA DC ... ± 100 mA DC)

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

0 ... 10 V , Configurable via DIP switches

0 ... 20 mA , please indicate if different setting when ordering

Load R

≥

1 k

Ω

(10 V)

≤

600

Ω

(20 mA; active)

passive:

≤

(UB-2 V) / I

outmax

General data

Supply voltage range

12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20 % / +25 %)

Power dissipation

< 0.7 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)

Maximum transmission error

≤

0.1 % (Compared to the final value)

Temperature coefficient

0.0075 %/K

ZERO / SPAN adjustment

± 4 % / ± 4 %

Limit frequency (3 dB)

10 kHz (Can be switched to 30 Hz)

Step response (10-90%)

35 µs (at 10 kHz)

11 ms (At 30 Hz)

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Test voltage, input/output/supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc

IECEx

Ex nA IIC T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

3-way signal conditioner

, for electrical isolation of analog signals

Order configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-UI-UI

2811284

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP

2811572

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC

2811446

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC

2811556

116

PHOENIX CONTACT

Universal signal conditioner for operating

4-conductor measuring transducers.

– Analog signal conditioner for isolating,

filtering, amplifying, and converting
standard analog signals

– Configurable input and output signals,

including bipolar current and voltage
signals

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set

via DIP switches on the front

– 10 kHz limit frequency for time-critical

applications

– Output active or passive
– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology

– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required

configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

Universal, more than 1600 signal combinations

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0...

0 mA

I-

0 mV...

000 mV

mA...

–

V... ±

00 V

active

passive

–

AI2

I-

0 mV...

000 mV

mA...

–

V... ±

00 V

active

passive

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

117

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI(-SP)

(standard configuration entered as an example)

Application example: Level measurement and active analog input card

Application example: Shunt measurement and Inline terminal with passive analog input channels within an Inline station

(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 6 or at phoenixcontact.net/products)

Order No.

Input

Output

Cut-off

frequency

Factory calibration

certificate (FCC)

2811284

IN03

OUT01

10K

NONE

IN40

0 ... 50 mV

IN53

-50 ... +50 mV

IN70

0 ... 1.0 mA

OUT19

0 ... 2.5 V

OUT15

0 ... 5 mA

30 Hz

NONE

Without FCC

2811284

IN24

0 ... 60 mV

IN13

-60 ... +60 mV

IN71

0 ... 1.5 mA

OUT05

0 ... 5 V

OUT16

0 ... 10 mA

10K

10 kHz

YES

With FCC (a fee

is charged)

MACX MCR-UI-UI

IN41

0 ... 75 mV

IN54

-75 ... +75 mV

IN72

0 ... 2.0 mA

OUT03

0 ... 10 V

OUT01

0 ... 20 mA

IN25

0 ... 100 mV

IN14

-100 ... +100 mV

IN73

0 ... 3.0 mA

IN43

0 ... 120 mV

IN56

-120 ... +120 mV

IN36

0 ... 5 mA

OUT20

-2.5 ... +2.5 V

OUT21

-5 ... +5 mA

YESPLUS

FCC with

5 measuring

points (a fee

is charged)

2811572

IN44

0 ... 150 mV

IN57

-150 ... +150 mV

IN37

0 ... 10 mA

OUT13

-5 ... +5 V

OUT22

-10 ... +10 mA

MACX MCR-

UI-UI-SP

IN26

0 ... 200 mV

IN15

-200 ... +200 mV

IN74

0 ... 15 mA

OUT14

-10 ... +10 V

OUT23

-20 ... +20 mA

IN27

0 ... 300 mV

IN16

-300 ... +300 mV

IN01

0 ... 20 mA

IN28

0 ... 500 mV

IN17

-500 ... +500 mV

IN75

0 ... 30 mA

OUT24

0.5 ... +2.5 V

OUT25

1 ... 5 mA

IN66

0 ... 1000 mV

IN78

-1000 ... +1000 mV

IN76

0 ... 50 mA

OUT06

1 ... 5 V

OUT26

2 ... 10 mA

IN29

0 ... 1.0 V

IN18

-1.0 ... +1.0 V

IN77

0 ... 100 mA

OUT04

2 ... 10 V

OUT02

4 ... 20 mA

IN50

0 ... 1.5 V

IN63

-1.5 ... +1.5 V

IN30

0 ... 2.0 V

IN19

-2.0 ... +2.0 V

IN83

-1.0 ... +1.0 mA

OUT27

2.5 ... 0 V

OUT28

5 ... 0 mA

IN52

0 ... 3.0 V

IN65

-3.0 ... +3.0 V

IN84

-1.5 ... +1.5 mA

OUT11

5 ... 0 V

OUT29

10 ... 0 mA

IN05

0 ... 5 V

IN21

-5 ... +5 V

IN85

-2.0 ... +2.0 mA

OUT09

10 ... 0 V

OUT07

20 ... 0 mA

IN03

0 ... 10 V

IN22

-10 ... +10 V

IN86

-3.0 ... +3.0 mA

IN67

0 ... 15 V

IN79

-15 ... +15 V

IN33

-5 ... +5 mA

IN32

0 ... 20 V

IN23

-20 ... +20 V

IN34

-10 ... +10 mA

IN39

0 ... 30 V

IN80

-30 ... +30 V

IN87

-15 ... +15 mA

IN68

0 ... 50 V

IN81

-50 ... +50 V

IN35

-20 ... +20 mA

IN69

0 ... 100 V

IN82

-100 ... +100 V

IN88

-30 ... +30 mA

IN89

-50 ... +50 mA

IN90

-100 ... +100 mA

IN06

1 ... 5 V

IN91

1 ... 5 mA

IN04

2 ... 10 V

IN92

2 ... 10 mA

IN02

4 ... 20 mA

Level sensor

Controller

Mains voltage

IB IL AI 2/SF

Battery

Shunt

resistor

Mains voltage

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

v. 2

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

ire

[

4.1

5.2

ire

[

4.2

5.2

ire

[V]

5.1

5.2

passive

3.2

3.1

active

2.2

2.1

±1

V... 1

000

A... 5

±1

A... ±1

±1 V... ±1

active

passive

24V ...23

V AC/DC

4.2

3.2

5.2

2.2

1.2

4.1

3.1

5.1

2.1

1.1





DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:







Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

0 ... 10 V , please indicate if different setting when ordering

0 ... 1 mA , Configurable via DIP switches

Maximum input signal

± 100 V

± 100 mA

Input resistance

approx. 1 M

Ω

(± 1 V DC ... ± 100 V DC)

approx. 10

Ω

(± 10 mA DC ... ± 100 mA DC)

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

0 ... 10 V , Configurable via DIP switches

0 ... 20 mA , Configurable via DIP switches

Maximum output signal

15 V

35 mA

Load R

≥

1 k

Ω

(10 V)

≤

600

Ω

(20 mA; active)

passive:

≤

(UB-2 V) / I

outmax

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20 %/+10 %, 50/60 Hz)

Power dissipation

< 0.8 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)

< 0.9 W (At 230 V AC / 20 mA)

Maximum transmission error

≤

0.1 % (Compared to the final value)

Temperature coefficient

0.0075 %/K

ZERO / SPAN adjustment

± 4 % / ± 4 %

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

3-way signal conditioner,

for electrical isolation of analog signals

with wide-range power supply

Order configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP

2811459

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP

2811585

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC

2811297

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC

2811569

118

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Analog signal conditioner for isolating,

filtering, amplifying, and converting
standard analog signals

– Configurable input and output signals,

including bipolar current and voltage
signals

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set

via DIP switches on the front

– Output active or passive
– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology

– Wide-range power supply of

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required

configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.

Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

Universal, more than 1600 signal combinations,

wide-range power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Power

V ...

0V A

0...

0mA

I-

0mV...

000mV

mA...

–

V... ±

00V

active

passive

Power

V ...

0V A

≃

–

AI2

Power

V ...

0V A

I-

0mV...

000mV

mA...

–

V... ±

00V

active

passive

Power

V ...

0V A

≃

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

119

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI(-SP)

(standard configuration entered as an example)

Application example: Level measurement and active analog input card

Application example: Shunt measurement and Inline terminal with analog input channels within an Inline station

(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 6 or at phoenixcontact.net/products)

Order No.

Input

Output

Cut-off

frequency

Factory calibration

certificate (FCC)

2811459

IN03

OUT01

10K

NONE

IN40

0 ... 50 mV

IN53

-50 ... +50 mV

IN70

0 ... 1.0 mA

OUT19

0 ... 2.5 V

OUT15

0 ... 5 mA

30 Hz

NONE

Without FCC

2811459

IN24

0 ... 60 mV

IN13

-60 ... +60 mV

IN71

0 ... 1.5 mA

OUT05

0 ... 5 V

OUT16

0 ... 10 mA

10K

10 kHz

YES

With FCC (a fee

is charged)

MACX MCR-

UI-UI-UP

IN41

0 ... 75 mV

IN54

-75 ... +75 mV

IN72

0 ... 2.0 mA

OUT03

0 ... 10 V

OUT01

0 ... 20 mA

IN25

0 ... 100 mV

IN14

-100 ... +100 mV

IN73

0 ... 3.0 mA

IN43

0 ... 120 mV

IN56

-120 ... +120 mV

IN36

0 ... 5 mA

OUT20

-2.5 ... +2.5 V

OUT21

-5 ... +5 mA

YESPLUS

FCC with

5 measuring

points (a fee is

charged)

2811585

IN44

0 ... 150 mV

IN57

-150 ... +150 mV

IN37

0 ... 10 mA

OUT13

-5 ... +5 V

OUT22

-10 ... +10 mA

MACX MCR-

UI-UI-UP-SP

IN26

0 ... 200 mV

IN15

-200 ... +200 mV

IN74

0 ... 15 mA

OUT14

-10 ... +10 V

OUT23

-20 ... +20 mA

IN27

0 ... 300 mV

IN16

-300 ... +300 mV

IN01

0 ... 20 mA

IN28

0 ... 500 mV

IN17

-500 ... +500 mV

IN75

0 ... 30 mA

OUT24

0.5 ... +2.5 V

OUT25

1 ... 5 mA

IN66

0 ... 1000 mV

IN78

-1000 ... +1000 mV

IN76

0 ... 50 mA

OUT06

1 ... 5 V

OUT26

2 ... 10 mA

IN29

0 ... 1.0 V

IN18

-1.0 ... +1.0 V

IN77

0 ... 100 mA

OUT04

2 ... 10 V

OUT02

4 ... 20 mA

IN50

0 ... 1.5 V

IN63

-1.5 ... +1.5 V

IN30

0 ... 2.0 V

IN19

-2.0 ... +2.0 V

IN83

-1.0 ... +1.0 mA

OUT27

2.5 ... 0 V

OUT28

5 ... 0 mA

IN52

0 ... 3.0 V

IN65

-3.0 ... +3.0 V

IN84

-1.5 ... +1.5 mA

OUT11

5 ... 0 V

OUT29

10 ... 0 mA

IN05

0 ... 5 V

IN21

-5 ... +5 V

IN85

-2.0 ... +2.0 mA

OUT09

10 ... 0 V

OUT07

20 ... 0 mA

IN03

0 ... 10 V

IN22

-10 ... +10 V

IN86

-3.0 ... +3.0 mA

IN67

0 ... 15 V

IN79

-15 ... +15 V

IN33

-5 ... +5 mA

IN32

0 ... 20 V

IN23

-20 ... +20 V

IN34

-10 ... +10 mA

IN39

0 ... 30 V

IN80

-30 ... +30 V

IN87

-15 ... +15 mA

IN68

0 ... 50 V

IN81

-50 ... +50 V

IN35

-20 ... +20 mA

IN69

0 ... 100 V

IN82

-100 ... +100 V

IN88

-30 ... +30 mA

IN89

-50 ... +50 mA

IN90

-100 ... +100 mA

IN06

1 ... 5 V

IN91

1 ... 5 mA

IN04

2 ... 10 V

IN92

2 ... 10 mA

IN02

4 ... 20 mA

Level sensor

Controller

IB IL AI 2/SF

Battery

Shunt

resistor

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

sor

4.1

OUT

4.1

1.1

DCS

pass

act

M M

O T





Functional Safety



Ex:



Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

Transmitter supply voltage

> 21.5 V (20

mA)

Voltage drop

< 3.5 V (in input signal conditioner operation)

Output data

Output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA (active)

4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)

Load

< 1000

Ω

(20 mA)

Output ripple

< 20 mV

rms

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 76 mA (24

DC / 20

mA / 1000



) ;

< 55 mA (24

DC / 20

mA / 250



)

Power dissipation

< 1.1 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)

< 0.95 W (24

DC / 20

mA / 250



)

< 1.2 W (24

DC / 20

mA / 0



)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 200 µs (for jump 4 mA ... 20

mA, load 600)

Transmission error, typical

< 0.05 % (of final value)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Under-/overload range

according to NE 43

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

SMART communication

Yes

Signal bandwidth

as per HART specifications

Protocols supported

HART

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA II T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Listed

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Repeater power supply,

with HART

protocol

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I

2865955

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP

2924207

120

PHOENIX CONTACT

Repeater power supply and input signal

conditioner for the operation of 2-wire
measuring transducers, 4-wire measuring
transducers, and mA current sources

– 0/4 to 20 mA input (powered or not

powered)

– 0/4 to 20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART

communication signals

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators

– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to

increase the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

Repeater power supply and

input signal conditioner

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

4.1

1.1

OUT

sor

4.1

HHT

DCS

pass

HHT

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Functional Safety

Ex:





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA

Transmitter supply voltage

> 21.5 V (20

mA)

Voltage drop

< 3.9 V (in input signal conditioner operation)

Output data

Output signal (Per output)

4 mA ... 20 mA (active)

0 mA ... 20 mA

Load

< 450

Ω

(20 mA)

Output ripple

< 20 mV

rms

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 75 mA (24

DC / 20

mA)

Power dissipation

< 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

1.3 ms (for jump 4

...

mA, typical)

Transmission error, typical

< 0.05 % (of final value)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Under-/overload range

according to NE 43

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output 1/output 2

1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

-20 °C ... 70 °C (any mounting position, module distance



5 mm,

MTBF reduction factor 2.5, not assessed by UL)

Status indication

Green LED (PWR supply voltage)

SMART communication (Per output)

Yes

Protocols supported

HART

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Repeater power supply,

with HART

protocol

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I

2924825

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP

2924838

121

PHOENIX CONTACT

Repeater power supply and input signal

conditioner for the operation of 2-wire
measuring transducers, 4-wire measuring
transducers, and mA current sources

– 0/4 to 20 mA input (powered or not

powered)

– Two electrically isolated outputs,

0/4 to 20 mA (active)

– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART

communication signals (both outputs)

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators

– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

Repeater power supply and

input signal conditioner,

with two electrically isolated outputs

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

v. 2

4.3

4.2

3.3

3.2

24V ...23

V AC/DC

4.1

3.1

1.2

1.1

–

LC / DC

passive

3.2

3.1

active

3.3

3.2

1.2

1.1

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

4.1

ire

4.3

4.2

ire





Functional Safety

Ex:





Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

Transmitter supply voltage

> 16 V (20 mA)

Voltage drop

< 3.5 V (in input signal conditioner operation)

Output data

Output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA (active)

4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)

1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250

Ω

, 0.1%)

Configurable via DIP switches

Load

< 600

Ω

(20 mA)

Output ripple

< 20 mV

rms

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC

(24

AC/DC



230

AC/DC (-20



+10

%, 50/60

Hz))

Current consumption

< 80 mA (24

DC / 20

mA)

Power dissipation

< 1.6 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)

Transmission error, typical

< 0.05 % (of final value)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Under-/overload range

according to NE 43

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

SMART communication

Yes

Signal bandwidth

as per HART specifications

Protocols supported

HART

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Repeater power supply,

with HART

protocol

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP

2865968

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP

2924210

122

PHOENIX CONTACT

Repeater power supply and input signal

conditioner for the operation of 2-wire
measuring transducers, 4-wire measuring
transducers, and mA current sources

– 0/4 to 20 mA input (powered or not

powered)

– 0/4 to 20 mA output (active or passive),

0/1 to 5 V, can be selected via DIP switch

– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART

communication signals

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators

– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via

DIP switches to increase the HART
impedance in the case of low-impedance
systems

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range power supply of

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

Repeater power supply and

input signal conditioner,

wide-range power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

POW

OUT

POW

DCS

sor

OUT

CH1

CH2

pass

HHT

pass

HHT

CH2

1.1

act

4.1

CH1

HHT

4.1

HHT

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Functional Safety

Ex:



Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

per channel

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

Transmitter supply voltage

> 16 V (at 20 mA)

Underload/overload signal range

0 mA ... 24 mA

Output data

per channel

Output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA (active)

Load

≤

450

Ω

(20 mA)

Underload/overload signal range

0 mA ... 24 mA

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA)

Power dissipation

< 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)

Transmission error, typical

< 0.05 % (of final value)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Electrical isolation

Input/output, power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output 1/output 2/ power supply

1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

SMART communication

Yes

Signal bandwidth

as per HART specifications

Protocols supported

HART

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Repeater power supply

, 2-channel

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-RPSS-2I-2I

2904089

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP

2904090

123

PHOENIX CONTACT

Repeater power supply for the operation

of 2-wire measuring transducers.
– 2-channel
– Input: 4 to 20 mA (powered)
– Output: 4 to 20 mA (active)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART

communication signals

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators

– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

2-channel repeater power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

sor

act

4.1

act

DCS

ass

OUT

act

4.1

ass

act





Ex:



Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Max. voltage input signal

< 30.5 V

Input signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Input voltage limitation

30.5 V

Voltage dissipation

2.9 V (I = 20 mA)

Response current

approx. 50 µA

Output data

Max. voltage output signal

27.5 V

Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Residual ripple

< 10 mV

rms

(500

Ω

load)

Transmission behavior

1:1 to input signal

Load

≤

1375

Ω

(I = 20 mA)

General data

Supply voltage range

no separate supply voltage necessary

Temperature coefficient

≤

0.002 %/K (of measured value / 100

Ω

load)

Maximum transmission error

≤

0.1 % (of final value)

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Humidity

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Degree of protection

IP20

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Passive isolator,

single or two-channel

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-I-I-ILP-SP

2905279

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-I-I-ILP

2905278

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-ILP-SP

2905281

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-ILP

2905280

124

PHOENIX CONTACT

The single or two-channel input loop-

powered 2-way isolator with increased
isolation voltage and plug-in connection
technology is used for the electrical
isolation and filtering of analog signals.

The device allows operation on active

sensor technology with a supply voltage of
6 to 30 V DC.

The device is powered via the current

loop of the sensor. As a result, no additional
power supply is required.

Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

Passive isolator, single and two-channel

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

sor

act

4.1

act

DCS

ass

OUT

act

4.1

ass

act

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex:



Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Max. voltage input signal

< 30.5 V

Input signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Input voltage limitation

30.5 V

Voltage dissipation

2.9 V (I = 20 mA)

Response current

approx. 50 µA

Output data

Max. voltage output signal

27.5 V

Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Residual ripple

< 10 mV

rms

(500

Ω

load)

Transmission behavior

1:1 to input signal

Load

≤

1375

Ω

(I = 20 mA)

General data

Supply voltage range

no separate supply voltage necessary

Temperature coefficient

≤

0.002 %/K (of measured value / 100

Ω

load)

Maximum transmission error

≤

0.1 % (of final value)

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

600 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Humidity

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Degree of protection

IP20

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Passive isolator,

single or two-channel

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-I-I-HV-ILP-SP

2907705

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-I-I-HV-ILP

2907704

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-HV-ILP-SP

2907707

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-HV-ILP

2907706

125

PHOENIX CONTACT

The single or two-channel input loop-

powered 2-way isolator with increased
isolation voltage and plug-in connection
technology is used for the electrical
isolation and filtering of analog signals.

The device allows operation on active

sensor technology with a supply voltage of
6 to 30 V DC.

The device is powered via the current

loop of the sensor. As a result, no additional
power supply is required.

Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

Passive isolator, single and two-channel

kV test voltage

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

LC / DC

active

3.2

3.1

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

v. 2

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

+24V

ND +24V





DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Input voltage

5.4 V (at 20 mA)

Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output

> 100 k

Ω

(If there is a line fault)

Output data

Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Load

< 800

Ω

(20 mA)

Output ripple

< 20 mV

rms

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 46 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA)

Power dissipation

< 1.1 W (24 V DC / 20 mA)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 140 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II,

degree of pollution 2))

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

SMART communication

Yes

Signal bandwidth

as per HART specifications

Protocols supported

HART

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Output signal conditioner

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I

2865971

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP

2924223

126

PHOENIX CONTACT

Output signal conditioner for controlling

I/P transducers, control valves, and displays

– 0/4 to 20 mA input
– 0/4 to 20 mA output
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART

communication signals

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators

– Line fault detection (LF)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Analog OUT
Output signal conditioner

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U,I

v. 2

24V ...23

V AC/DC

3.3

3.1

1.2

3.2

1.1

1.3

4.3

4.1

4.2

5.3

5.1

5.2

OUT

LC / DC

passive

3.3

3.2

3.3

3.1

3.6

3.4

3.5

2.6

2.4

2.5

1.6

1.4

1.5

sor

/ F

iel

4.3

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.1

4.2

5.3

5.1

5.2

Poti

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Functional Safety

Ex:







Housing width 35 mm

Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire

Thermocouple sensors

B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Potentiometer

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Voltage

-1000 mV ... 1000 mV

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA ±10 V (in the case of SIL; further free configuration

without SIL)

Maximum output signal

± 11 V

22 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Behavior in the event of a sensor error

according to NE 43 or freely configurable

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

3 PDTs

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (250 V DC)

Maximum switching current

2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20 %/+10 %, 50/60 Hz)

Power consumption

< 2.4 W

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Maximum transmission error

0.1 % (e.g. for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/switching output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 65 °C

Humidity

typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

35 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP

2811378

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2811828

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Cold junction compensation connector

for thermocouples

MACX MCR-CJC

2924993

127

PHOENIX CONTACT

Universal temperature transducer with

freely configurable properties

– Input for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, and mV sources

– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Three limit value relays, can be used in

combination as a safe limit value relay

– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM) or

IFS-OP-UNIT operator interface and
display unit

– Programming during operation and also

voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology

– Cold junction compensation with

separate connector

– Wide-range power supply of

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,

sensor, and module errors

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the

associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on

page 171

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 172

Temperature
Temperature transducer

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

Universal, with three limit value relays,

wide-range power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U,I

LC / DC

passive

3.3

3.2

3.3

3.1

2.3

2.1

2.2

v. 2

24V ...23

V AC/DC

3.3

3.1

1.2

3.2

1.1

2.3

2.1

2.2

1.3

4.3

4.1

4.2

5.3

5.1

5.2

S-PORT

OUT

sor

/ F

iel

4.3

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.1

4.2

5.3

5.1

5.2

Poti







Functional Safety

Ex:







Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire

Thermocouple sensors

B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Potentiometer

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Voltage

-1000 mV ... 1000 mV

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA ±10 V (in the case of SIL; further free configuration

without SIL)

Maximum output signal

± 11 V

22 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(20 mA)

Behavior in the event of a sensor error

according to NE 43 or freely configurable

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

30 V AC (30 V DC)

Maximum switching current

0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20 %/+10 %, 50/60 Hz)

Power consumption

< 1.5 W

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Transmission error, total

< 0.1 % (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/switching output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 65 °C

Humidity

typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP

2811394

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP

2811860

Order configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C

2811873

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C

2811970

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Cold junction compensation connector

for thermocouples

MACX MCR-CJC

2924993

128

PHOENIX CONTACT

Universal temperature transducer with

freely configurable properties

– Input for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, and mV sources

– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Relay switching output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM) or

IFS-OP-UNIT operator interface and
display unit

– Programming during operation and also

voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology

– Cold junction compensation with

separate connector

– Wide-range power supply of

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,

sensor, and module errors

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required

configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the

associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on

page 171

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 172

Temperature
Temperature transducer

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

Universal, with switching output,

wide-range power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

129

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MACX MCR-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducers

(standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.

Safety Integrity

Level (SIL)

Sensor type

Connection

technology

Cold junction

compensation

Measuring range:

Measuring

unit

Output range

Factory calibration certificate

= FCC

Start

End

2811873

PT100

-50

150

OUT02

NONE

2811873

MACX MCR-

T-UI-UP-C

Active

See below

2-conductor

Off, e.g., with

RTD, R,

potentiometer,

See be-

low

See

below

°C

OUT15

0 ... 5 mA

NONE

Without FCC

°F

OUT16

0 ... 10 mA

NONE

Not active



OUT01

0 ... 20 mA

3-conductor

OUT15

0 ... 5 mA

Yes

With FCC (a fee is

charged)

2811970

MACX MCR-

T-UI-UP-SP-C

OUT25

1 ... 5 mA

ON only with output

range = OUT02

On, e.g., with

OUT26

2 ... 10 mA

4-conductor

OUT02

4 ... 20 mA

OUT05

0 ... 5 V

YESPLUS

FCC with

5 measuring

points (a fee is

charged)

OUT03

0 ... 10 V

OUT06

1 ... 5 V

OUT04

2 ... 10 V

OUT13

-5 ... +5 V

OUT14

-10 ... +10 V

Others can be freely

configured in the

software

Smallest measuring

range span

Other setting options can be configured

with the IFS-CONF software:

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve

with 30 interpolation points

- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,

sensor break or overrange/underrange can be

freely configured or set according to NE43

(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)

- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)

- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:

ON)

- Switching behavior: switching output

(limit values, times, etc.)

(standard configuration: OFF)

Resistance thermometers (RTD)

Others can be selected or freely

configured in the software.

PT100

Pt 100 according to IEC 751

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT200

Pt 200 according to IEC 751

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT500

Pt 500 according to IEC 751

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT1000

Pt 1000 according to IEC 751

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT100S

Pt 100 according to Sama RC21-4-1966

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT1000S

Pt 1000 according to Sama RC21-4-1966

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT100G

Pt 100 according to GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00385)

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT1000G

Pt 1000 according to GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00385)

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT100J

Pt 100 according to JIS C1604/1997

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT1000J

Pt 1000 according to JIS C1604/1997

-200

850

°C

20 K

NI100

Ni 100 according to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751

-60

250

°C

20 K

NI1000

Ni 1000 according to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751

-60

250

°C

20 K

NI100S

Ni 100 according to Sama RC21-4-1966

-60

180

°C

20 K

NI1000S

Ni 1000 according to Sama RC21-4-1966

-60

180

°C

20 K

NI1000L

Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)

-50

160

°C

20 K

CU10

Cu 10 according to Sama RC21-4-1966

-70

500

°C

100 K

CU50

Cu50 according to GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00428)

-50

200

°C

100 K

CU100

Cu100 according to GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00428)

-50

200

°C

100 K

CU53

Cu53 according to GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00426)

-50

180

°C

100 K

KTY81

KTY81-110 (Philips)

-55

150

°C

20 K

KTY84

KTY84-130 (Philips)

-40

300

°C

20 K

Thermocouples (TC)

Others can be selected in the software.

according to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)

500

1820

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)

-230

1000

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)

-210

1200

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)

-250

1372

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)

-250

1300

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)

-50

1768

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)

-50

1768

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)

-200

400

°C

50 K

according to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)

-200

900

°C

50 K

according to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)

-200

600

°C

50 K

C ASTM JE988 (2002)

2315

°C

50 K

D ASTM JE988 (2002)

2315

°C

50 K

A1G

A-1 GOST 8.585-2001

2500

°C

50 K

A2G

A-2 GOST 8.585-2001

1800

°C

50 K

A3G

A-3 GOST 8.585-2001

1800

°C

50 K

M GOST 8.585-2001

-200

100

°C

50 K

L GOST 8.585-2001

-200

800

°C

50 K

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)

(2-, 3-, 4-conductor)

Others can be selected in the software.

RES03

Resistance 0 ... 150



150



10% of the selected

measuring range

RES05

Resistance 0 ... 600



600



RES06

Resistance 0 ... 1200



1200



RES09

Resistance 0 ... 6250



6250



RES10

Resistance 0 ... 12,500



12,500



RES12

Resistance 0 ... 50,000



50,000



Potentiometers

(3-conductor)

Others can be selected in the software.

POT03

Potentiometer 0 ... 150



100

10% of the selected

measuring range

POT05

Potentiometer 0 ... 600



100

POT06

Potentiometer 0 ... 1200



100

POT09

Potentiometer 0 ... 6250



100

POT10

Potentiometer 0 ... 12,500



100

POT12

Potentiometer 0 ... 50,000



100

Voltage signals (mV)

Others can be selected in the software.

V04

Voltage (mV)

-1000

+1000

10% of nominal

span

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

v. 2

LC / DC

passive

3.2

3.1

+24V

ND +24V

μC

4.2

5.2

4.1

5.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

4.1

5.2

5.1



DNV GL

Ex:



Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire

Resistor

Ω

... 2000

Ω

Cable resistance

Ω

per line

Sensor input current

200

A ... 1 mA

Measuring range span

> 50 K

Output data

Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Load

≤

500

Ω

Behavior in the event of a sensor error

As per NE 43 or can be freely defined

Output ripple

< 50 µA

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 40 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 1 W

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

typ. 700 ms

≤

1100 ms

Transmission error, total

0.1

1000

[K]/measuring span

ZERO / SPAN adjustment

± 5 % / ± 5 %

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer

Order configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I

2865065

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP

2924317

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC

2865078

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC

2924320

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

130

PHOENIX CONTACT

Programmable temperature transducer

for operating resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors. The measured
values are converted into a linear 0 to
20 mA or 4 to 20 mA signal.

– Input for resistance thermometers and

resistance-type sensors

– 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):

Sensor type, connection method,
measuring range, measuring unit, filter,
alarm signal, and output range

– Programming during operation and also

voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter

– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,

sensor, and module errors

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the

desired configuration by referring to the order key provided online

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 172

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Temperature
Temperature transducer

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

For resistance thermometers and

resistance-type sensors

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

C /

pass

Zone

Div.

D +

µC

Power

Sensor

Field

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



DNV GL

Ex:



Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Thermocouple sensors

E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760

Voltage

-20 mV ... 70 mV

Measuring range span

Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources

Output data

Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Load

max. 500

Ω

Behavior in the event of a sensor error

As per NE 43 or can be freely defined

Output ripple

< 50 µA

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 40 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 1 W

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

typ. 700 ms

≤

1100 ms

Transmission error, total

0.1

600

[K]/measuring span; 0.1

% > 600

[K]

Cold junction errors

± 1 K

ZERO / SPAN adjustment

± 5 % / ± 5 %

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer

Order configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-TC-I

2924333

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC

2924346

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

131

PHOENIX CONTACT

Programmable temperature transducer

for operating thermocouples and mV
sources. The measured values are
converted into a linear 0 to 20 mA or 4 to
20 mA signal.

– Input for thermocouples and mV sources
– 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):

Sensor type, connection method,
measuring range, measuring unit, filter,
alarm signal, and output range

– Programming during operation and also

voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter

– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,

sensor, and module errors

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the

desired configuration by referring to the order key provided online

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 172

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Temperature
Temperature transducer

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

For thermocouples and mV sources

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

v. 2

+24V

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

ltsig

+24V

LFD

2.2

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2





DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

open circuit switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Switching hysteresis

< 0.2 mA

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)

Maximum switching capacity

500 VA

Recommended minimum load

5 V / 10 mA

Mechanical service life

cycles

Switching behavior

Can be inverted via slide switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

20 Hz (without load)

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

21 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 650 mW

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output/input, supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R

2865997

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP

2924252

132

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for operating

proximity sensors and mechanical contacts

– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit

– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and de-excitation of
the output relay

– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioners

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

Signal output: PDT relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

OUT

v. 2

+24V

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

ltsig

+24V

LFD

2.2

2.1

OUT

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

open circuit switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Switching hysteresis

< 0.2 mA

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

2 N/O contacts

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)

Maximum switching capacity

500 VA

Recommended minimum load

5 V / 10 mA

Mechanical service life

cycles

Switching behavior

Can be inverted via slide switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

20 Hz (without load)

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

30 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 950 mW

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO

2865010

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP

2924265

133

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for operating

proximity sensors and mechanical contacts

– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit

– 2 relay signal outputs (N/O contact),

output 2 can also be used as an error
signal output

– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and de-excitation of
the output relay

– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioners

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

IN1

IN2

v. 2

+24V

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

ltsig

+24V

LFD

2.2

2.1

5.2

5.1

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1

sor

/ F

iel



DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

open circuit switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Switching hysteresis

< 0.2 mA

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

1 N/O contact per channel

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)

Maximum switching capacity

500 VA

Recommended minimum load

5 V / 10 mA

Mechanical service life

cycles

Switching behavior

Can be inverted via slide switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

20 Hz (without load)

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

35 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 1 W

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO

2865049

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP

2924294

134

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for

intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.

– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit

– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and de-excitation of
the output relay

– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioners

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

IN1

IN2

LC / DC

3.3

2.3

3.2

2.2

3.1

2.1

v. 2

4.3

4.1

3.3

2.3

3.2

2.2

3.1

2.1

1.2

1.1

5.3

5.1

24...23

AC/DC

–

sor

/ F

iel

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Functional Safety

Ex:





Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

open circuit switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Switching hysteresis

approx. 0.2 mA

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

1 PDT per channel

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)

Maximum switching capacity

500 VA

Recommended minimum load

5 V / 10 mA

Mechanical service life

cycles

Switching behavior

can be inverted using DIP switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

20 Hz (Load-dependent)

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC

(24

AC/DC



230

AC/DC (-20



+10

%, 50/60

Hz))

Current consumption

< 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

≤

1.3 W

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP

2865052

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP

2924304

135

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for operating

proximity sensors and mechanical contacts

– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit

– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and de-excitation of
the output relay

– Wide-range power supply of

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be

found on page 176

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioners

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,

wide-range power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1

OUT

v. 2

+24V

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

ltsig

+24V

LFD

2.2

2.1

OUT



DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

open circuit switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

2 transistor outputs, passive

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

50 mA (short-circuit-proof)

Drop (

< 1.4 V

Switching behavior

can be inverted using DIP switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

5 kHz

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 28 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

≤

800 mW

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output 1/output 2

50 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010-1))

1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T

2865023

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP

2924278

136

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for operating

proximity sensors and mechanical contacts

– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit

– 2 signal outputs transistor (passive), up to

5 kHz

– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault

signaling output

– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and blocking the
transistor output

– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioners

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

IN1

IN2

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1

v. 2

+24V

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

ltsig

+24V

LFD

2.2

2.1

5.2

5.1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

open circuit switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

1 transistor output, passive (per channel)

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

50 mA (short-circuit-proof)

Drop (

< 1.4 V

Switching behavior

can be inverted using DIP switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

5 kHz

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 34 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

1000 mW

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output 1/output 2

50 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010-1))

1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner

Screw connection

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T

2865036

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP

2924281

137

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for operating

proximity sensors and mechanical contacts

– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit

– Signal output transistor (passive), up to

5 kHz

– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and blocking the
transistor output

– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioners

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

2-channel, signal output: transistor (passive)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

4.1

1.1

OUT

sor

4.1

HHT

DCS

pass

HHT





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Transmitter supply voltage

> 21.5 V (20 mA)

Voltage drop

< 3.9 V (in input signal conditioner operation)

Output data

Output signal (Per output)

4 mA ... 20 mA (active)

Load

< 450

Ω

(20 mA)

Output ripple

< 20 mV

rms

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 75 mA (24

DC / 20

mA)

Power dissipation

< 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

1.3 ms (for jump 4

...

mA, typical)

Transmission error, typical

< 0.05 % (of final value)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Under-/overload range

according to NE 43

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output 1/output 2

1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Status indication

Green LED (PWR supply voltage)

SMART communication (Per output)

Yes

Protocols supported

HART

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Performance level according to ISO 13849

PLd

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner,

signal duplicator,

with performance level

Screw connection

MACX PL-RPSSI-2I

2904961

Push-in connection

MACX PL-RPSSI-2I-SP

2904962

138

PHOENIX CONTACT

– 4 to 20 mA input, powered and not

powered

– Two electrically isolated outputs, 4 to

20 mA (active)

– PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 possible
– Plug-in screw and Push-in connection

technology

– 4-way electrical isolation
– Bidirectional HART communication

possible

– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Analog IN
Repeater power supplies

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety – MACX Safety

Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner,

with two electrically isolated outputs

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

v. 2

24V ...23

V AC/DC

3.3

3.1

1.2

3.2

1.1

1.3

4.3

4.1

4.2

5.3

5.1

5.2

OUT

LC / DC

passive

3.3

3.2

3.6

3.4

3.5

2.6

2.4

2.5

1.6

1.4

1.5

sor

/ F

iel

4.3

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.1

4.2

5.3

5.1

5.2

Poti

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex:







Housing width 35 mm

Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire

Thermocouple sensors

B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Potentiometer

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Voltage

-1000 mV ... 1000 mV

Output data

Output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

Maximum output signal

22 mA

Load R

≤

600

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Behavior in the event of a sensor error

according to NE 43 or freely configurable

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

2 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (250 V DC)

Maximum switching current

2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20 %/+10 %, 50/60 Hz)

Power consumption

< 2.4 W

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Maximum transmission error

0.1 % (e.g. for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/switching output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 65 °C

Humidity

typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

35 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Performance level according to ISO 13849

PLd

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer and threshold value switch

with

performance level

Screw connection

MACX PL-T-UIREL-UP

2904901

Push-in connection

MACX PL-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2904903

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Connector

, for current signals between +20 mA and -20 mA

MACX MCR-I20

2905680

139

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Input for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, and mV sources

– A safety-related limit value relay, by

bridging two relays

– Differential measurement possible with

Pt 100

– An additional limit value relay for

non-safety-related function

– PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Configuration via software

(ANALOG-CONF or FDT/DTM)

– Cold junction compensation with

separate connector

– Wide range power supply

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– Status indicators for supply voltage, cable,

sensor, and module errors

– Installation in Zone 2 possible
– Plug-in screw and Push-in connection

technology

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the

associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on

page 171

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 172

Temperature
Temperature transducer

MCR technology

Signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety – MACX Safety

universal, with limit value relays,

wide-range power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

DCS

pass

HHT

sor

4.1

,1,

. 1,

HHT

4.1

1.1

OUT









Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

Transmitter supply voltage

> 16 V (20 mA)

Voltage drop

< 3.5 V (in input signal conditioner operation)

Output data

Output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA (active)

4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)

Load

< 1000

Ω

(20 mA)

Output ripple

< 20 mV

rms

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 76 mA (24

DC / 20

mA / 1000



) ;

< 55 mA (24

DC / 20

mA / 250



)

Power dissipation

< 1.1 W (24

DC / 20

mA / 1000



)

< 0.95 W (24

DC / 20

mA / 250



)

< 1.2 W (24

DC / 20

mA / 0



)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 200 µs (for jump 4 mA ... 20

mA, load 600)

Transmission error, typical

< 0.05 % (of final value)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Under-/overload range

according to NE 43

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

SMART communication

Yes

Signal bandwidth

as per HART specifications

Protocols supported

HART

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

25.2 V

Maximum output current Io

93 mA

Maximum output power Po

587 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc



I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Listed

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart,

intrinsically safe input

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I

2865340

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP

2924016

140

PHOENIX CONTACT

Repeater power supply and input signal

conditioner for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex i) 2-wire measuring transducers,
4-wire measuring transducers, and mA
current sources installed in Ex areas.

– 0/4 to 20 mA input, [Ex ia]

(powered or not powered)

– 0/4 to 20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART

communication signals

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators

– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to

increase the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

Repeater power supply and

input signal conditioner

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

v. 2

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

5.2

4.1

5.1

,1,2

,21,22

v. 1,2

4.2

5.2

4.1

5.1

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1

1.2

1.1

+24V

ND +24V

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1

passive

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA

Transmitter supply voltage

> 16 V (20 mA)

Voltage drop

approx. 3.9 V (in input signal conditioner operation)

Output data

Output signal (Per output)

4 mA ... 20 mA (Output 1 and output 2 active)

Load

< 450

Ω

(20

mA)

Output ripple

< 20 mV

rms

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 75 mA (24

DC / 20

mA)

Power dissipation

< 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

1.3 ms (for jump 4

...

mA, typical)

Transmission error, typical

< 0.05 % (of final value)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Under-/overload range

according to NE 43

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree

of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output 1/output 2

1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Status indication

Green LED (PWR supply voltage)

SMART communication (Per output)

Yes

Protocols supported

HART

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

25.2 V

Maximum output current Io

93 mA

Maximum output power Po

587 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart,

intrinsically safe input

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I

2865366

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP

2924236

With just one HART-transparent output

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-1S

2908855

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-1S-SP

2908856

141

PHOENIX CONTACT

Repeater power supply and input signal

conditioner for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex i) 2-wire measuring transducers,
4-wire measuring transducers, and mA
current sources installed in Ex areas.

– 0/4 to 20 mA input, [Ex ia]

(powered or not powered)

– Two electrically isolated outputs, 0/4 to

20 mA (active)

– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART

communication signals (both outputs)

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators

– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner,

with two electrically isolated outputs

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

DCS

sor

1.1

,1,

pass

HHT

OUT

CH1

CH2

pass

HHT

CH2

HHT

4.1

CH1

HHT

. 1,

. 1







Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

per channel

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

Transmitter supply voltage

> 16 V (20 mA)

Underload/overload signal range

0 mA ... 24 mA

Output data

per channel

Output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA (active)

Load

≤

450

Ω

(20 mA)

Underload/overload signal range

0 mA ... 24 mA

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA)

Power dissipation

< 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)

Transmission error, typical

< 0.05 % (of final value)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Electrical isolation

Input/output, power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output 1/output 2/ power supply

1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

SMART communication

Yes

Signal bandwidth

as per HART specifications

Protocols supported

HART

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

25.2 V

Maximum output current Io

93 mA

Maximum output power Po

587 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Repeater power supply

, 2-channel, smart, intrinsically safe input

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I

2865382

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP

2924676

142

PHOENIX CONTACT

Repeater power supply for the operation

of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-wire measuring
transducers installed in the Ex area.

– 2-channel
– 4 to 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered)
– 4 to 20 mA output (active)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART

communication signals

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators

– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail

connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found

from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

2-channel repeater power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

4...

C/DC

4.1

1.1

–

DCS

pass

sor

- 4.

4.1

,1,

. 1,

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex





// Applied for: GL

Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

Transmitter supply voltage

> 16 V (20 mA)

Voltage drop

< 3.5 V (in input signal conditioner operation)

Output data

Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

4 mA ... 20 mA (active)

4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)

1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250

Ω

, 0.1%)

Configurable via DIP switches

Load

< 600

Ω

(20 mA)

Output ripple

< 20 mV

rms

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20 %/+10 %, 50/60 Hz)

Current consumption

< 80 mA (24

DC / 20

mA)

Power dissipation

< 1.6 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)

Transmission error, typical

< 0.05 % (of final value)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Under-/overload range

according to NE 43

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

SMART communication

Yes

Signal bandwidth

as per HART specifications

Protocols supported

HART

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

25.2 V

Maximum output current Io

93 mA

Maximum output power Po

587 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC/DC (Supply terminals)

253 V AC (Output terminals)

125 V DC (Output terminals)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart,

intrinsically safe input

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP

2865793

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP

2924029

143

PHOENIX CONTACT

Repeater power supply and input signal

conditioner for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex i) 2-wire measuring transducers,
4-wire measuring transducers, and mA
current sources installed in Ex areas.

– 0/4 to 20 mA input, [Ex ia]

(powered or not powered)

– 0/4 to 20 mA output (active or passive),

0/1 to 5 V, can be selected via DIP switch

– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART

communication signals

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators

– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via

DIP switches to increase the HART
impedance in the case of low-impedance
systems

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range power supply of

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information on marking material can be found on page 177

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Analog IN
Repeater power supply with wide
range power supply, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner,

wide-range power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

C /

Sensor

Field

Zone

Div.

D +

Power

Zone 0,

Zone

Div.





DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Input voltage

5.4 V (at 20 mA)

Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output

> 100 k

Ω

(If there is a line fault)

Output data

Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA (intrinsically safe) /

4 mA ... 20 mA (intrinsically safe)

Load

< 800

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Output ripple

< 20 mV

rms

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)

Power dissipation

< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 140 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II,

degree of pollution 2))

Output/input

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output/supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

SMART communication

Yes

Signal bandwidth

as per HART specifications

Protocols supported

HART

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

27.7 V

Maximum output current Io

92 mA

Maximum output power Po

633 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Output signal conditioner, smart,

output intrinsically safe

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I

2865405

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP

2924032

144

PHOENIX CONTACT

Output signal conditioner for controlling

intrinsically safe (Ex i) I/P converters,
control valves, and indicators installed in
Ex areas.

– 0/4 to 20 mA input
– 0/4 to 20 mA output, [Ex ia] IIC
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART

communication signals

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators

– Line fault detection (LF)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Analog OUT
Output signal conditioner, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,1,2

,21,22

v. 1,2

v. 2

LC / DC

passive

3.2

3.1

+24V

ND +24V

μC

4.2

5.2

4.1

5.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

4.1

5.2

5.1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





DNV GL

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Sensors (2-, 3-, 4-wire)

Resistor

Ω

... 2000

Ω

Cable resistance

≤

Ω

per cable

Sensor input current

200

A ... 1 mA

Measuring range span

min. 50 K

Output data

Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Load

≤

500

Ω

Behavior in the event of a sensor error

As per NE 43 or can be freely defined

Output ripple

< 50 µA

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current draw

≤

40 mA (at 24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 1 W

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

typ. 700 ms

≤

1100 ms

Transmission error, total

0.1

1000

[K]/measuring span

ZERO / SPAN adjustment

± 5 % / ± 5 %

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)

Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)

Red LED (module error, ERR)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

6 V

Maximum output current Io

6.3 mA

Maximum output power Po

9.4 mW

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer for resistance thermometers,

intrinsically safe input

Order configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I

2865939

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP

2924142

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC

2865573

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC

2924168

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

145

PHOENIX CONTACT

Programmable temperature transducer

for intrinsically safe operation of resistance
thermometers and resistance-type sensors
installed in Ex areas. The measured values
are converted into a linear 0 to 20 mA or
4 to 20 mA signal.

– Input for resistance thermometers and

resistance-type sensors, [Ex ia]

– 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):

Sensor type, connection method,
measuring range, measuring unit, filter,
alarm signal, and output range

– Programming during operation with Ex

measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter

– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,

sensor, and module errors

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the

desired configuration by referring to the order key provided online

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 172

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Temperature
Temperature transducer, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

For resistance thermometers and

resistance-type sensors

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Zone 0,

Zone

Div.

C /

pass

Zone

Div.

D +

µC

Power

Sensor

Field





DNV GL

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Thermocouple sensors

E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760

Voltage

-20 mV ... 70 mV

Measuring range span

Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources

Output data

Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Load

≤

500

Ω

Behavior in the event of a sensor error

As per NE 43 or can be freely defined

Output ripple

< 50 µA

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 40 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 1 W

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Step response (0–99%)

typ. 700 ms

≤

1100 ms

Transmission error, total

0.1

600

[K]/measuring span; 0.1

% > 600

[K]

Cold junction errors

± 1 K

ZERO / SPAN adjustment

± 5 % / ± 5 %

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)

Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)

Red LED (module error, ERR)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

6 V

Maximum output current Io

4.7 mA

Maximum output power Po

7 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer for thermocouples,

intrinsically safe

input

Order configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I

2865942

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC

2865586

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

146

PHOENIX CONTACT

Programmable temperature transducer

for intrinsically safe operation of
thermocouples and mV sources installed in
Ex areas. The measured values are
converted into a linear 0 to 20 mA or 4 to
20 mA signal.

– Input for thermocouples and mV sources,

[Ex ia]

– 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):

Sensor type, connection method,
measuring range, measuring unit, filter,
alarm signal, and output range

– Programming during operation with Ex

measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter

– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,

sensor, and module errors

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the

desired configuration by referring to the order key provided online

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 172

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Temperature
Temperature transducer, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

For thermocouples and mV sources

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

147

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U,I

Zone 0,

Zone

C /

pass

Zone

Power

V ...

0V A

POR

Sensor

Field

Poti







Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire

Thermocouple sensors

B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Potentiometer

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Voltage

-1000 mV ... 1000 mV

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)

Maximum output signal

± 11 V

22 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(20 mA)

Behavior in the event of a sensor error

according to NE 43 or freely configurable

Switching output

Contact type

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

30 V AC (30 V DC)

Maximum switching current

0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20 %/+10 %, 50/60 Hz)

Power consumption

< 1.5 W

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Transmission error, total

< 0.1 % (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/switching output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output/supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 65 °C

Humidity

typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

6 V

Maximum output current Io

7.4 mA

Maximum output power Po

11 mW

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer,

intrinsically safe input

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP

2865654

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP

2924689

Order configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C

2811763

Order configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C

2924692

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

148

PHOENIX CONTACT

Universal temperature transducer with

freely configurable properties for
intrinsically safe operation of resistance
thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-
type sensors, and potentiometers installed
in Ex areas

– Input for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia]

– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Relay switching output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM) or

IFS-OP-UNIT operator interface and
display unit

– Programming during operation with Ex

measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology

– Cold junction compensation with

separate connector

– Wide-range power supply of

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,

sensor, and module errors

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required

configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the

associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on

page 171

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 105

Temperature
Temperature transducer, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

Universal, with switching output,

wide-range power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

149

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducers

(standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.

Safety Integrity

Level (SIL)

Sensor type

Connection

technology

Cold junction

compensation

Measuring range:

Measuring

unit

Output range

Factory calibration

certificate = FCC

Start

End

2811763

PT100

-50

150

OUT02

NONE

2811763

MACX MCR-EX-

T-UI-UP-C

Active

See below

2-conductor

Off, e.g., with

RTD, R,

potentiometer,

See be-

low

See be-

low

°C

OUT15

0 ... 5 mA

NONE

Without FCC

°F

OUT16

0 ... 10 mA

NONE

Not active



OUT01

0 ... 20 mA

3-conductor

OUT15

0 ... 5 mA

YES

With FCC (a fee is

charged)

2924692

MACX MCR-EX-

T-UI-UP-SP-C

OUT25

1 ... 5 mA

ON only with output

range = OUT02

On, e.g., with

OUT26

2 ... 10 mA

4-conductor

OUT02

4 ... 20 mA

OUT05

0 ... 5 V

YESPLUS

FCC with

5 measuring

points (a fee is

charged)

OUT03

0 ... 10 V

OUT06

1 ... 5 V

OUT04

2 ... 10 V

OUT13

-5 ... +5 V

OUT14

-10 ... +10 V

Others can be freely

configured in the

software

Smallest measuring

range span

Other setting options can be configured

with the IFS-CONF software:

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve

with 30 interpolation points

- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,

sensor break or overrange/underrange can be

freely configured or set according to NE43

(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)

- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)

- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:

ON)

- Switching behavior: switching output

(limit values, times, etc.)

(standard configuration: OFF)

Resistance thermometers (RTD)

Others can be selected or freely

configured in the software.

PT100

Pt 100 according to IEC 751

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT200

Pt 200 according to IEC 751

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT500

Pt 500 according to IEC 751

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT1000

Pt 1000 according to IEC 751

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT100S

Pt 100 according to Sama RC21-4-1966

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT1000S

Pt 1000 according to Sama RC21-4-1966

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT100G

Pt 100 according to GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00385)

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT1000G

Pt 1000 according to GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00385)

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT100J

Pt 100 according to JIS C1604/1997

-200

850

°C

20 K

PT1000J

Pt 1000 according to JIS C1604/1997

-200

850

°C

20 K

NI100

Ni 100 according to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751

-60

250

°C

20 K

NI1000

Ni 1000 according to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751

-60

250

°C

20 K

NI100S

Ni 100 according to Sama RC21-4-1966

-60

180

°C

20 K

NI1000S

Ni 1000 according to Sama RC21-4-1966

-60

180

°C

20 K

NI1000L

Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)

-50

160

°C

20 K

CU10

Cu 10 according to Sama RC21-4-1966

-70

500

°C

100 K

CU50

Cu 50 according to GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00428)

-50

200

°C

100 K

CU100

Cu 100 according to GOST 6651-20091 (



= 0.00428)

-50

200

°C

100 K

CU53

Cu 53 according to GOST 6651-2009 (



= 0.00426)

-50

180

°C

100 K

KTY81

KTY81-110 (Philips)

-55

150

°C

20 K

KTY84

KTY84-130 (Philips)

-40

300

°C

20 K

Thermocouples (TC)

Others can be selected in the software.

according to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)

500

1820

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)

-230

1000

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)

-210

1200

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)

-250

1372

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)

-250

1300

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)

-50

1768

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)

-50

1768

°C

50 K

according to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)

-200

400

°C

50 K

according to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)

-200

900

°C

50 K

according to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)

-200

600

°C

50 K

C ASTM JE988 (2002)

2315

°C

50 K

D ASTM JE988 (2002)

2315

°C

50 K

A1G

A-1 GOST 8.585-2001

2500

°C

50 K

A2G

A-2 GOST 8.585-2001

1800

°C

50 K

A3G

A-3 GOST 8.585-2001

1800

°C

50 K

M GOST 8.585-2001

-200

100

°C

50 K

L GOST 8.585-2001

-200

800

°C

50 K

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)

(2-, 3-, 4-conductor)

Others can be selected in the software.

RES03

Resistance 0 ... 150



150



10% of the selected

measuring range

RES05

Resistance 0 ... 600



600



RES06

Resistance 0 ... 1200



1200



RES09

Resistance 0 ... 6250



6250



RES10

Resistance 0 ... 12,500



12,500



RES12

Resistance 0 ... 50,000



50,000



Potentiometers

(3-conductor)

Others can be selected in the software.

POT03

Potentiometer 0 ... 150



100

10% of the selected

measuring range

POT05

Potentiometer 0 ... 600



100

POT06

Potentiometer 0 ... 1200



100

POT09

Potentiometer 0 ... 6250



100

POT10

Potentiometer 0 ... 12,500



100

POT12

Potentiometer 0 ... 50,000



100

Voltage signals (mV)

Others can be selected in the software.

V04

Voltage (mV)

-1000

+1000

10% of nominal

span

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U,I

,1,2

,21,22

24V ...23

V AC/DC

3.3

3.1

1.2

3.2

1.1

1.3

4.3

4.1

4.2

5.3

5.1

5.2

OUT

LC / DC

passive

3.3

3.2

3.3

3.1

3.6

3.4

3.5

2.6

2.4

2.5

1.6

1.4

1.5

sor

/ F

iel

4.3

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.1

4.2

5.3

5.1

5.2

Poti





Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 35 mm

Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire

Thermocouple sensors

B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Potentiometer

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Voltage

-1000 mV ... 1000 mV

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA ±10 V (in the case of SIL; further free configuration

without SIL)

Maximum output signal

± 11 V

22 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

≤

600

Ω

(20 mA)

Behavior in the event of a sensor error

according to NE 43 or freely configurable

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

3 PDTs

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (250 V DC)

Maximum switching current

2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20 %/+10 %, 50/60 Hz)

Power consumption

< 2.4 W

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Maximum transmission error

0.1 % (e.g. for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/switching output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output/supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 65 °C

Humidity

typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

35 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

6 V

Maximum output current Io

7.4 mA

Maximum output power Po

11 mW

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer,

intrinsically safe input

Standard configuration

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP

2865751

Standard configuration

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2924799

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

150

PHOENIX CONTACT

Universal temperature transducer with

freely configurable properties for
intrinsically safe operation of resistance
thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-
type sensors, and potentiometers installed
in Ex areas

– Input for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia]

– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Three limit value relays, can be used in

combination as a safe limit value relay

– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM) or

IFS-OP-UNIT operator interface and
display unit

– Programming during operation with

Ex measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology

– Cold junction compensation with

separate connector

– Wide-range power supply of

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,

sensor, and module errors

– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the

associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on

page 171

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 172

Temperature
Temperature transducer, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

Universal, with three limit value relays,

wide-range power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,1,2

,21,22

v. 1,2

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

v. 2

+24V

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

ltsig

+24V

LFD

2.2

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex







Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

Floating switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Switching hysteresis

< 0.2 mA

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)

Maximum switching capacity

500 VA

Recommended minimum load

5 V / 10 mA

Mechanical service life

cycles

Switching behavior

Can be inverted via slide switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

20 Hz (without load)

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

21 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 650 mW

Number of channels

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output/input, supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

Yellow LED (switching state)

Red LED (line fault)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

9.6 V

Maximum output current Io

10 mA

Maximum output power Po

25 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner,

1-channel, input intrinsically safe,

output: PDT contact

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R

2865434

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP

2924045

151

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for

intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.

– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]

– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and de-excitation of
the output relay

– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

Signal output: PDT relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,1,2

,21,22

v. 1,2

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

v. 2

+24V

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

ltsig

+24V

LFD

2.2

2.1

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1





DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex







Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

Floating switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Switching hysteresis

< 0.2 mA

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

2 N/O contacts

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)

Maximum switching capacity

500 VA

Recommended minimum load

5 V / 10 mA

Mechanical service life

cycles

Switching behavior

Can be inverted via slide switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

20 Hz (without load)

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

30 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 950 mW

Number of channels

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Output 1/output 2/input/power supply, DIN rail connector

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

Yellow LED (switching state)

Red LED (line fault)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

9.6 V

Maximum output current Io

10 mA

Maximum output power Po

25 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner,

1-channel, input intrinsically safe,

output: 2 N/O contacts

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO

2865450

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP

2924061

152

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for

intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.

– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]

– 2 relay signal outputs (N/O contact),

output 2 can also be used as an error
signal output

– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and de-excitation of
the output relay

– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

IN1

IN2

,1,2

,21,22

v. 1,2

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1

v. 2

+24V

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

ltsig

+24V

LFD

2.2

2.1

5.2

5.1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex







Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

Floating switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Switching hysteresis

< 0.2 mA

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

1 N/O contact per channel

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)

Maximum switching capacity

500 VA

Recommended minimum load

5 V / 10 mA

Mechanical service life

cycles

Switching behavior

Can be inverted via slide switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

20 Hz (without load)

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

35 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 1 W

Number of channels

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Output 1/output 2/input/power supply, DIN rail connector

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

Yellow LED (switching state)

Red LED (line fault)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

9.6 V

Maximum output current Io

10 mA

Maximum output power Po

25 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner,

2-channel, input intrinsically safe,

output: N/O contact

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO

2865476

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP

2924087

153

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for

intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.

– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]

– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and de-excitation of
the output relay

– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

IN1

IN2

,1,2

,21,22

v. 1,2

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

3.3

2.3

3.2

2.2

3.1

2.1

v. 2

4.3

4.1

3.3

2.3

3.2

2.2

3.1

2.1

1.2

1.1

5.3

5.1

24...23

AC/DC

–







Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

open circuit switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Switching hysteresis

approx. 0.2 mA

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

1 PDT per channel

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)

Maximum switching capacity

500 VA

Recommended minimum load

5 V / 10 mA

Mechanical service life

cycles

Switching behavior

can be inverted using DIP switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

20 Hz (Load-dependent)

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20 % ... +10 %, 50 Hz ... 60 Hz)

Current consumption

< 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

≤

1.3 W

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

9.56 V

Maximum output current Io

10.3 mA

Maximum output power Po

25 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC/DC (Supply terminals)

250 V AC (Output terminals)

120 V DC (Output terminals)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3(1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner,

2-channel, input intrinsically safe,

output: changeover contact

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP

2865984

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP

2924249

154

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for

intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.

– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]

– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and de-excitation of
the output relay

– Wide-range power supply of

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be

found on page 176

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,

wide-range power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,1,2

,21,22

v. 1,2

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

v. 2

+24V

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

ltsig

+24V

LFD

2.2

2.1

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

Floating switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

2 transistor outputs, passive

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

50 mA (short-circuit-proof)

Drop (

< 1.4 V

Switching behavior

can be inverted using DIP switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

5 kHz

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 28 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

≤

800 mW

Number of channels

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output 1/output 2

50 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010-1))

1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

Yellow LED (switching state)

Red LED (line fault)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

9.6 V

Maximum output current Io

10 mA

Maximum output power Po

25 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA IIC T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner,

input intrinsically safe,

output: transistor, passive

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T

2865463

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP

2924074

155

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for

intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.

– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]

– 2 signal outputs transistor (passive), up to

5 kHz

– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault

signaling output

– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and blocking the
transistor output

– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

IN1

IN2

,1,2

,21,22

v. 1,2

sor

/ F

iel

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1

v. 2

+24V

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

1.2

1.1

ltsig

+24V

LFD

2.2

2.1

5.2

5.1





DNV GL Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

Floating switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

~ 8 V DC

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

1 transistor output, passive (per channel)

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

50 mA (short-circuit-proof)

Drop (

< 1.4 V

Switching behavior

can be inverted using DIP switch

Maximum switching frequency

≤

5 kHz

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 34 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

≤

1000 mW

Number of channels

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output 1/output 2

50 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010-1))

1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

Yellow LED (switching state)

Red LED (line fault)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

9.6 V

Maximum output current Io

10 mA

Maximum output power Po

25 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA IIC T4 Gc

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner,

2-channel, input intrinsically safe,

output: transistor, passive

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T

2865489

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP

2924090

156

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioner for

intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.

– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]

– Signal output transistor (passive), up to

5 kHz

– Reversible direction of action (operating

current or closed-circuit current
behavior)

– Line fault detection (LFD) can be

activated and deactivated, error indicated
by red flashing LED and blocking the
transistor output

– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,

circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,1,

sor

4.1

OUT

4.1

1.1

DCS

I-

. 1,

. 1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex: EAC Ex





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)

open circuit switch contacts

Switch contacts with resistance circuit

No-load voltage

8 V DC ±10 %

Switching points

> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)

Line fault detection

Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA

Short circuit 100

Ω

< RSensor < 360

Ω

Switching output

Resistive (transistor, passive)

Switching voltage

8.2 V DC ±10 % (according to EN

60947-5-6)

Switching frequency

≤

5 kHz (Ohmic load)

Impedance 0-signal

11 k

Ω

±5 %

Impedance 1-signal

1.4 k

Ω

±5 %

Impedance fault

> 100 k

Ω

Switching behavior

can be inverted using DIP switch

General data

Supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC (12



DC (-20



+25

%))

Current draw

25 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 0.6 W

Electrical isolation

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

Yellow LED (switching state)

Red LED (line fault)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

9.6 V

Maximum output current Io

10 mA

Maximum output power Po

25 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC/DC

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA IIC T4 Gc

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

NAMUR signal conditioner

, intrinsically safe input, output with

line fault transparency

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM

2866006

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP

2924883

Specifically for Yokogawa systems

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-YO

2905723

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-YO-SP

2905724

Specifically for Honeywell systems

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-HO

2907404

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-HO-SP

2907405

157

PHOENIX CONTACT

NAMUR signal conditioners for the

intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors or mechanical contacts installed in
the Ex area.

– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors

(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]

– Signal output with resistive behavior

(transistor)

– Signal output with line fault transparency:

line fault indicated directly via output to
PLC or PCS. The output responds in
accordance with EN 60947-5-6.

– Up to 5 kHz
– Direction of operation can be selected
– Line fault detection can be activated and

deactivated

– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,

and fault according to NAMUR NE 44

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology

– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail

connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found

from page 174

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 176

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

With line fault transparency

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

158

PHOENIX CONTACT

Solenoid drivers for controlling sole-
noid valves

In order to control intrinsically safe Ex i

solenoid valves, you have to have an
intrinsically safe control circuit. This is
provided by the solenoid drivers that are
available from Phoenix Contact.

The following must be taken into account

when dimensioning your intrinsically safe
control circuit:
– Valve
– Cable with corresponding resistance
– Solenoid driver

As a result, it may be the case that not all

valves are compatible with the solenoid
drivers.

Below is an extract from a table showing

possible combinations of valves and
solenoid drivers.

A complete and updated list (along with

details of the technical data for suitable
valves, the maximum cable lengths, and the
maximum cable resistances of the individual
combinations) can be found on the
Internet at: phoenixcontact.net/products

Valves overview

MACX Analog Ex solenoid drivers

Manufacturer

Type designation

Ex certificate

Condition

MACX MCR-EX-
SL-SD-21-25-LP

MACX MCR-EX-
SL-SD-21-40-LP

MACX MCR-EX-
SL-SD-24-48-LP

MACX MCR-EX-
SL-SD-21-60-LP

ASCO

Coil

195

LCIE 08 ATEX 6083

Coil

302 (12 V)

INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X

Coil

302 (24 V)

INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X

Bürkert

Coil

AC 10, standard

PTB 01 ATEX 2101

Coil

AC 10, high-resistance

PTB 01 ATEX 2101

Coil

AC 21, standard

PTB 01 ATEX 2175

700 mW / 65°C

Coil

AC 21, high-resistance

PTB 01 ATEX 2175

700 mW / 65°C

Coil

AC 21, standard

PTB 01 ATEX 2175

900 mW / 45°C

Coil

AC 21, high-resistance

PTB 01 ATEX 2175

900 mW / 45°C

Coil

AC 21, standard

PTB 01 ATEX 2175

900 mW / 60°C

Coil

AC 21, high-resistance

PTB 01 ATEX 2175

900 mW / 60°C

Coil

G1 642735, standard

600 mW / 50°C

Coil

G1 642735, high-resistance

600 mW / 50°C

Coil

G1 642735, standard

PTB 01 ATEX 2173

800 mW / 40°C

Coil

G1 642735, high-resistance

PTB 01 ATEX 2173

800 mW / 40°C

Coil

G1 642735, standard

PTB 01 ATEX 2173

1000 mW / 40°C

Coil

G1 642735, high-resistance

PTB 01 ATEX 2173

1000 mW / 40°C

FESTO

Coil

MFH-...IA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03

PTB 03 ATEX 2097

Coil

( J)MFH-...BIA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03

PTB 03 ATEX 2097

Norgren Herion

Coil

2050

PTB 07 ATEX 2019

Coil

2051

PTB 07 ATEX 2019

Coil

2052

PTB 07 ATEX 2019

Coil

2053

PTB 07 ATEX 2019

Coil

2085

PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U

Coil

2086

PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U

Coil

3039

PTB 03 ATEX 2134

Coil

2003

PTB 04 ATEX 2010

Hörbiger

Piezo

P8 38x RF-Nx-SPN65

DMT 01 ATEX E026X

30 V type

Piezo

P20 381RF-NG-CPN61

DMT 01 ATEX E025X

30 V type

Parker

Coil VZ07

488650.01

LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X

Coil VZ33

494035.10

LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X

Coil VZ08

488660.01

LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X

Coil VZ09

488670.01

LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X

Coil VZ95

482160.01

LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X

EEx ia IIB T6

Coil VZ23

482870.01

LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X

Samson

Coil

3701-11 (6 V)

PTB 02 ATEX 2178

Coil

3701-12 (12 V)

PTB 02 ATEX 2178

Coil

3701-13 (24 V)

PTB 02 ATEX 2178

Coil

3963-11 (6 V)

PTB 01 ATEX 2085

Coil

3963-12 (12 V)

PTB 01 ATEX 2085

Coil

3963-13 (24 V)

PTB 01 ATEX 2085

Coil

3964-11 (6 V)

PTB 02 ATEX 2047

Coil

3964-12 (12 V)

PTB 02 ATEX 2047

Coil

3964-13 (24 V)

PTB 02 ATEX 2047

Coil

3965-11 (6 V)

PTB 05 ATEX 2044X

Coil

3965-12 (12 V)

PTB 05 ATEX 2044X

Coil

3965-13 (24 V)

PTB 05 ATEX 2044X

Coil

3967-11 (6 V)

PTB 06 ATEX 2027

Coil

3967-12 (12 V)

PTB 06 ATEX 2027

Coil

3967-13 (24 V)

PTB 06 ATEX 2027

Seitz

Pilot valve

PV 12F73 Ci oH

PTB 99 ATEX 2146

Pilot valve

PV 12F73 Xi oH

PTB 00 ATEX 2030

Pilot valve

PV 12F73 Xi oH-2

PTB 00 ATEX 2030

Solenoid

11 G 52

PTB 01 ATEX 2020

Example of a circuit

Associated equipment, e.g.,
MAC MCR-EX-SL-SD-...



II (1) GD [Ex ia] IIC

PLC

Ex area

Safe area

Intrinsically safe
equipment



II 1 G

Ex ia IIB T6

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

sor

,1,

4.1

DCS

OUT

4.1

1.1

. 1,

. 1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Switching level 0 signal ("L")

0 V DC ... 5 V DC (Open)

Switching level 1 signal ("H")

15 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current input signal

< 12 mA

Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output

3 M

Ω

(High resistance (Mega

Ω

))

Transparent for test pulses

Yes

Output data

Output voltage

≥

9.36 V DC (At 48 mA)

Current limitation

> 48 mA (With line fault detection)

No-load voltage

> 22.5 V DC

Internal resistance

≥

269

Ω

(Internal resistance R

)

Immunity to short-circuiting

yes

Response time t

< 30 ms

Line fault detection

< 50

Ω

(short circuit on the line)

> 10 k

Ω

(line break)

Error message output

Switch contact

N/C contact

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

50 mA

Short-circuit-proof

yes

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current draw

< 90 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 1.8 W

Electrical isolation

Output/input, error message output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

Yellow LED (switching state)

Red LED (line fault)

Degree of protection

IP20

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

25.3 V

Maximum output current Io

94 mA

Maximum output power Po

595 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC/DC

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Solenoid driver

, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault

detection

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD

2924867

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP

2924870

159

PHOENIX CONTACT

Solenoid driver for the intrinsically safe

control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm
transmitters or indicators installed in the
Ex area.

– Input: logic (low/high signal)
– Output: 48 mA current limitation at

9.5 V, [Ex ia]

– Line fault detection (can be activated and

deactivated)
- Directly via signal channel
- Or via switching output

– Transparent for test pulses
– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,

and fault according to NAMUR NE 44

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology

– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail

connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found

from page 174

Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

Current limitation 48 mA,

with line fault detection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

sor

,1,

4.1

DCS

OUT

4.1

1.1

. 1,

. 1



Functional Safety

Ex:





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Switching level 0 signal ("L")

0 V DC ... 5 V DC (Open)

Switching level 1 signal ("H")

15 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current input signal

< 12 mA

Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output

3 M

Ω

(High resistance (Mega

Ω

))

Transparent for test pulses

Yes

Output data

Output voltage

≥

4.64 V DC (at 25.1

mA)

Current limitation

> 25.1 mA (With line fault detection)

No-load voltage

> 21.1 V DC

Internal resistance

≥

641

Ω

(Internal resistance R

)

Immunity to short-circuiting

yes

Response time t

< 30 ms

Line fault detection

< 50

Ω

(short circuit on the line)

> 10 k

Ω

(line break)

Error message output

Switch contact

N/C contact

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

50 mA

Short-circuit-proof

yes

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current draw

< 50 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 0.8 W

Electrical isolation

Output/input, error message output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

Yellow LED (switching state)

Red LED (line fault)

Degree of protection

IP20

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

23.98 V

Maximum output current Io

37.4 mA

Maximum output power Po

224 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC/DC

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Solenoid driver

, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault

detection

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LFD

2905669

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LFD-SP

2905674

160

PHOENIX CONTACT

Solenoid driver for the intrinsically safe

control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm
transmitters or indicators installed in the
Ex area.
– Input: logic (low/high signal)
– Output: 25.1 mA current limitation at

4.64 V, [Ex ia]

– Line fault detection (can be activated and

deactivated)
- Directly via signal channel
- Or via switching output

– Transparent for test pulses
– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,

and fault according to NAMUR NE 44

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology

– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 3 according to IEC/EN 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit are

available from the download center at

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on marking material can be found on page 177

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

new

25.1

mA current limitation with

line fault detection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

sor

,1,

4.1

DCS

OUT

4.1

1.1

. 1,

. 1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Functional Safety

Ex:





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Switching level 0 signal ("L")

0 V DC ... 5 V DC (Open)

Switching level 1 signal ("H")

15 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current input signal

< 12 mA

Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output

3 M

Ω

(High resistance (Mega

Ω

))

Transparent for test pulses

Yes

Output data

Output voltage

≥

9.7 V DC (At 48 mA)

Current limitation

> 48 mA (With line fault detection)

No-load voltage

> 24.3 V DC

Internal resistance

≥

297

Ω

(Internal resistance R

)

Immunity to short-circuiting

yes

Response time t

< 30 ms

Line fault detection

< 50

Ω

(short circuit on the line)

> 10 k

Ω

(line break)

Error message output

Switch contact

N/C contact

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

50 mA

Short-circuit-proof

yes

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current draw

< 90 mA (24 V DC)

Power dissipation

< 1.62 W

Electrical isolation

Output/input, error message output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

Yellow LED (switching state)

Red LED (line fault)

Degree of protection

IP20

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

27.06 V

Maximum output current Io

91.11 mA

Maximum output power Po

616 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC/DC

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Solenoid driver

, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault

detection

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LFD

2906155

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LFD-SP

2906156

161

PHOENIX CONTACT

Solenoid driver for the intrinsically safe

control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm
transmitters or indicators installed in the
Ex area.
– Input: logic (low/high signal)
– Output: 48 mA current limitation at

9.7 V, [Ex ia]

– Line fault detection (can be activated and

deactivated)
- Directly via signal channel
- Or via switching output

– Transparent for test pulses
– Power supply and error indication

possible via the DIN rail connector

– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,

and fault according to NAMUR NE 44

– Plug-in screw or Push-in connection

technology

– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 3 according to IEC/EN 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit are

available from the download center at

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on marking material can be found on page 177

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

new

mA current limitation with

line fault detection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,9 V

LC / DC

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

4.1

4.2

4.1

v. 2

4.2

4.1

3.2

3.1

3.2

3.1

,1,2

,21,22

v. 1,2





Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex







Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

20 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -16.7

%...+25

20 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -16.7

Input current

10 mA ... 70 mA (45 mA for U

= 24 V DC)

10 mA ... 95 mA (65 mA for U

Output data

Output voltage

5.5 V DC (At 25 mA)

Current limitation

25 mA

No-load voltage

21.9 V DC

Internal resistance

641

Ω

(Internal resistance R

)

287

Immunity to short-circuiting

yes

Response time t

20 ms

General data

Power dissipation

< 1 W

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Electrical isolation

Output/input

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Status indication

Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is

active)

Degree of protection

IP20

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 ..

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

0.2

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Class A product, see page

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

25.1 V

Maximum output current Io

39 mA

Maximum output power Po

245 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

CE-compliant, additi

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA

[Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

Class I Div 2; IS for Cla

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Solenoid driver,

loop-powered, output intrinsically safe

Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP

2865492

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP

2924113

162

PHOENIX CONTACT

Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers, Ex i

Solenoid drivers for controlling

intrinsically safe solenoid valves, alarm
transmitters, and indicators installed in
Ex areas.

– 20 to 30 V DC input
– Output [Ex ia]
– Various output characteristic curves

compatible with the commercial solenoid
valves

– Loop-powered: the required power is

supplied via the control signal on the
input side.

– Mechanically compatible with DIN rail

connector

– 2-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 3 according to EN 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Notes:

A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit are

available from the download center at

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Information on marking material can be found on page 177

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

output current I [mA]

output

voltage

[V]

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

Current limitation 25 mA

Current limitation 40 mA

Current limitation 48 mA

Current limitation 58 mA,

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,9 V

0,0 V

24 V

,5 V

,9 V

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex











Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex











Functional Safety

Ex:



EAC Ex







Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

20 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -16.7

%...+25

20 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -16.7

%...+25

20 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -16.7

%...+25

= 24 V DC)

10 mA ... 95 mA (65 mA for U

= 24 V DC)

10 mA ... 95 mA (75 mA for U

= 24 V DC)

10 mA ... 105 mA (95 mA for U

= 24 V DC)

10 V DC (At 40 mA)

10.5 V DC (At 48 mA)

12.9 V DC (At 58 mA)

40 mA

48 mA

58 mA

21.9 V DC

24 V DC

21.9 V DC

)

287

Ω

(Internal resistance R

)

276

Ω

(Internal resistance R

)

133

Ω

(Internal resistance R

)

yes

20 ms

30 ms

< 1.2 W

< 1.4 W

0.01 %/K

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is

active)

Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is

active)

Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is

active)

IP20

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

25.1 V

27.7 V

25.1 V

87 mA

101 mA

188 mA

550 mW

697 mW

1.18 W

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA

[Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA

UL, USA/Canada

Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP

2865764

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP

2865609

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP

2865515

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP

2924139

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP

2924126

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP

2924100

163

PHOENIX CONTACT

output current I [mA]

output

voltage

[V]

output current

I [

output

tage

[V]

output current I [mA]

output

oltage

[V]

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

Current limitation 25 mA

Current limitation 40 mA

Current limitation 48 mA

Current limitation 58 mA,

[Ex ia] IIB

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

TC... Termination Carriers

are

compact solutions for quickly and smoothly
connecting DIN rail devices from the
MACX Analog Ex series to input and output
cards of automation systems using system
cabling.

The Termination Carriers combine the

advantages of modular DIN rail devices with
those offered by plug and play rapid cabling
solutions to provide a consistent solution
for system technology.

Compact

– Space savings of up to 30%, thanks to

compact design

Robust and reliable

– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum

carrier device profile

– PCB is completely decoupled from

modules

– PCB without active components
– Redundant supply and monitoring in

separate DIN rail module

Easy maintenance

– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points
– Quick and safe module connection with

plug-in and coded cable sets

Flexible

– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Profile section without pitch markings for

I/O cards with specific number of
channels

– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards

of various automation systems with
different system plug types

164

PHOENIX CONTACT

Termination Carrier for
MACX Analog Ex signal conditioners

Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,

MACX Analog Ex, and Safety

Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable

Select module carrier

Select standard DIN rail device

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OMBI

DSUB 37

PTSM

1 2

2 21

H11

H12

3 3

4 33

5 34

6 35

3.1

3.2

3.3

1.3

1.1 1.2

2.3

T-BUS

2.1

2.2

C-

ACX-

CR-

4673

3 (+)

5 (+)

Ala

4 (-)

6 (-)

3 (+)

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex:





Housing width 242 mm

Technical data

General data

Connection to the control system level

D-SUB pin strip

Number of positions

Maximum operating voltage

< 30 V DC (Per signal/channel)

Maximum permissible current

23 mA (Signal/channel)

Rated insulation voltage

50 V

Degree of pollution

Overvoltage category

Rated surge voltage

0.5 kV

Air clearances and creepage distances

DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Please observe module specifications)

Shock

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27

Vibration (operation)

2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6

Dimensions W/H/D

242 / 170 / 160 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Power supply via power module

Input voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Redundant supply

yes, decoupled from diodes

Polarization and surge protection

Yes

Fuse

2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

Status indication

1 x red LED (error)

2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)

Switching output

1 N/C contact (alarm = open)

Maximum switching voltage

50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Universal Termination Carrier

for

16 single-channel MACX MCR-EX isolators

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI

2924854

- With connection for multiplexer

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI

2902932

Universal Termination Carrier

for

16 two-channel MACX MCR-EX isolators

TC-2D37SUB-ADIO32-2EX-P-UNI

2904684

Accessories

Power and fault signaling module

TC-MACX-MCR-PTB

HART multiplexer,

32-channel

MACX MCR-S-MUX

2865599

165

PHOENIX CONTACT

The

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI

universal Termination Carrier is a compact
solution which connects signal conditioners
from the MACX Analog Ex series to analog
or binary input/output cards of automation
systems.

The

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI

Termination Carrier design, when
combined with the MACX MCR-S-MUX
HART multiplexer, also enables
communication between HART-capable
field devices and a management system.

The

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-2EX-P-UNI

universal Termination Carrier is a compact
solution which connects two-channel signal
conditioners from the MACX Analog Ex
series to analog or binary input and output
cards of automation systems.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel

(Ex i) signal conditioners

– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos.

D-SUB connector

– For system cables with D-SUB socket and

open ends for universal connection

– Redundant supply and monitoring in

separate DIN rail module

Notes:

various automation systems are available, planned or can be

implemented according to your specification.

Termination Carrier for
MACX Analog Ex signal conditioners

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html



Housing width 35.2 mm

Technical data

Field devices interface (HART)

Channels

16 or 32; adjustable using a switch

Connection method

Flat-ribbon cable, 14-pos. (inclusive)

Signal

HART FSK

HART specification

HART Field Communication Protocol Rev. 6.0

(downward compatible up to Rev 4.0); FSK Physical Layer

Specification (Rev. 8.1)

Data transmission display

Two yellow "Tx" and "Rx" "HART" LEDs

Display error

Red "ERR" LED (flashes in case of an error in the HART bus)

RS-485 interface

Connection method

D-SUB-9 socket

Signal

RS-485

Data flow control/protocols

Compatible with OPC HART server, PDM, PRM, and FDT/DTM

Number of HART multiplexers per bus segment

Max 31

Address setting

0...127; using a rotary switch at the front

Data rate

9600 / 19200 / 38400 / 57600 [bps]; via rotary switch at the front

Transmission length

≤

1200 m

Display

Two yellow "Tx" and "Rx" "RS-485" LEDs

General data

Supply voltage range

18 V ... 31.2 V

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC

Current consumption

55 mA

Power consumption

1.35 W

Operating voltage display

Green "PWR" LED

Undervoltage monitoring

Yes (no faulty devices / output states)

Electrical isolation of HART signal/RS-485

350 V AC

Electrical isolation of HART signals between each other

100 V DC (Capacitive)

Electrical isolation of HART signal/supply

350 V AC

Electrical isolation of RS-485/supply

350 V AC

Error monitoring

Processor error: The "PWR" LED flashes;

error in the HART communication: the "ERR" LED flashes

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Humidity

≤

95 % (non-condensing)

Dimensions W/H/D

35.2 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

HART multiplexer,

32-chanel, including

two 14-wire flat-ribbon cables

MACX MCR-S-MUX

2865599

Accessories

Universal Termination Carrier

for

16 single-channel MACX MCR-EX isolators

- With connection for multiplexer

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI

2902932

Module carrier

for

16 MINI Analog channels, power and feed-through module

- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI

2902934

HART connection board

MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB

2308124

Interface converter

PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P

2744416

Repeater,

for electrical isolation and increased range

PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P

2744429

166

PHOENIX CONTACT

Multiplexer for digital connection of

HART-capable field devices (such as
measuring transducers or control valves) to
a PC or management system.

– Supports online configuration and

diagnostics for the connected
HART-capable field devices

– Constant documentation of process

variables and states

– 32 HART channels per multiplexer
– Up to 128 HART multiplexers at one

PC interface

– Communication via software tool

(e.g. HART OPC Server) using
RS-485 interface

– Electrical isolation between auxiliary

energy, RS-485 bus, and the HART
channels

– HART field devices are accessed at the

same time that the measurement signal is
transmitted without affecting measured
value processing

– HART field devices connected via

universal HART connection boards; direct
connection if processing non-Ex signals,
with separate Ex i signal isolator
connected upstream if processing
Ex signals

– Power supplied via HART connection

board

Multiplexer for HART signals

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

167

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

v. 2

sor

/ F

iel

4.2

5.2

4.1

5.1

,1,2

,21,22

v. 1,2

4.2

5.2

4.1

5.1

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1

1.2

1.1

+24V

ND +24V

LC / DC

3.2

3.1

2.2

2.1

passive





Ex:







Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA

Transmitter supply voltage

> 16 V (20

mA)

Voltage drop

approx. 3.9 V

Output data

Output signal (Per output)

4 mA ... 20 mA (active)

Load

< 450

Ω

(20

mA)

Output ripple

< 20 mV

rms

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 75 mA (24

DC / 20

mA)

Power dissipation

< 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

1.3 ms (for jump 4

...

mA, typical)

Transmission error, typical

< 0.05 % (of final value)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Under-/overload range

according to NE 43

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output 1/output 2

1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Status indication

Green LED (PWR supply voltage)

SMART communication (Per output)

Yes

Protocols supported

HART

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

25.2 V

Maximum output current Io

93 mA

Maximum output power Po

587 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 (1)G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Performance level according to ISO 13849

PLd

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner, signal

duplicator

, with performance level, intrinsically safe input

Screw connection

MACX PL-EX-RPSSI-2I

2904959

Push-in connection

MACX PL-EX-RPSSI-2I-SP

2904960

168

PHOENIX CONTACT

– 4 to 20 mA input, [Ex ia], powered and

not powered

– Two electrically isolated outputs, 4 to

20 mA (active)

– PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 possible
– Plug-in screw and Push-in connection

technology

– 4-way electrical isolation
– Bidirectional HART communication

possible

– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety – MACX Safety Ex

Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner,

with two electrically isolated outputs

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

DCS

sor

1.1

,1,

pass

HHT

OUT

CH1

CH2

pass

HHT

CH2

HHT

4.1

CH1

HHT

. 1,

. 1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Functional Safety

Ex:







Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

per channel

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

Transmitter supply voltage

> 16 V (at 20 mA)

Underload/overload signal range

0 mA ... 24 mA

Output data

per channel

Output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA (active)

Load

≤

450

Ω

(20 mA)

Underload/overload signal range

0 mA ... 24 mA

General data

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Current consumption

< 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA)

Power dissipation

< 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.01 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)

Transmission error, typical

< 0.05 % (of final value)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.1 % (of final value)

Electrical isolation

Input/output, power supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output 1/output 2/ power supply

1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Status indication

Green LED (supply voltage)

SMART communication

Yes

Signal bandwidth

as per HART specifications

Protocols supported

HART

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

25.2 V

Maximum output current Io

93 mA

Maximum output power Po

587 mW

Maximum voltage U

253 V AC (125 V DC)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Performance level according to ISO 13849

PLd

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Repeater power supply,

two-channel, with performance level,

intrinsically safe input

Screw connection

MACX PL-EX-RPSS-2I-2I

2904963

Push-in connection

MACX PL-EX-RPSS-2I-2I-SP

2904964

169

PHOENIX CONTACT

– 2-channel
– 4 to 20 mA input, [Ex ia], powered
– 4 to 20 mA output (active)
– PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1
– Up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in Zone 2 possible
– Plug-in screw and Push-in connection

technology

– 3-way electrical isolation, per channel
– Bidirectional HART communication

possible

– Power supply via DIN rail connector

possible

Notes:

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well

as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be

found from page 174

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 176

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling

can be found from page 164

Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety – MACX Safety Ex

2-channel repeater power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,1,2

,21,22

24V ...23

V AC/DC

3.3

3.1

1.2

3.2

1.1

1.3

4.3

4.1

4.2

5.3

5.1

5.2

OUT

LC / DC

passive

3.3

3.2

3.6

3.4

3.5

2.6

2.4

2.5

1.6

1.4

1.5

sor

/ F

iel

4.3

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.1

4.2

5.3

5.1

5.2

Poti





Ex:



EAC Ex





Housing width 35 mm

Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire

Thermocouple sensors

B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Potentiometer

Ω

... 50 k

Ω

Voltage

-1000 mV ... 1000 mV

Output data

Output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

Maximum output signal

22 mA

Load R

≤

600

Ω

(20 mA)

Behavior in the event of a sensor error

according to NE 43 or freely configurable

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

2 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC (250 V DC)

Maximum switching current

2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20 %/+10 %, 50/60 Hz)

Power consumption

< 2.4 W

Temperature coefficient

0.01 %/K

Maximum transmission error

0.1 % (e.g. for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)

Electrical isolation

Input/output/power supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/power supply

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Input/switching output

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

Output/supply

300 V

rms

(Rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II;

degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 65 °C

Humidity

typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

PA 66-FR

Dimensions W/H/D

35 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum output voltage Uo

6 V

Maximum output current Io

7.4 mA

Maximum output power Po

11 mW

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC



II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC



II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC , Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Performance level according to ISO 13849

PLd

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Temperature transducer with threshold value switch,

with

performance level, intrinsically safe input

Screw connection

MACX PL-EX-T-UIREL-UP

2904910

Push-in connection

MACX PL-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2904912

Accessories

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

170

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Input for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, mV sources, [Ex ia]

– Differential measurement possible with

Pt 100

– A safety-related limit value relay, by

bridging two relays

– An additional limit value relay for non-

safety-related function

– PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Configuration via software

(ANALOG-CONF or FDT/DTM)

– Cold junction compensation with

separate connector

– Wide range power supply

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– Status indicators for supply voltage, cable,

sensor, and module errors

– Installation in Zone 2 possible
– Plug-in screw and Push-in connection

technology

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the

associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on

page 171

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 172

Temperature
Temperature transducer, Ex i

MCR technology

Ex i signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety – MACX Safety Ex

universal, with limit value relays,

wide-range power supply

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

General data

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 65 °C (-4 °F...149 °F)

Humidity

90 % (at 25 °C, non-condensing)

Housing material

PA 6.6

Dimensions W/H/D

35 / 99 / 20 mm

Connection method

PC side

S-PORT (socket)

Measuring transducer side

S-PORT (connector)

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Operating and display unit

IFS-OP-UNIT

2811899

– Local display of actual values
– Copy function
– Easy guided operation
– Easy configuration without PC software
– Operating and display unit can be snapped

directly onto compatible devices with a
housing width of 35 mm

– DIN rail mounting possible for thinner

devices in conjunction with cradle unit

– Backlighting
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Accessories,
operating and display unit

MCR technology

MACX Analog accessories

Can be snapped directly onto

compatible 35 mm devices

Technical data

General data

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 65 °C (-4 °F...149 °F)

Humidity

90 % (at 25 °C, non-condensing)

Housing material

PA 6.6

Dimensions W/H/D

35.2 / 29 / 99 mm

Connection method

IFS-OP-UNIT operator interface

S-PORT (socket)

Measuring transducer side

S-PORT (connector)

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Cradle unit,

for snapping the operating and display unit onto

the DIN rail

IFS-OP-CRADLE

2811886

171

PHOENIX CONTACT

– For snapping onto the DIN rail
– For control cabinet mounting of the

operating and display unit

Accessories,
cradle unit

Cradle for operating and display unit

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Programming adapter

The IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

programming adapter is used for configuring
Phoenix Contact Interface modules with
S-PORT interface.

The adapter is used with FDT/DTM

software or ANALOG-CONF software.
For programming the MACX Analog,
MINI Analog Pro, and MINI Analog.

Accessories

MCR technology

MACX Analog accessories

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Shield fast connection,

for connection to PLUGTRAB PT

For Ø 3-6 mm

SSA 3-6

2839295

For Ø 5-10 mm

SSA 5-10

2839512

172

PHOENIX CONTACT

Shield fast connection

– For connecting cable shielding to cable

terminal points

– Can be connected to PLUGTRAB PT
– Easy assembly

Accessories

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

DIN rail connector (TBUS),

for bridging the supply voltage, can

be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails according to EN 60715, with

UL approval

Color: green

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

2869728

ME 6,2 TBUS... DIN rail connector

DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging

the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide
MACX analog modules
– Reduced wiring effort
– System can be extended or module

replaced even while process is active

– Inter-extendable

Accessories

MCR technology

MACX Analog accessories

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Dummy module with no function

with screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-DUMMY-ISOLATOR

2904970

with Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-DUMMY-ISOLATOR-SP

2905846

173

PHOENIX CONTACT

Dummy -
MACX MCR-EX-DUMMY-ISOLATOR

Dummy module with no function for

connecting unused intrinsically safe signal
cables, with plug-in connection terminal
blocks.

Accessories

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1.2

2.2

3.2

3.3

1.1

2.1

3.1

lt o

R 2

R 1

–

ltsig

+24V

LFD





DNV GL



Ex:





Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%)

Redundant supply

yes, decoupled from diodes

Polarization and surge protection

Yes

Output data

Maximum output signal

3.75 A

Output voltage

Input voltage - max 0.8 V at 3.75 A

Switching output

Relay

Contact type

1 PDT

Contact material

Gold (Au)

Max. switching voltage

50 V AC (50

DC (0.3

A) / 50

DC (2 A) / 33

AC (2 A))

General data

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Any mounting position)

Humidity

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Fuse

5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC

Status indication

1 x red LED (error)

2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

Polyamide (PA 6.6)

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Power and fault signaling module,

including the relevant DIN rail

connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

Screw connection

MACX MCR-PTB

2865625

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-PTB-SP

2924184

174

PHOENIX CONTACT

Power and fault signaling module

Power and fault signaling module for

feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the
DIN rail connectors and signaling line faults
and power supply failures.
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled

from diode, protected against
polarization

– Supply current up to 3.75 A
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for

error messages

– Error message in the event of a power

supply failure or fuse fault

– Bus cable fault message for

MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices
connected via DIN rail connectors

– Replaceable fuse
– Installation in Zone 2 permitted

Accessories

MCR technology

MACX Analog accessories

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Ex:



Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Redundant supply

yes, decoupled from diodes

Polarization and surge protection

Yes

Output data

Maximum output signal

2 A (Redundancy range)

Output voltage

Input voltage - 0.7 V

Switching output

Relay

Contact type

1 PDT

Contact material

Gold (Au)

Max. switching voltage

50 V AC/DC (33 V AC (2 A) / 50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A))

General data

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (only on Termination Carrier)

Humidity

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Status indication

1 x red LED (error)

2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Housing material

Polyamide (PA 6.6)

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

IECEx

Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Listed

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5

Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Power and fault signaling module

without integrated fuse

Screw connection

TC-MACX-MCR-PTB

175

PHOENIX CONTACT

Power and fault signaling module

Power and fault signaling module for

supplying the 24 V supply voltage to the
DIN rail connectors of the MACX Analog
Ex Termination Carriers and signaling line
faults and power supply failures.
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled

from diode, protected against
polarization

– Feed-in current up to 2 A protected by

Termination Carrier PCB

– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for

error messages

– Error message in the event of a power

supply failure or fuse fault

– Bus cable fault message for

MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices
connected via DIN rail connectors

– Installation in Zone 2 possible

Accessories

MCR technology

MACX Analog accessories

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Double-level terminal block

, with pre-assembled resistors

with screw connection

gray

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

Cover

, width 2.5 mm

gray

D-UKK 3/5

2770024

blue

D-UKK 3/5 BU

2770105

Resistance circuit

Double-level terminal block with

resistance circuit according to NAMUR for
line fault detection in the case of mechanical
contacts

Important:

– For intrinsically safe circuits, only in

combination with D-UKK 3/5 cover

Accessories

MCR technology

MACX Analog accessories

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Test plug,

consisting of:

Metal part

for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and

silver

MPS-MT

Insulating sleeve,

for MPS metal part

red

MPS-IH RD

black

MPS-IH BK

gray

MPS-IH GY

green

MPS-IH GN

yellow

MPS-IH YE

blue

MPS-IH BU

white

MPS-IH WH

176

PHOENIX CONTACT

Test plug

Accessories

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

UniCard,

with self-adhesive plastic labels

10-part, lettering field size: 11

white

UC-EMLP (11X9)

0819291

UniCard,

with self-adhesive plastic labels,

marked according to

customer specifications

For ordering details, see Catalog 3 or phoenixcontact.net/product.

10-part, lettering field size: 11

white

UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS

0824547

177

PHOENIX CONTACT

Marking material for device marking

– For device marking inside the control

cabinet and in the field

– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strength
– Large temperature range

Accessories

MCR technology

MACX Analog accessories

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

178

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

The Field Analog process indicators allow

you to monitor and display analog and
temperature signals as well as control them
via digital and analog inputs and outputs.

Further advantages:

– 2-conductor sensors are powered by the

integrated measuring transducer supply

– International use, thanks to UL and

CSA approvals

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

179

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

Universal use

Field Analog process indicators are

available for field and control panel
installation. The universal inputs allow you
to record current, voltage, RTDs, and TCs.

Everything at a glance

Current process values are easy to read

on the five-digit backlit displays. The bar
graph also provides you with a quick
overview. You can recognize alarm statuses
easily from a distance by their changing
color.

Easy installation and startup

Thanks to the standardized housing

dimensions and plug-in connection terminal
blocks, the indicators are easy to install.
The devices are easy to configure via the
keypad on the front or via FDT/DTM
software.

Intrinsic safety Zone 0, Zone 20

Also for intrinsically safe circuits in the

Ex area: versions with ATEX, CSA, and
FM approval.

Distributed control cabinet installation

MCR temperature transducers for

resistance thermometers, thermocouples,
resistance-type sensors, and voltage
sensors are also available for control cabinet
installation.

Head-mounted transducer

With head-mounted transducers you can

record temperatures directly in the field and
convert them into standard signals.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

POW

sor

OUT

1.1

4V...

V A

C/DC

4.4

1.4

1.1

1.4

4.4

4.1

.11

Pass

.11

PWR

I-

I+

I-

>1V





DNV GL

Housing width 96 mm

Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input signal

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

0 V ... 5 V

0 V ... 1 V

1 V ... 5 V

-1 V ... 1 V

-10 V ... 10 V

-30 V ... 30 V

-100 mV ... 100 mV

0 mA ... 20 mA +10 %

4 mA ... 20 mA +10 %

Input data

RTD

Sensor types that can be used

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors

J, K, T, N, B, S, R, U. L, C, D

Connection method

2, 3, 4-wire

Measuring rate

200 ms

Temperature measuring range

-200 °C ... 1100 °C (Range

depends on sensor type,

adjustable)

-200 °C ... 2495 °C (Range

depends on sensor type,

adjustable)

Input resistance

Ω

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

0 V ... 5 V

1 V ... 5 V

0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

Display

7-segment LC display, with backlight, dot matrix for text/bar graph

Number of the displayed positions

Switching output

Transistor output, active

Open collector output

Number of outputs

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

2 PDT

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC (3 A) / 230 V AC (3 A)

Maximum switching current

3 A

Minimum switching current

10 mA

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V DC ... 230 V DC

Degree of protection

IP65 from the front

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Housing material

PC-GF10

Dimensions W/H/D

96 / 48 / 151.8 mm

Control panel cutout

92 x 45 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Conformance/Approvals

FA MCR-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

FA MCR-EX-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Recognized

FM approval

AIS, NI/I/2/ABCDEFG/T4

CSA

CSA GP

AIS, NI/I/2/ABCDEFG/T4

GL EMC 1 C

EMC1 C

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Multifunctional process indicator,

in control panel component

housing for monitoring and displaying analog measurement data

FA MCR-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

2907064

FA MCR-EX-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

2907216

Accessories

Software adapter cable,

2.4 m long, with USB connection, for

programming

MCR-PAC-T-USB

180

PHOENIX CONTACT

For installation in the control cabinet

– Multifunctional process indicator, in

control panel component housing for
monitoring and displaying analog
measurement data

– Supply of 2-conductor sensors
– Safe 4-way isolation
– Configurable via software or hardware

keypad on the front

– Universal inputs for connection of

current, voltage, RTDs, and TCs

– Limit value monitoring with two relay

outputs

– Process signal transmission via analog

output

– Display changes color in the event of an

error

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Multifunctional process indicator

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

Multifunctional process indicator for

installation in the control cabinet

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

POW

sor

OUT

1.1

4V...

V A

C/DC

4.4

1.4

1.1

1.4

4.4

4.1

.11

Pass

.11

PWR

I-

I+

I-

>1V

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Housing width 199 mm

Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input signal

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

0 V ... 5 V

0 V ... 1 V

1 V ... 5 V

-1 V ... 1 V

-10 V ... 10 V

-30 V ... 30 V

-100 mV ... 100 mV

0 mA ... 20 mA +10 %

4 mA ... 20 mA +10 %

Input data

RTD

Sensor types that can be used

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors

J, K, T, N, B, S, R, U. L, C, D

Connection method

2, 3, 4-wire

Measuring rate

200 ms

Temperature measuring range

-200 °C ... 1100 °C (Range

depends on sensor type,

adjustable)

-200 °C ... 2495 °C (Range

depends on sensor type,

adjustable)

Input resistance

Ω

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

0 V ... 5 V

1 V ... 5 V

0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

Display

7-segment LC display, with backlight, dot matrix for text/bar graph

Number of the displayed positions

Switching output

Transistor output, active

Open collector output

Number of outputs

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

2 PDT

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC (3 A) / 230 V AC (3 A)

Maximum switching current

3 A

Minimum switching current

10 mA

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V DC ... 230 V DC

Degree of protection

IP67

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 50 °C (The readability of the display is no longer

guaranteed at temperatures below -30 °C (-22 °F).)

Housing material

PBT GF30

Dimensions W/H/D

199 / 160 / 96 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Conformance/Approvals

FA MCR-FD-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

FA MCR-EX-FD-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Recognized

FM approval

AIS / I / 1 / ABCDEFG

CSA

CSA GP

Associated Apparatus

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Multifunctional process indicator,

in field housing for monitoring

and displaying analog measurement data

FA MCR-FD-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

2907780

FA MCR-EX-FD-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

2907781

Accessories

Software adapter cable,

2.4 m long, with USB connection, for

programming

MCR-PAC-T-USB

Pipe or wall mounting set,

for use with multi-functional process

indicator in field housing

FA MCR-FD-PM

2908739

181

PHOENIX CONTACT

Field housing

– Multifunctional process indicator, in

control panel component housing for
monitoring and displaying analog
measurement data

– Supply of 2-conductor sensors
– Safe 4-way isolation
– Configurable via software or hardware

keypad on the front

– Universal inputs for connection of

current, voltage, RTDs, and TCs

– Limit value monitoring with two relay

outputs

– Process signal transmission via analog

output

– Display changes color in the event of an

error

Notes:

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet

(phoenixcontact.net/products).

Multifunctional process indicator

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

new

Multifunctional process indicator in

field housing

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

POW

OUT

1.1

1.4

1.1

Pass

PWR

ass

PWR

act

Housing width 96 mm

Technical data

Input data

HART

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

up to 4x HART signals

Maximum input signal

200 mA

Voltage drop

≤

1 V

≤

1.9 V

≤

3.9 V (with display lighting)

≤

4.8 V (with display lighting)

Input impedance

approx. 50

Ω

= 40

Ω

/ C

= 2.3

Output data

Display

7-segment LC display, with backlight, dot matrix for text/bar graph

Number of the displayed positions

General data

Supply voltage range

loop-powered, no external supply necessary

Resolution A/D

> 13 bit

Degree of protection

IP65 (Front)

IP20 (On the rear)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Housing material

Aluminum / polycarbonate

Dimensions W/H/D

96 / 48 / 41.5 mm

Control panel cutout

92 x 45 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Output loop-powered process indicator

inside the control panel

housing for representing current or HART signals

FA MCR-DS-I-I-OLP

2908781

182

PHOENIX CONTACT

For installation in the control cabinet

– Loop-powered
– Display of 4 to 20 mA or HART signals
– Low voltage drop
– 5-digit 7-segment display
– Display value can be scaled
– Low installation depth
– Configurable via front keypad
– SIL-impact-free according to EN61508

Loop-powered process indicator

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

new

Loop-powered process indicator with

HART communication for

installation in the control cabinet

Opt

ona

for

ackground

ght

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

POW

OUT

1.1

1.4

1.1

Pass

PWR

pass

PWR

act

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Housing width 131 mm

Technical data

Input data

HART

Input signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

up to 4x HART signals

Maximum input signal

200 mA

Voltage drop

≤

1 V

≤

1.9 V

≤

3.9 V (with display lighting)

≤

4.8 V (with display lighting)

Input impedance

approx. 50

Ω

= 40

Ω

/ C

= 2.3

Output data

Display

7-segment LC display, with backlight, dot matrix for text/bar graph

Number of the displayed positions

General data

Supply voltage range

loop-powered, no external supply necessary

Resolution A/D

> 13 bit

Degree of protection

IP66/IP67

NEMA 4X

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Housing material

Aluminum

Dimensions W/H/D

131 / 81.5 / 55.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Output loop-powered process indicator

inside field housing for

representing current or HART signals

FA MCR-FDS-I-I-OLP

2908782

Accessories

Pipe or wall mounting set,

for use with output loop-powered

process indicator in field housing

FA MCR-FDS-PM

2908783

183

PHOENIX CONTACT

Field housing

Loop-powered process indicator

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

new

Loop-powered process indicator with

HART communication in field housing

Opt

ona

for

ackground

ght

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0 0 0 0 0

OUT

Out

GND

Out

GND

Power

V...





Housing width 48 mm

Technical data

Input data

U input

I input

Input signal

0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

Maximum input signal

30 V DC

50 mA

Input resistance

> 1 M

Ω

approx. 100

Ω

with 5 mA /

approx. 70

Ω

with 20 mA

Resolution

1 mV

2 µA

Measuring rate

0.5 to 2 measurements/second

Input latch signal

Display stop

Switching level

1 signal ("H")

4 V DC ... 30 V DC

0 signal ("L")

0 V DC ... 2 V DC

Output data

Display

7-segment LED; 8 mm; red

Number of the displayed positions

Accuracy

< 0.1 % ±1 digit (At an ambient temperature of 20°C)

General data

Supply voltage range

10 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

50 mA

Mass storage

EEPROM 1 mil. memory cycles or 10 years

Resolution A/D

14 bit

System hum suppression

Digital filtering 50/60 Hz

Test voltage input/power supply

500 V

rms

(50/60 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP65 from the front

Ambient temperature (operation)

-10 °C ... 50 °C

Housing material

Macrolon 2405

Dimensions W/H/D

48 / 24 / 68 mm

Control panel cutout

22(+0.6)x45(+0.8) mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR process display,

for measuring and

displaying standard signals

MCR-SL-D-U-I

2864011

Accessories

MCR DIN rail adapter

for digital displays in

a 24 x 48 mm housing

MCR-SL-D-RA

2810081

184

PHOENIX CONTACT

– For 0 to 10 V and 0(4) to 20 mA standard

analog signals

– Configurable
– 5 positions displayed
– 8 mm LED, 7-segment
– Electrical isolation
– Minimum/maximum value storage
– Latch/hold function for storing the display

value

– Display 48 x 24 mm

Displays
Standard signals

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

for standard analog signals,

configurable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

x.1

OUT

POW

OUT

Power

V...

T/R

GND

NPB

GND

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Housing width 48 mm

Technical data

Input data

Maximum input signal

60 kHz

Input resistance

10 k

Ω

Switching level

1 signal ("H")

4 V DC ... 30 V DC

0 signal ("L")

0 V DC ... 2 V DC

Output data

Display

7-segment LED; 8 mm; red

Number of the displayed positions

Switching output

1 NPN optocoupler

Max. switching voltage

30 V DC

Maximum switching current

10 mA

General data

Supply voltage range

10 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

max. 40 mA

Mass storage

EEPROM 1 mil. memory cycles or 10 years

Degree of protection

IP65 from the front

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 65 °C

Housing material

Macrolon 2405

Dimensions W/H/D

48 / 24 / 68 mm

Control panel cutout

22(+0.6)x45(+0.8) mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR digital display,

for measurement and

display of frequencies, pulses, and times

MCR-SL-D-FIT

2864024

Accessories

MCR DIN rail adapter

for digital displays in

a 24 x 48 mm housing

MCR-SL-D-RA

2810081

185

PHOENIX CONTACT

– For frequency signals up to max. 60 kHz
– Configurable
– 6 positions displayed
– LED 8 mm, 7 segment
– 48 x 24 mm display

Displays
Frequency

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

Programmable digital display for

frequencies, pulses, and times

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

x.1

OUT

Power

V...

GND





Housing width 48 mm

Technical data

Input data

Display

7-segment, 8 mm, red

Number of the displayed positions

Switching level

1 signal ("H")

4 V DC ... 30 V DC

0 signal ("L")

0 V DC ... 2 V DC

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal

0 ... 12 V

0 ... 24 mA

Length of step

10 mV

10 µA

Load R

≥

2 k

Ω

≤

500

Ω

(Up to 20 mA)

≤

400

Ω

(> 20 mA)

Ripple

≤

10 mV

General data

Supply voltage range

10 V DC ... 30 V DC

Power consumption

1 W (With 24 mA/12 V)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.2 % ((full-scale) at rated voltage)

Test voltage output/power supply

500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP65 from the front

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 65 °C

Housing material

Macrolon 2405

Dimensions W/H/D

48 / 24 / 68 mm

Control panel cutout

45(+0.6)x22.2(+0.3) mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR digital setpoint adjuster,

for presetting current and

voltage signals

MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI

2710314

Accessories

MCR DIN rail adapter

for digital displays in

a 24 x 48 mm housing

MCR-SL-D-RA

2810081

186

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Manual setpoint definition with

incremental adjustment

– Manual setpoint definition via direct input
– Automatic setpoint definition with hold

function and 20 interpolation points

– Flexible, adjustable signal ranges of

0 to 12 V or 0 to 24 mA

– Data backup in the event of power failure
– Display value parameterization
– Electrical isolation between output and

supply

Displays
Setpoint adjuster

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

With manual and

automatic ramp function

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

POW

nteface

DCS

OUT

Sensor

PWR

act

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire : -

Thermocouple sensors

A, B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U

Resistor

Ω

... 2000

Ω

(Minimum measuring span: 10

Ω

)

Input voltage range

-20 mV ... 100 mV

Output data

Output signal

4 ... 20 mA , HART / 20 ... 4 mA

Maximum output signal

22.5 mA

Load R

- 11

V) / 0.023

Switch-on delay

approx. 10 s (HART)

approx. 28 s (Measured value)

General data

Supply voltage range

-12 V DC ... 42 V DC

Current consumption

23.5 mA

Step response (0–99%)

0.8 s (TC)

Electrical isolation

Input/output

2 kV AC

Degree of protection

IP33 (upon installation in field housing IP66/67, NEMA 4X)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3G Ex nA IIC T6 Gc

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Output loop-powered head-mounted temperature transducer,

for RTD, TC, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors (mV)

FA MCR-HT-TS-I-OLP-PT

2908742

Accessories

Software adapter cable,

2.4 m long, with

USB connection, for programming

MCR-PAC-T-USB

FA MCR-HT-D

2908735

187

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Output loop-powered head-mounted

temperature transducer

– 2 universal inputs for RTD, TC,

resistance-type sensors, and voltage
sensors (mV)

– 4 to 20 mA output
– HART communication
– Freely configurable
– SIL 2/3
– For mounting in the connecting head,

form B

Temperature
Head-mounted temperature
transducer

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

new

Loop-powered

head-mounted temperature transducer

Block diagram for FA MCR-HT-TS-I-OLP-PT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

∅33

∅44

∅5

∅7

POW

OUT

Zone

,1,

Zone

,1,

nteface

DCS

OUT

Sensor

PWR

act



Ex:





Technical data

Measuring input

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K

Thermocouple sensors

B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

Ω

... 400

Ω

(min. measurement range 10

Ω

)

Ω

... 2000

Ω

(min. measurement range 100

Ω

)

Voltage

-10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)

Configuration

Yes, programmable

Measuring output

Output signal range

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA

Maximum output signal

≤

23 mA

Load

≤

630

Ω

(At UV = 24 V; U

supply

- 10 V / 0.023 A)

Line monitoring

NE 43

Short-circuit current

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable)

Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange

3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data

Supply voltage range

12 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

< 3.5 mA

Step response (10-90%)

< 2 s

Transmission error

Resistance thermometers

0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)

Thermocouple sensors

typ. 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)

Resistance-type sensors

± 0.1

Ω

(10...400

Ω

), ± 1.5

Ω

(10...2000

Ω

)

Voltage sensor

± 20 µV (-10...75 mV)

Test voltage input/output

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Switch-on delay

6 s

Degree of protection

IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)

Mounting position

Connecting head in acc. with DIN 43729 form B

Connection

Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B

Standards/regulations

NAMUR recommendation NE 21

Housing material

Polycarbonate, PC

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum voltage Ui

30 V

Maximum current Ii

100 mA

Maximum power Pi

750 mW

Maximum voltage Uo

5 V DC

Maximum current Io

5.4 mA

Maximum power Po

6.6 mW

Gas group

IIA

IIB

IIC

- Maximum external inductance Lo

[mH]

100

- Maximum external capacitance Co

[µF]

9.9

Maximum ambient temperature

Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C

Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 1 G and II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4

UL, USA/Canada

cULus

Functional Safety (SIL)

SIL 2

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR temperature transducer, smart,

for resistance

thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and

voltage sensors

MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX

2864545

188

PHOENIX CONTACT

– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC

– 4 to 20 mA / 20 to 4 mA output
– Can be installed in Zone 0
– 2-way electrical isolation
– HART-compatible

Notes:

The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:

Pt100 sensor, 0 to 100°C measuring range, 3-conductor

connection.

To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device, you

need a HART modem.

Temperature
Head-mounted temperature
transducer

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

Loop-powered,

programmable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

∅33

∅44

∅5

∅7

PWR

act

nterface

DCS

Sensor

OUT

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex:



Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3,

4-wire

Thermocouple sensors

B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; minimum measurement range

50 K/500 K

Resistor

Resistance-type sensor from 10

Ω

to 400

Ω

and from 10

Ω

2000

Ω

; minimum measurement range 10

Ω

/100

Ω

Voltage

-10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)

Output data

Output signal

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA

Load R

Max (V

supply

- 8 V) / 0.025 A (current output)

Output signal with short-circuit

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output signal with open circuit

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable)

Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤

20.5 mA /

≥

3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data

Supply voltage range

8 V DC ... 35 V DC

Current consumption

< 3.5 mA

Transmission error

Resistance thermometers

0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)

Thermocouple sensors

typ. 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)

Resistance-type sensors

± 0.1

Ω

(10...400

Ω

), ± 1.5

Ω

(10...2000

Ω

)

Voltage sensor

± 20 µV (-10...100 mV)

Step response (10-90%)

< 2 s

Switch-on delay

6 s

Test voltage input/output

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

Polycarbonate, PC

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR temperature transducer,

for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors

MCR-FL-HT-T-I

2864529

Accessories

Software adapter cable,

2.4 m long, with

USB connection, for programming

MCR-PAC-T-USB

189

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Output loop-powered head-mounted

temperature transducer

– Freely configurable
– Software available free of charge on the

Internet

– For mounting in the connecting head,

form B

Notes:

The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:

Pt100 sensor, 0 to 100°C measuring range, 3-conductor

connection.

The configuration software can be downloaded from the

Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products.

Temperature
Head-mounted temperature
transducer

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

Loop-powered,

programmable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

∅33

∅44

∅5

∅7

POW

OUT

Zone

,1,

Zone

,1,

nteface

DCS

OUT

Sensor

PWR

act



Ex:





Technical data

Measuring input

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K

Thermocouple sensors

B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

Ω

... 400

Ω

(min. measurement range 10

Ω

)

Ω

... 2000

Ω

(min. measurement range 100

Ω

)

Voltage

-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)

Configuration

Yes, programmable

Measuring output

Output signal range

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA

Maximum output signal

≤

25 mA

Load

≤

720

Ω

(For U

= 24 V; U

supply

- 8 V / 0.025 A)

Line monitoring

NE 43

Short-circuit current

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable)

Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange

3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data

Supply voltage range

8 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

< 3.5 mA

Step response (10-90%)

< 2 s

Transmission error

Resistance thermometers

0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)

Thermocouple sensors

typ. 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)

Resistance-type sensors

± 0.1

Ω

(10...400

Ω

), ± 1.5

Ω

(10...2000

Ω

)

Voltage sensor

± 20 µV (-10...100 mV)

Test voltage input/output

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Switch-on delay

6 s

Degree of protection

IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)

Mounting position

Connecting head in acc. with DIN 43729 form B

Connection

Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B

Standards/regulations

NAMUR recommendation NE 21

Housing material

Polycarbonate, PC

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15

Safety data as per ATEX

Maximum voltage Ui

30 V

Maximum current Ii

100 mA

Maximum power Pi

750 mW

Maximum voltage Uo

8.2 V DC

Maximum current Io

4.6 mA

Maximum power Po

9.35 mW

Gas group

IIB

IIC

- Maximum external inductance Lo

[mH]

8.5

4.5

- Maximum external capacitance Co

[µF]

1.9

0.974

Maximum ambient temperature

Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C

Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4

UL, USA/Canada

cULus

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR temperature transducer,

for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors

MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX

2864532

Accessories

Software adapter cable,

2.4 m long, with

USB connection, for programming

MCR-PAC-T-USB

190

PHOENIX CONTACT

– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, and linear mV signals, Ex
ia IIC

– 4 to 20 mA / 20 to 4 mA output
– Can be installed in Zone 0
– 2-way electrical isolation
– Configuration using software

Notes:

The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:

Pt100 sensor, 0 to 100°C measuring range, 3-conductor

connection.

The configuration software can be downloaded from the

Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products.

Temperature
Head-mounted temperature
transducer

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

Loop-powered,

programmable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

∅33

∅44

∅5

∅7

POW

OUT

PWR

act

nterface

DCS

OUT

Sensor

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex:



Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-wire

Output data

Output signal

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA

Load R

Max (V

supply

- 10 V) / 0.023 A (current output)

Output signal with short-circuit

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable)

Output signal with open circuit

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable)

Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤

20.5 mA /

≥

3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data

Supply voltage range

10 V DC ... 35 V DC

Current consumption

< 3.5 mA

Transmission error

Resistance thermometers

0.2 K

Step response (10-90%)

< 2 s

Switch-on delay

4 s

Degree of protection

IP00, IP54 (integrated in the connecting head)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

Polycarbonate, PC

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR head-mounted temperature transducer,

loop-powered

for Pt 100 resistance thermometer

MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I

2864516

Accessories

Software adapter cable,

2.4 m long, with

USB connection, for programming

MCR-PAC-T-USB

191

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Output loop-powered head-mounted

temperature transducer for Pt 100
sensors

– Freely configurable
– Software available free of charge on the

Internet

– For mounting in the connecting head,

form B

Notes:

The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:

Pt100 sensor, 0 to 100°C measuring range, 3-conductor

connection.

The configuration software can be downloaded from the

Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products.

Temperature
Head-mounted temperature
transducer

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

Loop-powered,

programmable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

General data

Housing material

Aluminum

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Field housing for head-mounted transducers,

with

display window and two cable entries

FA MCR-HT-FH

2908736

Accessories

Wall fastening

for FA MCR-HT-FH field housing

FA MCR-HT-FH-WM

2908737

Pipe fastening

for FA MCR-HT-FH field housing

FA MCR-HT-FH-PM

2908738

192

PHOENIX CONTACT

– 2 cable entries
– Aluminum with polyester coating
– For use with head-mounted transducers
– Display window in cover

Accessories for
head-mounted transducers

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

new

Field housing for

head-mounted transducers

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Adapter for control cabinet installation of

head-mounted transducers

MCR-DIN-RAIL-ADAPTER HT

2864671

193

PHOENIX CONTACT

– For snapping onto the DIN rail
– For control cabinet installation of

head-mounted transducers

Accessories for
head-mounted transducers

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

new

Adapter for DIN rail mounting of

head-mounted transducers

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

POW

4.1

OUT

4.1

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire : -

Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

A, B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U

Temperature range

-250 °C ... 2500 °C (Range depending on the sensor type)

Linear resistance measuring range

Ω

... 2000

Ω

(Minimum measuring span: 10

Ω

)

Input voltage range

-20 mV ... 100 mV

Output data

Output signal

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA

Maximum output signal

22.5 mA

Load R

- 11

V) / 0.023

General data

Supply voltage range

12 V DC ... 42 V DC

Current consumption

3.5 mA

Step response (0–99%)

0.8 s (TC)

Electrical isolation of input/output

2 kV AC

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Output loop-powered temperature transducer,

for

RTD, TC, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors (mV)

Screw connection

MACX MCR-TS-I-OLP

2908662

Push-in connection

MACX MCR-TS-I-OLP-SP

2908664

Accessories

Software adapter cable,

2.4 m long, with

USB connection, for programming

MCR-PAC-T-USB

194

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Loop-powered temperature transducer
– 2 universal inputs for RTD, TC,

resistance-type sensors, and voltage
sensors (mV)

– 4 to 20 mA output
– HART communication
– Freely configurable
– SIL 2/3
– For DIN rail mounting

Temperature
Temperature transducer

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

new

Output loop-powered

temperature transducer

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

POW

OUT

PWR

act

Zone

,1,

Sensor

Zone

,1,

OUT

nterface

DCS

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Ex:





Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Measuring input

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K

Thermocouple sensors

B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

Ω

... 400

Ω

(min. measurement range 10

Ω

)

Ω

... 2000

Ω

(min. measurement range 100

Ω

)

Voltage

-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)

Configuration

Yes, programmable

Measuring output

Output signal range

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA

Maximum output signal

≤

23 mA

Load

≤

520

Ω

(At U

= 24 V; U

supply

- 12 V / 0.023 A)

Line monitoring

NE 43

Short-circuit current

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable)

Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange

3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA

General data

Supply voltage range

12 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

< 3.5 mA

Step response (10-90%)

< 2 s

Transmission error

Resistance thermometers

0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)

Thermocouple sensors

typ. 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)

Resistance-type sensors

± 0.1

Ω

(10...400

Ω

), ± 1.5

Ω

(10...2000

Ω

)

Voltage sensor

± 20 µV (-10...100 mV)

Test voltage input/output

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Switch-on delay

4 s

Standards/regulations

NAMUR recommendation NE 21

Housing material

Polyamide PA non-reinforced

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Connection method

Screw connection

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Safety data as per ATEX

MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX

MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

Maximum voltage Ui

30 V

Maximum current Ii

100 mA

Maximum power Pi

750 mW

Maximum voltage Uo

5 V DC

4.4 V DC

Maximum current Io

5.9 mA

9.6 mA

Maximum power Po

7.2 mW

10.6 mW

Gas group

IIA

IIB

IIC

IIA

IIB

IIC

- Maximum external inductance Lo

[mH]

100

- Maximum external capacitance Co

[µF]

2.4

Maximum ambient temperature

T4 = 85 °C,

T5 = 70 °C,

T6 = 55 °C

T4 = 85 °C,

T5 = 65 °C,

T6 = 50 °C

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T6



II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T4...T6

UL, USA/Canada

cULus

Functional Safety (SIL)

SIL 2

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR temperature transducer,

for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors

HART-compatible

MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX

2864587

MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

2864574

195

PHOENIX CONTACT

– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC

– 4 to 20 mA / 20 to 4 mA output
– Can be installed in Zone 1
– 2-way electrical isolation
– HART-capable (MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX)
– Configuration using software

Notes:

The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:

Pt100 sensor, 0 to 100°C measuring range, 3-conductor

connection.

To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device

(

2864587

), you need a HART modem.

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:

phoenixcontact.net/products.

Temperature
Temperature transducer

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

Loop-powered,

programmable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

PWR

act

Sensor

OUT

nterface

DCS





Ex:



Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3,

4-wire

Thermocouple sensors

B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; minimum measurement range

50 K/500 K

Resistor

Resistance-type sensor from 10

Ω

to 400

Ω

and from 10

Ω

2000

Ω

; minimum measurement range 10

Ω

/100

Ω

Voltage

-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)

Output data

Output signal

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA

Load R

Max (V

supply

-12 V) / 0.023 A (current output)

Output signal with short-circuit

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output signal with open circuit

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable)

Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤

20.5 mA /

≥

3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data

Supply voltage range

12 V DC ... 35 V DC

Current consumption

< 3.5 mA

Transmission error

Resistance thermometers

0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)

Thermocouple sensors

typ. 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)

Resistance-type sensors

± 0.1

Ω

(10...400

Ω

), ± 1.5

Ω

(10...2000

Ω

)

Voltage sensor

± 20 µV (-10...100 mV)

Step response (10-90%)

< 2 s

Switch-on delay

4 s

Test voltage input/output

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

Polyamide PA non-reinforced

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR temperature transducer,

loop-powered

for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type

sensors, and voltage sensors

MCR-FL-T-LP-I

2864561

MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

2864574

Accessories

Software adapter cable,

2.4 m long, with

USB connection, for programming

MCR-PAC-T-USB

196

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Output loop-powered temperature

transducer

– Freely configurable
– Software available free of charge on the

Internet

Notes:

The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:

Pt100 sensor, 0 to 100°C measuring range, 3-conductor

connection.

The configuration software can be downloaded from the

Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products.

Temperature
Temperature transducer

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

Loop-powered,

programmable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

PWR

act

Sensor

OUT

nterface

DCS

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex:



Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Resistance thermometers

Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-wire

Output data

Output signal

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA

Load R

Max (V

supply

-12 V) / 0.023 A (current output)

Output signal with short-circuit

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable)

Output signal with open circuit

≤

3.6 mA or

≥

21 mA (adjustable)

Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤

20.5 mA /

≥

3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data

Supply voltage range

12 V DC ... 35 V DC

Current consumption

< 3.5 mA

Transmission error

Resistance thermometers

0.2 K

Step response (10-90%)

< 2 s

Switch-on delay

4 s

Test voltage input/output

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Mounting

any

Housing material

Polyamide PA non-reinforced

Dimensions W/H/D

12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR temperature transducer,

loop-powered

for Pt 100 resistance thermometer

MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I

2864558

197

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Two-wire transmitter for Pt 100

resistance thermometers

– Freely programmable via

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

Notes:

The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:

Pt100 sensor, 0 to 100°C measuring range, 3-conductor

connection.

You can implement your own measuring range settings,

linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. To do so, you

need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter as well as the

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software.

Temperature
Temperature transducer

MCR technology

Process indicators and field devices – Field Analog

Loop-powered,

programmable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

198

PHOENIX CONTACT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Product range overview

Energy and power measurement

200

202

EMpro energy meters

208

EMpro function and communication modules

210

Accessories

213

Software for usage data acquisition

214

Complete packages for data logging

215

Pressure sensor and compressed air meters

216

Current measurement

Current transformers

220

Current transformer selection guide

222

PACT current transformers

223

Accessories for PACT current transformers

233

PACT RCP current transformers for retrofitting

234

Current transducers

240

Accessories for current transducers

251

Monitoring and diagnostics

Solar system monitoring

252

EMD electronic monitoring relays

260

ETD electronic time relays

272

Diode modules, lamp testing modules, EMG display modules

280

199

PHOENIX CONTACT

Energy and power measurement

EMpro energy meters measure, analyze,

and communicate electrical system
parameters.

Monitoring software ensures efficient

energy and power measurement.

Stand-alone data loggers are the

complete package for decentralized data
acquisition.

PSK sensors acquire the operating

pressure of gaseous media.

PSK meters record compressed air

consumption.

Current measurement

PACT current transformers convert

currents up to 4000 A into secondary
currents of 1 and 5 A.

MCR current transducers convert

currents into standard analog signals.

Monitoring and diagnostics

The SOLARCHECK modular monitoring

system is used for string monitoring in
photovoltaic systems.

EV Charge Control is the charging

controller used to charge electric vehicles
on the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1.

EMD monitoring relays detect and

indicate deviations in important system
parameters at an early stage.

ETD time relays are used for

straightforward time control functions.

Diode modules, lamp testing modules,

and EMG display modules allow industrial
use of simple components such as diodes -
with professional housing and connection
technology.

Monitoring

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Energy and power measurement

EMpro energy meters for front-panel

installation

Page 208

EMpro energy meters for DIN rail mounting

Page 209

Function and communication modules for

EMpro

Page 210

DIN rail adapters for EMpro

Page 213

Current transformers

PACT busbar current transformers

Page 222

PACT window-type current transformers

Page 224

PACT winding current transformers

Page 232

Mounting accessories, shock protection

Page 233

Voltage measurement

Solar system monitoring

Charging technology for E-Mobility

Monitoring relays

MCR voltage transducers for AC and

DC voltages up to 660 V

Page 250

Accessories

Configuration software and USB adapter

cable

Page 251

SOLARCHECK photovoltaic panel

shutdown

Page 252

SOLARCHECK

Photovoltaic string monitoring

Page 256

Time relays

Function modules

Lightning monitoring
system

ETD-BL

Ultra-narrow time relays

Page 276

ETD

Multifunctional time relays

Page 278

EMG

Diode modules, lamp testing modules,

display modules

Page 280

Lightning monitoring system

See Catalog 4

200

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Software for usage data acquisition

Page 214

Complete packages for data logging

Page 215

Compressed air meters

Page 216

Pressure sensor with IO-Link

Page 218

Current measurement

PACT RCP... current transformers for

retrofitting

Page 236

MCR current transducers for AC/DC and

distorted currents

Page 240

MCR current transducer for sinusoidal and

distorted AC currents

Page 246

Passive, up to 5 A

Page 248

MCR current protector for AC currents,

sinusoidal up to 16 A

Page 249

Voltage measurement

Solar system monitoring

Charging technology for E-Mobility

Monitoring relays

AC charging controllers for private and

commercial applications

See Catalog 2

Locking release module for mains failure

See Catalog 2

EMD-BL

Compact monitoring relays

Page 262

HMIs

Signal towers

201

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

202

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

Energy costs at a glance

Within industry, energy is viewed as a

variable cost factor. As a result, lower
energy costs are becoming increasingly
important in terms of providing companies
with a major competitive advantage in the
areas of production, process, and industrial
engineering.

Alongside energy consumption, the

quality of the energy supplied, the reliability
of supply, and effective system utilization
also play an important role in ensuring
profitability. This calls for continuous
measurement and analysis of all sources of
energy.

Advantages of energy data acquisition

Continuously recorded energy flow

provides the basis for a target-oriented
energy management system.

Access comprehensive information

regarding the characteristic electrical data
of your machinery and benefit from the
advantages of this:
– Reduce your energy costs by identifying

potential energy savings.

– Optimize your system capacity: through

intelligent switching of system parts,
uniform network load, and reduced
harmonics.

– Reduce peak loads using forward-looking

trend calculation and load management.

– Safeguard your production processes and

minimize downtimes by continuously
monitoring important system
parameters.

Measurement – monitoring –
communication

Efficient energy management – network-

capable EMpro energy meters can be used
to acquire and monitor the characteristic
electrical data of your machines and
systems.

They can be freely extended with

communication modules and function
modules, enabling your energy meters to
keep pace with your growing requirements.
Future-proof planning and investment is
therefore ensured.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

203

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

The communication expert

The EMpro MA600 is capable of performing

all measurement tasks associated with power
supply applications up to 700 V AC.
– From simple current and power

measurement to detection of harmonics
including spectral analysis

– Flexible integration into Ethernet,

PROFIBUS or RS-485 networks

– Remote access via web server
– Optional DIN rail adapter for DIN rail

mounting

– Can be extended with communication

modules and function modules

The universal solution on the
front panel

The EMpro MA400 performs standard

measuring tasks up to 519 V AC.
– Optional DIN rail adapter for DIN rail

mounting

– Communication module for integration

into RS-485 networks (Modbus/RTU)

– Function module for pulse or alarm

output

The measuring device with
RS-485 communication

The EMpro MA250 performs standard

measuring tasks up to 519 V AC.
– DIN rail device
– With pulse or alarm output
– Integrated RS-485 communication

(Modbus/RTU)

The measuring device with pulse output

The EMpro MA200 is ideal for simple

measuring tasks up to 519 V AC.
– DIN rail device
– With pulse or alarm output

Controller solution for usage data
acquisition

The EMlog software provides an efficient

solution for recording energy data relating
to heat, cold, air, and electricity when used
in conjunction with the ILC 191 ME/AN
modular Inline controller. This allows you to
keep an eye on your resources and manage
the consumption levels of your machines
and systems.

Sensors and meters

Use of resources at a glance - determine

all relevant states using sensors and meters.
– Detailed procurement measurement,

thanks to precise sensor and meter
technology

– Intelligent sensor communication, thanks

to IO-Link technology

Inline power measurement terminal

The Inline power measurement terminal

enables analysis of AC networks.
– For measuring current, voltage, and

power, as well as identifying distortion
and harmonics
The power measurement terminal can

be found in Catalog 6, Control technology,
I/O systems, and network structure.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

720,2 kW

350,6 kvar

801,0 kVA

EMpro

470,8 kW

101,2 kvar
481,6 kVA

EMpro

87,2 kW
1,5 kvar

87,2 kVA

EMpro

692,1 V

U 689,9

2-3

F 50,00 Hz

C 000217683 kWh

3-1

690,3

EMpro

DIAG

PSI-M

DEM-SHDSL

ETH

rd.-

23 13 643

DSL

ETH

STAT

ETH

DIAG

PSI-M

DEM-SHDSL

ETH

rd.-

23 13 643

DSL

ETH

STAT

ETH

Ethernet

S-

Ethernet-

Gatewa

S-

M-Server

SHDSL modem

Energy meter

EMpro MA400

Energy meter

EMpro MA400

Energy meter

EMpro MA600

Energy meter

EMpro MA400

SHDSL modem

DSL (up to 20 km)

Measurement – monitoring –
communication

In order to achieve efficient energy

management, all energy data that has been
determined is recorded and analyzed
centrally in the control center.

For data transmission, integrate the

EMpro measuring devices flexibly into your
network structures.

The network components from

Phoenix Contact offer interference-free
and high-performance communication of
energy data, even in harsh industrial
environments:
– Copper-based and fiber optic data

transmission

– Ethernet and modem communication
– Industrial wireless transmission

Direct access to measured values

Analyze your system parameters quickly

on site. At the touch of a button, you can
access precisely those measured values that
are of relevance.

You can also use the user-friendly web

server function to request measured values
directly from the control center.

Planning reliability and investment
security

Stay flexible. EMpro extension modules,

function modules, and communication
modules enable you extend your EMpro
measuring devices at any time:
– Digital inputs and outputs
– Pulse outputs
– Analog outputs
– Communication interfaces
– Measured data storage

Remote access to multiple measuring
devices - with just one IP address

The web server that has been integrated

into the Ethernet communication modules
allows you to conveniently configure key
parameters online. It also allows remote
access to key electrical characteristics such
as current, voltage, power, energy, and
harmonics.

Energy meters

204

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Selection guide

You can easily select the right device

for your application by referring to the table
below:

Product type

EMpro MA600

EMpro MA400

EMpro MA200/250

EEM-MA600

EEM-MA400

EEM-MA200

EEM-MA600-24DC

EEM-MA250

Voltages

Voltage measurement direct

Up to 700 V

Up to 519 V

Voltage transducers

Up to 500 kV

Voltages U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3

∙

Maximum mean value

∙

Mean value

∙

Currents

Current measurement

Direct up to 6 A or current transformer

Current transformers

Currents I1, I2, I3

∙

Neutral conductor current IN (calculation)

∙

Maximum mean value

∙

Mean value

∙

Frequency

∙

Maximum mean value

∙

Mean value

∙

Power

Real power, reactive power, apparent power:

P (+/-),

Q (+/-),

S (+/-)

∙

P, Q, S per phase

∙

Maximum mean value

∙

Mean value

∙

Trend performances

∙

Power factor

∙

PF per phase

∙

Metering

Real energy (kWh)

kWh+/kWh-

kWh+

Reactive energy (kvarh)

kvarh+/kvarh-

kvarh+

Apparent energy (kVAh)

kVAh

Multi-tariff meter

Operating hours

∙

Accuracy class (EN62053-22)

0.5 S

Harmonics analysis

Distortion factor THD I/U/V

Up to 63rd

Up to 51st

Spectral analysis

Up to 63rd

Functions

Temperature recording

∙

Digital input

∙

Function modules (optional)

1 pulse or alarm output

2904314

EEM-IMP-MA400

Integrated

2 pulse outputs

2904313

EEM-IMP-MA600

2 digital inputs, 2 digital outputs

2901371

EEM-2DIO-MA600

2 analog outputs

2901475

EEM-2AO-MA600

Memory

2901370

EEM-MEMO-MA600

Communication modules (optional)

RS-485 (Modbus/RTU)

2901367

EEM-RS485-MA600

2901365

EEM-RS485-MA400

Integrated (MA250 only)

D-SUB (PROFIBUS)

2901418

EEM-PB12-MA600

Ethernet gateway (Modbus/TCP/RTU) with
integrated web server

2901374

EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600

Ethernet (Modbus/TCP) with integrated web server

2901373

EEM-ETH-MA600

Key

I1, I2, I3

Conductor currents

Real power

THD

Total harmonic distortion

Neutral conductor current

Reactive power

Total values

U12, U23, U31

Phase conductor voltages

Apparent power

V1, V2, V3

Phase/N conductor voltages

Power factor

205

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

RS485

–

13 15 17

RS485

–

13 15 17

Transmit electrical characteristics
wirelessly and easily

Class 100 ILC

small-scale

controller

Radioline

wireless

module

Radioline

wireless

module

EMpro MA250

energy meter

Radioline

wireless

module

EMpro RS-485

communication

modules

EMpro MA600

energy meter

EMpro MA400

energy meter

EMpro MA250

energy meter

RS-485

EMpro MA600

energy meter

EMpro MA400

energy meter

RS-485

Ethernet

EMpro MA600

energy meter

EMpro function

module (DIO)

EMpro Ethernet

communication

module

Water meter

PSK compressed

air meter

Direct connection from the
PC to the EMpro MA600

206

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

RS485

–

13 15 17

RS485

–

13 15 17

COM

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Connect up to six external meters to
one EMpro MA600

Easy machine monitoring -
communicate electrical characteristics via Modbus/RTU

Class 100 ILC

small-scale controller

PC Worx

PLC programming

RS-485

EMpro MA600

energy meter

EMpro

function module (DIO)

EMpro RS-485

communication

module

PSK

compressed

air meter

Controller

status messages

Alarm light

Gas meter

Water meter

RS-485

EMpro MA250

energy meter

Controllers

Motor

PACT

current

transformers

Grid

feed-in

207

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html







208

PHOENIX CONTACT

Energy meters

EMpro energy meters are capable of

acquiring, monitoring, and displaying all
electrical system and machine parameters
locally.

EEM-MA600

– Can be extended with function and

communication modules

– Remote access via web server, integrated

into Ethernet communication module

– Acquisition of individual harmonic

components up to 63rd order

– Trend calculation for active and reactive

power

EEM-MA400

– Can be extended with output module
– Can be extended with RS-485

communication module
( JBUS/MODBUS)

– Acquisition of total harmonic content up

to harmonic of 51st order

EEM-MA250

– Two-tariff measurement via digital input
– Pulse or alarm output
– RS-485 interface ( JBUS/MODBUS)

EEM-MA200

– Two-tariff measurement via digital input
– Pulse or alarm output

EEM-MKT-DRA

– DIN rail adapter for the EEM-MA600 and

EEM-MA400 front panel devices see
page 213.

Notes:

The EEM-MA600-24DC energy meter (Order No.

2902352

) is not

CE-compliant.

Technical data

Input data

Measuring principle

True r.m.s. value measurement

Acquisition of harmonics

up to 63rd harmonic

Measured value

sine (50/60 Hz)

Voltage measuring input V1, V2, V3

Input voltage range

18 V AC ... 700 V AC (Phase/Phase)

11 V AC ... 404 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)

500 kV AC (Primary, via external voltage transducers)

Secondary: 60, 100, 110, 115, 120, 173, 190 V AC

Accuracy

0.2 %

Current measuring input I1, I2, I3

Input current range ( Via external transformers )

9999 A (primary)

1 A and 5 A, secondary

Overload capacity

6 A (Permanent)

Operate threshold

10 mA

Accuracy

0.2 %

Power measurement

Measuring range

0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA

0 MW ... 11 MW / 0 Mvar ... 11 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 11 M

Accuracy

0.5 %

Active energy (IEC 62053-22)

Class 0.5

Reactive power (IEC 62053-23)

Class 2

Digital input

Voltage input signal

Via function module

Switching output

Output description

Via function module

Maximum switching voltage

Current carrying capacity

Serial port

Output description

Via communication module

Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485

None

Serial transmission speed

Display

Type

LCD display, backlighting

Measuring rate

1 s

General data

Supply voltage range

110 V AC ... 400 V AC ±10 %

120 V DC ... 350 V DC (



20 %)

Nominal power consumption

10 VA

20 VA (with max. number of extension modules)

Degree of protection

IP52 (front), IP30 (back)

IP51 (front), IP20 (back)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)

Dimensions W/H/D

96 / 96 / 82 mm

Installation depth with extension module

80 mm

Connection cross section (solid / stranded / AWG)

Voltage and other connections

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

0.5 ... 2.5

Current connection

0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8

0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 2

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Energy meter,

for installation in front panel

EEM-MA600

2901366

Energy meter

, for front-panel installation, 24 V DC

EEM-MA600-24DC

2902352

Energy meter,

for mounting on a DIN rail

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

Measuring voltage up to 700 V AC,

can be extended with function and

communication modules

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











209

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Measuring principle

True r.m.s. value measurement

up to 51st harmonic

sine (50/60 Hz)

50 V AC ... 500 V AC (Phase/Phase)

28 V AC ... 289 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)

50 V AC ... 519 V AC (Phase/Phase)

28 V AC ... 300 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)

0.2 %

9999 A (primary)

5 A (secondary)

9999 A (primary)

5 A (secondary)

6 A (Permanent)

5 mA

0.2 %

Measuring range

0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA

0 MW ... 11 MW / 0 Mvar ... 11 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 11 MVA

0 kW ... 9999 kW / 0 kvar ... 9999 kvar / 0 kVA ... 9999 kVA

0.5 %

Class 0.5

Class 2

230 V AC



10 % (Tariff switchover: e.g., day/nighttime tariff)

Via function module

Transistor output, active

30 V DC

27 mA

EEM-MA250

EEM-MA200

Output description

Via communication module

Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485

None

2.4 ... 38.4 kbps

Type

LCD display, backlighting

1 s

110 V AC ... 400 V AC ±10 %

120 V DC ... 350 V DC (



20 %)

110 V AC ... 277 V AC -10 % ... +15 %

5 VA

10 VA (with max. number of extension modules)

5 VA

Degree of protection

IP52 (front), IP30 (back)

IP51 (front), IP20 (back)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)

96 / 96 / 82 mm

72 / 90 / 64 mm

80 mm

Voltage and other connections

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

Current connection

0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8

0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

EEM-MA400

2901364

EEM-MA250

2901363

EEM-MA200

2901362

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

Measuring voltage up to 519 V AC,

can be extended with RS-485 interface

and output module

Measuring voltage up to 519 V AC,

DIN rail installation,

also with RS-485 interface

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Digital input

Voltage input signal

10 V DC ... 30 V DC

Input pulse length

10 ms

Output

Output description

Relay output

Current output

Maximum switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

General data

Supply voltage

9 V (via EEM-MA600)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010-1

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Function module

(for EEM-MA600)

EEM-2DIO-MA600

2901371

EEM-2AO-MA600

2901475

Plug-in function modules for the

EEM-MA600 energy meter.

EEM-2DIO-MA600

– Two digital inputs and outputs
– Configurable threshold values

EEM-2AO-MA600

– Two analog outputs

0 to 20 mA/4 to 20 mA, configurable

Function modules

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

Two digital inputs, two digital outputs

Two analog outputs

Technical data

Digital input

Voltage input signal

10 V DC ... 30 V DC

General data

Supply voltage

9 V (via EEM-MA600)

Memory size

512 kByte

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010-1

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Function module

(for EEM-MA600)

Memory module

EEM-MEMO-MA600

2901370

210

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in function module for the

EEM-MA600 energy meter

EEM-MEMO-MA600

– Stores P (+/-) and Q (+/-) with an internal

or external synchronization pulse of
5, 8, 10, 20, 30 or 60 minutes, e.g.,
synchronization pulse of 15 minutes over
45 days

– Stores the last ten alarms with time stamp

(2DIO function module necessary)

– Stores the last smallest and largest

instantaneous values for voltages,
currents, frequency, actual power, reactive
power, entire harmonic distortion

– Stores the mean values of the cable

voltage, line to line voltage and frequency
(maximum 60 days)

– Stores undervoltage, surge voltage, and

phase failure

– Cannot be combined with PROFIBUS

communication module

Function module

Memory module

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Serial port

Output description

Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485

PROFIBUS DP

Serial transmission speed

2.4 ... 38.4 kbps

Mbps

General data

Supply voltage

9 V (Via EEM-MA600/EEM-MA400)

9 V (via EEM-MA600)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010-1

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Communication module

(for EEM-MA400)

RS-485 (JBUS/Modbus/RTU)

EEM-RS485-MA400

2901365

Communication module

(for EEM-MA600)

RS-485 (JBUS/Modbus/RTU)

EEM-RS485-MA600

2901367

D-SUB (PROFIBUS DP)

EEM-PB 12-MA600

2901418

EEM-PB 12-MA600

– PROFIBUS DP, with transmission speeds

of 12 Mbps

EEM-RS485-MA...

– JBUS / Modbus/RTU

Communication modules

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

Modbus/RTU (RS-485)

PROFIBUS

Technical data

Serial port

Output description

Modbus/TCP Ethernet (RJ45)

Serial transmission speed

10/100 Mbps

General data

Supply voltage

9 V (via EEM-MA600)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010-1

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Communication module

(for EEM-MA600)

Ethernet

EEM-ETH-MA600

2901373

Ethernet gateway

EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600

2901374

211

PHOENIX CONTACT

EEM-ETH-MA600

– Ethernet
– Modbus/TCP
– Integrated web server

EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600

– Ethernet gateway to RS-485
– Modbus/TCP / Modbus/RTU
– Integrated web server

Communication modules

Ethernet with integrated web server

Ethernet gateway with integrated web server

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Output

Output description

Relay output

Maximum switching voltage

100 V DC

General data

Supply voltage

9 V (via EEM-MA400)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010-1

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Function module

(for EEM-MA400)

with one pulse or alarm output

EEM-IMP-MA400

2904314

Plug-in function module for the

EEM-MA400 energy meter.

EEM-IMP-MA400

– One configurable pulse output or one

configurable threshold value

Function module

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

Pulse module

Technical data

Output

Output description

Relay output

Maximum switching voltage

100 V DC

General data

Supply voltage

9 V (via EEM-MA600)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010-1

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Function module

(for EEM-MA600)

with two configurable pulse outputs

EEM-IMP-MA600

2904313

212

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in function module for the

EEM-MA600 energy meter

EEM-IMP-MA600

– Two configurable pulse outputs

Function module

Pulse module

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

General data

Vibration resistance

57 Hz ... 150 Hz (2 g)

DIN rail clip material

Aluminum, natural anodized

Fixing sheet material

Stainless steel VA

Dimensions W/H/D

116 / 112 / 115 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

DIN rail adapter

for EEM-MA600 and EEM-MA400

EEM-MKT-DRA

2902078

213

PHOENIX CONTACT

DIN rail adapter

– For mounting the EEM-MA600 or

EEM-MA400 energy meters on a
35 mm DIN rail according to EN 60715

Accessories

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

For mounting on DIN rails

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html





Technical data

Interfaces

INTERBUS local bus (master)

Inline data jumper

Ethernet

2 x RJ45 socket

Parameterization/operation/diagnostics

1 x 6-pos. MINI DIN socket (PS/2)

INTERBUS master

Number of devices with parameter channel

max. 24

Number of supported devices

max. 128

Amount of process data

max. 4096 Bit (INTERBUS)

max. 32768 Bit (internal Modbus /TCP client)

Digital inputs/outputs

Number of inputs

Number of outputs

Analog inputs/outputs

Number of inputs

Number of outputs

IEC-61131 runtime system

Programming tool

PC WORX / PC WORX EXPRESS

Processor

Altera Nios II 64 MHz

Program memory

1 Mbyte

Mass storage

1 Mbyte

Retentive mass storage

48 kByte (NVRAM)

Number of data blocks

depends on mass storage

Number of timers, counters

depends on mass storage

Number of control tasks

Real-time clock

Yes

Power supply

Supply voltage

24 V DC

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Typical current consumption

310 mA

General data

Dimensions

W / H / D

164 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Compact controller,

complete with accessories

(connector and marking field)

- Analog inputs/outputs

ILC 191 ME/AN

2700074

Program and configuration memory,

plug-in, 2 GB with

license key and user program for reading from measuring devices

SD FLASH 2GB EMLOG

2403484

Accessories

Programming cable

COM CAB MINI DIN

2400127

214

PHOENIX CONTACT

The EMlog software from Phoenix Contact

provides an efficient solution for recording
energy data relating to heat, cold, air, and
electricity when used in conjunction with the
ILC 191 ME/AN modular Inline controller.
This allows you to keep an eye on your
resources and manage the consumption levels
of your machines and systems.

Your advantages:

– Easy startup without programming

knowledge

– Easy parameterization, thanks to web-

based interface

– Direct parameterization of predefined

sensors

– Existing configurations can be reused

Controller solution for usage data
acquisition

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

Solution for usage data acquisition

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Interfaces

RS-232

RS-232/-485

Serial

Ethernet

Digital inputs/outputs

Number of inputs

Number of outputs

2 (Relay output)

Analog inputs

Number of inputs

IEC-61131 runtime system

Program memory

832 kByte

Retentive mass storage

1 Mbyte

Real-time clock

Yes (battery-backed)

Power supply

Supply voltage

24 V DC

Typical current consumption

5 mA

General data

Weight

475 g

Width

210 mm

Height

110 mm

Depth

45 mm

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 65 °C

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Multifunctional data logger

PSK RTU 50

2400018

215

PHOENIX CONTACT

The PSK RTU 50 is a multifunctional RTU

(Remote Telemetry Unit), which combines
the functions of a data logger, gateway, and
alarm manager. The PSK RTU 50 offers
various communication options, was
developed with low power technology and
allows independent operation, e.g., with
batteries or solar cells.

Your advantages:

– GSM/GPRS modem
– Ethernet interface
– IEC 60870-5-101
– IEC 60870-5-104
– Modbus/RTU

Complete packages for data logging

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

Multifunctional data logger

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

216

PHOENIX CONTACT

Compressed air meters

Use meters from Phoenix Contact to

monitor the use of compressed air, an
expensive production resource. By using
compressed air efficiently, you can decrease
compressor usage and therefore reduce
energy costs. The calorimetric measuring
procedure records even the smallest
consumption rates. You can therefore
detect wear or leaks based on the amount
of air consumed.

Use compressed air meters to acquire
the following values:

– The current volumetric flow according to

ISO 2533 and DIN 1343

– The total volume used
– The temperature of the compressed air in

the monitored operating processes

The compressed air meters impress
thanks to their:

– Detailed reference measurement with

flow rate, total volume, and temperature
display

– Intelligent sensor communication, thanks

to IO-Link technology

– A measuring range from

0.06 to 700.0 Nm3/h

– Flexible use, thanks to IP65 protection:

resistant to dust and splash water

Technical data

PSK AFS6050IOL

PSK AFS6000IOL

Flow monitoring

Measuring range

0.20 Nm³/h ... 75 Nm³/h

0.04 Nm³/h ... 15 Nm³/h

0.70 Nm³/h ... 225 Nm³/h

2.30 Nm³/h ... 700 Nm³/h

Display area

0.00 Nm³/h ... 90 Nm³/h

0.00 Nm³/h ... 18 Nm³/h

0.00 Nm³/h ... 270 Nm³/h

0.00 Nm³/h ... 840 Nm³/h

Repeatability

±1.5% of the measured value

Response time

< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))

Measured value error

±15 % of the measured value

+1.5 % of the measuring range

final value

Depending on the air quality:

±3% of the measured value

+ 0.3% of the measuring range

final value; ±6% of the measured

value + 0.6% of the measuring

range final value

Temperature monitoring

Measuring range

0 °C ... 60 °C

Display area

-12 °C ... 72 °C

Response time

30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm

/h)

30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm

Resolution

0.5 °C

Accuracy

± 2.5 °C (Q > 0.1 Nm

/h)

± 2.5 °C (Q > 0.1 Nm

Supply for module electronics

Connection method

M12 connector

No. of pos.

Supply voltage range

19 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current draw

< 100 mA

Digital outputs

Pulse value

0.0010 m³ ...

1000000

m³

0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³

0.0030 m³ ... 3000000 m³

0.0100 m³ ... 4000000 m³

Pulse length

min. 0.04 s

min. 0.2 s

min. 0.02 s

min. 0.043 s

Delay time

0.5 s (Operational readiness)

1 s (Operational readiness)

0.5 s (Operational readiness)

Analog outputs

Type of protection

Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection

Current output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA

Load/output load current output

≤

500

Ω

≤

General data

Weight

581 g

961 g

887 g

2.053 kg

4.332 kg

Width

45 mm

133 mm

Height

111 mm

300 mm

193.3 mm

475 mm

Depth

79.5 mm

76.8 mm

74.5 mm

88.5 mm

Degree of protection

IP65

Protection class

III

Ambient temperature (operation)

0 °C ... 60 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 85 °C

Vibration resistance in acc. with EN

60068-2-6/IEC

60068-2-6

5g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Compressed air meter

: G1/2 process connection,

measuring range up to 75 Nm

PSK AFS6050IOL

2700704

Compressed air meter

: G1/2 process connection,

measuring range up to 75 Nm

PSK AFS6000IOL

2700707

Compressed air meter

: R1/4 process connection,

measuring range up to 15 Nm

Compressed air meter

: R1 process connection,

measuring range up to 225 Nm

Compressed air meter

: R2 process connection,

measuring range up to 700 Nm

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

Compressed air meter up to 75 Nm

Compressed air meter up to 15 Nm

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

217

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

0.20 Nm³/h ... 75 Nm³/h

0.04 Nm³/h ... 15 Nm³/h

0.70 Nm³/h ... 225 Nm³/h

2.30 Nm³/h ... 700 Nm³/h

0.00 Nm³/h ... 90 Nm³/h

0.00 Nm³/h ... 18 Nm³/h

0.00 Nm³/h ... 270 Nm³/h

0.00 Nm³/h ... 840 Nm³/h

±1.5% of the measured value

< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))

Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value + 0.3% of

the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value + 0.6%

of the measuring range final value

Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value + 0.3% of

the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value + 0.6%

of the measuring range final value

Depending on the air quality: ± 3% of the measured value + 0.3% of

the measuring range final value; ± 6% of the measured value + 0.6%

of the measuring range final value

0 °C ... 60 °C

-12 °C ... 72 °C

/h)

30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm

/h)

30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm

/h)

30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm

/h)

0.5 °C

/h)

± 2.5 °C (Q > 0.1 Nm

/h)

± 2.5 °C (Q > 0.1 Nm

/h)

± 2.5 °C (Q > 0.1 Nm

/h)

M12 connector

19 V DC ... 30 V DC

< 100 mA

0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³

0.0010 m³ ...

1000000

m³

0.0030 m³ ...

3000000

m³

0.0100 m³ ...

4000000

m³

min. 0.04 s

min. 0.2 s

min. 0.02 s

min. 0.043 s

0.5 s (Operational readiness)

1 s (Operational readiness)

0.5 s (Operational readiness)

Type of protection

Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection

4 mA ... 20 mA

Ω

≤

500

Ω

≤

500

Ω

≤

500

Ω

581 g

961 g

887 g

2.053 kg

4.332 kg

45 mm

133 mm

111 mm

300 mm

193.3 mm

475 mm

79.5 mm

76.8 mm

74.5 mm

88.5 mm

IP65

III

Ambient temperature (operation)

0 °C ... 60 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 85 °C

60068-2-6

5g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PSK AFS5000IOL

2700705

PSK AFS8000IOL

2700708

PSK AFS2000IOL

2700709

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

Compressed air meter up to 15 Nm

Compressed air meter up to 225 Nm

Compressed air meter up to 700 Nm

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

218

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pressure sensor

Pressure sensor with IO-Link

Pressure sensors from Phoenix Contact

detect the operating pressure of gas media
in a range from -1 to 10 bar. The overload-
proof ceramic measuring cell is designed for
in excess of 100 million cycles and enables a
high switching point accuracy. The pressure
switch offers the option of using the set
switching points via two switching outputs
or reading all process data via the IO-Link
interface.

Your advantages:

– IO-Link communication
– Parameterization, diagnostics, and

process value monitoring via IO-Link

– Programmable function
– 4-character alphanumeric display

Technical data

Pressure monitoring

Measuring range

-1 bar ... 10 bar (Minimum burst pressure 150 bar)

Pressure resistance

75 bar

Process connection

G1/4 I

Supply for module electronics

Connection method

M12 connector

No. of pos.

Supply voltage range

18 V DC ... 36 V DC

Current draw

< 35 mA

Digital outputs

Number of outputs

2 (OUT1 = switching output, OUT2 = switching output or diagnostic

output)

Connection method

M12 connectors, assigned four times

Delay time

0.3 s (Operational readiness)

IO-Link

Specification

V1.1

Transmission speed

38.4 kbaud

General data

Weight

263 g

Width

34 mm

Height

91.5 mm

Depth

48 mm

Degree of protection

IP65

Protection class

III

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 80 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-40 °C ... 100 °C

Vibration resistance in acc. with EN

60068-2-6/IEC

60068-2-6

20g

(10

...

2000

Hz)

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Pressure sensor with indicator

G1/4

I process connection, IO-Link communication

PSK APS7004IOL

2700710

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

Pressure sensor up to 10 bar

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

219

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Energy and power measurement

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

220

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Current measurement

Extremely versatile

PACT current transformers offer a

complete product range for converting
alternating currents up to 4000 A into
secondary currents of 1 A and 5 A.
Depending on requirements, busbar,
plug-in, and winding current transformers
are available. PACT current transformers
are available in different transformation
ratios, accuracy classes, and rated powers -
in 3000 versions, for your current
measurement requirements.

Also available for higher accuracy classes

For standard applications, such as in

machine building or systems manufacturing,
Phoenix Contact offers current
transformers with accuracy classes 0.5 and
1 in a version that cannot be calibrated.

For higher accuracy or for billing purposes

in energy supply, type-tested transformers
that can be calibrated as well as calibrated
transformers are available - with classes
0.2/0.2S/0.5 and 0.5S.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

-SL-

-S-I

1
2

ON O

T G

D G

-SL-

-S-I

1
2

ON O

T G

D G

RUN

FAIL

RUN / PROG

MRESET

STP

RDY / RUN

BSA

FAIL

PRG

LNK

ACT

100

10/100

RESET

INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.:

2876999

PLC

ETH

LNK

ACT

100

RB IN

RB OUT

RUN

FAIL

RUN / PROG

MRESET

STP

RDY / RUN

BSA

FAIL

PRG

LNK

ACT

100

10/100

RESET

INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.:

2876999

PLC

ETH

LNK

ACT

100

RB IN

RB OUT

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

221

PHOENIX CONTACT

Fast and secure installation

The current transformer quick-action

mechanism offers the following advantages:
– Tool-free mounting
– Considerable reduction in installation

time

– Easy handling and secure fastening by

pressing with finger

– Current transformers align themselves –

no need for subsequent alignment

Variable and space-saving mounting

In addition to the vertical and horizontal

mounting position, the optional accessories
offer further installation options such as
mounting on the DIN rail or on the control
cabinet panel.

All PACT current transformers are just

30 mm wide. This saves space – for example
with flat mounting when measuring branch
outlets.

Safely detecting current peaks

PACT current transformers can be used

to safely detect current peaks greater than
the rated nominal current strength –
without resulting in any damage. The
transformers are designed for a thermal
nominal continuous current of 120% of the
primary rated current strength.

Example: a PACT transformer with a

specified rated power of 10 VA actually
delivers 14.4 VA on a continual basis.

PLC

Current

transducers

Current

transducers

Current transformers

According to EN 60044-1

PACT current transformer

Safe isolation

PACT current transformers are

manufactured according to EN 50178. This
is relevant for electronic equipment for use
in power installations.

EN 50178 differs considerably from

EN 60044, the usual standard for
transformers, with regard to safety.

Your advantages:

– PACT current transformers offer safe

isolation, thanks to greater air clearances
and creepage distances.

– PACT current transformers ensure that

there is no sparkover on the secondary
side of the transformer and human life is
protected inside and outside the control
cabinet.

– Up to 1000 V (L-N) operating voltage

possible

– Routine testing with 12 kV (1.2/50



– Meets overvoltage category 3

Monitoring

Current measurement

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

200

7,5

Technical data

Input data

Thermal rated short-time current

= 60 * I

Rated surge current

dyn

= 2.5 * I

Rated frequency

50 Hz ... 60 Hz

50 Hz

Surge current limitation factor

FS 5

General data

Rated insulation voltage

1 kV (Phase/neutral conductor)

Impulse withstand voltage

12 kV (1.2/50

Insulating material class

Connection capacity of secondary terminals

2 x (2.5 x 4) mm

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 40 °C

Standards/regulations

EN 50178 , EN 61869

Housing material

WELLAMID 6600-PA66-GV 20 HWV0CP

– Complete range consisting of winding,

busbar, and window-type current
transformers

– Popular types available from stock;

alternatively, order key can be used for
custom dimensioning

– Versions available to support official

calibration

Selection

– Select your transformer in accordance

with the dimensions of the copper rail

– Specify the four electrical characteristics

of the transformer:

1.The primary rated current
strength I

- the maximum amperage

occurring in the path to be measured

2.The secondary rated current I

supplied to the downstream measuring
devices

3. Class

- accuracy for adherence to the

specified tolerances

4. Rated power S

[VA]

- takes

account of all the loads occurring in the
measuring circuit

Current transformer selection guide

Monitoring

Current measurement

Calculation guide

Order key

- example for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60

Preferred types that can be ordered directly are marked in green in the selection table.

Order No.

Primary current I

Secondary current I

Class

Rated power S

2277271

IP02000

IS05

C10

P750

IP00600



60 A

P125



1.25 VA

IP00750



75 A

IS01



1 A

C02



0.2

P250



2.5 VA

IP00800



80 A

IS05



5 A

C05



0.5

P375



3.75 VA

IP01000



100 A

C10



P500



5.0 VA

IP01250



125 A

P750



7.5 VA

IP02000



200 A

P1000



10 VA

IP02500



250 A

Selection table (extract)

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

100

125

150

250

1 A

0.5

1.25

2.5

Rat

wer

3.75

1.25

2.5

3.75

7.5

5 A

0.5

2.5

3.75

1.25

2.5

1.5

3.75

7.5

Determination of the secondary side rated power S

All the occurring loads must be added:
– Calculate the power requirement of the copper wire

(forward and return line)

– Take into account the power requirement of the connected devices

(measuring devices)

– Add a reserve requirement

total = S

copper wire + S

measuring device + S

reserve

Power requirement of copper wires with a different diameter

Conductor cross

section in mm

Rated power in VA/m

(consider the forward and return line)

Secondary current I

5 A

Secondary current I

1 A

1.5

0.2917

0.0117

2.5

0.1750

0.0070

0.1094

0.0044

0.0729

0.0029

Example:
S

copper wire = cable length x 2 x rated power

copper wire = 10 m x 2 x 0.1750 VA/m = 3.50 VA

measuring device = 2 VA

reserve < 0.5 x (S

copper wire + S

measuring device)

reserve = 2 VA

total = S

copper wire + S

measuring device + S

reserve

total = 3.5 VA + 2 VA + 2 VA = 7.5 VA

Determination of the secondary side rated power S

All the occurring loads must be added:
– Calculate the power requirement of the copper wire

(forward and return line)

– Take into account the power requirement of the connected devices

(measuring devices)

– Add a reserve requirement

total = S

copper wire + S

measuring device + S

reserve

222

PHOENIX CONTACT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Ordering data

Description

Rated power

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Primary rated current I

- 50 A

1.25 VA

PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1

2277019

- 75 A

2.5 VA

PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1

2277611

- 100 A

2.5 VA

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1

2277022

- 125 A

3.75 VA

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1

2277763

- 150 A

5 VA

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1

2277035

- 200 A

5 VA

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1

2277776

- 250 A

5 VA

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1

2277048

- 300 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1

2277789

- 400 A

5 VA

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1

2277051

- 500 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1

2277792

Current transformers,

to determine the desired current

transformer type, refer to the order key below

PACT MCR-V1-21-44

2277268

Current transformers that support official calibration:

specify the type of current transformer you require, please refer to

the order key (see notes)

PACT MCR-V1C-21-44

2277420

223

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT MCR-V1-21-44

– Primary rated current I

0...(50...500) A

– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 21 mm

Notes:

Our configurator, which is available at

phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 233

Current transformers

Add

order key

from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)

Order No.

Primary current I

Secondary current I

Class

Rated power S

2277268

IP05000

IS01

C05

P1000

Selection table PACT MCR-V1-21-44

(Order No.:

2277268

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

100

125

150

200

250

300

400

500

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

1.25

2.5

3.75

7.5

C10

1.25

2.5

3.75

7.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

1.25

2.5

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.75

7.5

C10

1.25

2.5

1.5

3.75

7.5

Monitoring

Current measurement

Busbar curr. transf.,

official calibration as an option

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

33x16

23x23

16x33



Ordering data

Description

Rated power

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Primary rated current I

- 60 A

1.25 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1

2277815

- 75 A

1.25 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1

2277828

- 75 A

1.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1

2276502

- 80 A

1.25 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1

2277831

- 100 A

2.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1

2277064

- 125 A

3.75 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1

2277624

- 150 A

3.75 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1

2277844

- 150 A

5 VA

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-150-5A-1

2277077

- 200 A

5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1

2277637

- 200 A

7.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1

2277857

- 250 A

5 VA

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1

2276544

- 250 A

7.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1

2277860

- 250 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1

2277080

- 300 A

7.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1

2277640

- 400 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-400-5A-1

2277093

- 500 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1

2277653

- 600 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1

2277103

- 750 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1

2277666

Current transformers,

to determine the desired current

transformer type, refer to the order key below

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60

2277271

Current transformers that support official calibration:

specify the type of current transformer you require, please refer to

the order key (see notes)

PACT MCR-V2C- 3015- 60

2277433

Accessories

Quick-action mechanism

Fixing pin length 40 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

224

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT MCR-V2-3015-60

– Primary rated current I

0...(50...750) A

– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 28 mm
– Rail dimensions:

30x15 mm, 20x20 mm

Notes:

Our configurator, which is available at

phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 233

Current transformers

Add

order key

from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)

Order No.

Primary current I

Secondary current I

Class

Rated power S

2277271

IP07500

IS01

C05

P1500

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-3015-60

(Order No.:

2277271

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

100

125

150

200

250

300

400

500

600

750

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

1.25

2.5

3.75

7.5

C10

1.25

2.5

3.75

7.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

2.5

3.75

7.5

C10

1.25

2.5

1.5

3.75

7.5

Monitoring

Current measurement

Window-type curr. transformer,

official calibration as an option

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,5x13

31x31

13x4

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Ordering data

Description

Rated power

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Primary rated current I

- 250 A

5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1

2277116

- 300 A

7.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1

2277679

- 400 A

7.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1

2277129

- 500 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1

2277682

- 600 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1

2277132

- 750 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1

2277695

- 800 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1

2277145

- 1000 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1

2277158

Current transformers,

to determine the desired current

transformer type, refer to the order key below

PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70

2277284

Current transformers that support official calibration:

specify the type of current transformer you require, please refer to

the order key (see notes)

PACT MCR-V2C- 4012- 70

2277446

Accessories

Quick-action mechanism

Fixing pin length 40 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276612

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65

2276625

225

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT MCR-V2-4012-70

– Primary rated current I

0...(75...1000) A

– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 33 mm
– Rail dimensions:

40x12 mm, 2x 30x10 mm

Notes:

Our configurator, which is available at

phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 233

Current transformers

Add

order key

from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)

Order No.

Primary current I

Secondary current I

Class

Rated power S

2277284

IP010000

IS05

C10

P250

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-4012-70

(Order No.:

2277284

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

100

125

150

200

250

300

400

500

600

750

800

1000

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

1.25

2.5

3.75

7.5

C10

1.25

2.5

3.75

7.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

1.25

2.5

3.75

7.5

C10

1.25

2.5

2.5

3.75

7.5

Monitoring

Current measurement

Window-type curr. transformer,

official calibration as an option

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,5x13

41x31

31x41

13x5



Ordering data

Description

Rated power

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Primary rated current I

- 150 A

3.75 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1

2276117

- 200 A

5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1

2276120

- 250 A

7.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1

2276133

- 300 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1

2276146

- 400 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1

2277161

- 500 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1

2276159

- 600 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1

2277174

- 600 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1

2276162

- 750 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1

2276175

- 800 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1

2277187

- 1000 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1

2276463

- 1000 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1

2277190

- 1250 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1

2277200

- 1500 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1

2276188

Current transformers,

to determine the desired current

transformer type, refer to the order key below

PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85

2277297

Current transformers that support official calibration:

specify the type of current transformer you require, please refer to

the order key (see notes)

PACT MCR-V2C- 5012- 85

2277459

Accessories

Quick-action mechanism

Fixing pin length 40 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276612

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65

2276625

226

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT MCR-V2-5012-85

– Primary rated current I

0...(100...1500) A

– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 42 mm
– Rail dimensions:

50x12 mm, 2x 40x10 mm

Notes:

Our configurator, which is available at

phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 233

Current transformers

Add

order key

from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)

Order No.

Primary current I

Secondary current I

Class

Rated power S

2277297

IP02500

IS01

C10

P750

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-5012-85

(Order No.:

2277297

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

100

125

150

200

250

300

400

500

600

750

800

1000

1250

1500

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

1.25

2.5

7.5

C10

1.25

2.5

3.75

7.5

7.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

1.25

2.5

7.5

C10

1.25

2.5

3.75

7.5

Monitoring

Current measurement

Window-type curr. transformer,

official calibration as an option

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

,5x16

52x32

42x42

32x52

16x6

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Ordering data

Description

Rated power

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Primary rated current I

- 200 A

2.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1

2277873

- 250 A

2.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1

2277886

- 300 A

2.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1

2277899

- 400 A

2.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1

2277909

- 500 A

5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1

2277912

- 600 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1

2277925

- 750 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1

2277938

- 800 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1

2277941

- 1000 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1

2277954

- 1250 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1

2277967

- 1600 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1

2277983

Current transformers,

to determine the desired current

transformer type, refer to the order key below

PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85

2277336

Current transformers that support official calibration:

specify the type of current transformer you require, please refer to

the order key (see notes)

PACT MCR-V2C- 6015- 85

2277462

Accessories

Quick-action mechanism

Fixing pin length 40 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

227

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT MCR-V2-6015-85

– Primary rated current I

0...(200...1600) A

– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 52 mm
– Rail dimensions:

60x15 mm, 2x 50x10 mm, 40x40 mm

Notes:

Our configurator, which is available at

phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 233

Current transformers

Add

order key

from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)

Order No.

Primary current I

Secondary current I

Class

Rated power S

2277336

IP05000

IS01

C10

P375

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6015-85

(Order No.:

2277336

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

200

250

300

400

500

600

750

800

1000

1250

1500

1600

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

1.25

2.5

C10

2.5

3.75

3.75

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

1.25

2.5

C10

2.5

Monitoring

Current measurement

Window-type curr. transformer,

official calibration as an option

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

16x64

32x54

42x42

54x32

64x16

44x64

54x54



Ordering data

Description

Rated power

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Primary rated current I

- 600 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1

2276191

- 750 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1

2276201

- 800 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1

2277213

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1

2276214

- 1000 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1

2277226

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1

2277705

- 1250 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1

2277239

- 1250 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1

2276227

- 1500 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1

2277242

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1

2277718

- 1600 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1

2277255

- 1600 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1

2276230

- 2000 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1

2276243

Current transformers,

to determine the desired current

transformer type, refer to the order key below

PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95

2277307

PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96

2277349

Current transformers that support official calibration:

specify the type of current transformer you require, please refer to

the order key (see notes)

PACT MCR-V2C- 6315- 95

2277475

PACT MCR-V2C- 6040- 96

2277488

Accessories

Quick-action mechanism

Fixing pin length 40 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

228

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT MCR-V2-6315-95

– Primary rated current I

0...(200...2500) A

– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 53 mm
– Rail dimensions:

63x15 mm
2x 50x10 mm
40x40 mm

PACT MCR-V2-6040-96

– Primary rated current I

0...(200...2000) A

– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:

60x40 mm, 50x50 mm

Notes:

Our configurator, which is available at

phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 233

Current transformers

Add

order key

from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)

Order No.

Primary current I

Secondary current I

Class

Rated power S

2277307

IP25000

IS05

C05

P500

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6315-95

(Order No.:

2277307

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6040-96

(Order No.:

2277349

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

200

250

300

400

500

600

750

800

1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500

200

250

300

400

500

600

750

800

1000 1250 1500 1600 2000

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

2.5

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

2.5

7.5

C10

2.5

C10

2.5

3.75

7.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

2.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

2.5

3.75

7.5

C10

2.5

C10

2.5

3.75

3.75 3.75

7.5

Monitoring

Current measurement

Window-type curr. transformer,

official calibration as an option

Window-type curr. transformer,

official calibration as an option

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

116

53x53

33x63

16x

116

64x53

x64

31x

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Ordering data

Description

Rated power

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Primary rated current I

- 400 A

7.5 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1

2276256

- 500 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1

2276269

- 600 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1

2276272

- 750 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1

2276285

- 800 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1

2276298

- 1000 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1

2277721

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1

2277747

- 1000 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1

2276308

- 1250 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1

2276311

- 1500 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1

2277734

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1

2277750

- 1600 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1

2276324

- 2000 A

10 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1

2276382

- 2000 A

20 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1

2276337

- 2500 A

20 VA

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1

2276340

Current transformers,

to determine the desired current

transformer type, refer to the order key below

PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105

2277352

PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105

2277365

Current transformers that support official calibration:

specify the type of current transformer you require, please refer to

the order key (see notes)

PACT MCR-V2C- 8015-105

2277491

PACT MCR-V2C- 8020-105

2277501

229

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105

– Primary rated current I

0...(400...2500) A

– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:

80x15 mm, 2x 60x10 mm, 3x 50x10 mm

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105

– Primary rated current I

0...(500...2000) A

– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 70 mm
– Rail dimensions:

2x 80x10 mm, 60x60 mm

Notes:

Our configurator, which is available at

phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 233

Current transformers

Add

order key

from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)

Order No.

Primary current I

Secondary current I

Class

Rated power S

2277352

IP25000

IS05

C10

P3000

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8015-105

(Order No.:

2277352

)

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8020-105

(Order No.:

2277365

)

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

400

500

600

750

800

1000

1250

1500

1600

2000

2500

500

600

750

800

1000

1250

1500

1600

2000

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

2.5

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

2.5

7.5

C10

2.5

C10

2.5

7.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

2.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

2.5

7.5

C10

2.5

C10

2.5

7.5

Monitoring

Current measurement

Window-type curr. transformer,

official calibration as an option

Window-type curr. transformer,

official calibration as an option

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1x54

64x

31x1

56x1



Ordering data

Description

Rated power

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Primary rated current I

- 2500 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A

2276395

- 3000 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A

2276405

Current transformers,

to determine the desired current

transformer type, refer to the order key below

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129

2277378

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129

2277381

Current transformers that support official calibration:

specify the type of current transformer you require, please refer to

the order key (see notes)

PACT MCR-V2C-10020-129

2277514

PACT MCR-V2C-10036-129

2277527

230

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129

– Primary rated current I

0...(400...4000) A

– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 85 mm
– Rail dimensions:

2x100x10 mm, 80x64 mm

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129

– Primary rated current I

0...(400...4000) A

– Rail dimensions:

3x 100x12 mm

Notes:

Our configurator, which is available at

phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 233

Current transformers

Add

order key

from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)

Order No.

Primary current I

Secondary current I

Class

Rated power S

2277378

IP40000

IS05

C05

P2500

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10020-129

(Order No.:

2277378

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10036-129

(Order No.:

2277381

)

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

400

500

600

750

800

1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000

400

500

600

750

800

1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

2.5

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

2.5

C10

2.5

C10

2.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

2.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

2.5

C10

2.5

C10

2.5

Monitoring

Current measurement

Window-type curr. transformer,

official calibration as an option

Window-type curr. transformer,

official calibration as an option

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

172

55x1

34x126

172

72x122

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Ordering data

Description

Rated power

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Primary rated current I

- 4000 A

15 VA

PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A

2276418

Current transformers,

to determine the desired current

transformer type, refer to the order key below

PACT MCR-V2-12020-159

2277394

PACT MCR-V2-12040-159

2277404

231

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT MCR-V2-12020-159

– Primary rated current I

0...(400...4000) A

– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 96 mm
– Rail dimensions:

2x 120x10 mm, 3x 100x10 mm,
80x80 mm

PACT MCR-V2-12040-159

– Primary rated current I

0...(400...4000) A

– Rail dimensions:

4x 120x10 mm

Notes:

Our configurator, which is available at

phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 233

Current transformers

Add

order key

from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)

Order No.

Primary current I

Secondary current I

Class

Rated power

2277404

IP08000

IS01

C05

P250

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12020-159

(Order No.:

2277394

)

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12040-159

(Order No.:

2277404

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

400

500

600

750

800

1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000

400

500

600

750

800

1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

2.5

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

C10

2.5

C10

2.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

2.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

2.5

C10

2.5

C10

2.5

Monitoring

Current measurement

Window-type current transformer

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html



Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Current transformers,

to determine the desired current

transformer type, refer to the order key below

PACT MCR-V3-60

2277417

232

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT MCR-V3-60

– Primary rated current I

0...(1...40) A

– Current-carrying copper lines connected

directly to the screw terminal blocks on
the primary side

Notes:

Our configurator, which is available at

phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 233

Current transformers

Add

order key

from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)

Order No.

Primary current I

Secondary current I

Class

Rated power S

2277417

IP00025

IS01

C10

P250

Selection table PACT MCR-V3-60

(Order No.:

2277417

)

Cl.

Primary rated current strength I

[A]

2.5

7.5

12.5

IS01

1 A

C05

0.5

2.5

C10

2.5

2.5

2.5

IS05

5 A

C05

0.5

2.5

C10

2.5

Monitoring

Current measurement

Winding current transformer

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 120 °C

Width of the retaining bracket

[mm]

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Quick-action mechanism

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65

2276625

Fixing pin length 40 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276612

Quick-action mechanism

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

Fixing pin length 40 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

Quick-action mechanism for
PACT current transformers

– No tools necessary for mounting
– Extremely easy handling, thanks to secure

fastening by pressing with finger

– Set consisting of two fixing pins and a

holding latch

Notes:

The 16 mm wide quick-action mechanism can also be used for

larger current transformers if the length of the fixing pins is

sufficient.

Accessories

Monitoring

Current measurement

for: ...-V2-4012-70..., ...-V2-5012-85...

for: ...-V2-3015-60..., ...-V2-6015-85...,

...-V2-6315-95...

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Copper sleeves,

for establishing a conductive connection during

the horizontal assembly of PACT analog current transformers. The

size of the copper sleeve depends on the diameter of the inner hole

of the current transformer.

- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-...

Ø 21/8 mm

PACT MCR-CB-21- 8

2277569

- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-...

Ø 21/12 mm

PACT MCR-CB-21-12

2277556

- for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60-...

Ø 28/12 mm

PACT MCR-CB-28-12

2277543

- for PACT MCR-V2-5012-85-...

Ø 42/12 mm

PACT MCR-CB-42-12

2277530

DIN rail adapter

PACT MCR-RA

2277598

Secondary terminal cover,

for increasing the clearances and

creepage distances

Length: 60 mm

PACT MCR-ETC-60

2277572

Length: 75 mm

PACT MCR-ETC-75

2277585

Insulating caps,

for protection against unintended contact with

mounting screws of the primary rail

PACT MCR-ICAP

2277608

233

PHOENIX CONTACT

– Copper sleeves
– DIN rail adapter
– Secondary terminal cover
– Insulating caps

Accessories

Copper sleeves

DIN rail adapter

Secondary terminal cover

Insulating caps

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

234

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Current measurement

Fast installation in a confined space

PACT RCP current transformers for

retrofitting can be conveniently mounted
where there is not enough space for split
core current transformers. System
downtimes are reduced as system parts do
not have to be removed for installation.

Your advantages:

– High system availability due to reduced

downtimes: fast installation without
removing system parts

– Safe installation and operation: no

dangerous open circuit voltages

– No magnetic saturation
– High linearity, even at high currents
– Responds to fast current changes
– The coil is protected against

electromagnetic interference

– The current can rise up to the short-

circuit current without necessarily
destroying the coil

– High nominal isolation voltage

Professional holding device for busbars

The PACT RCP-CLAMP holding device

offers the following advantages:
– Suitable for industrial applications
– Steel bracket ensures permanent fixed

seating at high busbar temperatures

– Designed for rails with a thickness of

10 to 15 mm

– Rogowski coil is snapped onto the fixing

element

– Rogowski coil has a safe and defined place

on the busbar

– Rogowski coil can be rotated in

15° increments for optimum alignment.

– PACT RCP avoids direct contact of the

measuring coil with its own or adjacent
busbar

– This allows installations on warm busbars

to remain under control

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

235

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Current measurement

Easy and safe installation

Simply place the handy Rogowski coil

quickly around busbars and circular
conductors. The measuring transducer
connected downstream supplies the same
typical secondary currents as a standard
current transformer.

Fast installation in a confined space

PACT RCP current transformers save

space and are handy as the size and weight
of the Rogowski coil are not dependent on
the amperage and unlike split core current
transformers, remain the same.

One measuring system for all amperages

Acquire alternating currents up to 4000 A

using a single coil type. Rogowski coils are
available in three different lengths for
optimum adjustment to the busbar and
circular conductor dimensions.

Eight current measuring ranges

The measuring transducer connected

downstream supplies the same typical
secondary currents as a standard current
transformer. Choose between eight
different current measuring ranges via
DIP switches. For optimum measuring
accuracy, compensate for the different coil
lengths by simply using a potentiometer.

Detect harmonics and transients

PACT RCP current transformers for

retrofitting cover a large frequency range
from 10 to 5000 Hz. You can therefore
measure harmonics and transients with
phase accuracy.

Safe seating

The optional holding device ensures safe

seating and optimal alignment of the coil
even on very hot busbars. If the gap
between the busbars is very small, simply
turn the coil diagonally to avoid touching
other rails.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Measuring coil input data

Frequency range

40 Hz ... 20000 Hz

Position error

< 1 %

Measuring coil signal output

Output signal (at 50 Hz)

100 mV (no load, at 1,000 A)

General data, measuring coil

Length of signal cable

3000 mm

Rated insulation voltage

1000 V AC (rms CAT III)

600 V AC (rms CAT IV)

Test voltage

10.45 kV (DC / 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-30 °C ... 80 °C (Measuring coil)

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-40 °C ... 80 °C (Measuring coil)

Measuring transducer input data

Measuring ranges (current) via DIP switch

100 A , 250 A , 400 A , 630 A , 1000 A , 1500 A , 2000 A , 4000 A

Phase angle

< 1 °

Measuring transducer signal input

Input signal (at 50 Hz)

100 mV (1000 A)

Measuring transducer signal output

Current output signal

0 A AC ... 1 A

Miscellaneous data for measuring transducer

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC -20

% ... +25

Nominal supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Transmission error, maximum

≤

0.5 % (From the range end value)

Linearity error

< 0.5 % (From the range end value)

Frequency range

45 Hz ... 65 Hz

Degree of protection

IP20

Test voltage

1.5 kV AC (Supply/input and output: 50 Hz, 1 min)

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 70.4 / 85 mm

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 70 °C (Measuring transducer)

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-25 °C ... 85 °C (Measuring transducer)

General data for the set

Altitude

< 2000 m

Permissible humidity (operation)

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Approvals/conformities

Standards/specifications

IEC

61010-1

IEC

61010-2-032

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Current transformer for retrofitting,

set consisting of Rogowski coil

and measuring transducer, output signal: 1 A AC (effective for sine)

Length of measuring coil 300 mm

PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D95

2904921

Length of measuring coil 450 mm

PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D140

2904922

Length of measuring coil 600 mm

PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D190

2904923

Accessories

Holding device for busbar

for busbar thicknesses of 5 to 10 mm

PACT RCP-CLAMP-5-10

2907888

for busbar thicknesses of 10 to 15 mm

PACT RCP-CLAMP

2904895

236

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT RCP

– Practical handling due to the flexible

measuring coil for opening

– Universal application possibilities thanks

to 8 different current measuring ranges in
one device: (0 ... 100/ ... / ... /4000 A)

– The large bandwidth from 10 to 5000 Hz

enables harmonics and transients to be
detected

– It is not possible for dangerous open

circuit voltages to occur

– The bracket ensures optimum alignment

of the measuring coil to the busbar

– Low space requirement in the control

cabinet

Current transformers for retrofitting

Recommendations for the use of coil lengths and busbar di-

mensions

Busbar

Diameter/

coil length

1 busbar per

phase

2 busbars
per phase

3 busbars
per phase

[mm x mm]

[mm]

30 x 10

95/300

40 x 10

95/300

40 x 10

140/450

50 x 10

95/300

50 x 10

140/450

60 x 10

95/300

60 x 10

140/450

60 x 10

140/450

100 x 10

140/450

100 x 10

190/600

120 x 10

140/450

120 x 10

190/600

160 x 10

190/600

Monitoring

Current measurement

Current transformer for

subsequent installation in the field

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Measuring coil input data

Frequency range

40 Hz ... 20000 Hz

Position error

< 1 %

Measuring coil signal output

Output signal (at 50 Hz)

100 mV (no load, at 1,000 A)

General data, measuring coil

Length of signal cable

3000 mm

Rated insulation voltage

1000 V AC (rms CAT III)

600 V AC (rms CAT IV)

Test voltage

10.45 kV (DC / 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-30 °C ... 80 °C (Measuring coil)

Measuring transducer input data

Measuring ranges (current) via DIP switch

100 A , 250 A , 400 A , 630 A , 1000 A , 1500 A , 2000 A , 4000 A

Measuring transducer signal input

Input signal (at 50 Hz)

100 mV (1000 A)

Measuring transducer signal output

Current output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA (via DIP switch)

4 mA ... 20 mA (via DIP switch)

0 mA ... 10 mA (via DIP switch)

2 mA ... 10 mA (via DIP switch)

0 mA ... 21 mA (Can be set via software)

Output signal

Voltage

0 V ... 10 V (via DIP switch)

2 V ... 10 V (via DIP switch)

0 V ... 5 V (via DIP switch)

1 V ... 5 V (via DIP switch)

0 V ... 10.5 V (Can be set via software)

Miscellaneous data for measuring transducer

Nominal supply voltage

24 V DC

Nominal supply voltage range

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC

Transmission error, maximum

≤

0.5 % (From the range end value)

Frequency range

16 Hz ... 1000 Hz

Degree of protection

IP20

Test voltage

3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C (Measuring transducer)

General data for the set

Altitude

> 4000 m

Permissible humidity (operation)

5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Approvals/conformities

Standards/specifications

IEC

61010-1

IEC

61010-2-032

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Current transformer with screw connection for retrofitting,

set

consisting of Rogowski coil and 4-way signal conditioner with

switching output

Length of measuring coil 300 mm

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D95

2906231

Length of measuring coil 450 mm

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D140

2906232

Length of measuring coil 600 mm

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D190

2906233

Current transformer with Push-in connection for retrofitting,

set consisting of Rogowski coil and 4-way signal conditioner with

switching output

Length of measuring coil 300 mm

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D95

2906234

Length of measuring coil 450 mm

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D140

2906235

Length of measuring coil 600 mm

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D190

2906236

Accessories

Holding device for busbar

for busbar thicknesses of 5 to 10 mm

PACT RCP-CLAMP-5-10

2907888

for busbar thicknesses of 10 to 15 mm

PACT RCP-CLAMP

2904895

237

PHOENIX CONTACT

PACT RCP

– Universal application possibilities thanks

to 8 different current measuring ranges in
one device: (0 ... 100/ ... / ... /4000 A)

– Detection of harmonics and transients in

the frequency range from 16 to 1000 Hz

– Large number of different standard signals

on output side

– Freely configurable 4-way signal

conditioner with switching output

– FASTCON Pro plug-in connection system
– Overall width of just 6.2 mm
– Easy configuration e.g., via DIP switches,

programmable software, via smartphone
app or FDT/DTM

Current transformers for retrofitting

Monitoring

Current measurement

Current transformer for

subsequent installation in the field

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

238

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Current measurement

With flexible power supply –
current transducers up to 12 A AC

Active current transducers convert

sinusoidal alternating currents up to 12 A.
The integrated wide-range power supply
unit enables use in various different
countries.

With hinged Rogowski sensor –
current transducers up to 200 A AC

The AC current transducers measure

sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating
currents up to 200 A. The hinged Rogowski
sensor ensures very easy installation, as
cables that are to be measured do not have
to be isolated. This enables mounting to be
carried out without interruptions.

Limit value monitoring with the
current protector

At the current protector, a desired

amperage is specified at which a PDT
contact switches a load on or off.

Flexible signal conditioning –
current transducers up to 55 A AC/DC

Current transducers up to 55 A offer an

infinitely adjustable measuring range. This
range is mapped over the entire output
signal range. This ensures extremely
accurate resolution of measured values.
Basic configuration can be performed
quickly via the DIP switches. Additional
useful device functions can be set via the
software.

For high currents –
current transducers up to 600 A AC/DC

The universal current transducers are the

ideal solution for measuring high currents
with any waveform up to 600 A AC/DC.
The product range offers various different
devices in graded measuring ranges with
current or voltage output.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

239

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Current measurement

For sinusoidal alternating currents
up to 12 A

– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range version from

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– Voltage bridging with DIN rail connector
– Input and output can be configured via

DIP switches

– Suitable for potentially explosive areas,

thanks to ATEX approval for Ex Zone 2

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
alternating currents up to 200 A

– Distorted alternating currents up to

6000 Hz can be also acquired, thanks to
true r.m.s. value measurement (RMS)

– Uninterrupted installation and lossless

current measurement thanks to hinged
Rogowski sensor

– Measuring range selection with slide

switch

Limit value monitoring

The current protector converts

sinusoidal alternating currents to binary
switching signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in

the measuring range from 0 to 16 A AC

– Relay PDT output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Settable operating current / quiescent

current behavior

With flexible measuring ranges for all
waveforms up to 55 A

– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement

without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)

– Optimum mapping of the measuring

range up to 55 A, thanks to software-
programmable upper and lower limits

– Limit value alarm in the event of threshold

value overrange or underrange up to 55 A
– via relay or transistor output

For high currents – current
transducers up to 600 A AC/DC

– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement

without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)

– Compact dimensions also enable

distributed use

– Variable mounting on DIN rail and

mounting plate

– COMBICON plug-in connection terminal

blocks

– 3-way isolation
– For a conductor diameter of up to 32 mm

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1.3

1.4

1.2

1.1

+24 V DC

ADC

μC

DAC







Housing width 90 mm

Technical data

Input data

Frequency range

20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)

Curve type

AC, DC or distorted currents

Connection method

Cable design: 32 mm diameter

Output data

Output signal

0 ... 10 V

Maximum output signal

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

General data

Supply voltage U

20 V DC ... 30 V DC

Maximum transmission error

<± 1 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient

typ. 0.02 %/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04 %/K (-40 ... 65 °C)

Step response (10-90%)

150 ms

Safe isolation

acc. to EN 61010

Rated insulation voltage

300 V AC

Surge voltage category/degree of pollution

III / 2

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature range

-40 °C ... 65 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

90 / 33.8 / 85 mm

Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)

0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Description

Overload

capacity

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Universal current transducer

Input current range: 0 ... 100 A

6 x I

MCR-SL-CUC-100-U

2308108

Input current range: 0 ... 200 A

3 x I

MCR-SL-CUC-200-U

2308205

Input current range: 0 ... 300 A

3.33 x I

MCR-SL-CUC-300-U

2308302

Input current range: 0 ... 400 A

2.5 x I

Universal current transducer without UL approval

Input current range: 0 ... 500 A

3.6 x I

Input current range: 0 ... 600 A

3 x I

240

PHOENIX CONTACT

Current transducers for AC, DC, and
distorted currents

The

MCR-SL-CUC-...

current

transducers measure DC, AC, and
distorted currents from 0 to 600 A.
– Universal current measurement, no shunt

required

– Compact dimensions also enable

distributed use

– Variable mounting on DIN rail and

mounting plate

– Simple connection method thanks to

COMBICON plug-in connection terminal
blocks

– 3-way isolation

Monitoring

Current measurement

For DC, AC, and distorted currents of

0 ... 300 A,

voltage output

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

GND
NC
OUT I
+24 V DC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Housing width 90 mm

Technical data

Frequency range

20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)

Curve type

AC, DC or distorted currents

Connection method

Cable design: 32 mm diameter

4 ... 20 mA

< 25 mA

< 300

Ω

20 V DC ... 30 V DC

<± 1 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient

typ. 0.02 %/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04 %/K (-40 ... 65 °C)

150 ms

acc. to EN 61010

300 V AC

III / 2

IP20

-40 °C ... 65 °C

90 / 33.8 / 85 mm

Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)

0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR-SL-CUC-100-I

MCR-SL-CUC-200-I

MCR-SL-CUC-300-I

MCR-SL-CUC-400-I

MCR-SL-CUC-500-I

MCR-SL-CUC-600-I

241

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Current measurement

For DC, AC, and distorted currents of

0 ... 600 A,

current output

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

O U

D 2

O U

T I

D 1

INT





Ex:



Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input current

0 A ... 11 A (AC/DC)

Operate threshold

2 % (of measuring range nominal value 1/5/10 A)

1 % (of measuring range nominal value 50 A)

1 % (of measuring ra

Frequency range

15 Hz ... 400 Hz

Curve type

AC, DC or distorted currents

Overload capacity

2 x I

N (

continuous)

Surge strength

20 x I

(1 s)

Connection method

Screw connection

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal (normal and inverse)

0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V

2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V

Load R

> 10 k

Ω

< 500

Ω

Switching output

Relay output

Contact material

1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated

- / -

Maximum switching current

50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)

2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)

Transistor output pnp

Output voltage

19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)

Continuous load current

80 mA (Not short-circuit-proof)

Setting range of the threshold value

1 % ... 110 %

Response delay

0.1 s ... 20 s

Status indication

Yellow LED

General data

Supply voltage U

20 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

< 50 mA (without load)

< 40 mA (without load)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.5 % (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)

< 0.5 % (of nominal range value under nomina

Temperature coefficient

typ. < 0.025 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)

Safe isolation

acc. to EN 50178, EN 61010

Rated insulation voltage

300 V AC (to ground)

Surge voltage category/degree of pollution

III / 2

Test voltage input/output

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Test voltage input/power supply

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Test voltage output/power supply

500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 ..

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T4, Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

Cla

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR current transducer

for measuring AC, DC, and distorted

currents with relay and transistor switching output

Configurable product

MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI

2814650

Standard product

MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC

2814731

Configurable product, without switching output

MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI

2814634

Standard product, without switching output

MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC

2814715

242

PHOENIX CONTACT

Current transducers for AC, DC, and
distorted currents

The

MCR-S-...-UI(-SW)-DCI

current

transducers measure direct, alternating, and
distorted currents.
– Device can be set via DIP switches or

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration
software

– True r.m.s. value measurement
– 3-way isolation
– With optional relay and transistor output

Monitoring

Current measurement

D W

Notes:

To order a configurable product, please enter the desired

configuration using the order key, see page 244

Further information about the configuration software can be found

on page 251

For DC, AC, and distorted currents

0 ... 11 A

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

O U

D 2

O U

T I

1
2

D 1

INT

µC

O U

D 2

O U

T I

D 1

wer

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex:



Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

0 A ... 55 A (AC/DC)

-100 A ... 100 A (AC/DC)

Operate threshold

2 % (of measuring range nominal value 1/5/10 A)

1 % (of measuring range nominal value 50 A)

1 % (of measuring range nominal value 100 A)

15 Hz ... 400 Hz

Curve type

AC, DC or distorted currents

Depending on through connected conductor

Through connection, diameter 10.5 mm

U output

I output

U output

I output

Output signal (normal and inverse)

0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V

> 10 k

Ω

< 500

Ω

> 10 k

Ω

< 500

Ω

Relay output

Contact material

1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated

- / -

50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)

2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)

Transistor output pnp

Output voltage

19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)

Continuous load current

80 mA (Not short-circuit-proof)

1 % ... 110 %

0.1 s ... 20 s

Yellow LED

20 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

< 50 mA (without load)

< 40 mA (without load)

Maximum transmission error

< 0.5 % (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)

typ. < 0.025 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)

330 ms (AC) 40 ms (DC)

Safe isolation

acc. to EN 50178, EN 61010

300 V AC (to ground)

III / 2

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)

IP20

22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T4, Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI

2814663

MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC

2814744

MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI

2814647

MCR-S-20-100-UI-DCI

2908798

MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC

2814728

243

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Current measurement

D W

new

For DC, AC, and distorted currents

0 ... 55 A

For DC, AC, and distorted currents

0 to 100 A

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Order key for current transducers (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.

Measuring range:

Output

Threshold value

Suppression

time

Switching behavior of relay and transistor

Start

End

2814647

0.0

50.0

OUT01

2814663

0.0

50.0

OUT01

3.0

2814647



Measuring range

initial value

between

0.0 ... 37.5 A

0.0



0.0 A

Measuring range

final value

between

9.5 ... 55 A

50.0



50.0 A

OUT01



0 ... 20 mA

Switching threshold

between 1 ... 110%

between

0.1 ... 20 s



Operating-

current-

controlled



Overrange

MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI

OUT02



4 ... 20 mA

OUT03



0 ... 10 V

2814663



OUT04



2 ... 10 V



50% of the set

measuring range

final value

(here 25 A)

3.0



3 s

MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI

OUT05



0 ... 5 V

OUT06



1 ... 5 V



Closed-

circuit-

current-

controlled



Underrange

OUT07



20 ... 0 mA

OUT08



20 ... 4 mA

OUT09



10 ... 0 V

OUT10



10 ... 2 V

OUT11



5 ... 0 V

OUT12



5 ... 1 V

OUT13



-5 ... +5 V

OUT14



-10 ... +10 V

OUT17



+10 ... -10 V

OUT18



+5 ... -5 V

Order No.

Measuring range:

Output

Threshold value

Suppression

time

Switching behavior of relay and transistor

Start

End

2814634

0.00

5.00

OUT01

2814650

0.00

5.00

OUT01

3.0

2814634



Measuring range

initial value

between

0.00 ... 7.50 A

0.00



0.00 A

Measuring range

final value

between

0.2 ... 11 A

5.00



5.00 A

OUT01



0 ... 20 mA

Switching threshold

between 1 ... 110%

between

0.1 ... 20 s



Operating-

current-

controlled



Overrange

MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI

OUT02



4 ... 20 mA

OUT03



0 ... 10 V

2814650



OUT04



2 ... 10 V



50% of the set

measuring range

final value (here

2.5 A)

3.0



3 s

MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI

OUT05



0 ... 5 V

OUT06



1 ... 5 V



Closed-

circuit-

current-

controlled



Underrange

OUT07



20 ... 0 mA

OUT08



20 ... 4 mA

OUT09



10 ... 0 V

OUT10



10 ... 2 V

OUT11



5 ... 0 V

OUT12



5 ... 1 V

OUT13



-5 ... +5 V

OUT14



-10 ... +10 V

OUT17



+10 ... -10 V

OUT18



+5 ... -5 V

Order No.

Measuring range:

Output

Start

End

2908798

0.0

100.0

OUT01

2908798



Measuring range

initial value

between

0.0 ... 75 A

0.0



0.0 A

Measuring range

final value

between

19 ... 110 A

100



100 A

OUT01



0 ... 20 mA

MCR-S-20-100-UI-DCI

OUT02



4 ... 20 mA

OUT03



0 ... 10 V

OUT04



2 ... 10 V

OUT05



0 ... 5 V

OUT06



1 ... 5 V

OUT07



20 ... 0 mA

OUT08



20 ... 4 mA

OUT09



10 ... 0 V

OUT10



10 ... 2 V

OUT11



5 ... 0 V

OUT12



5 ... 1 V

OUT13



-5 ... +5 V

OUT14



-10 ... +10 V

OUT17



+10 ... -10 V

OUT18



+5 ... -5 V

244

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Current measurement

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

(1)

(0)

(1)

(0)

(1)

(0)



N/O contact and transistor open / N/C contact closed

(1)



N/O contact and transistor closed / N/C contact open

1) Operating-current-controlled when above the threshold value (TV)

Operating voltage U

TV condition

Relay N/O contact and

transistor output

Relay N/C contact

3) Closed-circuit-current-controlled when above the threshold value (TV)

4) Closed-circuit-current-controlled when below the threshold value (TV)

Operating voltage U

TV condition

Relay N/O contact and

transistor output

Relay N/C contact

(1)

(0)

(1)

Operating voltage U

TV condition

Relay N/O contact and

transistor output

Relay N/C contact

2) Operating-current-controlled when below the threshold value (TV)

(1)

(0)

(1)

Operating voltage U

TV condition

Relay N/O contact and

transistor output

Relay N/C contact

Function chart: switching behavior of relay and transistor output:

245

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Current measurement

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

4.1

3.1

1.1

4.2

3.2

1.2

4.3

3.3

1.3

4.4

3.4

1.4

(

L(+)

(-)





Ex:





Ex:



Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input current (configurable)

0 A AC ... 1 A (configurable) /

0 A AC ... 5 A (configurable)

0 A AC ... 5 A (configurable) /

0 A AC ... 12 A (configurable)

Nominal frequency

50 Hz

Frequency range

45 Hz ... 65 Hz

Curve type

Sine

Overload capacity

2 x I

N (

continuous)

1 x I

(continuous)

Surge strength

20 x I

(1 s)

8 x I

(1 s)

Connection method

Screw terminal block

Output data

Output signal (configurable)

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

Maximum output signal

25 mA

Load R

< 500

Ω

(at 20 mA)

< 500

Ω

(at 20 mA)

Ripple

< 10 mV

(for 500

Ω

at 20 mA)

< 10 mV

(for 500

Ω

at 20 mA)

General data

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP

Supply voltage U

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC

Current consumption

< 32 mA (at U

=24 V DC,

OUT

=20 mA)

< 30 mA (at U

=24 V DC,

OUT

=20 mA)

< 33 mA (at 24 V DC)

Maximum transmission error

≤

0.5 % (of nominal range value

under nominal conditions)

≤

0.5 % (of nominal range value

under nominal conditions)

≤

0.5 % (of nominal range value

under nominal conditions)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.02 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

max. 300 ms typ. 200 ms

< 300 ms

Safe isolation

acc. to EN 61010

Rated insulation voltage

300 V AC (to ground)

Overvoltage category Input/output

III

Degree of pollution

Test voltage input/output

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Test voltage output/power supply

1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 65 °C (-4 °F...149 °F)

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /

24 - 14

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /

24 - 14

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /

24 - 14

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X



II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR current transducer

for sinusoidal alternating currents

Supply voltage 19.2 ... 30 V DC

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I

2810612

Supply voltage 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP

2810625

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP

2810638

Accessories

DIN rail connector,

for bridging the supply voltage (19.2...30 V DC),

can be snapped on to 35 mm DIN rails according to EN 60715

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

246

PHOENIX CONTACT

The

MCR-SL-CAC-...

current

transducers measure sinusoidal alternating
currents from 0 to 1/5/12 A.
– Wide range version from

19.2 to 253 V AC/DC

– 3-way isolation
– Input and output can be configured via

DIP switches

AC current transducers,
sinusoidal

Monitoring

Current measurement

For sinusoidal alternating currents

0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A

For sinusoidal alternating currents

0 ... 5 A/0 ... 12 A

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT
+24V

GND

OUT

OUT
+24V

OUT

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Ex:





Ex:



Housing width 55 mm

Technical data

Input data

...-S-100-U

...-S-200-U

...-S-100-I-LP

...-S-200-I-LP

Input current (configurable)

0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A)

0 A ... 200 A (0..100/150/200 A)

0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A)

0 A ... 200 A (0...100/150/200 A)

Operate threshold

1 % (of final value)

Frequency range

30 Hz ... 6000 Hz

Curve type

Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal

Overload capacity

Depending on laid conductor

Surge strength

Depending on through connected conductor

Connection method

Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm

Output data

Output signal

0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V

4 ... 20 mA

Maximum output signal

(0 V ... 10 V) 14 V, (0 V ... 5 V) 7 V

< 25 mA

Load R

≥

10 k

Ω

- 12 V) x 350 / 12 A

General data

Supply voltage U

20 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

< 30 mA

Maximum transmission error

< 1 % (of final value)

Cable position error

< 0.63 %

Temperature coefficient

< 0.035 %/K

< 0.025 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 340 ms

Safe isolation

As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326

Rated insulation voltage

300 V AC (to ground)

Surge voltage category/degree of pollution

III / 2

Test voltage input/output

5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

55 / 85 / 70.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

cULus

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR current transducer

for sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal

alternating currents

Input current range: 0...50/75/100 A

MCR-SL-S-100-U

2813457

MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP

2813486

Input current range: 0...100/150/200 A

MCR-SL-S-200-U

2813460

MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP

2813499

247

PHOENIX CONTACT

The

MCR-SL-S-...00-...

current

transducers measure sinusoidal and non-
sinusoidal alternating currents within the
range from 0 to 200 A.
– 30 to 6000 Hz true r.m.s. value

measurement

– Measuring range selection with slide

switch

– Loop-powered
– Can be retrofitted with the open-up

Rogowski coil

D W

AC current transducers,
sinusoidal and distorted

Monitoring

Current measurement

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal

alternating currents, 0 ... 200 A,

voltage output

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal

alternating currents, 0 ... 200 A,

current output (loop-powered)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html





Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

1 A input

5 A input

Input current

0 A AC ... 1 A

0 A AC ... 5 A

Frequency range

45 Hz ... 60 Hz

Curve type

Sine

Overload capacity

2 x I

(5 min. at 60°C ambient

temperature)

2 x I

(5 min. at 60°C ambient

temperature)

Surge strength

50 A (1 s)

100 A (1 s)

Permissible output range

1.2 x I

Connection method

Screw connection

Output data

U output

I output

Output signal

0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA

Maximum output signal

20 V

30 mA

Load R

> 100 k

Ω

< 750

Ω

< 250

Ω

(when current and

voltage outputs are used

simultaneously)

Ripple

< 50 mV

General data

Maximum transmission error

< 0.5 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.015 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 200 ms

Safe isolation

acc. to EN 50178, EN 61010

Rated insulation voltage

300 V AC (to ground)

Surge voltage category/degree of pollution

III / 2

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature range

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR passive current transducer

for sinusoidal alternating

currents

MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0

2814359

248

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

The

MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0

passive current

transducer measures sinusoidal alternating
currents within the range from
0 to 1 A/0 to 5 A.
– Loop-powered
– Measuring ranges 1 and 5 A AC

reconnectable

Passive AC current transducers,
sinusoidal

Monitoring

Current measurement

For sinusoidal alternating currents

0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

L -

- 1

ELA

Y A

ELA

IME

TPO

GND

ND
NC

24V DC

OIN

ela

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input current

0 A AC ... 16 A

Frequency range

45 Hz ... 65 Hz

Curve type

Sine

Overload capacity

2 x I

N (

continuous)

Connection method

Through connection, diameter 4.2 mm

Switching output

Relay output

Contact type

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Max. switching current

50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)

2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)

Switching hysteresis

Adjustable using a DIP switch (0.5 %, 5 %, 10 %, 15 %)

Response delay

typ. 0.1 s ... 10 s (Adjustable using a potentiometer)

Operating and closed circuit current behavior

Adjustable using a DIP switch

Relay status display

Yellow LED (relay active)

General data

Supply voltage U

20 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

< 30 mA

Setting accuracy

< 0.5 %

Temperature coefficient

< 0.02 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

40 ms

Safe isolation

acc. to EN 50178, EN 61010-1

Rated insulation voltage

300 V AC (to ground)

Surge voltage category/degree of pollution

III / 2

Test voltage input/output

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Test voltage input/power supply

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 65 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR current protector

for sinusoidal alternating currents

MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 24

2864464

249

PHOENIX CONTACT

mergency

ght

system

tage

Lighting system with emergency lighting

D W

The

MCR-SL-S-16-SP-24

current

protector converts sinusoidal 50 Hz/60 Hz
alternating currents into binary switching
signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in

the measuring range of 0 to 16 A AC

– Relay PDT output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Adjustable operating current / quiescent

current behavior

AC current protector, sinusoidal

Monitoring

Current measurement

For sinusoidal alternating currents,

0 ... 16 A AC

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

550

370

250

4 V

+
+
+
+

-
-
-
-

+
+
+
+
+

-
-
-
-
-

OUT

GND

4 V

GND

550

370

250

4 V

OUT

GND

4 V

GND



Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Input data

Input voltage range / resistor

-550 V DC ... 550 V DC

-370 V DC ... 370 V DC

-250 V DC ... 250 V DC

-170 V DC ... 170 V DC

-120 V DC ... 120 V DC

-80 V DC ... 80 V DC

-54 V DC ... 54 V DC

-36 V DC ... 36 V DC

-24 V DC ... 24 V DC

5500 k

Ω

3700 k

Ω

2500 k

Ω

1700 k

Ω

1200 k

Ω

800 k

Ω

540 k

Ω

540 k

Ω

540 k

Ω

0 V ... 550 V AC

0 V ... 370 V AC

0 V ... 250 V AC

0 V ... 170 V AC

0 V ... 120 V AC

0 V ... 80 V AC

0 V ... 54 V AC

0 V ... 36 V AC

0 V ... 24 V AC

5500 k

Ω

3700 k

Ω

2500 k

Ω

1700 k

Ω

1200 k

Ω

800 k

Ω

800 k

Ω

800 k

Ω

240 k

Ω

ZERO / SPAN adjustment

± 20 % / ± 20 %

Frequency range

45 Hz ... 405 Hz

Maximum input voltage

± 660 V DC

+ 660 V AC

Output data

U output

I output

U output

I output

Output signal

-10 ... 10 V

-20 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

Maximum output signal

≤

11 V

≤

22 mA

≤

11 V

≤

22 mA

Load R

> 10 k

Ω

< 500

Ω

> 10 k

Ω

< 500

Ω

Ripple

50 mV

General data

Supply voltage U

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption

< 60 mA

< 45 mA

Maximum transmission error

< 1 % (of measuring range end value)

< 1 % (from a measuring range final value, 45

...

Hz)

Temperature coefficient

< 0.015 %/K

Step response (10-90%)

< 16 ms

< 180 ms

Safe isolation

according to IEC 61010-1

acc. to EN 50178

Rated insulation voltage

300 V DC

Surge voltage category/degree of pollution

- / 2

Degree of protection

IP20

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 61010 Listed

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR voltage transducer,

for DC voltages from

0 ... ±20 V DC to 0 ... ±660 V DC

- with screw connection

MACX MCR-VDC

2906242

- with Push-in connection

MACX MCR-VDC-PT

2906243

MCR voltage transducer,

for sinusoidal AC voltages from

0 ... 20 V AC to 0 ... 660 V AC

- with screw connection

MACX MCR-VAC

2906239

- with Push-in connection

MACX MCR-VAC-PT

2906244

250

PHOENIX CONTACT

The MACX MCR-VDC voltage

transducer measures DC voltages within
the range of 0 to ±660 V DC. The
MACX MCR-VAC module measures
sinusoidal AC voltages from 0 to 660 V AC.
– Bidirectional output signals
– 9 voltage measuring ranges
– Voltage measuring ranges can be freely

adjusted

– ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20%
– 3-way isolation

D W

new

D W

new

Voltage transducers

Monitoring

Current measurement

For DC voltages from

0 to ±660

For sinusoidal AC voltages

0 ... 660

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

MCR configuration software,

for programming

MCR-T-...-, MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-...,

and MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

2814799

Accessories

Labels,

for marking MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets

DIN A4 marking labels (112 pcs.)

MCR-ET 38X35 WH

2814317

The

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

configuration software package

is used

to configure and visualize all parameters for
the programmable MCR measuring
transducers.
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming

Notes:

The software runs under the following operating systems:

Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.

Accessories
Configuration software package

Monitoring

Current measurement

For MCR-S-... current transducer

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

USB adapter cable,

D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

Software adapter cable

(stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB), 1.2 m long,

for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and MCR-F-... modules

MCR-TTL-RS232-E

2814388

Accessories

Adapter cable,

flexible, 9-pos. D-SUB socket to 25-pos. D-SUB pin

PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS

2761295

251

PHOENIX CONTACT

The following adapter cables are available

for programming the MCR-S... current
transducers:
– USB adapter cable
– Software adapter cable

USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable

For MCR-S-... current transducer

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

252

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Electrical safety in photovoltaic
systems with SOLARCHECK RSD

The series connection of photovoltaic

panels to strings generates system voltages
of up to 1000 V DC. Note: voltages as low
as 120 V DC can be fatal.

Potential risks for people:

– Electric shock due to contact with

defective panels and cables

– Electric shock due to current bridges

between exposed parts of the system and
extinguishing water or flooding

– Burns due to the electric arc

Centrally installed load-break switches

merely interrupt the flow of current in the
string. However to disconnect the DC side
of a PV system so it is in the protective
extra-low voltage range, the individual
PV panels must be shut down.

System description:

The SOLARCHECK Rapid Shutdown

system consists of shutdown units for
shutting down the individual PV panels and
central startup units that restart the
system. Shutdown occurs in emergencies
and every time the inverter is switched off.
When the SOLARCHECK Rapid Shutdown
system is used, the PV system is thus always
in the protective extra-low voltage range
when the inverter is disabled.

The startup unit analyzes the behavior of

the inverter. It automatically restarts the
connected PV panels if a safe system
environment is present.

The startup unit analyzes the behavior of

the inverter. It automatically restarts the
connected PV panels if a safe system
environment is present.

Topology:

One SCK-RSD startup unit and,

depending on the system variant, multiple
shutdown units are necessary per string in
the PV system. The startup unit is installed
in the vicinity of the inverter, and the
shutdown units are installed directly on the
corresponding PV panels. In the event of a
fault, they disconnect the PV panels from
the string.

The shutdown PV panels thus no longer

contribute to the system voltage.

You can set up the SOLARCHECK Rapid

Shutdown system in four different
topologies:
– Autonomous

(with SCK-RSD-400, Order No.

2905030

– Autonomous with signaling

(with SCK-RSD-600, Order No.

– Externally powered

(with SCK-RSD-600, Order No.

– Externally powered with signaling

(with SCK-RSD-600, Order No.

After shutdown, the autonomous

topologies have at most the voltage of a
single panel.

You can ensure complete absence of

voltage after shutdown with the externally
powered topologies.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

253

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Extinguish fires and carry out rescue
operations safely

In dangerous situations, such as fires and

flooding, maximum possible safety is
provided for emergency personnel. The fire
department can act immediately, safely
rescue people, and minimize structural
damage considerably.

Protect personnel

With SOLARCHECK RSD, each operator

can shut down his or her system for
cleaning and maintenance purposes. In
doing so, the operator is taking
responsibility for the safety of his/her
personnel.

Protective extra-low voltage in the
PV system

Only panel-based shutdown provides

sufficient safety by disconnecting every
single PV panel from the string. As a result,
after the switching operation the maximum
system voltage is in the protective extra-
low voltage range.

Your advantages:

– Safety as a result of patented error

detection and safe photovoltaic panel
shutdown

– Controlled restart via safe autostart

Autonomous topology:

Shutdown is carried out automatically.

System startup is powered by one of the PV
system panels, which is not shut down. At
the same time, this supply panel provides
information about the irradiation intensity
and thereby ensures that the system is
started up at the start of the day.

Externally powered topology:

Shutdown is carried out automatically. All

PV panels in the system are shut down. This
ensures residual voltages are < 30 DC after
shutdown. System startup is powered by a
separate power supply. Separate signaling of
the switching state of the system is also
possible.

Shutdown

Startup

Starter

pane

Shutdown

erter

Starter

pane

Power

supp

Shutdown

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

–

STR

Technical data

Input data

Input voltage range

System voltage

≤

1000 V DC

Input current range

0 A ... 8 A (of PV panel)

Rated current

8 A DC

Output data

Current output signal

Voltage output signal

General data

Nominal supply voltage

Power consumption (with external supply)

Power consumption

< 1.5 W

Number of PV panels that can be connected

Enabling

via SCK-RSD-400 / SCK-RSD-600 startup unit

Auto-RSD

Rated surge voltage

12 kV

Overvoltage category

III

Degree of pollution

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Humidity

10 % ... 95 %

Altitude

≤

4000 m

Connection method

PV connector

EMC note

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

SOLARCHECK Rapid Shutdown system

consists of

shutdown units (SCK-RSD-100) for shutting down the individual

photovoltaic panels and central startup units (SCK-RSD-400 and

SCK-RSD-600), which are used to restart the system.

SCK-RSD-100

2905029

254

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electrical safety in photovoltaic systems
SOLARCHECK RSD

SOLARCHECK RSD consists of units for

shutting down the individual photovoltaic
panels and startup units, which are used to
restart the system. Each shutdown unit
disconnects the corresponding photovoltaic
panel from the string group. The
disconnection takes place automatically in
the event of a fault and each time the
inverter is shut down.

At most, the entire DC voltage side of

the photovoltaic system is at the maximum
off-load voltage of a panel, i.e., in the
protective extra-low voltage range. There is
no risk of an electric shock.

One SCK-RSD startup unit and,

The shutdown PV panels thus no longer

contribute to the system voltage.

You can set up the SOLARCHECK Rapid

Shutdown system in four different
topologies:
– Autonomous

(with SCK-RSD-400, Order No.

2905030

– Autonomous with signaling

(with SCK-RSD-600, Order No.

– Externally powered

(with SCK-RSD-600, Order No.

– Externally powered with signaling

(with SCK-RSD-600, Order No.

After shutdown, the autonomous

topologies have at most the voltage of a
single panel.

You can ensure complete absence of

voltage after shutdown with the externally
powered topologies.

SOLARCHECK RSD has been tested

using a multitude of commercial types of
inverters. You can find a list of these
demonstrably compatible devices at
phoenixcontact.com.

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Unit for automatic shutdown of PV panels

PV-powered startup unit

Externally powered startup unit,

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

–

1, I, °

4 V

OUT

–

1, I, °

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

≤

1000 V DC

≤

1000 V DC

Input current range

0 A ... 8 A (of PV panel)

8 A DC

≤

10 mA

5 V

24 V DC ±20 %

1 A

< 4 W

Enabling

via SCK-RSD-400 / SCK-RSD-600 startup unit

Auto-RSD

12 kV

III

-40 °C ... 75 °C

10 % ... 95 %

≤

4000 m

≤

4000 m

PV connector

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

SCK-RSD-400

2905030

SCK-RSD-600

2906273

255

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Unit for automatic shutdown of PV panels

PV-powered startup unit

Externally powered startup unit,

incl. signal output

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

256

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Utilize solar electricity efficiently

Detect errors – increase efficiency:

photovoltaic systems should achieve
maximum energy yield within the shortest
possible time.

SOLARCHECK provides reliable

information regarding the performance of
your photovoltaic system. It can be used to
detect faults, which may be caused by
damaged panels, defective contacts or
damage in the cabling. This allows you to
implement countermeasures quickly,
thereby increasing the efficiency of your
system.

Current topic: reliable monitoring

Whether a small roof-top system on a

family home or a megawatt outdoor system:
for reliable operation, the photovoltaic
market requires monitoring systems where
status information is continuously available
and visualization is easy. Phoenix Contact
offers a comprehensive portfolio of
hardware and software products specifically
designed for this purpose.

Energy of the future

From installation to monitoring. In the

“Components and systems for
photovoltaics” brochure you will find
further innovative solutions for your
photovoltaic system, such as:
– Connection technology
– Surge protection
– Hardware and software solutions
– Generator connection boxes
– Tools and marking

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1....

SCK

-M-...

SCK

-M

ODBUS

odbus

RTU

ave

1....

SCK

-M-...

SCK

-M

ODBUS

odbus

RTU

ave

/PROG

GSM

AV T

Y FAI

500

≤

...

≤

...

≤

...

≤

...

≤

...

≤

...

SCK

-M-

-1

500

SCK

-M-I-

-...

SCK

-M-I-

-...

SCK

-M-I-4

-...

500

SCK

-M-

-1

500

SCK

-M-I-

-...

SCK

-M-I-

-...

SCK

-M-I-4

-...

P_OUT

SCK

-M-I-4

der

SCK

BUS

...1

OUT

...1

GND2

GND

STR

CURR

P_OUT

SCK

-M-I-

der

SCK

BUS

...1

OUT

...1

GND2

GND

STR

CURR

P_OUT

SCK

-M-I-

der

SCK

BUS

...1

OUT

...1

GND2

GND

STR

CURR

P_OUT

SCK

-M-I-

-4A

der

0323

SCK

BUS

...1

OUT

...1

GND2

GND

STR

CURR

P_OUT

SCK

-M-I-

-4A

der

0323

SCK

BUS

...1

OUT

...1

GND2

GND

STR

CURR

P_OUT

SCK

-M-I-

-4A

der

0323

SCK

BUS

...1

OUT

...1

GND2

GND

STR

CURR

P_OUT

SCK

-M-I-4

der

SCK

BUS

...1

OUT

...1

GND2

GND

STR

CURR

P_OUT

SCK

-M-I-

der

SCK

BUS

...1

OUT

...1

GND2

GND

STR

CURR

P_OUT

SCK

-M-I-

der

SCK

BUS

...1

OUT

...1

GND2

GND

STR

CURR

SCK

-M-

-1

500

der

035

+ -

E I

NPUT

500

...1

OUT

- I

SCK

-M-

-1

500

der

035

+ -

E I

NPUT

500

...1

OUT

- I

GND2 GND2

GND

GND2 GND2

GND

V DC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

257

PHOENIX CONTACT

Contact-free current measurement

Contact-free measurement using Hall

sensors offers many advantages:
– Safe isolation is already ensured by the

cable insulation.

– No contact resistance due to additional

contact points.

– Reliable current transfer, as there is no

direct intervention in the string circuit.

Space-saving installation without an
additional power supply

With a width of just 22.5 mm, the narrow

measuring module bundles the cables in a
confined space.
– The 2-conductor communication cable is

also used to supply the measuring
modules.

– This means that one communication

module supplies up to eight measuring
modules – without an additional power
supply.

Flexible expansion

Optional extension of voltage

measurement up to 1500 V DC
– Also suitable for grounded systems.
– Suitable for PV systems with extra high

system voltages

– Flexible use, even outside

the SOLARCHECK system

Easy integration in monitoring
systems

The modular SOLARCHECK monitoring

system consists of various measuring
modules for current and voltage
measurement and an associated
communication module.

The communication module collects the

measured values from the current
measuring modules and forwards them to a
higher-level controller. You can acquire up
to eight or four string currents with one
current measuring module each. A
maximum of eight current measuring
modules of any type can be connected to
one communication module. The
2-conductor communication cable is also
used to supply the measuring modules with
power. This means that no additional power
supply is required in the field.

The voltage measuring module is

connected to and also supplied via the
analog input provided on the 8-channel
current measuring modules.

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

+24 V

ND1

ND2

ND1

+24 V

-4

CK-







Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Supply

Supply voltage

24 V DC -10 % ... +25 %

Via SCK-C-MODBUS

24 V DC -10 % ... +25 % (or via SSCK-M-I-8S-20A)

Own current consumption

22 mA (typical)

Measuring input

Current measuring range

Transmission error, maximum

Temperature coefficient

Reverse current detection

Number of measuring channels

Voltage measuring range

Connection method

Digital input

Controlled by external floating contact

Analog input

Input voltage range

Analog output

Output voltage range

SCK-C-MODBUS data interface

Cable length (for 0.15 mm²)

Communication protocol

Proprietary

Serial port

RS-485

Serial transmission speed

9.6/14.4/19.2/38.4 kbps

Cable length

≤

1200 m

Communication protocol

Modbus/RTU

General data

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 102 / 106 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 ..

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Class A product, see page

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA

1741 Recognized

UL, USA/Canada

508 Listed

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Communication module

SCK-C-MODBUS

2901674

Current measuring module,

8-channel

Current measuring module,

4-channel for extension

Voltage measuring module

258

PHOENIX CONTACT

Solar system monitoring

PV string monitoring
SOLARCHECK

The modular SOLARCHECK monitoring

system consists of various devices for
current and voltage measurement and an
associated communication module.

Communication module:

– For connecting and collecting measured

values from up to eight measuring
modules

– Provision of data for transfer to higher-

level controllers

Current measuring modules:

– 8-channel current measurement up

to 20 A DC

– Detection of reverse currents

up to -1 A

– 4-channel extension modules

for 20 A DC

– Internal temperature monitoring
– Digital input for monitoring, e.g., the

remote indication contacts of surge
protection modules

– Supply via the communication module

Voltage measuring module

– Voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC in

any grounded PV system

– Connection and supply is usually via the

analog input (0 to 10 V) provided on the
8-channel SOLARCHECK current
measuring module

– Voltage measurement is output as an

analog signal 2 to 10 V

– As an option, can also be removed from

the SOLARCHECK group and used
separately

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Communication module

RS-485 (Modbus RTU)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

K-

OUT

U-IN

igital

–

2
3
4
5
6
7

I-IN

...1

1
2
3
4

I-IN

K-

OUT

igital

U_OU

_IN

24 V

...15

V DC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products















Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Supply voltage

24 V DC -10 % ... +25 %

Via SCK-C-MODBUS

24 V DC -10 % ... +25 % (or via SSCK-M-I-8S-20A)

43 mA (typical)

8 mA (typical)

0 A DC ... 20 A (UL: 0 A DC...25 A DC)

± 1 % (From the measuring range final value)

± 1 % (after additional tuning (valid for 100 - 1500 V DC))

0.02 %/K (T

K20

)

0.02 %/K (T

K20

)

< 0.01 %/K

-1 A DC ... 0 mA

0 V DC ... 1500 V DC

Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter

Screw connection

Floating switch contacts

0 V ... 10 V

2 V DC ... 10 V DC

≤

300 m (0.14 mm²)

≤

300 m (0.14 mm²)

Proprietary

Serial transmission speed

9.6/14.4/19.2/38.4 kbps

IP20

-20 °C ... 70 °C

22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

CE-compliant

1741 Recognized

508 Listed

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

SCK-M-I-8S-20A

2903241

SCK-M-I-4S-20A

2903242

SCK-M-U-1500V

2903591

259

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Current measuring module, 20 A DC,

8-channel

Extension module, 4-channel

Current measurement 20 A DC

Voltage measuring module,

0...1500 V

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

260

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

For high system availability

EMD monitoring relays can be used to

detect deviations in important system
parameters at an early stage. These can be
indicated or system parts can be shut down
selectively. EMD monitoring relays ensure
error-free and cost-effective operation of
your system. They are an inexpensive
solution for numerous monitoring
functions.
– Surge voltage and undervoltage
– Overcurrent and undercurrent
– Phase failure, phase sequence, and phase

asymmetry

– Power factor and real power
– Motor winding temperature
– Levels

For system monitoring, choose from two

product ranges: compact or multifunctional
monitoring relays.

Perfect timing

ETD time relays ensure optimum time

sequences.

The modules are the cost-effective

alternative to a PLC: with easy configuration
and fast wiring.

Choose from two product ranges for

your ideal time control application:
– Ultra-narrow time relays each with one

time range and one function

– Multifunctional time relays with selectable

time ranges and functions

Professionally packaged components

Function modules with professional

housing and connection technology can be
used to integrate electronic components in
your system. They can be used to perform a
variety of tasks:
– Diode modules provide protection

against polarity reversal. In addition, they
decouple messages in fault reporting
systems.

– Lamp testing modules decouple signals in

isolation in the field of fault reporting
technology.

– Display modules simplify troubleshooting

and provide help for monitoring
processes.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

261

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Compact monitoring relays

Ideal for simple monitoring tasks – from

series production to building installation.
– Compact installation housing
– Quick and tool-free wiring with Push-in

technology

– Parameters can be adjusted easily using

rotary switches

– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color

status LED

Multifunctional monitoring relays

– Parameters can be adjusted easily using

rotary switches

– Fast error detection, thanks to fine tuning

and short response times

– Worldwide use, thanks to wide-range

power supply unit or plug-in transformer

– Space saving, with two PDT outputs in

22.5 mm wide housing

– Electrically isolated measuring and supply

circuits

– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color

status LEDs

Ultra-narrow time relays

The space-saving and inexpensive solution

for simple time control applications.
– Each with one time range and one

function

– Overall width of just 6.2 mm - saves up

to 70% space compared to conventional
time relays

– Precise time setting using the illuminated

thumbwheel

– Fast wiring through the use of

plug-in bridges

Multifunctional time relays

For universal use thanks to wide range of

functions.
– Just three versions for all conventional

time control applications

– Two floating PDT outputs on an overall

width of just 22.5 mm

– Supply voltage via wide-range power

supply unit

– Optimum setting of times ranging from

milliseconds to several days

Function modules

Function modules transform components

such as diodes into a shock-proof and dust-
proof electronics module.
– Easy installation, thanks to electronics

housing with IP20 protection that can be
installed in a control cabinet

– Fast mounting on DIN rails, thanks to the

foot catch

– User-friendly wiring, thanks to practical

connection technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

U = 23

V AC

24 V DC

24 V AC

V AC









Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Functions

Overcurrent, undercurrent, window

Undervoltage, window

Input

Input ranges

0 V DC ... 24 V DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)

0 V AC ... 24 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)

0 V AC ... 230 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)

Input ranges

0 A ... 5 A

0 A ... 10 A

Configurable via rotary switches

Input resistance

3 m

Ω

Minimum setting range

5 % ... 95 % (From I

)

75 % ... 115 % (From U

)

Maximum setting range

10 % ... 100 % (From I

)

80 % ... 120 % (From U

)

Setting range for response delay

0.1 s ... 10 s

Basic accuracy

≤

5 % (of the nominal value)

≤

5 % (of scale end value)

Setting accuracy

± 5 % (of the nominal value)

± 5 % (of scale end value)

Repeat accuracy

≤

2 %

≤

2 %

Relay output

Contact type

1 floating PDT

Switching capacity

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)

Electrical service life

1 x 10

cycles

1 x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life

15 x 10

cycles

15 x 10

cycles

Output fuse

5 A (fast-blow)

General data

Supply voltage

230 V AC ±15 %

-25 % ... +20 % (= measuring voltage)

Nominal power consumption

5 VA (0.8 W)

10 VA (At 230 V AC (0.6 W))

1.3 VA (At 24 V AC (0.8 W))

0.6 W (at 24 V DC)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Compact monitoring relay

with Push-in connection

EMD-BL-C-10-PT

2903522

EMD-BL-V-230-PT

2903524

Compact monitoring relay

with screw connection

EMD-BL-C-10

2903521

EMD-BL-V-230

2903523

262

PHOENIX CONTACT

Single-phase current monitoring

The

EMD-BL-C-10

monitors AC

currents from 0 to 10 A.
– Adjustable response delay
– 0 to 5 A or 0 to 10 A measuring range
– Adjustable via rotary switch on the front

Single-phase voltage monitoring

The

EMD-BL-V-230

monitors DC and

AC voltages.
– 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

Monitoring relays

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Current monitoring, 1-phase

Overcurrent, undercurrent, window

Voltage monitoring, 1-phase

Undervoltage, window

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Functions

Window, phase sequence

Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry

Input

Monitoring range

280 V AC ... 519 V AC

187 V AC ... 519 V AC

Input ranges

3~ 400/230 V

3~ 208 ... 480 V/120 ... 277 V

Minimum setting range

70 % ... 120 % (From U

)

Maximum setting range

80 % ... 130 % (From U

)

Setting range for response delay

0.1 s ... 10 s

Asymmetry

% ... 25% / OFF

Basic accuracy

≤

5 % (of the nominal value)

≤

5 % (of scale end value)

Setting accuracy

± 5 % (of scale end value)

Repeat accuracy

≤

2 %

≤

2 %

Relay output

Contact type

1 floating PDT

Switching capacity

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)

Electrical service life

1 x 10

cycles

1 x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life

15 x 10

cycles

15 x 10

cycles

Output fuse

5 A (fast-blow)

General data

Supply voltage

±30 % (= measuring voltage)

±10 % (= measuring voltage)

Nominal power consumption

10 VA (1 W)

10 VA ((1 W) at 400 V/50 Hz)

16 VA ((1.5 W) at 480 V/60 Hz)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Compact monitoring relay

with Push-in connection

EMD-BL-3V-400-PT

2903526

EMD-BL-PH-480-PT

2903528

Compact monitoring relay

with screw connection

EMD-BL-3V-400

2903525

EMD-BL-PH-480

2903527

263

PHOENIX CONTACT

Three-phase voltage monitoring

The

EMD-BL-3V-400

monitors three-

phase AC voltages.
– 3~ 400 V AC/230 V AC ±30%
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
– Supply from the measuring circuit

Phase monitoring

The

EMD-BL-PH-400

monitors three-

phase AC voltages.
– 3~ 208 to 480 V AC / 120 to 277 V AC
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable asymmetry: 5 to 25% / OFF
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
– Supply from the measuring circuit

Monitoring relays

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Voltage monitoring, 3-phase

Window, phase sequence

Phase monitoring

Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

230

V A



Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Functions

Winding temperature monitoring

Input

Total cold resistance

≤

1.5 k

Ω

Response value

≥

3.6 k

Ω

(Relay drops out)

Release value

≤

1.6 k

Ω

(Relay picks up)

Basic accuracy

± 10 % (of scale end value)

Relay output

Contact type

1 floating PDT

Switching capacity

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)

Electrical service life

1 x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life

15 x 10

cycles

Output fuse

5 A (fast-blow)

General data

Supply voltage

230 V AC (-15 % ... +10 %)

Nominal power consumption

3.5 VA (0.5 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Compact monitoring relay

with Push-in connection

EMD-BL-PTC-PT

2906253

with screw connection

EMD-BL-PTC

2906252

264

PHOENIX CONTACT

new

Thermistor monitoring

The EMD-SL-PTC monitors the

temperature of motor windings.
– Operate value ≥ 3.6 kΩ
– Release value ≤ 1.6 kΩ
– DIN 44081/DIN 44082-compliant
– Sensors can be connected in series

Monitoring relays

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Temperature monitoring

(motor windings)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

265

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 A

A1 A2

24...24

V AC/DC

1 A

ODULE

24 V DC

24...23

V AC









Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Functions

EMD-SL-C-OC-10

EMD-SL-C-UC-10

Overcurrent, undercurrent, window, error memory

Overcurrent

Undercurrent

Input

Input ranges

0 mA ... 100 mA (Connection terminals: I1 and GND)

0 A ... 1 A (Connection terminals: I2 and GND)

0 A ... 10 A (Connection terminals: I3 and GND)

0 mA ... 100 mA (Connection terminals: I1 and GND)

0 A ... 1 A (Connection terminals: I2 and GND)

0 A ... 10 A (Connection terminals: I3 and GND)

Input resistance

470 m

Ω

(at I

= 100 mA) ; 47 m

Ω

(at I

= 1 A) ; 5 m

Ω

(at I

= 10 A)

470 m

Ω

(at I

= 100 mA) ; 47 m

Ω

(at I

= 1 A) ; 5 m

Ω

(at I

= 10 A)

Minimum setting range

5 % ... 95 % (From I

)

5 % ... 95 % (From I

)

Maximum setting range

10 % ... 100 % (From I

)

10 % ... 100 % (From I

)

Setting range for response delay

0.1 s ... 10 s

0.2 s ... 10 s

Setting range for starting delay

0 s ... 10 s

Basic accuracy

± 5 % (of scale end value)

Setting accuracy

≤

5 % (of scale end value)

≤

5 % (of scale end value)

Repeat accuracy

≤

2 %

≤

2 %

Relay output

Contact type

2 floating PDT contacts

1 floating PDT

Switching capacity

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

Electrical service life

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Output fuse

5 A (fast-blow)

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15

% ... +10

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20

% ... +25

24 V AC ... 230 V AC (see Power modules)

24 V DC (see Power modules)

Nominal power consumption

4.5 VA (1.5 W)

2 VA (1.5 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 90 / 113 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Electronic monitoring relay

EMD-FL-C-10

2866022

EMD-SL-C-OC-10

2866019

EMD-SL-C-UC-10

2867937

Power module,

plug-in, please order at the same time!

Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC

2885359

Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC

EMD-SL-PS- 24AC

2866103

Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC

EMD-SL-PS-110AC

2866116

Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC

EMD-SL-PS-120AC

2885731

Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2866129

266

PHOENIX CONTACT

Single-phase current monitoring

EMD-...C...

monitoring relays monitor

DC and AC currents within the range
of 0 to 10 A.
– Separately adjustable startup and release

delays

– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

Monitoring relays

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring

Over or undercurrent monitoring

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1 A2

24...24

V AC/DC

ODULE

24 V DC

24...23

V AC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Functions

Undervoltage, overvoltage, window, error memory

Undervoltage

Input

Input ranges

0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)

0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)

0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)

0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)

0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)

0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)

Input resistance

47 k

Ω

(connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)

100 k

Ω

(connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)

470 k

Ω

(connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)

47 k

Ω

(connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)

100 k

Ω

(connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)

470 k

Ω

(connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)

Minimum setting range

5 % ... 95 % (From U

)

5 % ... 95 % (From U

)

Maximum setting range

10 % ... 100 % (From U

)

10 % ... 100 % (From U

)

Setting range for response delay

0.1 s ... 10 s

0.2 s ... 10 s

Setting range for starting delay

0 s ... 10 s

Basic accuracy

± 5 % (of scale end value)

Setting accuracy

≤

5 % (of scale end value)

≤

5 % (of scale end value)

Repeat accuracy

≤

2 %

≤

2 %

Relay output

Contact type

2 floating PDT contacts

1 floating PDT

Switching capacity

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

Electrical service life

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Output fuse

5 A (fast-blow)

General data

Supply voltage range

24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15

% ... +10

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20

% ... +25

24 V AC ... 230 V AC (see Power modules)

24 V DC (see Power modules)

Nominal power consumption

4.5 VA (1.5 W)

2 VA (1.5 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 90 / 113 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Electronic monitoring relay

EMD-FL-V-300

2866048

EMD-SL-V-UV-300

2866035

Power module,

plug-in, please order at the same time!

Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC

2885359

Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC

EMD-SL-PS- 24AC

2866103

Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC

EMD-SL-PS-110AC

2866116

Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC

EMD-SL-PS-120AC

2885731

Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2866129

267

PHOENIX CONTACT

Single-phase voltage monitoring

EMD-...V...

monitoring relays monitor

DC and AC voltages within the range
0 to 300 V.
– Separately adjustable startup and release

delays

– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

Monitoring relays

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Undervoltage and overvoltage monitoring

Undervoltage monitoring

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

(

A1 A2

24...24

V AC/DC

ODULE

...5

V AC











Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 45 mm

Technical data

Functions

EMD-FL-3V-400

EMD-FL-3V-230

EMD-FL-3V-690

EMD-FL-3V-500

Undervoltage, window,

asymmetry, phase sequence,

phase failure

Undervoltage, window,

asymmetry, phase sequence,

phase failure

Undervoltage, window,

asymmetry, phase sequence,

phase failure

Undervoltage, window,

asymmetry, phase sequence,

phase failure

Input

Monitoring range

280 V AC ... 520 V AC

161 V AC ... 299 V AC

483 V AC ... 897 V AC

350 V AC ... 650 V AC

280 V AC ... 520 V AC

280 V

Input ranges

3 N ~ 400/230 V

3 N ~ 230/132 V

3 ~ 690 V

3 ~ 500 V

3 ~ 400 V

3 N ~ 400/230 V

3~ 208 V ... 690 V

Input resistance

1 M

Ω

470 k

Ω

1 M

Ω

1 M

Ω

Minimum setting range

-30 % ... 20 % (From U

)

-30 % ... 20 % (From U

)

-30 % ... 20 % (From U

Maximum setting range

-20 % ... 30 % (From U

)

-20 % ... 30 % (From U

)

-20 % ... 30 % (From U

Setting range for response delay

0.1 s ... 10 s

Asymmetry

% ... 25% / OFF

Basic accuracy

± 5 % (of scale end value)

Setting accuracy

≤

5 % (of scale end value)

≤

5 % (of scale end value)

Repeat accuracy

≤

2 %

≤

2 %

Relay output

Contact type

2 floating PDT contacts

Switching capacity

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

Electrical service life

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 10

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Output fuse

5 A (fast-blow)

General data

Supply voltage

Supply voltage range

24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15

% ... +10

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20

% ... +25

110 V AC ... 500 V AC (see Power modules)

24 V AC ... 230 V AC (see Power modules)

Nominal power consumption

4.5 VA (1.5 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

IP40 (h

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 90 / 113 mm

45 / 90 / 113 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

0.5

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Electronic monitoring relay

EMD-FL-3V-400

EMD-FL-3V-690

EMD-FL-3V-230

EMD-FL-3V-500

Power module,

plug-in, please order at the same time!

Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC

Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC

Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC

EMD-SL-PS45-110AC

2885281

Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC

EMD-SL-PS45-120AC

2885744

Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

EMD-SL-PS45-230AC

2885294

Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC

EMD-SL-PS45-400AC

2885304

268

PHOENIX CONTACT

Three-phase voltage monitoring

EMD-...-3V...

monitoring relays monitor

three-phase AC voltages of 160 to 897 V AC
(depending on the device concerned).
– Adjustable response delay
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
– Adjustable asymmetry

Monitoring relays

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Undervoltage and phase monitoring,

400 V or 230 V

Undervoltage and phase monitoring,

500 V or 690 V

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

ODULE

24 V DC

24...23

V AC

(

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products















Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

EMD-SL-3V-400

EMD-SL-3V-400-N

Window, without neutral

conductor connection

Window, with neutral conductor

connection

Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry

Undervoltage, phase sequence, phase failure

Monitoring range

280 V AC ... 520 V AC

161 V AC ... 299 V AC

483 V AC ... 897 V AC

350 V AC ... 650 V AC

280 V AC ... 520 V AC

342 V AC ... 457 V AC

177 V AC ... 794 V AC

Input ranges

3 N ~ 400/230 V

3 N ~ 230/132 V

3 ~ 690 V

3 ~ 500 V

3 ~ 400 V

3 N ~ 400/230 V

3~ 208 V ... 690 V

1 M

Ω

1 M

Ω

15 k

Ω

)

-30 % ... 20 % (From U

)

-20 % ... 30 % (From U

)

0.2 s ... 10 s

≤

350 ms (fixed setting)

0.1 s ... 10 s

Fixed, approx. 30 %

25 %

Basic accuracy

± 5 % (of scale end value)

≤

3 % (of scale end value)

≤

5 % (of scale end value)

≤

5 % (of scale end value)

≤

2 %

≤

2 %

Contact type

2 floating PDT contacts

1 floating PDT

2 floating PDT contacts

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC at +55 °C)

150 VA (5 A/30 V DC at +55°C)

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

20 x 10

cycles

5 A (fast-blow)

From the measured voltage

±15 % (= measuring voltage)

110 V AC ... 500 V AC (see Power modules)

24 V AC ... 230 V AC (see Power modules)

24 V DC (see Power modules)

±15 % (= measuring voltage)

2 VA (1.5 W)

9 VA

2 VA (1.2 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

-25 °C ... 70 °C (C300)

22.5 / 90 / 113 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

EMD-SL-3V-400

EMD-SL-PH-400

EMD-SL-PH-690

EMD-SL-3V-400-N

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC

EMD-SL-PS- 24AC

EMD-SL-PS-110AC

EMD-SL-PS-120AC

EMD-SL-PS-230AC

269

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Undervoltage/overvoltage monitoring,

400 V with/without neutral conductor

Phase monitoring, 400 V

Phase monitoring, 690 V

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

suppl

≤

00 V A

L1I

L1K

A1 A2

24...24

V AC/DC







Housing width 45 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Functions

Underload, overload, window, winding temperature monitoring

Underload, overload, window

Input

Description of the input

Voltage input

Measured value

AC sine (10 Hz ... 400 Hz)

AC sine (10 ... 100 Hz)

Measuring ranges P

Can be switched between 0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 3 kW and 6 kW

Nominal input voltage U

480 V (3 N ~ 480/277 V)

3 N ~ 415/240 V

Input ranges

0 V AC ... 480 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)

0 V AC ... 480 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)

40 V AC ... 415 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)

40 V AC ... 415 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)

Input ranges

0.15 A ... 6 A (Range: 0.75 kW and 1.5 kW)

0.3 A ... 12 A (Range: 3 kW and 6 kW)

0.5 A ... 10 A (Connection terminal blocks: L1i and L1k)

Minimum setting range

5 % ... 110 % (of P

)

Maximum setting range

10 % ... 120 % (of P

)

Switching threshold cos

Min.

0.1 ... 0.99

Max.

0.2 ... 1

Relay output

Contact type

2 floating PDT contacts

Switching capacity

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

Electrical service life

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Output fuse

5 A (fast-blow)

General data

Supply voltage range

110 V AC ... 500 V AC (see Power modules)

24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15

% ... +10

24 V DC ... 240 V DC (-20 % ... +25 %)

Nominal power consumption

3.5 VA (3 W)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)

Rated insulation voltage

300 V (According to EN 50178)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

45 / 90 / 113 mm

22.5 / 90 / 113 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL applied for

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Electronic monitoring relay

EMD-FL-RP-480

2900177

EMD-FL-PF-400

2885809

Power module,

plug-in, please order at the same time!

Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC

EMD-SL-PS45-110AC

2885281

Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC

EMD-SL-PS45-120AC

2885744

Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

EMD-SL-PS45-230AC

2885294

Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC

EMD-SL-PS45-400AC

2885304

Supply voltage 425 ... 550 V AC

EMD-SL-PS45-500AC

2885317

270

PHOENIX CONTACT

Real power monitoring

The real power in single and three-phase

networks is monitored with the

EMD-FL-RP-480

real power monitoring

relay.
– Monitoring range up to 7.2 kW
– Separately adjustable startup and release

delays

– Temperature monitoring of the motor

winding

– Variable supply voltage range
– Detection of switched off loads

Load monitoring (cos φ)

The

EMD-FL-PF-400

monitoring relay

is a cos φ monitor for load monitoring in
single or three-phase networks.

Monitoring relays

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Real power monitoring

Load monitoring (cos

)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

ODULE

24 V DC

24...23

V AC

A1 A2

V AC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Functions

Winding temperature monitoring

Pumping up (minimum monitoring),

pumping down (maximum monitoring)

Input

Total cold resistance

< 1.5 k

Ω

Response value

≥

3.6 k

Ω

(Relay drops out)

Release value

≤

1.8 k

Ω

(Relay picks up)

Basic accuracy

± 10 % (of scale end value)

Repeat accuracy

≤

2 %

Measuring input

Conductive probe, type: SK1, SK2, SK3

Maximum probe voltage

16 V AC

Maximum probe current

7 mA

Length of probe cable

< 1000 m (Line capacity 100 nF/km; set value < 50%)

< 100 m (Line capacity 100 nF/km; set value 100%)

Switching threshold

0.25 k

Ω

... 100 k

Ω

(4 mS ... 1

Relay output

Contact type

2 floating PDT contacts

Switching capacity

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

Electrical service life

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 10

cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Output fuse

5 A (fast-blow)

General data

EMD-SL-LL-230

EMD-SL-LL-110

Supply voltage

230 V AC -15 % ... +15 % AC

110 V AC -10 % ... +15% AC

Supply voltage range

24 V AC ... 230 V AC (see Power modules)

24 V DC (see Power modules)

Nominal power consumption

2 VA (1.5 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 90 / 113 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Electronic monitoring relay

EMD-SL-PTC

2866093

EMD-SL-LL-230

2885906

EMD-SL-LL-110

2901137

Power module,

plug-in, please order at the same time!

Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC

2885359

Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC

EMD-SL-PS- 24AC

2866103

Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC

EMD-SL-PS-110AC

2866116

Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC

EMD-SL-PS-120AC

2885731

Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2866129

271

PHOENIX CONTACT

The

EMD-SL-LL-...

monitoring relay

monitors the level of electrically conductive
liquids with the help of conductive probes
(not supplied as standard).
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

Level monitoring

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Temperature monitoring

(motor windings)

Level monitoring

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

4...

V A

C/DC





Technical data

Functions

E: With switch-on delay

R: With release delay and control contact

Es: With switch-on delay and control contact

Ws: With single shot leading edge and control contact

Control contact

Connection

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1

Control pulse length

≥

50 ms (DC)

Relay output

Contact type

1 floating PDT

Switching capacity

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)

Mechanical service life

15 x 10

cycles

General data

Supply voltage

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20

% ... +25

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature range

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL 508 Listed

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Compact time relay,

multifunctional, with screw connection

ETD-BL-1T-230

2905813

Compact time relay,

multifunctional, with Push-in connection

ETD-BL-1T-230-PT

2905814

272

PHOENIX CONTACT

The multifunctional time relay offers

universal use thanks to a variety of functions
and various time settings. The rotary
switches on the front of the housing allow
easy parameterization. The compact design
also allows flexible use.

Main features:

– Adjustable  time
– Time range: 50 ms to 1 h
– Non-floating control input
– Delay  functions
– Wiper  functions
– Output: one floating changeover contact
– Clear diagnostics via status LED

Compact time relay

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Multifunctional time relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

(

)

(

)

4...

V A

C/DC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Functions

lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause

li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse

Time ranges

Setting range

50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges)

Control contact

Connection

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1

Control pulse length

≥

50 ms (DC)

Relay output

Contact type

1 floating PDT

Switching capacity

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

General data

Supply voltage

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -10 % ... +15 %

Nominal power consumption

2.5 VA (1 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature range

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Compact time relay, impulse encoder

- with Push-in connection

ETD-BL-2T-I-230-PT

2907714

- with screw connection

ETD-BL-2T-I-230

2907713

273

PHOENIX CONTACT

new

As an impulse encoder with adjustable

times, the ETD-BL-2T-I-230 offers a range
of flashing functions. The rotary switches
on the front of the housing allow easy
parameterization. The compact design also
allows flexible use.

Main features:

– Two adjustable times
– Time ranges: 50 ms to 100 h
– Flashing function
– Wide-range power supply unit
– Output: two floating changeover contacts
– Clear diagnostics via status LED

Compact time relay

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Impulse encoder,

adjustable pulse and pause times

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+

A2-

t<T

LED

t<T

LED

t<T

LED













Technical data

Input data

Nominal input voltage U

24 V DC (AC operation only permitted for RIF-1)

Nominal input voltage range with reference to U

0.4 ... 1.2

Input circuit

Varistor , Yellow LED

Output data

Limiting continuous current

≤

250 mA (Relay coil current)

General data

Mounting position

any

Repeat accuracy

1 %

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 50 °C (RIF-1, AC coil, 2 PDTs at 6 A)

-25 °C ... 50 °C (RIF-1, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 5 A)

-25 °C ... 40 °C (RIF-2, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 8 A)

-25 °C ... 40 °C (RIF-2, DC coil, 4 PDTs at 5 A)

-25 °C ... 40 °C (RIF-3, DC coil, 3 PDTs at 6.75 A)

-25 °C ... 40 °C (RIF-3, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 8 A)

-25 °C ... 35 °C (RIF-4, DC coil, 3 PDTs at 8 A)

-25 °C ... 25 °C (RIF-4, DC coil, 3 N/O contacts at 8 A)

Standards/specifications

DIN EN 50178

Rated insulation voltage

50 V DC

Rated surge voltage

0.4 kV

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Timer module

, for mounting on RIF-1 to RIF-4, with LED status

indicator for extending a relay module to create a time relay with an

input voltage of 24 V AC/DC

RIF-T3-24UC

2902647

274

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in timer module for RIF-1, RIF-2,
RIF-3, and RIF-4

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Timer module for RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay modules

for 12 to 24 V AC/DC input voltage

With switch-on delay

Passing make contact

Pulse generator

The multifunctional plug-in timer module

transforms a relay module into a time relay.
RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases can be equipped with
this module. Using DIP switches, three time
functions and four time ranges can be
selected. Detailed time settings are made
using a potentiometer. Relays can be
operated with an input voltage of
12 or 24 V AC/DC.

The time functions:

– With switch-on delay
– With passing make contact
– Pulse generator

Time ranges:

– 0.5 to 10 s
– 5 to 100 s
– 0.5 to 10 min
– 5 to 100 min

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

275

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

V D

A2-

A1+

14
12

+ –

V D

A2-

A1+

14
12

+ –

A1 +

A2 –

24 V DC







Ex:



Technical data

Functions

ON: With switch-on delay

ON-CC: With switch-on delay with control contact

OFF-CC: Off delay with control contact

F: Flashing begin

Control contact

Connection

Control pulse length

min. 50 ms

Relay output

Contact type

1 floating PDT

Switching capacity

1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

General data

Supply voltage

24 V DC (19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC)

24 V DC (1

Typical nominal current

15 mA (Relay ON)

7 mA (Relay OFF)

Impulse withstand voltage

6 kV (According to EN 50178)

6 kV (According to

Degree of protection

IP20

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 65 °C

Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 / 80 / 86 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 30 - 12

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Compact time relay,

with screw connection

Time range 0.1...10 s

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S

2917379

Time range 3...300 s

ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S

2917382

Time range 0.3...30 min

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN

2917395

Time range 3...300 min

ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN

2917405

Compact time relay

, with Push-in connection

Time range 0.1...10 s

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT

2901476

Time range 3...300 s

ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT

2901477

Time range 0.3...30 min

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT

2901478

Time range 3...300 min

ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT

2901479

276

PHOENIX CONTACT

Ultra-narrow time relays

The

ETD-BL-1T-...

ultra-narrow time

relays show their strengths in applications
that involve set parameters for functionality
and time range.

– Purposeful device selection: one function,

one time range

– High level of setting accuracy thanks to

labeled and illuminated thumb wheel

– Overall width of just 6.2 mm

Conveyor belt 2 stars with a time delay

Conveyor belt 1 starts immediately

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

D W

Time relay with switch-on delay,

voltage controlled

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1 +

A2 –

24 V DC

A1 +

A2 –

24 V DC

A1 +

A2 –

24 V DC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Ex:









Ex:









Ex:



Technical data

ON: With switch-on delay

ON-CC: With switch-on delay with control contact

OFF-CC: Off delay with control contact

F: Flashing beginning with pulse

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1

min. 50 ms

1 floating PDT

Switching capacity

1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

)

24 V DC (19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC)

15 mA (Relay ON)

7 mA (Relay OFF)

15 mA (Relay ON)

7 mA (Relay OFF)

15 mA (Relay ON)

7 mA (Relay OFF)

Impulse withstand voltage

6 kV (According to EN 50178)

IP20

-20 °C ... 65 °C

6.2 / 80 / 86 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 30 - 12

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

CE-compliant



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X



II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S

2917418

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S

2917450

ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S

2917492

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S

2917421

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S

2917463

ETD-BL-1T-F-300S

2917502

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN

2917434

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN

2917467

ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN

2917515

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN

2917447

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN

2917489

ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN

2917528

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT

2901480

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT

2901485

ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT

2901489

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT

2901481

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT

2901486

ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT

2901490

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT

2901483

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT

2901487

ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT

2901491

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT

2901484

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT

2901488

ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT

2901492

277

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

D W

Time relay with switch-on delay,

with control contact

Time relay with off delay,

with control contact

Time relay with flashing indic. function,

beginning with the pulse

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

16 18

WATCHDOG

T<T

T T

16 18

WATCHDOG

T<T1

24...24

V AC/DC







Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

Functions

lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause

li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse

ER: With switch-on and release delay with control contact

EWu: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge, voltage

controlled

EWs: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge with

control contact

WsWa: With single shot leading edge and single shot trailing edge

with control contact

Wt: Pulse sequence evaluation (retriggerable release delay)

Time ranges

Setting range

50 ms ... 10 h (10 time end ranges)

50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges)

Control contact

Connection

Floating, basic isolation between connection and

input/output/bridge Y1-Y2

Load capacity

Cannot carry load

Cable length

< 10 m

Control pulse length

min. 50 ms (Only with Wt function: > 7 ms)

min. 70 ms

Relay output

Contact type

2 floating PDT contacts

Switching capacity

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

General data

Supply voltage

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20

% ... +25

24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15

% ... +10

Nominal power consumption

2.5 VA (1 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

IP40 (h

Ambient temperature range

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Housing material

Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing

Dimensions W/H/D

22.5 / 90 / 113 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

0.5 ..

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Electronic time relay

with adjustable functions and times

ETD-FL-2T-DTI

2866187

278

PHOENIX CONTACT

Multifunctional time relays

The full range of conventional applications

can be accommodated by the three versions
of the

ETD

multifunctional time relay.

– Suitable for universal use thanks to varied

functions and selectable time ranges

– Time ranges from a few milliseconds to

several days

– Variable supply voltage range
– 2 floating PDT outputs

Message for incorrect pulse

Function: Pulse sequence evaluation

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Multifunctional time relay,

two adjustable times

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

24...24

V AC/DC

24...24

V AC/DC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Housing width 22.5 mm

Technical data

E: With switch-on delay

R: With release delay and control contact

Es: With switch-on delay and control contact

Wu: With single shot leading edge, voltage controlled

Ws: With single shot leading edge and control contact

Wa: With single shot trailing edge and control contact

Bi: Flashing beginning with pulse

Bp: Flashing beginning with pause

lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause

li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse

Setting range

50 ms ... 10 h (10 time end ranges)

50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges)

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1

Parallel switched minimum load current 1 VA (0.5 W), terminals A2-B1

< 10 m

Control pulse length

min. 50 ms (Only with Wt function: > 7 ms)

min. 70 ms

Contact type

2 floating PDT contacts

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned,

≤

5 mm spacing)

1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned,

≥

5 mm spacing)

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20

% ... +25

24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15

% ... +10

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20

% ... +25

24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15

% ... +10

2.5 VA (1 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Housing material

Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing

22.5 / 90 / 113 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

CE-compliant

UL, USA/Canada

UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

ETD-SL-1T-DTF

2866161

ETD-SL-2T-I

2866174

279

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Multifunctional time relay,

one adjustable time

Impulse encoder,

adjustable pulse and pause times

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html



Technical data

Diodes

4E / 8E / 17E / 7P / 7M

14P / 14M / 32P / 32M

4E-... / 4P-... / 4M-... / 8E-...

8P-... / 8M-...

Max. operating voltage U

max

250 V AC

Peak reverse voltage per diode

1300 V

1000 V

Reverse current per diode

5 µA

10 µA

Conducting state voltage per diode

approx. 0.8 V

Conducting state current per diode

with single load

0.7 A

1.5 A

with simultaneous loads

0.5 A

0.2 A

1 A

0.3 A

General data

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Rated insulation voltage

300 V (According to EN 50178)

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 (according to EN 50178)

Mounting position

any

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

Dimensions H / D

75 / 55 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Description

Housing width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Diode module,

can be individually wired

4 diodes

22.5 mm

EMG 22-DIO 4E

2950048

EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408

2952790

8 diodes

45 mm

EMG 45-DIO 8E

2950103

EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408

2949389

17 diodes

90 mm

EMG 90-DIO 17E

2954895

Diode module

, with P polarity (common cathode)

4 diodes

22.5 mm

EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408

2952198

7 diodes

22.5 mm

EMG 22-DIO 7P

2950064

8 diodes

45 mm

EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408

2954879

14 diodes

45 mm

EMG 45-DIO14P

2950116

32 diodes

90 mm

EMG 90-DIO 32P

2954918

Diode module,

with M polarity (common anode)

4 diodes

22.5 mm

EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408

2952211

7 diodes

22.5 mm

EMG 22-DIO 7M

2950077

8 diodes

45 mm

EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408

2954882

14 diodes

45 mm

EMG 45-DIO14M

2950129

32 diodes

90 mm

EMG 90-DIO 32M

2954934

Accessories

Equipment marker

EMG-GKS 12

EMG-GKS 12

280

PHOENIX CONTACT

Diode module

Diode circuits perform various tasks in

electrical control systems, particularly in
electronic ones:
– Electrical decoupling of messages in fault

signaling systems

– Spark-suppression diodes for limiting

surge voltages of inductive loads,
(solenoid valves, DC relays or similar)

– Can be supplied as “diode gates”

combined with anode or cathode or as
freely assignable diodes

Notes:

Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at

phoenixcontact.net/products.

D W

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

with diode type 1 N 4007

with diode type 1 N 5408

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

Diodes

8E/16E

14M/32M

LA 7S

LED 7S/LED 14S

Max. operating voltage U

max

250 V AC

Peak reverse voltage per diode

1300 V

Reverse current per diode

≤

5 µA

≤

5 µA

Conducting state voltage per diode

approx. 0.8 V

Conducting state current per diode

with single load

0.7 A

with simultaneous loads

0.4 A

0.2 A

Input

Current required per light indicator

approx. 1 mA

approx. 3 mA

General data

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 50 °C

-20 °C ... 45 °C

Rated insulation voltage

300 V (According to EN 50178)

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 (according to EN 50178)

Mounting position

any

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

Dimensions H / D

75 / 55 mm

75 / 47.5 mm

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Description

Housing width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Lamp testing module,

for individual wiring

4-pair

45 mm

EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP

2954798

8-pair

90 mm

EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP

2954808

Lamp testing module,

with common control

7-pair

45 mm

EMG 45-DIO14M/LP

2950132

16-pair

90 mm

EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP

2954785

Light indicator module,

110 ... 230 V AC input voltage

7 glow lamps

22.5 mm

EMG 22-LA 7S/230

2949677

Light indicator module,

24 V DC input voltage

7 LEDs

22.5 mm

EMG 22-LED 7S/24

2952305

14 LEDs

45 mm

EMG 45-LED 14S/24

2952334

Accessories

Equipment marker

EMG-GKS 12

EMG-GKS 12

281

PHOENIX CONTACT

Lamp testing modules

Lamp testing modules for checking lamps

that are installed and ready for operation:
– Individual checking of separate lamps

(EMG...-E/LP)

– Centrally controlled checking of lamps

(EMG...-M/LP)

Display modules

– Light indicator modules facilitate the

monitoring of processes on electronic
control systems during troubleshooting

Notes:

Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at

phoenixcontact.net/products.

D W

Monitoring

Monitoring and diagnostics

Lamp testing module,

groups of 2 diodes with common cathode

Light indicator module,

with common return line

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

282

PHOENIX CONTACT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Product range overview

Basics of relay technology

284

286

Basics of solid-state relay technology

290

Sensor/actuator configuration aids and
handling of interference signals

292

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

294

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

368

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

426

Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series

436

Special relay and solid-state relay modules

442

Relay modules with force-guided contacts

456

Relay modules for potentially explosive areas (Zone 2)

458

283

PHOENIX CONTACT

The importance of the reliability of

industrial automation equipment is growing
with the increase in use of electronic
modules.

Modern relays or solid-state relay

interfaces perform a wide range of tasks.
No matter what the field – production
technology, electrical equipment for
machines, control engineering for power
distribution, building automation, or
process engineering – the aim is to ensure
signal exchange between process
peripherals and the higher-level central
control systems. And this exchange must be
reliable, floating, and electrically
unambiguous. Safe electrical interface
modules that meet the requirements of
modern system concepts must include the
following features:
– Coupling of different signal levels
– Safe electrical isolation between input and

output

– High resistance to interference

In practice, a relay interface is used in

applications that require a flexible interface
configuration with a large switching capacity
range and the possibility of combining
different types of contact. Further
important features of relay interfaces are:
– Electrical isolation between open

contacts

– Switching of independent switching

current types

– High short-term overload resistance in

the event of a short circuit or voltage
peaks

– Practically impervious to electromagnetic

fields

– Easy handling

Solid-state relay modules are used when

an interface between the process
peripherals and electronics is subject to the
following requirements:
– Low control power
– High switching frequencies
– Wear-resistant and bounce-free switching
– Resistance to vibrations and shocks
– Long service life

Relay modules

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

RIFLINE complete

RIF-0

for relays and solid-state relays

Page 296

RIF-1

for relays and solid-state relays

Page 302

RIF-2

for industrial relays

PLC-INTERFACE

With relay/solid-state relay

Page 372

As sensor/actuator version

Page 378

For high inrush/continuous currents

Page 386

Resistant to interference currents/voltages

Page 388

With switch

Page 404

For railway applications

DEK series

Actuator series with miniature relays

Page 439

Sensor series with miniature relays

Page 439

With solid-state relay

Page 440

Relay modules with
force-guided contacts

Relay modules for potentially
explosive areas (Zone 2)

Relay modules with force-guided contacts

Page 456

Relay modules for potentially explosive

areas (Zone 2)

Page 458

284

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

RIF-4

for high-power relays

Page 324

Accessories

Page 330

PLC logic

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

Page 426

Special relay and solid-state relay modules

Relay terminal blocks with switch

Page 443

Interference-free relays and

solid-state relays

Page 444

Relays for switching lamp loads

Page 447

Solid-state power relays with

400 V AC/3 A output

Page 448

Safety devices

Monitoring relays

Time relays

285

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

In the case of a pure DC input, the most

important addition to the circuit is a
freewheeling diode. This limits the voltages
induced on the coil on circuit interruption
to a value of approximately 0.7 V, which
does not pose a danger to any connected
control electronics.

As the freewheeling diode can only

perform its required function if the polarity
of the voltage connection is correct, a
polarity protection diode is also integrated
into the input circuit.

To allow DC or AC voltage operation, a

bridge rectifier is connected in the input
circuit. The diodes are simultaneously
responsible for performing rectification,
freewheeling, and polarity reversal
protection functions. The interrupting
voltage of the coil is limited to
approximately 1.4 V.

To protect the input circuit against

overvoltages, a varistor is also connected
(depending on the type) upstream of the
bridge rectifier.

Basic structure of a relay with AC input

Basic structure of a relay with DC input

Basic structure of a relay with AC/DC input

General information

Electromechanical relays are used as

interface modules between the process I/O
devices, on the one hand, and the open-
loop/closed-loop control and signaling
equipment, on the other, for level and
power adjustment purposes.

Essentially, electromechanical relays can

be divided into two main groups:
monostable and bistable relays.

With monostable DC or AC relays, the

contacts automatically return to the release
state as soon as they are de-energized.

In the case of bistable relays, the contacts

remain in their present switch position
when the excitation current is switched off.

The documented relay data is based on

test conditions and design criteria according
to IEC 61810. Data may vary or be limited
when mounting relays on DIN rail bases or
on PCBs. Numerous parameters, such as:
– Operating time
– Load current
– Input voltage
– Dense mounting arrangement
– Heat dissipation into the environment

and the layout for PCB applications
ultimately determine the data for the
overall arrangement.
The Phoenix Contact supply range

features numerous ready-mounted relay
combinations and base combinations,
including some with additional input plug-in
modules. These are tested under worst
case conditions. The documented data then
applies to the combinations.

Coil side

Input circuits and voltage types

There are various kinds of input circuit

depending on the type of relay used and the
nature of the control voltage.

If pure AC relays are used (AC input), the

input circuit is generally nothing more than
a visual switching status indicator.

Unless otherwise specified, the frequency

of the control voltage is 50/60 Hz.

Bistable latching relays with a double

winding are only ever operated with
DC voltage.

With these types of relay, there are three

coil connections on the coil side. In addition
to the common connection, there are
separate connections for “setting” and
“resetting”; these are controlled by short
pulses only. As a result, the relays hardly
heat up at all. Simultaneous control of both
control inputs is not permitted.

A distinction is made between negative

switching (M) and positive switching (P)
types, depending on the polarity of the
freewheeling and polarity protection
diodes.

Basic structure of a bistable relay, negative switching type

Basic structure of a bistable relay, positive switching type

I: Maximum permissible voltage with 100%

operating time (OT) and compliance
with the coil temperature limit

II: Minimum response voltage

Basic curve of a relay operating voltage

Interference voltages and
interference currents on the coil side

When inductive or capacitive interference

voltages are coupled into the long supply
lines of a relay, this can prevent the relay
from operating safely.

If the coupled-in voltage exceeds the

release voltage required by the IEC 61810-1
“relay standard”, in extreme cases the relay
may fail to release. In the case of DC relays,

Operating voltage range

The ambient temperature prevailing at

the location of use has a major impact on
certain relay operating parameters.

As the ambient temperature increases,

the coil winding heats up, causing the
operate and release voltages to rise. At the
same time, the maximum permissible coil
voltage decreases, which means that the
usable working range becomes restricted as
a result.

The diagram below illustrates how the

operating voltage behaves as a function of
the ambient temperature.

Ambient temperature in °C

Ope

tin

g v

lta

286

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Basics of relay technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

External RC interference suppressor to prevent interference

voltage coupling

The following values are recommended

for the purpose of dimensioning the RC
element:
– R = 100 to 220



– C = 220 to 470 nF

The SO46 series has been developed to

provide even higher levels of immunity to
interference. These products already
contain an integrated RCZ filter. See, for
example, PLC...SO46.

Contact side, contact materials

Given the wide variety of potential

applications in the different industrial
sectors, the relays used must be matched to
the various tasks that need to be performed
by selecting the right kind of contact
material.

The voltage, current, and power values

play an important role when determining
the suitability of contact materials. Other
criteria include:
– Contact resistance
– Erosion resistance
– Material migration
– Welding tendency
– Chemical influences

In this way, the various contact materials

(generally noble metal alloys) can be
matched to the relevant areas of
application.

The adjacent table provides details of

some of the key materials.

Contact protection circuit

Every electrical consumer constitutes a

mixed load with ohmic, capacitive, and
inductive components.

When these loads are switched, the

switching contact is in turn subjected to a
load, to either a lesser or greater extent.
This load can be reduced by including a
suitable contact protection circuit.

In view of the fact that consumers with a

large inductive component are
predominantly used in practice (e.g.,
contactors, solenoid valves, motors, etc.),
these application scenarios are worth
considering in more detail.

On interruption, voltage peaks with

values of up to several thousand volts occur
due to the energy stored in the coil.

These high voltages cause an electric arc

on the switching contact which can destroy
the contact due to material vaporization
and material migration. The electrical
service life is reduced considerably as a
result. In extreme cases, the relay may fail in
the very first switching cycle with DC
voltage and a static electric arc.

A protective circuit must be used to

suppress the formation of an electric arc.
With optimum dimensioning, almost the
same number of switching cycles can be
achieved as with an ohmic load.

Contact material

Typical properties

Typical applications

Guide values

for the area of

application*

Gold Au

Largely insensitive to industrial atmospheres, low

and constant contact resistances in the range of

small switching capacities with nickel (AuNi) or silver

(AuAg) alloys.

Dry measuring and switching

circuits, control inputs



A ... 0.2 A



V ... 30 V

Silver Ag

High electrical conductivity, sensitive to sulfur,

therefore often gold-flashed (approximately. 0.2



as protection; nickel (AgNi) or copper (AgCu) alloys

increase the mechanical resistance and erosion

resistance and reduce the welding tendency.

Universal, suitable for medium

loads; nickel alloys (AgNi 0.15)

for DC circuits with medium to

large loads



12 V



10 mA

Silver, hard gold-

plated Ag + Au

Properties similar to gold Au, when switching loads

> 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10



m) is

destroyed and the values and properties of the Ag

contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the

service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and

other small loads.



100 mV



1 mA

Tungsten W

Highest melting point, very high erosion resistance,

greater contact resistances, very low welding

tendency, susceptible to corrosion, often used as

lead contact.

Loads with very high inrush

currents, e.g., glow lamps,

fluorescent lamps.



60 V



1 A

Silver nickel

AgNi

High erosion resistance, low welding tendency,

higher contact resistances than with pure silver.

Universal, suitable for medium to

high loads, DC circuits, and

inductive loads.



12 V



10 mA

Silver nickel

AgNi + Au

Properties similar to gold Au, when switching loads

> 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10



m) is

destroyed and the values and properties of the AgNi

contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the

service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and

other small loads.



100 mV



1 mA

Silver tin oxide

AgSnO

Low welding tendency, very high erosion resistance

for high switching capacities, low material migration

Application depends heavily on

the relay type, switching circuits

with high make and break loads,

e.g., glow lamps and fluorescent

lamps, AC and DC circuits. Due to

different alloys and production

procedures, partly also suitable

for smaller loads.



12 V



100 mA

(



10 mA)

Silver tin oxide,

hard gold-plated

AgSnO + Au

Properties similar to gold Au, when switching loads

> 30 V/0.2 A the hard gold plating (5 - 10



m) is

destroyed and the values and properties of the

AgSnO contact are applicable. However, a reduction

in the service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and

other small loads.



100 mV



1 mA

* Values depend on the relay used and on further operating conditions.

this release voltage is



0.05 x U

and for

purely AC relays, it is



0.15 x U

The same disturbances can occur when a

relay with a low input power is controlled
by an electronics module with an AC
voltage output featuring an RC circuit. The
typical leakage current from RC elements of
this kind (generally in the region of several
mA) provides sufficient control power to
prevent the downstream relay from
releasing or even enough power to excite it.

The disturbance level of any interference

voltages that are present can be reduced by
connecting an RC element in parallel to the
relay coil. This measure also subjects the
interference voltage to a capacitive load,
causing it to collapse.

287

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Basics of relay technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Load wiring

Additional

dropout

delay

Defined

induction voltage

limitation

Effective

bipolar

attenuation

Advantages and disadvantages

Diode

Large

Yes (U

)

Advantages:

• Good effect in terms of extending

the service life of the contacts

• Easy implementation

• Inexpensive

• Reliable

• Dimensioning not critical

• Low induction voltage

Disadvantages:

• Attenuation only via load resistor

• Long dropout delay

Series connection

diode/Zener diode

Medium to

small

Yes (U

)

Advantages:

• Dimensioning not critical

Disadvantages:

• Attenuation only above U

• Minimal effect in terms of extending

the service life of the contacts

Suppressor diode

Medium to

small

Yes (U

)

Yes

Advantages:

• Inexpensive

• Dimensioning not critical

• Limitation of positive peaks

• Suitable for AC voltage

Disadvantages:

• Attenuation only above U

• Minimal effect in terms of extending

the service life of the contacts

Varistor

Medium to

small

Yes (U

VDR

)

Yes

Advantages:

• High energy absorption

• Dimensioning not critical

• Suitable for AC voltage

Disadvantages:

• Attenuation only above U

VDR

• Minimal effect in terms of extending

the service life of the contacts

R/C combination

Medium to

small

Yes

Advantages:

• HF attenuation due to energy

storage

• Suitable for AC voltage

• Level-independent attenuation

Disadvantages:

• Precise dimensioning required

• High inrush current surge

• Minimal effect in terms of extending

the service life of the contacts

In principle, there are a number of

possible ways of achieving an effective
circuit:
1. Wiring the contact
2. Wiring the consumer
3. Combination of both wiring methods

In principle, protective measures should

intervene directly at the source of the
interference.

Wiring a consumer should therefore be

given priority over wiring the contact.

The following points are advantageous for

the consumer circuit (image on right):
1. The circuit is only loaded with the

induction voltage during interruption.
By contrast, the sum of the operating
voltage and the induction voltage is
applied to the contact circuit.

2. When the contact is open, the load is

electrically isolated from the operating
voltage.

3. It is not possible for the load to be

activated or to “stick” due to undesired
operating currents, e.g., from RC
elements.

4. Cut-off peaks of the load cannot be

coupled into parallel control lines.

Nowadays, solenoid valves are usually

connected using valve connectors that are
also supplied with LEDs and components
that limit the induction voltage. Valve
connectors with an RC element, varistor or
Zener diode often do not quench the arc
and only serve to comply with legislation
governing EMC. Only valve connectors with
an integrated 1N4007 freewheeling diode
quench the arc quickly and safely, thereby
increasing the service life of the relay by a
factor of 5 to 10. Valve connectors with
LED, integrated 1N4007, and free cable end
can be supplied on request as part of the
SAC range.

Wiring the contact

Wiring the inductive

consumer

Application example: Measurement point changeover

Application example: PLC input signal

Switching small loads

Small loads have to be processed mainly in

applications where signals have to be
forwarded to control inputs (e.g., of a PLC).

With these loads, no switching sparks

(electric arcs) occur on the contacts in the
small load range.

In addition to the constant cleaning effect

due to contact friction, this switching spark
assumes the function of penetrating non-
conductive contamination layers that are
formed on the contact surfaces of power
contacts.

Load

Evaluation

electronics

Limit switch

PLC

input card

288

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Basics of relay technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

These contamination layers are usually

oxidation or sulfidation products of the
contact materials silver (Ag) or silver alloys
such as silver nickel (AgNi) or silver tin
oxide (AgSnO). As a result, the contact
resistance may rise so considerably within a
short time that reliable switching is no
longer possible in the case of small loads.

Due to these properties, the power

contact materials mentioned are not
suitable for small load applications.

Gold (Au) has become accepted as the

contact material of choice for these areas of
application mainly on account of its low and
constant contact resistances even with
small loads and its insensitivity to sulfurous
atmospheres.

For the smallest of loads and even greater

contact reliability, double contact relays
with gold contacts are used.

The slotted contact spring in this design

provides two parallel contact points with
even lower contact resistances and
considerably higher contact reliability.

Switching large loads

A few important points also need to be

considered with regard to switching
operations in the large load range that
involve power contacts made of either silver
(Ag) or silver tin oxide (AgSnO).

A basic distinction must be made

between switching DC and AC loads.

Switching large AC loads

When switching large AC loads, the relay

can be operated up to the corresponding
maximum values for switching voltage,
current, and power. The electric arc that
occurs during interruption depends on the
current, voltage, and phase relation. This
cut-off arc usually disappears automatically
the next time the load current passes
through zero.

In applications with an inductive load, an

effective protective circuit must be
provided, otherwise the service life of the
system will be reduced considerably.

Switching large DC loads

Conventional switching relays can only

switch off relatively small direct currents
(which contrasts with their ability to switch
off the maximum permissible AC current),
since there is no zero crossing to extinguish
the arc automatically. This maximum DC
value is also dependent to a large extent on
the switching voltage and is determined,
among other things, by constructional
features such as contact spacing and contact
opening speed.

The corresponding current and voltage

values are documented by relay
manufacturers in electric arc or load limit
curves.

A non-attenuated inductive DC load

further reduces the values given for
switchable currents. The energy stored in
the inductance can cause an electric arc to
occur, which forwards the current through
the open contacts.

With an effective contact protection

circuit, preferably type 1N4007
freewheeling diodes, the service life can be
increased by a factor of 5 to 10 compared
with unprotected or poorly protected
inductive loads (see also “Contact
protection circuit” section).

If higher DC loads than those

documented are to be switched or if the
electrical service life is to be increased,
several contacts of a relay can be connected
in series. See, for example, REL-IR...
industrial relays.

Alternatively, solid-state relays with DC

voltage output can also be used.

Example of a load limit curve (dependent on the type)

Switching lamps and capacitive loads

Regardless of the type of voltage, all kinds

of lamps and loads with a capacitive
component impose extreme requirements
on the switching contacts. The moment it is
switched on, in other words precisely in the
dynamic chattering phase of the relay,
extremely powerful current peaks occur.
These are often in the region of several tens
of amps, and not infrequently are known to
exceed 100 A, which results in welding of
the contact. This can be remedied by using
specially optimized “lamp load relays” that
can cope with these inrush peaks. See, for
example, PLC...IC type.

Switching capacity according to
utilization categories AC15 and DC13
(IEC 60947)

In practice, both the maximum

interrupting rating for AC loads and the DC
interruption values taken from the load limit
curves provide only a rough guide for the
choice of relay. In reality, this is insufficient,
since real loads in the vast majority of
industrial applications have inductive or
capacitive components and the wiring of the
loads can be totally different. As already
described, this sometimes leads to
considerable variations in terms of service
life.

The IEC 60947 contactor standard seeks

to avoid these disadvantages by dividing the
loads into various utilization categories
(DC13, AC15, etc.). This standard is also
partly applied to relays. However, users
must be aware of the fact that these values
are only applicable in practice to a limited
extent as well, since all DC13 and AC15
test loads are highly inductive and are also
operated without any protective circuit at
all (see “Contact protection circuit”
section). Moreover, the switching capacity
test according to IEC 60947 only requires
6060 switching cycles to be performed by
way of a minimum requirement.

A much more reliable way to determine

the switching capacity and the anticipated
service life is to refer to the specific
application data. Using a comprehensive
data bank, the service life can be accurately
estimated for most applications and, if
necessary, suggestions for improvement can
be made. In the case of critical applications,
the user is advised to gather service life
information based on empirical data.

289

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Basics of relay technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Control side

Solid-state relays for various voltage

and power levels are available from
Phoenix Contact for use as interface
modules designed to match process I/O
devices to control, signaling, and regulating
devices. The solid-state relay element which
is actually located in the module is limited to
one defined voltage range by virtue of its
design. The current consumption on the
input side fluctuates depending on the
circuit architecture and voltage level.

To accommodate all voltages required for

industrial applications between 5 V and
230 V, an input circuit is provided. The
inputs for DC voltage and AC voltage must
always be differentiated.

DC input

Adjustments are made in accordance with

the various voltage levels by adding
electronics which have been specially
adapted to the desired voltage range. In the
case of most modules, a polarity protection
diode provides reliable protection against
destruction in the event of a control voltage
being connected incorrectly. Specially
coordinated filters reliably suppress possible
high-frequency noise emissions.

Figure 4: 3-conductor output

Figure 1: Block diagram for DC input

Figure 2: Block diagram for AC input

Figure 3: 2-conductor output

Load side

Depending on the application and the

type of load, the solid-state relay output
must meet various requirements. The
following are crucial:
– Power amplification
– Matching the switching voltage and the

switching current (AC/DC)

– Short-circuit protection

For these different applications, the solid-

state relay element must also be processed
using additional electronics on the output
side.

state power relays. This shows the
maximum load current as a function of
the ambient temperature.

3. Output circuit

The 2-conductor output is similar to a
mechanical contact. Only the polarity of
the connections is specified and must be
observed.

The 3-conductor output is non-isolated

and requires both potentials from the
voltage source on the output side to be
connected if it is to operate reliably.

When switched off, a permanent

reference to ground (negative potential) is
established. In addition, this output circuit
offers the advantage of an almost constant
internal resistance.

cannot be achieved. This results in
continuous through-switching.

AC input

The solid-state relay element requires a

stable control voltage to ensure reliable
operation. In the case of the AC input, this
is achieved by connecting a rectifier and
filter capacitor upstream. The rectification
is followed, in principle, by the same circuit
architecture as the DC input.

The switching frequency always lies below

half the mains frequency. Due to the filter
capacitor, a higher switching frequency

DC output

In order to achieve the necessary output

power, the solid-state relay element is
supplemented by one or more
semiconductor components.

The on-site user should nevertheless

simply regard the connection terminal
blocks of the output as conventional switch
connections. Observing the specified
polarity is the only essential requirement.

For practical reasons, the following

criteria should be taken into account when
selecting a suitable solid-state relay:
1. Operating voltage range

(e.g., 12 ... 60 V DC)
This determines the minimum or
maximum voltage to be switched. The
lower value must be observed in order
to ensure reliable operation. In order to
protect the output transistor, the upper
value must not be exceeded.

2. Maximum continuous current (e.g., 1 A)

This value indicates the maximum
continuous current. If this value is
exceeded continuously, the output
semiconductor will be destroyed. The
dependence of the output current on
the ambient temperature of the solid-
state relay should also be taken into
consideration. A derating curve is
therefore generally specified for solid-

AC output

In order to control the switching and

control devices for AC voltage, a
semiconductor for AC voltage (TRIAC or
thyristor) is connected downstream of the
solid-state relay element.

As with the DC output, it is particularly

important to consider the maximum
operating voltage range and the maximum
continuous load current as a function of the
ambient temperature.

290

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Basics of solid-state relay technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Figure 5: Basic circuit diagram of AC output

Figure 6: Protective circuit with DC voltage output

Figure 7: Protective circuit with AC voltage output

e.g., load protection monitoring (DC contactor)

e.g., load protection monitoring (AC contactor)

e.g., position indication with limit stop contact or initiator

e.g., switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor (DC load)

e.g., switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor (AC load)

In addition, the maximum peak reverse

voltage of the TRIAC (e.g., 600 V) is crucial
with AC outputs. This must not be
exceeded even in the case of voltage
fluctuations or interference voltage peaks in
order to prevent destruction. That is why
the AC outputs of all solid-state relays from
Phoenix Contact have an internal RC
protective circuit to protect against
interference voltage peaks.

Protective circuits

The moment inductive loads (contactors,

solenoid valves, motors) are switched off,
surge voltages occur and these can reach
very high amplitudes. Electronic
components and switching elements are
particularly susceptible to these. A
protective circuit should therefore always
be provided to prevent destruction.

A parallel connection to the load

effectively reduces the switching surge
voltage to a harmless level. Depending on
the solid-state relay output and load type,
– a freewheeling diode/suppressor diode

(DC only),

– a varistor (AC and DC)
– or an RC element (AC only)
can provide the necessary protection.

Application notes

Input solid-state relays acting in the

direction from the I/O devices to the
controller (signaling, controlling,
monitoring)

Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...

Modular version:
– DEK-OE...
– EMG 10-OE...
– SIM-EI...
– OPT...

Output (power) solid-state relays acting

in the direction from the controller to the
I/O devices (switching, amplifying,
controlling)

Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...

Modular version:
– DEK-OV...
– EMG 10-OV
– EMG 12-OV
– EMG 17-OV
– OV...
– OPT...

Remarks:

) Ground (negative) potential from the input and output of the

solid-state relay must not be connected.

) DC loads must be provided with an effective protective circuit

(e.g., diode).

) AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.

Protection

e.g., PLC

OUT

e.g., PLC

OUT

291

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Basics of solid-state relay technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

If sensors such as proximity switches are

connected via a universal relay to a
controller with a changeover contact, an
additional terminal block strip must be used
for the common sensor supply voltage. It is
also important to note that either the
wiring in the control cabinet must be
implemented the other way round since
control of the relay now takes place from
the field level and not via the controller, or
the relay module must be installed into the
control cabinet rotated at 180°. The
negative potential of the sensors is applied
at connection terminal block A2 on the
relay module. This can be distributed over
all relay modules using plug-in bridges. This
means that direct connection to only one
relay is necessary. The sensors are
connected to connection terminal block
A1. The necessary positive potential is
supplied to a terminal block and distributed
to further terminal blocks by means of plug-
in bridges. However, the supply for the
individual sensors is applied to every
terminal block. This results in a common
supply signal for all sensors via the
additional terminal blocks.

Because of increased space requirements

and additional wiring to the terminal block,
the use of additional terminal blocks for
potential distribution is extremely time-
consuming.

The PLC...ACT relay modules enable fast

and easy connection of actuators. The
positive potential of the loads is applied to
connection terminal block 13. This can be
distributed over all relay modules using
plug-in bridges. This only makes direct
connection to one module necessary.
The actuators are connected to contact
14 (N/O contact). In the case of PLC...ACT
relay modules, an N/C contact is not
required. Instead, the BB connection serves
as an option for connecting the load return
line. Here the common negative potential is
supplied and distributed by means of plug-in
bridges. The terminal block for
conventional wiring is not necessary due to
the direct connection of the load return line
potential to the relay module. This means
that no additional space is required in the
control cabinet and simpler wiring
minimizes the risk of error.

If actuators such as solenoid valves are

connected to the controller via a universal
relay with changeover contact, an additional
terminal block strip must be used for the
common load return line. The positive
potential of the loads is applied to
connection terminal block 11 (changeover
contact) at the relay modules. This can be
distributed over all relay modules using
plug-in bridges. This means that direct
connection of the potential to only one
relay is necessary. The loads are connected
to connection terminal block 14 (N/O
contact). The negative potential required is
supplied at a terminal block. This then
distributed to further terminal blocks by
means of plug-in bridges. However, load
return lines for the individual actuators are
applied to every terminal block. This results
in a common load return line potential for
all actuators via the additional terminal
block.

Because of increased space requirements

and additional wiring to the terminal block,
the use of additional terminal blocks for
potential distribution is extremely time-
consuming.

Configuration aid for connecting
sensors and actuators

Conventional connection
of sensors

Electromechanical relays or solid-state

relays are used as the coupling element
between the controller and the sensors or
actuators in the field. This interface ensures
appropriate signal conditioning with respect
to current and voltage between the
controller and field level.

Easy wiring of actuators

Conventional connection
of actuators

292

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Sensor/actuator configuration aids and handling of interference signals

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0 VA

(

0m)

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Easy wiring of sensors

Configuration aid for handling
interference signals

Leakage current with AC voltage
output card

Sensors can be efficiently coupled with

the controller with the PLC...SEN relay
modules. The input and output side on the
module are already interchanged so that the
the signal direction from the field to the
controller can be ideally represented.
Therefore, three connection terminal
blocks (A1, A2, and BB) are located on the
control side of the relay. The common
negative potential of the sensors is
connected to A2 and distributed to further
relay modules by means of plug-in bridges.
The sensors are connected directly to the
A1 connections. Connection BB is used for
the common supply potential of the
sensors. The potential is distributed to all
connected sensors by means of the plug-in
bridges. However, only connections 13 and
14 for the N/O contact are located on the
contact side. Signal feedback to the
controller takes place via this. The terminal
block for conventional wiring is not
necessary due to direct connection of the
sensor supply voltage to the relay module.
This means that no additional space is
required in the control cabinet and simpler
wiring minimizes the risk of error.

Leakage current on the signal line occurs

if control of a relay takes place via an output
card with AC voltage. This is caused by the
RC wiring of the AC voltage output.
Typically, the leakage current has a control
power that is large enough not to switch off
the relay reliably.

According to IEC 61810-1, the standard

release voltage of a relay is 5% of the
nominal voltage for DC coils and 15% for
AC coils. That means that a relay with a
nominal voltage of 230 V AC is only
switched off when the control voltage is



0.15 x 230 V AC = 34.5 V AC. If

interference signals occur on the control
side of a relay that are greater that the
release voltage, defined switch-off is no
longer possible. In the worst case, the
interference is large enough to energize the
relay. The application is still switched on
although no signal is issued by the
controller. There can be various reasons for
this.

Long signal line (> 10 m)

Parallel signal lines or load lines

Load

Leakage current

e.g.,

Coupling of interference signals from
parallel lines

If the control lines to the relay are very

long, interference can occur from parallel-
running cables. These influence the actual
control line and couple the signals to it. This
interference voltage can be measured on
the control side, even if no signal is issued by
the controller.

Leakage current

Output

Signal line

Load

Safe shutdown even with interference
signals

The PLC...SO46 series is equipped with

RCZ wiring in the base. The release voltage
of the relay is increased by this circuit of
resistor, capacitor, and Zener diode so that
the relay is resistant to interference
voltages. In the case of a 230 V AC relay, the
standard release voltage is 34.5 V AC. The
PLC...230UC...SO46 modules have a release
voltage of 80 V AC. This enables the relay
to switch off reliably at interference
voltages of



80 V AC. The PLC...SO46

bases are also available with further
voltages. They can be fitted with both
electromechanical relays or solid-state
relays. Screw connection or Push-in
connection is available as the connection
technology.

293

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Sensor/actuator configuration aids and handling of interference signals

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

294

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

RIFLINE complete is an inexpensive relay

system with various accessories. It consists
of DIN rail bases, electromechanical or
solid-state relays, plug-in interference
suppression modules, marking material, and
bridging material. The range of accessories
is rounded off with a timer module. This is
used to transform a basic relay into a time
relay with three different functions.

The RIFLINE complete relay range

consists of seven different base versions
from RIF-0 to RIF-4 – these range from one
N/O contact up to four PDT contacts. The
field of application of this product group
ranges from coupling relay applications with
switching currents of one milliamp to
replacement for miniature contactors with
currents up to 16 A.

The relay bases feature Push-in or screw

connection technology. Push-in connection
technology enables quick and tool-free
conductor contacting. The RIF-1 to RIF-4
bases offer double the contact options on
both the input and output side.

On the input side of all bases, the negative

potential (A2) can be bridged – regardless of
the base size. On the output side, the
grouped contact (11) can be bridged within
the RIF-0 base version. This connection can
also be bridged within the RIF-1 base size.

To offer diverse marking options, the

engagement lever can be fitted with a zack
marker strip. In addition, marker carriers

can be mounted on the bases so that
additional marking surfaces are available.

RIFLINE complete can be extended using

many elements from the CLIPLINE
complete accessories range. This includes
marking material, bridges, and test adapters.

To make ordering and management easier,

RIFLINE complete modules are provided in
the most popular voltages as complete
modules with relay and interference
suppression module. For individual
assembly, tailored to the requirements of
the application, additional voltage levels are
offered in the modular system.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

295

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

RIF-0

The 6.2 mm narrow RIF-0 base series is

suitable for a 1-PDT relay. Switching
currents up to 6 A are implemented here.
Two base versions are available: 1 N/O
contact and 1 changeover contact. RIF-0 is
therefore a good choice for all coupling
applications.

RIF-1

The 16 mm narrow RIF-1 base series is

suitable for a 2-PDT relay. Currents up to
13 A can be switched when using the
FBS 2-8 plug-in bridge. This relay is ideal for
power switching and signal duplication.

RIF-2

The 31 mm wide RIF-2 base series is

designed for industrial relays with up to
4 contacts. Currents up to 12 A are no
problem for these bases. This relay is ideal
for applications that require power and
signal multiplication.

RIF-3

The 40 mm wide RIF-3 base series is

designed for octal relays with up to
3 contacts. Switching currents up to 10 A
are implemented here. Two base versions
are available: 2 changeover contacts and
3 changeover contacts. RIF-3 bases are ideal
for all applications that require power and
signal multiplication.

RIF-4

The 43 mm wide RIF-4 base series is

designed for power relays with up to
3 contacts. Currents up to 16 A can be
switched. RIF-4 bases are a good choice for
applications that require power and signal
multiplication, e.g., in miniature contactor
applications.

Accessories

A wide range of accessories are available

for the RIFLINE complete relay system that
round off the range. These include bridges,
professional marking material, function
modules, test plugs, and end brackets.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html















Technical data

Nominal voltage U

250 V AC/DC (Contact side)

Nominal current at U

max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assem

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

0.5

Maximum tightening torque

Dimensions

Width

6.2 mm

Depth

78 mm

Height

93 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-0 relay base

, PDT version, safe isolation I/O

with Push-in connection

RIF-0-BPT/21

2900958

RIF-0 relay base

, N/O contact version, safe isolation I/O

with Push-in connection

RIF-0 relay base

, PDT version, safe isolation I/O

with screw connection

RIF-0 relay base

, N/O contact version, safe isolation I/O

with screw connection

RIF-0 relay base

, negative switching, PDT version, safe isolation I/O

with Push-in connection

RIF-0-BPT-M/ 21

2907468

Accessories

Plug-in bridge

2-pos. red, 24 A

FBSR 2-6

2-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 2-6

2-pos. blue, 32 A

FBS 2-6 BU

2-pos. gray, 32 A

FBS 2-6 GY

3-pos. red, 24 A

FBSR 3-6

3001594

4-pos. red, 24 A

FBSR 4-6

3001595

5-pos. red, 24 A

FBSR 5-6

3001596

5-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 5-6

3030349

10-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 10-6

3030271

20-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 20-6

3030365

50-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 50-6

3032224

End bracket,

for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be

marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...

CLIPFIX 35

Test plug,

consisting of:

Metal part

for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and

silver

MPS-MT

Insulating sleeve,

for MPS metal part

red

MPS-IH RD

white

MPS-IH WH

blue

MPS-IH BU

yellow

MPS-IH YE

green

MPS-IH GN

gray

MPS-IH GY

black

MPS-IH BK

Zack marker strip, unprinted, 10-section:

each pack contains

enough to mark 100 terminal blocks

10-section

ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

1051003

296

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

Modular RIF-0 relay base

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: gray.

For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Relay base for assembly with miniature

power relays or solid-state relays with a
nominal voltage of 12 to 24 V DC.

The advantages:

– Integrated freewheeling diode for input

circuit and interference suppression
circuit

– LED for status display
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

– Professional marking material
– Holders for test plugs
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time (A2 and 11/13)

– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input and

output side

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-PDT relay base with

Push-in connection technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products















Technical data

250 V AC/DC (Contact side)

max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)

lication/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12

0.5 Nm

6.2 mm

66 mm

82 mm

68 mm

93 mm

84 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-0-BPT/1

2901873

RIF-0-BSC/21

2900957

RIF-0-BSC/ 1

2901872

Accessories

FBSR 2-6

FBSR 2-6

FBSR 2-6

FBS 2-6

FBS 2-6

FBS 2-6

FBS 2-6 BU

FBS 2-6 BU

FBS 2-6 BU

FBS 2-6 GY

FBS 2-6 GY

FBS 2-6 GY

FBSR 3-6

FBSR 3-6

FBSR 3-6

FBSR 4-6

FBSR 4-6

FBSR 4-6

FBSR 5-6

FBSR 5-6

FBSR 5-6

FBS 5-6

FBS 5-6

FBS 5-6

FBS 10-6

FBS 10-6

FBS 10-6

FBS 20-6

FBS 20-6

FBS 20-6

FBS 50-6

FBS 50-6

FBS 50-6

CLIPFIX 35

CLIPFIX 35

CLIPFIX 35

MPS-MT

MPS-MT

MPS-MT

MPS-IH RD

MPS-IH RD

MPS-IH RD

MPS-IH WH

MPS-IH WH

MPS-IH WH

MPS-IH BU

MPS-IH BU

MPS-IH BU

MPS-IH YE

MPS-IH YE

MPS-IH YE

MPS-IH GN

MPS-IH GN

MPS-IH GN

MPS-IH GY

MPS-IH GY

MPS-IH GY

MPS-IH BK

MPS-IH BK

MPS-IH BK

ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

297

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

new

D W

new

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-N/O relay base for

miniature power relay

1-PDT relay base with

screw connection technology

1-N/O relay base with

screw connection technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html











298

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in 1-PDT relays suitable for RIF-0 and

PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.

The advantages:

– Power contacts up to 6 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection, RT III (wash-

proof ), or RT II for 1-PDT relay with
manual operation

– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

– Can be soldered on PCB

Notes:

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are

exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of

the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter

service life than with a pure power contact.

For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see

page 398

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

new

Technical data

Input data

①

②

①

②

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

[ms]

2.5

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current

10 A (4 s)

50 mA

10 A (4 s)

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

1 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 61810-1

IEC

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 61810-1

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Dimensions

W / H / D

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

5 mm / 28 mm / 16 mm

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts

①

12 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21

2961150

REL-MR- 12DC/21/MS

2909641

②

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21

2961105

REL-MR- 24DC/21/MS

2909642

Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts

①

12 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21AU

2961163

REL-MR- 12DC/21AU/MS

2909644

②

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21AU

2961121

REL-MR- 24DC/21AU/MS

2909645

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-PDT relay, max.

1-PDT relay with

manual operation, max.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1,5

2,5

[

1,5

2,5

[

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

299

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR-.../21... (1-PDT)

Input voltage range

Interrupting rating

REL-MR-.../21.../MS (1-PDT)

Input voltage range

Interrupting rating

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+











300

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-0

and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.

The advantages:

– Switching current of up to 3 A
– RT III-proof (wash-proof )
– Vibration and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered on PCB

Plug-in solid-state relays

Technical data

Input data

①

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 -

1.2

Switching level

1 signal ("H") [V DC]

≥

0 signal ("L") [V DC]

≤

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical switch-on time at U

[µs]

Typical switch-off time at U

[µs]

300

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

300

Output data

Max. switching voltage

33 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

Limiting continuous current

3 A (see derating curve)

100 mA

0.75 A (see derating curve)

Minimum load current

Maximum switch-on current

15 A (10 ms)

Leakage current in off state

Phase angle (cos

)

Output circuit

2-wire, floating

Max. load value

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

≤

150 mV

General data

Rated surge voltage

Basic insulation

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

any

Dimensions

W / H / D

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in solid-state relays

Solid-state power relays

①

24 V DC

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966595

Plug-in solid-state relays

Solid-state input relays

①

24 V DC

Notes:

For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see

page 399

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

Solid-state relay,

DC output max. 3

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

300

750

13+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



















301

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

①

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

6000

300

500

300

48 V DC

253 V AC

3 V DC

24 V AC

Limiting continuous current

3 A (see derating curve)

100 mA

0.75 A (see derating curve)

10 mA

30 A (10 ms)

< 1 mA

0.5

2-wire, floating

2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch

4.5 A

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

≤

1 V

< 1 V

Basic insulation

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Dimensions

W / H / D

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1

2967950

OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100

2966618

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1

solid-state relays

Ambient temperature range [°C]

rre

t [

Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2

solid-state relays

Ambient temperature range [°C]

rre

t [

]

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

Solid-state relay,

DC output max. 100

Solid-state relay,

AC output max. 750

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













Technical data

Nominal voltage U

250 V AC/DC

Nominal current at U

max. 13 A (Depends on application/assembly)

max. 15.5 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assem

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

Width

16 mm

Depth with retaining bracket

75 mm

Height

96 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-1 relay base

, plug-in option for interference suppression

module, safe isolation I/O with Push-in connection

RIF-1-BPT/2X21

2900931

RIF-1 relay base

, plug-in option for interference suppression

module, safe isolation I/O with screw connection

Relay retaining bracket

, with ejector function and holder for

marking material, suitable for RIF-1 relay base

- for 16 mm high miniature power and solid-state relays

- for 25 mm high miniature power relays

Relay retaining bracket

, wire model, suitable for RIF-1 relay base

- for 16 mm high miniature power and solid-state relays

- for 25 mm high miniature power relays

Accessories

Plug-in bridge

2-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 2-6

2-pos. red, 24 A

FBSR 2-6

2-pos. red, 32 A

FBSR 2-8

3033808

2-pos. blue, 32 A

FBS 2-6 BU

2-pos. gray, 32 A

FBS 2-6 GY

2-pos. red, 41 A

FBS 2-8

3030284

2-pos. blue, 41 A

FBS 2-8 BU

3032567

2-pos. gray, 41 A

FBS 2-8 GY 7042

3032541

End bracket,

for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be

marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...

CLIPFIX 35

Test plug,

consisting of:

Metal part

for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and

silver

MPS-MT

Insulating sleeve,

for MPS metal part

red

MPS-IH RD

white

MPS-IH WH

blue

MPS-IH BU

yellow

MPS-IH YE

green

MPS-IH GN

gray

MPS-IH GY

black

MPS-IH BK

Zack marker strip, unprinted

10-section

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT

5-section

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT

Double marker carrier for ZB 5

STP 5-2

100

302

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

Modular RIF-1 relay base

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: gray.

For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Relay base for assembly with 1 or 2-PDT

relays or solid-state relays.

Range of accessories includes:

– Plug-in interference suppression module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector

function and holder for marking material

– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side

(A2)

– FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output side

(11/21)

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT relay base with

Push-in connection technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

250 V AC/DC

max. 13 A (Depends on application/assembly)

max. 15.5 A (Depends on application/assembly)

lication/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

16 mm

75 mm

89 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-1-BSC/2X21

RIF-RH-1

RIF-RH-1-H

RIF-RHM-1

RIF-RHM-1-H

Accessories

FBS 2-6

FBSR 2-6

FBSR 2-8

FBS 2-6 BU

FBS 2-6 GY

FBS 2-8

FBS 2-8 BU

FBS 2-8 GY 7042

CLIPFIX 35

MPS-MT

MPS-IH RD

MPS-IH WH

MPS-IH BU

MPS-IH YE

MPS-IH GN

MPS-IH GY

MPS-IH BK

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT

STP 5-2

100

303

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

new

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT relay base with

screw connection technology

Plastic relay retaining bracket for

RIF-1 base

Metal wire relay retaining bracket for

RIF-1 base

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













304

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2

changeover contacts, suitable for the RIF-1
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.

The advantages:

– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III

depending on type (wash-proof )

Notes:

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are

exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of

the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter

service life than with a pure power contact.

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

8.7

8.2

4.1

8.7

8.2

4.1

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical response time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

3 - 12

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

2 - 9

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

16 A

50 mA

8 A

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current AC

25 A (20 ms)

50 mA

12 A (20 ms)

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms)

50 mA

25 A (20 ms)

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (At 5 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Test voltage (contact/contact)

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Mechanical service life, AC

1 x 10

cycles

1 x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

3 x 10

cycles

3 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 61810-1

IEC

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 61810-1

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts

①

12 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC

2961309

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21

2961257

②

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21

2961192

③

48 V DC

REL-MR- 48DC/21HC

2834821

REL-MR- 48DC/21-21

2834834

④

60 V DC

REL-MR- 60DC/21HC

2961325

REL-MR- 60DC/21-21

2961273

⑤

110 V DC

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961338

REL-MR-110DC/21-21

2961202

⑥

24 V AC

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC

2961406

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21

2961435

⑦

120 V AC

REL-MR-120AC/21HC

2961419

REL-MR-120AC/21-21

2961448

⑧

230 V AC

REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2961422

REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961451

Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts

①

12 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU

2961532

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU

2961299

②

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU

2961545

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU

2961215

③

48 V DC

REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU

2834847

④

60 V DC

REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU

2961286

⑤

110 V DC

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU

2961561

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU

2961228

⑥

24 V AC

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU

2961503

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU

2961464

⑦

120 V AC

REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU

2961516

REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU

2961477

⑧

230 V AC

REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU

2961529

REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU

2961480

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-PDT relay,

max. 16

2-PDT relay,

max. 2

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0 100

1
2

70 100

300

200

1
2
3

0 100

1
2

70 100

300

200

1
2
3
4

0 1

2 3

5 6 7

1
2

0 1

2 3

5 6 7

1
2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

305

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR...21HC... (1-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils
AC coils

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

current

[A]

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

COS

Reduction

factor

REL-MR...21-21... (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils
AC coils

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

current

[A]

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

COS

Reduction

factor

Electrical service life

Cycles

Switching current [A]

250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Electrical service life

Cycles

Switching current [A]

250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













306

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or

2 changeover contacts, suitable for the
RIF-1 relay base.

The advantages:

– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling

diode

– Can be soldered on PCB

Notes:

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are

exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of

the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter

service life than with a pure power contact.

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

①

②

③

④

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

3.5

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical response time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

3 - 12

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

2 - 8

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V (at 10 mA)

12 V (At 1 mA)

12 V (at 10 mA)

12 V (At 1 mA)

Limiting continuous current

16 A

50 mA

8 A

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current AC

32 A (20 ms)

50 mA

16 A (20 ms)

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current DC

32 A (20 ms)

50 mA

16 A (20 ms)

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 12 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 12 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Test voltage (contact/contact)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mechanical service life, AC

5 x 10

cycles

5 x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

5 x 10

cycles

5 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

EN 61810-1 , VDE 0435-201 , EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts

- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-

①

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

2987888

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS

2987943

- Status LED

②

24 V AC

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS

2987891

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS

2987956

- Status LED

③

120 V AC

REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS

2987901

REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS

2987969

- Status LED

④

230 V AC

REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS

2987914

REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS

2987972

Plug-in miniature power relays

, with multi-layer gold contacts,

with manual operation, mechanical switch position indicator

- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-

①

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS

2987927

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS

2987985

- Status LED

⑤

230 V AC

REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS

2987930

REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS

2987998

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-PDT relay with manual operation,

A, maximum

2-PDT relay with manual operation,

A, maximum

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,8

1
2

0,8

2 3

5 6 7

2 3

5 6 7

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

307

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR...21HC...MS (1-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils, 0 A contact current

AC coils, 0 A contact current

DC coils,

6 A contact current

AC coils,

6 A contact current

tch

ng vo

tage

[

]

tch

current

[

]

AC, ohm

oad

DC, ohm

oad

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

COS

Reduction

factor

REL-MR...21-21...MS (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils, 0 A contact current

AC coils, 0 A contact current

DC coils, 8 A contact current

AC coils, 8 A contact current

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load, contacts in series

DC, ohmic load

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

COS

Reduction

factor

Electrical service life

Cycles

Switching current [A]

50 V AC, ohmic load

Electrical service life

Cycles

Switching current [A]

50 V AC, ohmic load

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

308

PHOENIX CONTACT

Bipolar, plug-in miniature power relays

Bipolar, plug-in miniature power relays

with 1 or 2 changeover contacts, suitable
for the RIF-1 relay base.

The advantages:

– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Multi-layer power contact
– Can be soldered on PCB
– Special voltages (100 and 200 V AC)

Notes:

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

new

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical response time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

3 - 12

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

2 - 8

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

16 A

8 A

Maximum switch-on current AC

32 A (20 ms)

16 A (20 ms)

Maximum switch-on current DC

32 A (20 ms)

16 A (20 ms)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mechanical service life, AC

5 x 10

cycles

5 x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

5 x 10

cycles

5 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC 61810 , IEC

60664

IEC 61810 , IEC

60664

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Bipolar, plug-in miniature power relays,

with power contacts

①

24 V DC

REL-MR-BL-24DC/21HC/MS

2908180

REL-MR-BL-24DC/21-21/MS

2908181

②

100 V AC

REL-MR-BL-100AC/21HC/MS

2908179

REL-MR-BL-100AC/21-21/MS

2908183

③

200 V AC

REL-MR-BL-200AC/21HC/MS

2908178

REL-MR-BL-200AC/21-21/MS

2908182

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-PDT relay (bipolar) with

manual operation, max. 16

2-PDT relay (bipolar) with

manual operation, max. 2

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,8

1
2

0,8

2 3

5 6 7

2 3

5 6 7

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

309

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR-BL...21HC/MS (1-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils, 0 A contact current

AC coils, 0 A contact current

DC coils,

6 A contact current

AC coils,

6 A contact current

tch

ng vo

tage

[

]

tch

current

[

]

AC, ohm

oad

DC, ohm

oad

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

COS

Reduction

factor

REL-MR-BL...21-21/MS (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils, 0 A contact current

AC coils, 0 A contact current

DC coils, 8 A contact current

AC coils, 8 A contact current

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load, contacts in series

DC, ohmic load

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

COS

Reduction

factor

Electrical service life

Cycles

Switching current [A]

50 V AC, ohmic load

Electrical service life

Cycles

Switching current [A]

50 V AC, ohmic load

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+







310

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in solid-state relays are suitable

for both relay bases RIF-1 and
PLC-INTERFACE.

The advantages:

– Switching current of up to 5 A
– RT III-proof (wash-proof )
– Vibration and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered on PCB

Plug-in solid-state relays

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.9 -

1.1

Switching level

1 signal ("H") [V DC]

≥

2.5

0 signal ("L") [V DC]

≤

0.8

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical switch-on time at U

[µs]

Typical switch-off time at U

[µs]

400

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

300

Output data

Max. switching voltage

33 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

Limiting continuous current

5 A (see derating curve)

2 A (see derating curve)

Minimum load current

Maximum switch-on current

15 A (10 ms)

Leakage current in off state

Output circuit

2-wire, floating

Max. load value

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Surge protection

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

≤

200 mV

General data

Rated surge voltage

Basic insulation

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

any / See derating curve

Dimensions

W / H / D

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in solid-state relays

Solid-state power relays

①

5 V DC

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982113

Solid-state power relays

②

24 V DC

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982100

Solid-state power relays

③

60 V DC

OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982126

Notes:

For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see

page 399

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

Solid-state relay,

DC output max. 5

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

1
2

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







311

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

①

②

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

8.4

10000

253 V AC

24 V AC

Limiting continuous current

5 A (see derating curve)

2 A (see derating curve)

25 mA

30 A (10 ms)

< 1 mA

2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch

4 A

s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Surge protection

≤

1 V

Basic insulation

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

any / See derating curve

Dimensions

W / H / D

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2

2982168

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2

2982171

Ambient temperature range [°C]

rre

t [

]

Aligned with > 10 mm spacing

Aligned without spacing

Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 solid-state relays

Ambient temperature range [°C]

rre

]

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 solid-state relays

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

Solid-state relay,

AC output max. 2

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













Technical data

Nominal voltage U

250 V AC/DC

Nominal current at U

max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assem

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

Width

31 mm

Depth with retaining bracket

75 mm

Height

96 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-2 relay base

, plug-in option for interference suppression

module, safe isolation I/O with Push-in connection

RIF-2-BPT/4X21

2900934

RIF-2 relay base

, plug-in option for interference suppression

module, safe isolation I/O with screw connection

Plastic relay retaining bracket

, with ejector function and holder

for marking material, suitable for RIF-2 relay base

Reinforced plastic relay retaining bracket

, with ejector function

and holder for marking material, suitable for RIF-2 relay base

Relay retaining bracket

, wire model, suitable for RIF-2 relay base

Accessories

Plug-in bridge

2-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 2-6

2-pos. red, 24 A

FBSR 2-6

2-pos. blue, 32 A

FBS 2-6 BU

2-pos. gray, 32 A

FBS 2-6 GY

End bracket,

for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be

marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...

CLIPFIX 35

Test plug,

consisting of:

Metal part

for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and

silver

MPS-MT

Insulating sleeve,

for MPS metal part

red

MPS-IH RD

white

MPS-IH WH

blue

MPS-IH BU

yellow

MPS-IH YE

green

MPS-IH GN

gray

MPS-IH GY

black

MPS-IH BK

Zack marker strip, unprinted

10-section

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT

5-section

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT

Double marker carrier for ZB 5

STP 5-2

100

312

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

Modular RIF-2 relay base

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: gray.

For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Relay base for assembly with 2 or 4-PDT

industrial relay.

Range of accessories includes:

– Plug-in interference suppression module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector

function and holder for marking material

– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side

(A2)

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

4-PDT relay base with

Push-in connection technology for

industrial relays

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

250 V AC/DC

max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)

lication/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

27 mm

75 mm

89 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-2-BSC/4X21

RIF-RH-2

RIF-RHS-2

RIF-RHM-2

Accessories

FBS 2-6

FBSR 2-6

FBS 2-6 BU

FBS 2-6 GY

CLIPFIX 35

MPS-MT

MPS-IH RD

MPS-IH WH

MPS-IH BU

MPS-IH YE

MPS-IH GN

MPS-IH GY

MPS-IH BK

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT

STP 5-2

100

313

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

new

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

4-PDT relay base with

screw connection technology for

industrial relays

Plastic relay retaining bracket for

RIF-2 base

Metal wire relay retaining bracket for

RIF-2 base

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

















314

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in industrial relays

Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or

4 changeover contacts, suitable for
RIF-2 relay base.

The advantages:

– With detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling

diode

Notes:

For other voltages, see phoenixcontact.net/products

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

7.7

6.5

7.7

6.5

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical response time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

5 - 15

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

5 - 20

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT

4 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

12 A

6 A

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current AC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current DC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

Minimum switching current

5 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 55 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , IEC 61810

IEC

60664 , IEC 61810

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in industrial relays, with power contacts

With freewheeling diode

①

12 V DC

REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21

2903659

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21

2903676

With freewheeling diode

②

24 V DC

REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21

2903660

REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21

2903677

With freewheeling diode

③

110 V DC

REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21

2903663

REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21

2903680

With freewheeling diode

④

125 V DC

REL-IR2/LDP-125DC/2X21

2903664

REL-IR4/LDP-125DC/4X21

2903681

With freewheeling diode

⑤

220 V DC

REL-IR2/LDP-220DC/2X21

2903665

REL-IR4/LDP-220DC/4X21

2903682

⑥

24 V AC

REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21

2903666

REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21

2903686

⑦

120 V AC

REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21

2903667

REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21

2903687

⑧

230 V AC

REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21

2903668

REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21

2903688

Plug-in industrial relays, with multi-layer gold contacts

With freewheeling diode

①

12 V DC

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU

2903669

With freewheeling diode

②

24 V DC

REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU

2903670

With freewheeling diode

③

110 V DC

REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU

2903673

With freewheeling diode

④

125 V DC

REL-IR4/LDP-125DC/4X21AU

2903674

With freewheeling diode

⑤

220 V DC

REL-IR4/LDP-220DC/4X21AU

2903675

⑥

24 V AC

REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU

2903683

⑦

120 V AC

REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU

2903684

⑧

230 V AC

REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU

2903685

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT industrial relay with

manual operation, max. 2

4-PDT industrial relay with

manual operation, max. 4

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,8

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

315

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-IR2... (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

COS

Reduction

factor

REL-IR4... (4-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

COS

Reduction

factor

Electrical service life

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

Electrical service life

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













316

PHOENIX CONTACT

Bipolar, plug-in industrial relays

Bipolar, plug-in industrial relays with 2 or

4 changeover contacts, suitable for the
RIF-2 relay base.

The advantages:

– Switching current of up to 12 A
– With detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Special voltages (100 and 200 V AC)

Notes:

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

new

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

14.8

7.1

14.8

7.1

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical response time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

5 - 15

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

5 - 20

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT

4 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

12 A

6 A

Maximum switch-on current AC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

5 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 55 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

1x 10

cycles, approximately

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

1x 10

cycles, approximately

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , IEC 61810

IEC

60664 , IEC 61810

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Bipolar, plug-in industrial relays,

with power contacts

①

24 V DC

REL-IR2/24DC/2X21

2907051

REL-IR4/24DC/4X21

2907054

②

100 V AC

REL-IR2/100AC/2X21

2907052

REL-IR4/100AC/4X21

2907055

③

200 V AC

REL-IR2/200AC/2X21

2907053

REL-IR4/200AC/4X21

2907056

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT industrial relay (bipolar) with

manual operation, max. 2

4-PDT industrial relay (bipolar) with

manual operation, max. 4

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,8

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

317

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-IR2... (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

COS

Reduction

factor

REL-IR4... (4-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

COS

Reduction

factor

Electrical service life

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

Electrical service life

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html















Technical data

Nominal voltage U

250 V AC/DC

Nominal current at U

max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assem

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

Width

40 mm

Depth with retaining bracket

90 mm

Height

103 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-3 relay base

, 2-PDT version, plug-in option for interference

suppression module, safe isolation I/O with Push-in connection

RIF-3-BPT/2X21

2900937

RIF-3 relay base

, 3-PDT version, plug-in option for interference

suppression module, safe isolation I/O with Push-in connection

Plastic relay retaining bracket

, with holder for marking material,

suitable for RIF-3 relay base

Relay retaining bracket

, wire model, suitable for RIF-3 relay base

Accessories

Plug-in bridge

2-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 2-6

2-pos. red, 24 A

FBSR 2-6

2-pos. blue, 32 A

FBS 2-6 BU

2-pos. gray, 32 A

FBS 2-6 GY

End bracket,

for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be

marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...

CLIPFIX 35

Test plug,

consisting of:

Metal part

for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and

silver

MPS-MT

Insulating sleeve,

for MPS metal part

red

MPS-IH RD

white

MPS-IH WH

blue

MPS-IH BU

yellow

MPS-IH YE

green

MPS-IH GN

gray

MPS-IH GY

black

MPS-IH BK

Zack marker strip, unprinted

10-section

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT

5-section

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT

Double marker carrier for ZB 5

STP 5-2

100

318

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

Modular RIF-3 relay base

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: gray.

For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Relay base for assembly with 2 or 3-PDT

relays.

Range of accessories includes:

– Plug-in interference suppression module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector

function and holder for marking material

– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side

(A2)

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT relay base with

Push-in connection technology for

octal relays

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products























Technical data

250 V AC/DC

max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)

lication/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

40 mm

90 mm

103 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-3-BPT/3X21

2900938

RIF-RH-3

2900955

EL3-M52

2833628

Accessories

FBS 2-6

FBSR 2-6

FBS 2-6 BU

FBS 2-6 GY

CLIPFIX 35

MPS-MT

MPS-IH RD

MPS-IH WH

MPS-IH BU

MPS-IH YE

MPS-IH GN

MPS-IH GY

MPS-IH BK

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT

STP 5-2

100

319

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

3-PDT relay base with

Push-in connection technology for

octal relays

Plastic relay retaining bracket for

RIF-3 base

Metal wire relay retaining bracket for

RIF-3 base

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Nominal voltage U

250 V AC/DC

Nominal current at U

max. 12.5 A (Depends on application/assembly)

max. 10.5 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assem

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

Width

40 mm

Depth with retaining bracket

90 mm

Height

96 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-3 relay base

, 2-PDT version, plug-in option for interference

suppression module, safe isolation I/O with screw connection

RIF-3-BSC/2X21

2900935

RIF-3 relay base

, 3-PDT version, plug-in option for interference

suppression module, safe isolation I/O with screw connection

Plastic relay retaining bracket

, with holder for marking material,

suitable for RIF-3 relay base

Relay retaining bracket

, wire model, suitable for RIF-3 relay base

Accessories

Plug-in bridge

2-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 2-6

2-pos. red, 24 A

FBSR 2-6

2-pos. blue, 32 A

FBS 2-6 BU

2-pos. gray, 32 A

FBS 2-6 GY

End bracket,

for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be

marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...

CLIPFIX 35

Test plug,

consisting of:

Metal part

for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and

silver

MPS-MT

Insulating sleeve,

for MPS metal part

red

MPS-IH RD

white

MPS-IH WH

blue

MPS-IH BU

yellow

MPS-IH YE

green

MPS-IH GN

gray

MPS-IH GY

black

MPS-IH BK

Zack marker strip, unprinted

10-section

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT

5-section

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT

Double marker carrier for ZB 5

STP 5-2

100

320

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

new

Modular RIF-3 relay base

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: gray.

For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Relay base for assembly with 2 or 3-PDT

octal relay.

Range of accessories includes:

– Plug-in interference suppression module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector

function and holder for marking material

– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side

(A2)

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT relay base with

screw connection technology for

octal relays

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

250 V AC/DC

max. 12.5 A (Depends on application/assembly)

max. 10.5 A (Depends on application/assembly)

lication/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

40 mm

90 mm

96 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-3-BSC/3X21

2900936

RIF-RH-3

2900955

EL3-M52

2833628

Accessories

FBS 2-6

FBSR 2-6

FBS 2-6 BU

FBS 2-6 GY

CLIPFIX 35

MPS-MT

MPS-IH RD

MPS-IH WH

MPS-IH BU

MPS-IH YE

MPS-IH GN

MPS-IH GY

MPS-IH BK

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT

STP 5-2

100

321

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

new

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

3-PDT relay base with

screw connection technology for

octal relays

Plastic relay retaining bracket for

RIF-3 base

Metal wire relay retaining bracket

for RIF-3 base

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

















322

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in octal relays

Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 changeover

contacts, suitable for RIF-3 relay base.

The advantages:

– With detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– DC types with integrated freewheeling

diode

Notes:

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Technical data

Input data

①

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

108

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical response time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

5 - 15

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

5 - 20

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT

3 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

10 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

10 A

Maximum switch-on current AC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 55 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , IEC 61810

IEC

60664 , IEC 61810

Mounting position/mounting

any

Dimensions

W / H / D

35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in octal relays, with power contacts

With freewheeling diode

①

24 V DC

REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21

2903689

REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21

2903693

②

48 V DC

REL-OR3/LDP-48DC/3X21

2908897

③

110 V DC

REL-OR3/LDP-110DC/3X21

2908898

④

220 V DC

REL-OR2/LDP-220DC/2X21

2907026

REL-OR3/LDP-220DC/3X21

2907027

⑤

24 V AC

REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21

2903690

REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21

2903694

⑥

120 V AC

REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21

2903691

REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21

2903695

⑦

230 V AC

REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21

2903692

REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21

2903696

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT octal relay with

manual operation, max. 2

3-PDT octal relay with

manual operation, max. 3

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,8

0 0,

0,8

2 1

4 1

6 1

2 2

4 2

0 0,

0,8

2 1

4 1

6 1

2 2

4 2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

323

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-OR2... (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

COS

Reduction

factor

REL-OR3... (3-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

COS

Reduction

factor

Electrical service life

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

Electrical service life

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













Technical data

Nominal voltage U

440 V AC

Nominal current at U

max. 16 A (Depends on application/assembly)

max. 13 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assem

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

Input side

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Output side

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

Width

43 mm

Depth with retaining bracket

90 mm

Height

111 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-4 relay base

, plug-in option for interference suppression

module, safe isolation I/O with Push-in connection

RIF-4-BPT/3X21

2900961

RIF-4 relay base

, plug-in option for interference suppression

module, safe isolation I/O with screw connection

Relay retaining bracket

, with holder for marking material, suitable

for RIF-4 relay base

Relay retaining bracket

, wire model, suitable for RIF-4 relay base

Accessories

Plug-in bridge

2-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 2-6

2-pos. red, 24 A

FBSR 2-6

2-pos. blue, 32 A

FBS 2-6 BU

2-pos. gray, 32 A

FBS 2-6 GY

End bracket,

for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be

marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...

CLIPFIX 35

Test plug,

consisting of:

Metal part

for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and

silver

MPS-MT

Insulating sleeve,

for MPS metal part

red

MPS-IH RD

white

MPS-IH WH

blue

MPS-IH BU

yellow

MPS-IH YE

green

MPS-IH GN

gray

MPS-IH GY

black

MPS-IH BK

Zack marker strip, unprinted

10-section

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT

5-section

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT

Double marker carrier for ZB 5

STP 5-2

100

324

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

Modular RIF-4 relay base

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: gray.

For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Relay base for assembly with 2 or 3-PDT

relays or 3-N/O relays.

Range of accessories includes:

– Plug-in interference suppression module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector

function and holder for marking material

– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side

(A2)

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

3-PDT relay base with

Push-in connection technology for

high-power relays

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

440 V AC

max. 16 A (Depends on application/assembly)

max. 13 A (Depends on application/assembly)

lication/assembly)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (Depends on application/assembly)

Input side

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Output side

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

44 mm

91 mm

96 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-4-BSC/3X21

2900960

RIF-RH-4

2900956

RIF-RHM-4

2905983

Accessories

325

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

new

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

3-PDT relay base with

screw connection technology for

high-power relays

Plastic relay retaining bracket for

RIF-4 base

Metal wire relay retaining bracket for

RIF-4 base

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













326

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in high-power relays

Plug-in high-power relays with 2 or

3 changeover contacts for the RIF-4 relay
base.

The advantages:

– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage

Notes:

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

①

②

③

④

⑤

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

116

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical response time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

5 - 25

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

5 - 20

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT

3 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

440 V AC / 250 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

10 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

16 A

Maximum switch-on current AC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 24 V)

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

250 V AC

4000 VA

440 V AC

4000 VA

Motor load according to UL 508

1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 55 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 10

cycles

Approx. 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 10

cycles

Approx. 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , IEC 61810

IEC

60664 , IEC 61810

Mounting position/mounting

any

Dimensions

W / H / D

38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in high-power relays

, 2 changeover contacts with power

contacts

①

24 V DC

REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21

2903698

②

24 V AC

REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21

2903699

③

120 V AC

REL-PR2-120AC/2X21

2903700

④

230 V AC

REL-PR2-230AC/2X21

2903701

Plug-in high-power relays

, 3 changeover contacts with power

contacts

①

24 V DC

REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21

2903702

②

110 V DC

REL-PR3-110DC/3X21

2908893

③

24 V AC

REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21

2903703

④

120 V AC

REL-PR3-120AC/3X21

2903704

⑤

230 V AC

REL-PR3-230AC/3X21

2903705

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT high-power relay,

max. 2

3-PDT high-power relay,

max. 3

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,8

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

327

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-PR2... (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current =

6 A

Minimum operate voltage
For pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current =

6 A

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

COS

Reduction

factor

REL-PR3... (3-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

COS

Reduction

factor

Electrical service life

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

Electrical service life

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













328

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in high-power relays

Plug-in high-power relays with 3 N/O

contacts suitable for the RIF-4 relay base.

The advantages:

– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage
– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm

contact opening

Notes:

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

new

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

①

②

③

④

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

116

7.3

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical response time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

5 - 25

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

( depending on phase relation )

[ms]

5 - 20

5 - 18

Output data

Contact type

3 N/O contacts

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

440 V AC / 250 V DC

440 V AC / 350 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

10 V (At 24 mA)

5 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

16 A

Maximum switch-on current AC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 A (20 ms)

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 A (20 ms)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 24 V)

5 mA (at 24 V)

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

250 V AC

4000 VA

440 V AC

4000 VA

Motor load according to UL 508

1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 55 °C

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , IEC 61810

IEC

60664 , IEC 61810

Mounting position/mounting

any

Dimensions

W / H / D

38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in high-power relays

, 3 N/O contacts with power contacts

①

24 V DC

REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1

2903706

②

24 V AC

REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1

2903707

③

120 V AC

REL-PR3-120AC/3X1

2903708

④

230 V AC

REL-PR3-230AC/3X1

2903709

Plug-in high-power relays

, 1 N/O contact with blow magnet and

power contacts

①

24 V DC

REL-PR1-24DC/1/MB

2908040

②

110 V DC

REL-PR1-110DC/1/MB

2908044

③

220 V DC

REL-PR1-220DC/1/MB

2908046

④

230 V AC

REL-PR1-230AC/1/MB

2908047

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

agnet

3-N/O high-power relay,

max. 3

1-N/O high-power relay with blowout magnet for

switching high DC loads

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,8

300

200

500

250

200

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

329

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-PR3... (3 N/O contacts)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

tch

tage

]

tch

current

]

ohm

oad

DC,

ohm

oad

DC,

R = 4

Service life reduction factor

COS

Reduction

factor

REL-PR1... (1 N/O contact with blow magnet)

Interrupting rating

ohm

oad

DC,

ohm

oad

DC,

R = 4

tch

tage

]

tch

current

]

Electrical service life

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in module

with LED status indicator and freewheeling

diode

to effectively limit the coil induction voltage, polarity:

A1+, A2-

input voltage:

- 12-24 V DC ±20%

RIF-LDP-12-24 DC

2900939

- 48-60 V DC ±20%

RIF-LDP-48-60 DC

2900940

- 110 V DC ±20%

RIF-LDP-110 DC

2900941

Plug-in module

with LED status indicator and varistor

to limit

the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,

input voltage:

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30 V varistor)

RIF-LV-12-24 UC

2900942

- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75 V varistor)

RIF-LV-48-60 UC

2900943

- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275 V varistor)

RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC

2900944

Plug-in module

with varistor

to limit the coil induction voltage

and/or external interference peaks,

input voltage:

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30 V varistor)

RIF-V-12-24 UC

2900945

- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75 V varistor)

RIF-V-48-60 UC

2900947

- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (275 V varistor)

RIF-V-120-230 UC

2900948

Plug-in module

with RC element

to limit the coil induction

voltage and/or external interference peaks,

input voltage:

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100

Ω

)

RIF-RC-12-24 UC

2900949

- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220

Ω

)

RIF-RC-48-60 UC

2900950

- 120 - 230 V AC/DC ±20% (100 nF/470

Ω

)

RIF-RC-120-230 UC

2900951

Plug-in module

with bridge rectifier

for controlling

electromechanical DC voltage relay,

Input voltage:

- 12 ... 230 V AC

RIF-BR-12-230 AC

2907060

Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and freewheeling

diode

to effectively limit the coil induction voltage, polarity:

A1-, A2+

Input voltage:

- 12-24 V DC ±20%

RIF-LDM-12-24 DC

2907057

Plug-in module

with LED status indicator and varistor

to limit the coil

induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, polarity

A1-, A2+,

Input voltage:

- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275 V varistor)

RIF-LVM-100-200 AC/110 DC

2907058

330

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in interference suppression modules

for optional assembly of RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay
bases.

The advantages:

– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in

coil

– Mechanical coding to protect against

incorrect connection

Plug-in interference suppression modules
for RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

Interference suppression modules for

RIF-1 to RIF-4

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+

A2-

t<T

LED

t<T

LED

t<T

LED

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products













Technical data

Input data

Nominal input voltage U

24 V DC (AC operation only permitted for RIF-1)

Nominal input voltage range with reference to U

0.4 ... 1.2

Input circuit

Varistor , Yellow LED

Output data

Limiting continuous current

≤

250 mA (Relay coil current)

General data

Mounting position

any

Repeat accuracy

1 %

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 50 °C (RIF-1, AC coil, 2 PDTs at 6 A)

-25 °C ... 50 °C (RIF-1, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 5 A)

-25 °C ... 40 °C (RIF-2, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 8 A)

-25 °C ... 40 °C (RIF-2, DC coil, 4 PDTs at 5 A)

-25 °C ... 40 °C (RIF-3, DC coil, 3 PDTs at 6.75 A)

-25 °C ... 40 °C (RIF-3, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 8 A)

-25 °C ... 35 °C (RIF-4, DC coil, 3 PDTs at 8 A)

-25 °C ... 25 °C (RIF-4, DC coil, 3 N/O contacts at 8 A)

Standards/specifications

DIN EN 50178

Rated insulation voltage

50 V DC

Rated surge voltage

0.4 kV

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Timer module

, for mounting on RIF-1 to RIF-4, with LED status

indicator for extending a relay module to create a time relay with an

input voltage of 24 V AC/DC

RIF-T3-24UC

2902647

331

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in timer module for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

Timer module for RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay modules

for 12 to 24 V AC/DC input voltage

With switch-on delay

Passing make contact

Pulse generator

The multifunctional plug-in timer module

The time functions:

– With switch-on delay
– With passing make contact
– Pulse generator

Time ranges:

– 0.5 to 10 s
– 5 to 100 s
– 0.5 to 10 min
– 5 to 100 min

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1–

A1+

A2-









Technical data

Input data

①

②

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Input protection:

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 12 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 93 mm / 78 mm

6.2 mm / 93 mm / 66 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Coupling relay modules

with power contact relay and Push-in

connection

①

12 V DC

RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21

2903371

②

24 V DC

RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21

2903370

Coupling relay modules

with multi-layer gold contact relay, with

Push-in connection

①

12 V DC

RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21AU

2903369

②

24 V DC

RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21AU

2903368

Coupling relay modules

with power contact relay and Push-in

connection, negative switching

②

24 V DC

RIF-0-RPT-M-24DC/21

2908327

332

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

DC coil

negative switching

D W

Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with Push-in connection
– 1-N/O or 1-PDT relay
– Relay ejector lever on the housing

The advantages:

– Status LED integrated in the relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed

relay

– Safe isolation between coil and contact

side

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

and output side, see page 366.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-PDT relay module with

Push-in connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1,1

1,4

1,1

1,4

A2-

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

①

②

see diagram

Input protection:

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Contact type

1 PDT

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 12 V)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 93 mm / 78 mm

6.2 mm / 93 mm / 66 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1

2903362

RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1

2903361

RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1AU

2903360

RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1AU

2903359

333

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-0-RPT.../21... (1-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Service life reduction factor

Electrical service life

COS

Reduction

factor

Cycles

Switching current [A]

250 V AC, ohmic load

RIF-0-RPT.../1... (1-N/O)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Service life reduction factor

Electrical service life

COS

Reduction

factor

Cycles

Switching current [A]

250 V AC, ohmic load

DC coils

D W

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-N/O relay module with

Push-in connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+

A2-

Technical data

Input data

①

②

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Input protection:

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 12 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 12 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12

Maximum tightening torque

0.5 Nm

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 84 mm / 82 mm

6.2 mm / 84 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Coupling relay modules

with power contact relay and

screw connection

①

12 V DC

RIF-0-RSC-12DC/21

2903375

②

24 V DC

RIF-0-RSC-24DC/21

2903374

Coupling relay modules

with multi-layer gold contact relay, with

screw connection

①

12 V DC

RIF-0-RSC-12DC/21AU

2903373

②

24 V DC

RIF-0-RSC-24DC/21AU

2903372

334

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

D W

new

Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with screw connection
– 1-PDT or 1-N/O relay
– Relay ejector lever on the housing

The advantages:

– Status LED integrated in the relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed

relay

– Safe isolation between coil and contact

side

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

and output side, see page 366.

Notes:

General conditions:

Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time,

horizontal or vertical mounting.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-PDT relay module with

screw connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1,1

1,4

1,1

1,4

A2-

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

①

②

see diagram

Input protection:

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Contact type

1 PDT

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 12 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 12 V)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12

0.5 Nm

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 84 mm / 82 mm

6.2 mm / 84 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-0-RSC-12DC/ 1

2903367

RIF-0-RSC-24DC/ 1

2903366

RIF-0-RSC-12DC/ 1AU

2903365

RIF-0-RSC-24DC/ 1AU

2903364

335

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-0-RSC.../21... (1-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

Electrical service life

COS

Reduction

factor

Cycles

Switching current [A]

250 V AC, ohmic load

RIF-0-RSC.../1... (1-N/O)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Service life reduction factor

Electrical service life

COS

Reduction

factor

Cycles

Switching current [A]

250 V AC, ohmic load

DC coils

D W

new

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-N/O relay module with

screw connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

13+

A2-

A1+



Technical data

Input data

①

Rated actuating voltage range with reference to U

0.8 -

1.2

Rated actuating current I

[mA]

8.5

Switching level (with reference to U

)

1 signal ("H")

> 0.8

0 signal ("L")

< 0.4

Typical switch-on time at U

[ms]

0.02

Typical switch-off time at U

[ms]

0.3

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

300

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Freewheeling diode

Output data

Max. switching voltage

33 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

Maximum switch-on current

15 A (10 ms)

Minimum/maximum switching current

- / 3 A (see derating curve)

- / 100 mA

10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve)

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

< 200 mV

Leakage current in off state

Phase angle (cos

)

Max. load value

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

0.14 - 1.5

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 93 mm / 66 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Rated actuating voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Coupling relay modules

with solid-state relay and

Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-0-OPT-24DC/24DC/2

2905293

336

PHOENIX CONTACT

Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with Push-in connection
– Solid-state relays
– Relay ejector lever on the housing

The advantages:

– Status LED integrated into the base
– RTIII sealed solid-state relay
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad

curren

[A]

Derating curve for RIF-0-OPT-24DC/230AC/1

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad

curren

[A]

Derating curve for RIF-0-OPT-24DC/24DC/2

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

D W

Solid-state relay module

with Push-in connection,

DC output max. 3

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+

A2-

A1+

13+

A2-

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

①

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

8.5

> 0.8

< 0.4

0.02

0.3

300

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Freewheeling diode

48 V DC

253 V AC

3 V DC

24 V AC

30 A (10 ms)

curve)

- / 100 mA

10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve)

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

< 1 V

1 mA (in off state)

0.5

4.5 A

s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 93 mm / 66 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-0-OPT-24DC/48DC/100

2905294

RIF-0-OPT-24DC/230AC/1

2905295

337

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

D W

Solid-state relay module

with Push-in connection,

DC output max. 100

Solid-state relay module

with Push-in connection,

AC output max. 750

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

13+

A2-

A1+

Technical data

Input data

①

Rated actuating voltage range with reference to U

0.8 -

1.2

Rated actuating current I

[mA]

8.5

Switching level (with reference to U

)

1 signal ("H")

> 0.8

0 signal ("L")

< 0.4

Typical switch-on time at U

[ms]

0.02

Typical switch-off time at U

[ms]

0.3

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

300

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Freewheeling diode

Output data

Max. switching voltage

33 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

Maximum switch-on current

15 A (10 ms)

Minimum/maximum switching current

- / 3 A (see derating curve)

- / 100 mA

10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve)

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

< 200 mV

Leakage current in off state

Phase angle (cos

)

Max. load value

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12

0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 -

Maximum tightening torque

0.5 Nm

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 84 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data

Description

Rated actuating voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Coupling relay modules

with solid-state relay and

screw connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-0-OSC-24DC/24DC/2

2905657

338

PHOENIX CONTACT

Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with screw connection
– Solid-state relays
– Relay ejector lever on the housing

The advantages:

– Status LED integrated into the base
– RTIII sealed solid-state relay
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad

curren

[A]

Derating curve for RIF-0-OSC-24DC/230AC/1

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad

curren

[A]

Derating curve for RIF-0-OSC-24DC/24DC/2

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

D W

new

Solid-state relay module

with screw connection,

DC output max. 3

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+

A2-

A1+

13+

A2-

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

①

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

8.5

> 0.8

< 0.4

0.02

0.3

300

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Freewheeling diode

48 V DC

253 V AC

3 V DC

24 V AC

30 A (10 ms)

curve)

- / 100 mA

10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve)

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

< 1 V

1 mA (in off state)

0.5

4.5 A

s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12

0.5 Nm

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 84 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-0-OSC-24DC/48DC/100

2905658

RIF-0-OSC-24DC/230AC/1

2905656

339

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

D W

new

D W

new

Solid-state relay module

with screw connection,

DC output max. 100

Solid-state relay module

with screw connection,

AC output max. 750

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A2-

A1+

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

3 - 12

Typical release time at U

[ms]

3 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

11 A (see diagram)

50 mA

8 A (see diagram)

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current AC

25 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

12 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

25 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (At 5 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

approx. 3x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Coupling relay modules

with power contact relay and

Push-in connection

①

12 V DC

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-12DC/1X21

2906224

②

24 V DC

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21

2903342

③

24 V AC

RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21

2903341

④

120 V AC

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21

2903340

⑤

230 V AC

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21

2903339

Coupling relay modules

with multi-layer gold contact relay, with

Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21AU

2903338

②

24 V AC

RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21AU

2903337

③

120 V AC

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21AU

2903336

④

230 V AC

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21AU

2903335

340

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with Push-in connection
– 1 or 2-PDT relays
– Relay retaining bracket
– Interference suppression module

The advantages:

– Logical contact arrangement thanks to

1/3-level relay base

– Operational reliability thanks to sealed

relay

– Safe isolation between coil and contact

side

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

side (A2), see page 366.

– For FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output

side (11/21), see page 366.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-PDT relay module with

Push-in connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

0,9

0 1

2 3

5 6

1
2

0,7

0,8

0,9

0 100

300

200

1
2
3
4

0 1

2 3

5 6

1
2

A1+

A2-

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

①

②

③

④

⑤

see diagram

[mA]

[ms]

3 - 12

[ms]

3 - 20

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Contact type

1 PDT

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

11 A (see diagram)

50 mA

8 A (see diagram)

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current AC

25 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

12 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

25 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (At 5 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 50 °C

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Approx. 10

cycles

approx. 3x 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-12DC/2X21

2906223

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903334

RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21

2903333

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21

2903332

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903331

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21AU

2903330

RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21AU

2903329

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21AU

2903328

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21AU

2903327

341

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-1-RPT.../1X21... (1-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC,

0 ms

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil
AC coil
DC coil, jumper between

and

AC coil, jumper between

and

250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Cycles

Switching current [A]

RIF-1-RPT.../2X21... (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

current

[A]

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

Cycles

Switching current [A]

250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT relay module with

Push-in connection

AC coils

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A2-

A1+

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

3 - 12

Typical release time at U

[ms]

3 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

11 A (see diagram)

50 mA

8 A (see diagram)

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current AC

25 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

12 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

25 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (At 5 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

approx. 3x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

16 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Coupling relay modules

with power contact relay and

screw connection

①

12 V DC

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-12DC/1X21

2908500

②

24 V DC

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1X21

2903358

③

24 V AC

RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/1X21

2903357

④

120 V AC

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/1X21

2903356

⑤

230 V AC

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/1X21

2903355

Coupling relay modules

with multi-layer gold contact relay, with

screw connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1X21AU

2903354

②

24 V AC

RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/1X21AU

2903353

③

120 V AC

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/1X21AU

2903352

④

230 V AC

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/1X21AU

2903351

342

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

new

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with screw connection
– 1 or 2-PDT relays
– Relay retaining bracket
– Interference suppression module

The advantages:

– Logical contact arrangement thanks to

1/3-level relay base

– Operational reliability thanks to sealed

relay

– Safe isolation between coil and contact

side

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

side (A2), see page 366.

– For FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output

side (11/21), see page 366.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-PDT relay module with

screw connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

0,9

0 1

2 3

5 6

1
2

0,7

0,8

0,9

0 100

300

200

1
2
3
4

0 1

2 3

5 6

1
2

A1+

A2-

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

①

②

③

④

⑤

see diagram

[mA]

[ms]

3 - 12

[ms]

3 - 20

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Contact type

1 PDT

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

11 A (see diagram)

50 mA

8 A (see diagram)

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current AC

25 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

12 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

25 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (At 5 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 50 °C

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Approx. 10

cycles

approx. 3x 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

16 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-12DC/2X21

2908501

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903350

RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/2X21

2903349

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21

2903348

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21

2903347

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21AU

2903346

RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/2X21AU

2903345

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21AU

2903344

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21AU

2903343

343

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-1-RPT.../1X21... (1-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC,

0 ms

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil
AC coil
DC coil, jumper between

and

AC coil, jumper between

and

250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Cycles

Switching current [A]

RIF-1-RSC.../2X21... (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coils

AC coils

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

current

[A]

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

Cycles

Switching current [A]

250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

new

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT relay module with

screw connection

AC coils

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+



Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

3.5

Typical response time at U

[ms]

4 - 10

Typical release time at U

[ms]

3 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

see diagram

Maximum switch-on current AC

32 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

24 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

12 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

Approx. 5 x 10

cycles

Approx. 5 x 10

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Coupling relay modules

with power contact relay with manual

operation and Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21MS

2905289

②

120 V AC

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21MS

2909776

③

230 V AC

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21MS

2905290

344

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with Push-in connection
– 1 or 2-PDT relays with detectable manual

operation

– Relay retaining bracket
– Interference suppression module

(AC types only)

The advantages:

– Relay with lockable manual operation and

status LED

– With DC types, freewheeling diode is

integrated into relay

– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-PDT relay module with

Push-in connection and

manual operation

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,6

0,7

0,8

0,9

1 0

1 1

1 2

1 3

1 4

1 5

1,6

0,5

0,2

0,1

70 100

200

300 400500

0 1

2 3

5 6 7

9 10

0,6

0,7

0,8

0,9

1 0

1 1

1 2

1 3

1 4

1 5

1,6

0,1

0,2

0,3

0,5

70 100

300

200

1
2
3
4

2 3

5 6 7

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

①

②

③

see diagram

3.5

[ms]

4 - 10

[ms]

3 - 20

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

2 PDT

AgNi

250 V AC/DC

12 V (at 10 mA)

see diagram

Maximum switch-on current AC

32 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

24 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

12 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

10 mA (at 12 V)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 45 °C

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

cycles

Approx. 5 x 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21MS

2905291

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21MS

2909775

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21MS

2905292

345

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-1-RPT.../1X21... (1-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

ent

temperature

[

°C]

tage

U/U

tch

tage

]

tch

current

]

= A

ohm

oad

DC,

ohm

oad

Contact derating

Electrical service life

ent

temperature

[

°C]

cont

nuous

current

per

ntact

]

Cyc

tch

current

]

= 2

V A

ohm

oad

RIF-1-RPT.../2X21... (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

ent

temperature

[

°C]

tage

U/U

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

current

[A]

Contact derating

Electrical service life

ent

temperature

[

°C]

cont

nuous

current

per

ntact

]

Cycles

Switching current [A]

50 V AC, ohmic load

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT relay module with

Push-in connection and

manual operation

AC coils

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

4.5

Typical response time at U

[ms]

4 - 10

4 - 12

4 - 10

4 - 12

Typical release time at U

[ms]

3 - 20

4 - 20

3 - 20

4 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

see diagram

Maximum switch-on current AC

32 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

24 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

12 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

Approx. 5 x 10

cycles

Approx. 5 x 10

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

16 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Coupling relay modules

with power contact relay with manual

operation and screw connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1X21MS

2905659

②

120 V AC

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/1X21MS

2909774

③

230 V AC

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/1X21MS

2905661

346

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

new

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with screw connection
– 1 or 2-PDT relays with detectable manual

operation

– Relay retaining bracket
– Interference suppression module

(AC types only)

The advantages:

– Relay with lockable manual operation and

status LED

– With DC types, freewheeling diode is

integrated into relay

– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-PDT relay module with

screw connection and

manual operation

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,6

0,7

0,8

0,9

1 0

1 1

1 2

1 3

1 4

1 5

1,6

0,5

0,2

0,1

70 100

200

300 400500

0 1

2 3

5 6 7

9 10

0,6

0,7

0,8

0,9

1 0

1 1

1 2

1 3

1 4

1 5

1,6

0,1

0,2

0,3

0,5

70 100

300

200

1
2
3
4

2 3

5 6 7

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

①

②

③

see diagram

4.5

[ms]

4 - 10

4 - 12

4 - 10

4 - 12

[ms]

3 - 20

4 - 20

3 - 20

4 - 20

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

2 PDT

AgNi

250 V AC/DC

12 V (at 10 mA)

see diagram

Maximum switch-on current AC

32 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

24 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

12 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

10 mA (at 12 V)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 45 °C

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

cycles

Approx. 5 x 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

16 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21MS

2905660

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21MS

2909773

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21MS

2905662

347

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-1-RPT.../1X21... (1-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

ent

temperature

[

°C]

tage

U/U

tch

tage

]

tch

current

]

= A

ohm

oad

DC,

ohm

oad

Contact derating

Electrical service life

ent

temperature

[

°C]

cont

nuous

current

per

ntact

]

Cyc

tch

current

]

= 2

V A

ohm

oad

RIF-1-RSC.../2X21... (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

ent

temperature

[

°C]

tage

U/U

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

current

[A]

Contact derating

Electrical service life

ent

temperature

[

°C]

cont

nuous

current

per

ntact

]

Cycles

Switching current [A]

50 V AC, ohmic load

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

new

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT relay module with

screw connection and

manual operation

AC coils

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+

Technical data

Input data

①

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Polarity protection diode , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgSnO

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V AC/DC (at 100 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

Maximum switch-on current DC

80 A (for 20 ms) /

130 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24

Minimum switching current

100 mA (at 12 V DC)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, DC

3 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Coupling relay modules

for high inrush currents

with Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1IC

2909884

with screw connection

②

24 V DC

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1IC

2909885

348

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

new

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with Push-in connection
– 1-N/O relay
– Relay retaining bracket

The advantages:

– Maximum inrush current up to 130 A
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to

1/3-level relay base

– Operational reliability thanks to sealed

relay

– Safe isolation between coil and contact

side

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

side (A2), see page 366.

– For FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output

side (11/21), see page 366.

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

1-N/O relay module with

Push-in and screw connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

349

PHOENIX CONTACT

Interrupting rating

Switc

g c

t [A

]

Switching voltage [V]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

DC, L/R = 40 ms

Operating voltage range

Curve A

Maximum permissible continuous voltage U

max

with limiting continuous

current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).

Curve B

Minimum permitted pick-up voltage U

after pre-excitation

(see relevant technical data).

Basic behavior of capacitive loads:

- Very high input current

- Voltage increases with an e-function

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A2-

A1+







Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

6.5

Typical response time at U

[ms]

5 - 15

Typical release time at U

[ms]

5 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

10 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

5 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

31 mm / 96 mm / 75 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules

with

power contact relay and Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903315

②

24 V AC

RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21

2903313

③

120 V AC

RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21

2903311

④

230 V AC

RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903310

350

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with Push-in connection
– 2 or 4-PDT industrial relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Varistor interference suppression module

(AC types only)

The advantages:

– Relay with lockable manual operation and

status LED

– With DC types, freewheeling diode is

integrated into relay

– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to

1/3-level relay base

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

side (A2), see page 366.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT industrial relay module with

Push-in connection and

manual operation

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

0,9

0,7

0,8

0,9

A2-

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

①

②

③

④

see diagram

[mA]

6.5

[ms]

5 - 15

[ms]

5 - 20

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

4 PDT

AgNi

250 V AC/DC

5 V (At 24 mA)

6 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

5 mA (at 24 V)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 50 °C

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / II

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

31 mm / 96 mm / 75 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/4X21

2903308

RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/4X21

2903306

RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/4X21

2903305

RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/4X21

2903304

351

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-2-RPT.../2X21 (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

RIF-2-RPT.../4X21 (4-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

4-PDT industrial relay module with

Push-in connection and

manual operation

AC coils

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A2-

A1+

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

7.5

6.5

7.5

6.5

Typical response time at U

[ms]

5 - 15

Typical release time at U

[ms]

5 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

10 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

5 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

27 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules

with

power contact relay and screw connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-2-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903326

②

125 V DC

RIF-2-RSC-LDP-125DC/2X21

2903324

③

24 V AC

RIF-2-RSC-LV-24AC/2X21

2903323

④

120 V AC

RIF-2-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21

2903322

⑤

230 V AC

RIF-2-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21

2903321

352

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

new

Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with screw connection
– 2 or 4-PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Interference suppression module

(AC types only)

The advantages:

– Relay with lockable manual operation and

status LED

– With DC types, freewheeling diode is

integrated into relay

– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to

1/3-level relay base

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

side (A2), see page 366.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT industrial relay module with

screw connection and

manual operation

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

0,9

0,7

0,8

0,9

A2-

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

①

②

③

④

⑤

see diagram

[mA]

7.5

6.5

7.5

6.5

[ms]

5 - 15

[ms]

5 - 20

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

4 PDT

AgNi

250 V AC/DC

5 V (At 24 mA)

6 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

5 mA (at 24 V)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 50 °C

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / II

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

27 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-2-RSC-LDP-24DC/4X21

2903320

RIF-2-RSC-LDP-125DC/4X21

2903319

RIF-2-RSC-LV-24AC/4X21

2903318

RIF-2-RSC-LV-120AC/4X21

2903317

RIF-2-RSC-LV-230AC/4X21

2903316

353

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-2-RSC.../2X21 (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

ent

temperature

[

°C]

cont

nuous

curr

ent

per

ntact

]

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

RIF-2-RSC.../4X21 (4-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

ent

temperature

[

°C]

cont

nuous

curr

ent

per

ntact

]

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

new

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

4-PDT industrial relay module with

screw connection and

manual operation

AC coils

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+

A2-







Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

5 - 15

Typical release time at U

[ms]

5 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

10 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

10 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

40 mm / 103 mm / 90 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules

with

power contact relay and Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903297

②

120 V AC

RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21

2903296

③

230 V AC

RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903295

354

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with Push-in connection
– 2 or 3-PDT octal relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Interference suppression module

(AC types only)

The advantages:

– Relay with lockable manual operation and

status LED

– With DC types, freewheeling diode is

integrated into relay

– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to

1/3-level relay base

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

side (A2), see page 366.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT octal relay module with

Push-in connection and

manual operation

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

0,9

0 0,

0,8

2 1

4 1

6 1

2 2

4 2

0,7

0,8

0,9

0 0,

0,8

2 1

4 1

6 1

2 2

4 2

A2-

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

①

②

③

see diagram

[ms]

5 - 15

[ms]

5 - 20

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

3 PDT

AgNi

250 V AC/DC

10 V (At 24 mA)

8.5 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

10 mA (at 24 V)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 50 °C

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

W / H / D

40 mm / 103 mm / 90 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21

2903294

RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21

2903293

RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21

2903292

355

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-3-RPT.../2X21 (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

RIF-3-RPT.../3X21 (3-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

3-PDT octal relay module with

Push-in connection and

manual operation

AC coils

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+

A2-

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

5 - 15

Typical release time at U

[ms]

5 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

10 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

10 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

40 mm / 96 mm / 90 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules

with

power contact relay and screw connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-3-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903303

②

120 V AC

RIF-3-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21

2903302

③

230 V AC

RIF-3-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21

2903301

356

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

new

Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with screw connection
– 2 or 3-PDT octal relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Varistor interference suppression module

(AC types only)

The advantages:

– Relay with lockable manual operation and

status LED

– With DC types, freewheeling diode is

integrated into relay

– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to

1/3-level relay base

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

side (A2), see page 366.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT octal relay module with

screw connection and

manual operation

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

0,9

0 0,

0,8

2 1

4 1

6 1

2 2

4 2

0,7

0,8

0,9

0 0,

0,8

2 1

4 1

6 1

2 2

4 2

A2-

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

①

②

③

see diagram

[ms]

5 - 15

[ms]

5 - 20

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

3 PDT

AgNi

250 V AC/DC

10 V (At 24 mA)

8.5 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

10 mA (at 24 V)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 50 °C

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

40 mm / 96 mm / 90 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-3-RSC-LDP-24DC/3X21

2903300

RIF-3-RSC-LV-120AC/3X21

2903299

RIF-3-RSC-LV-230AC/3X21

2903298

357

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-3-RSC.../2X21 (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

RIF-3-RSC.../3X21 (3-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

new

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

3-PDT octal relay module with

screw connection and

manual operation

AC coils

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+

A2-











Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

5 - 25

Typical release time at U

[ms]

5 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

440 V AC / 250 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

10 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

11 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 24 V)

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

250 V AC

2500 VA

440 V AC

4000 VA

Motor load according to UL 508

1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 40 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

Input side

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Output side

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

43 mm / 111 mm / 90 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules

with

power contact relay and Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903281

②

120 V AC

RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21

2903280

③

230 V AC

RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903279

358

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with Push-in connection
– 2 or 3-PDT high-power relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Varistor interference suppression module

(AC types only)

The advantages:

– Logical contact arrangement thanks to

1/3-level relay base

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

side (A2), see page 366.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT high-power relay module with

Push-in connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

0,9

0,7

0,8

0,9

A2-

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Technical data

①

②

③

see diagram

[ms]

5 - 25

[ms]

5 - 20

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

3 PDT

AgNi

440 V AC / 250 V DC

10 V (At 24 mA)

10 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

10 mA (at 24 V)

2500 VA

4000 VA

1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 40 °C

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Approx. 10

cycles

Approx. 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Input side

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Output side

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

43 mm / 111 mm / 90 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21

2903278

RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21

2903277

RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21

2903276

359

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-4-RPT.../2X21 (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

RIF-4-RPT.../3X21 (3-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

3-PDT high-power relay module with

Push-in connection

AC coils

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A2-

A1+











Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

5 - 25

Typical release time at U

[ms]

5 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

3 N/O contacts

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

440 V AC / 250 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

10 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

10 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 24 V)

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

250 V AC

2500 VA

440 V AC

4000 VA

Motor load according to UL 508

1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 40 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

Input side

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Output side

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

43 mm / 111 mm / 90 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules

with

power contact relay and Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X1

2903275

②

120 V AC

RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X1

2903274

③

230 V AC

RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X1

2903273

360

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

D W

Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with Push-in connection
– 3-N/O high-power relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Varistor interference suppression module

(AC types only)

The advantages:

– Logical contact arrangement thanks to

1/3-level relay base

– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm

contact opening

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

side (A2), see page 366.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

3-N/O high-power relay module with

Push-in connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

0,9

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

361

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-4-RPT.../3X1 (3-N/O)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+

A2-

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

5 - 25

Typical release time at U

[ms]

5 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

440 V AC / 250 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

10 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

11 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 24 V)

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

250 V AC

2500 VA

440 V AC

4000 VA

Motor load according to UL 508

1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 40 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

Input side

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Output side

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

44 mm / 96 mm / 91 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules

with

power contact relay and screw connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-4-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903291

②

120 V AC

RIF-4-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21

2903290

③

230 V AC

RIF-4-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21

2903289

362

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

new

Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with screw connection
– 3-PDT high-power relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Varistor interference suppression module

(AC types only)

The advantages:

– Logical contact arrangement thanks to

1/3-level relay base

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

side (A2), see page 366.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

2-PDT high-power relay module with

screw connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

0,9

0,7

0,8

0,9

A2-

A1+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

①

②

③

see diagram

[ms]

5 - 25

[ms]

5 - 20

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

3 PDT

AgNi

440 V AC / 250 V DC

10 V (At 24 mA)

10 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

10 mA (at 24 V)

2500 VA

4000 VA

1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 40 °C

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Approx. 10

cycles

Approx. 10

cycles

DIN EN 50178

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Input side

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Output side

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

44 mm / 96 mm / 91 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

RIF-4-RSC-LDP-24DC/3X21

2903288

RIF-4-RSC-LV-120AC/3X21

2903287

RIF-4-RSC-LV-230AC/3X21

2903285

363

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-4-RSC.../2X21 (2-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

RIF-4-RSC.../3X21 (3-PDT)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

DC coils

AC coils

DC coils

D W

new

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

3-PDT high-power relay module with

screw connection

AC coils

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A2-

A1+

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

5 - 25

Typical release time at U

[ms]

5 - 20

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED , Varistor

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED , Damping diode

Output data

Contact type

3 N/O contacts

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

440 V AC / 250 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

10 V (At 24 mA)

Limiting continuous current

10 A (see diagram)

Maximum switch-on current AC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Maximum switch-on current DC

50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 24 V)

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

250 V AC

2500 VA

440 V AC

4000 VA

Motor load according to UL 508

1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation), AC

-40 °C ... 40 °C

Ambient temperature (operation), DC

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life, AC

Approx. 10

cycles

Mechanical service life, DC

Approx. 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

Input side

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Output side

0.14 ... 6 mm² / 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 26 - 10

Dimensions

W / H / D

44 mm / 96 mm / 91 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules

with

power contact relay and screw connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-4-RSC-LDP-24DC/3X1

2903284

②

120 V AC

RIF-4-RSC-LV-120AC/3X1

2903283

③

230 V AC

RIF-4-RSC-LV-230AC/3X1

2903282

364

PHOENIX CONTACT

DC coils

AC coils

D W

new

Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules

Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules,

consisting of:
– Relay base with screw connection
– 3-N/O high-power relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Varistor interference suppression module

(AC types only)

The advantages:

– Logical contact arrangement thanks to

1/3-level relay base

– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm

contact opening

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input

side (A2), see page 366.

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

3-N/O high-power relay module with

screw connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,7

0,8

0,9

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

365

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-4-RSC.../3X1 (3-N/O)

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

Ambient temperature [°C]

Coil

voltage

U/U

DC coil (observe contact derating)

AC coil (observe contact derating)

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

[A]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

Ambient temperature [°C]

imiting

continuous

curren

per

con

tact

[A]

DC coil

AC coil

50 V AC, ohmic load

Cycles

Switching capacity [kVA]

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in bridge

2-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 2-6

2-pos. blue, 32 A

FBS 2-6 BU

2-pos. gray, 32 A

FBS 2-6 GY

5-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 5-6

3030349

10-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 10-6

3030271

20-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 20-6

3030365

50-pos. red, 32 A

FBS 50-6

3032224

2-pos. red, 41 A

FBS 2-8

3030284

2-pos. blue, 41 A

FBS 2-8 BU

3032567

2-pos. gray, 41 A

FBS 2-8 GY 7042

3032541

End bracket,

for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be

marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...

CLIPFIX 35

The plug-in bridges can be used for simple

potential distribution via all relay bases.

The end bracket is used for safe isolation

between adjacent modules and to visually
separate the various function groups.

RIFLINE complete accessories
Plug-in bridges

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Zack marker strip, unprinted

10-section

white

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT

10-section

white

ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

1051003

5-section

white

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT

Double marker carrier for ZB 5

gray

STP 5-2

100

366

PHOENIX CONTACT

The ZB zack marker strip system offers

numerous marking options that can be
attached directly to the relay retaining
brackets. In addition, further markings can
be fixed to the relay base by means of
double marker carriers.

RIFLINE complete accessories
Marking material

5.2 mm, 6.2 mm, and 15.2 mm wide

Double marker carrier

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1A

2 3

5 6 7

8 9

111

+ +

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Test plug,

consisting of:

Metal part

for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and

silver

MPS-MT

Insulating sleeve,

for MPS metal part

red

MPS-IH RD

white

MPS-IH WH

blue

MPS-IH BU

yellow

MPS-IH YE

green

MPS-IH GN

gray

MPS-IH GY

black

MPS-IH BK

PLC-H...24DC/230AC/10

The two-piece test plug offers individual

plug color combinations. It is inserted
directly in the function shaft of the Push-in
connection.

RIFLINE complete accessories
Test plugs

Relay modules

Industrial relay system - RIFLINE complete

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A (per signal path)

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

3 A

Rated surge voltage

0.6 kV (Functional insulation)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Supply

Push-in connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Dimensions

H / D

101 mm / 75 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

V8 adapter,

for eight RIF-1 relay modules, with IDC/FLK pin strip

for PLC system cabling,

positive switching

128 mm

RIF-1-V8/PT/FLK14/OUT

2905195

367

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-1-V8... is the VARIOFACE adapter

which connects the RIF-1 relay module with
the VARIOFACE system cabling. This allows
easy connection of eight relay modules to a
controller.

Adapter for RIFLINE complete RF-1

VARIOFACE adapter for

RIFLINE complete RIF-1

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

368

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

The PLC-INTERFACE relay system is the

interface between the controller and
system I/O devices.

The universal design is compact and

space-saving. While the narrow 6.2 mm
module has one contact, the 14 mm version
is available with two contacts. The modules
can be equipped with either an
electromechanical or a solid-state relay.

They are protected against environmental

influences by RTIII (IP67). The relays also
offer safe isolation according to
DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160).

PLC-INTERFACE is available in three

connection technologies. Depending on the
area of application, screw or Push-in
connection can be selected.

In addition to the universal types,

PLC-INTERFACE is also available in
numerous special versions. These include:
– Sensor and actuator modules that can

accommodate all connections directly on
the interface

– Modules for high inrush or continuous

currents

– Railway modules, which meet specific

railway requirements

– Filter modules, which filter out

interference on the input side

Plug-in bridges are available for all

modules for simple potential distribution. In
addition, solutions from system cabling
applications offer easy connection to the
plant control system. VARIOFACE adapters
can be used to reduce wiring effort
considerably. Installation is simplified
significantly thanks to the integrated input
and protective circuit.

Standard marking material for CLIPLINE

complete terminal blocks can be used to
mark PLC-INTERFACE.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

369

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Universal modules

PLC-R... and PLC-O... relay and solid-state

relay modules with PDT or N/O contact,
designed for universal use. Available in an
overall width of 6.2 mm with one contact or
in 14 mm with two contacts.

Available with either screw or

Push-in connection.

Sensors/actuators

PLC...SEN and PLC...ACT offer space-

saving sensor and actuator wiring without
additional supply or output terminal blocks.
The sensor or actuator connections are
incorporated directly at the relay module.

Available with either screw or

Push-in connection.

High currents

PLC...IC is particularly suitable for

applications with high inrush currents, e.g.
from lamp loads. The PLC...HC relay
modules are designed for applications with
high continuous currents.

Available with either screw or

Push-in connection.

Railway applications

PLC...RW relay or solid-state relay

modules are suitable for railway
requirements. These cover, for example, the
extended temperature and input voltage
range of railway applications.

Interference signals on the input side

PLC-B...SO46 basic terminal blocks are

used for filtering interference currents and
interference voltages on the input side.

Available with either screw or

Push-in connection.

Accessories

The entire PLC-INTERFACE system can

be extended by a range of accessories such
as power terminals, adapters for system
cabling or plug-in bridges for potential
distribution.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Product overview

Highly compact relay modules - special versions and accessories

Page

Web code

tor

PLC-R…/1/ACT

Assembled with a plug-in power contact relay

378

#0618

PLC-R-…/1IC/ACT

Assembled with a plug-in miniature relay for high inrush currents

386

PLC-O…/24DC/2/ACT

Assembled with a plug-in solid-state power relay

380

PLC-OSC…/230AC/1/ACT

Assembled with a plug-in solid-state power relay

381

Sen

r se

PLC-R.../1AU/SEN

Assembled with a plug-in relay for small switching capacities, with gold-plated multi-layer contact

384

#0617

PLC-O.../48DC/100/SEN

Assembled with a plug-in solid-state input relay

385

ilter series

PLC-B...UC/21/SO46

For assembly with electromechanical or solid-state relays

388

#0689

PLC-B...UC/1/SEN/SO46

For assembly with electromechanical or solid-state relays

389

PLC-BSC...UC/21-21/SO46

For assembly with relays

389

PLC-BSC...UC/21/HC/SO46

For assembly with relays

389

les

PLC-RS...-24UC/1/S...

Relay and switch integrated

404

#0898

PLC-S...-S/...

Switch integrated

405

Solid

-state r

PLC-O.../24DC/...

Optocoupler modules for universal use

376

#0899

PLC-O.../230AC/...

Switching capacity up to 230 V AC and 2.4 A in 6.2 mm

408

PLC-O.../300DC/...

DC voltage output up to 300 V DC

406

Ex rela

PLC-R.../21/EX

1 changeover contact with power contact

458

#0690

PLC-R.../21-21/EX

2 changeover contacts with power contact

458

PLC-R.../21/HC/EX

1 changeover contact up to 10 A

459

PLC-O...C1D2

DC voltage output

459

370

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Hybrid solid-state relays

PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications

PLC-INTERFACE for
high inrush currents

Reversing load relays

Hybrid solid-state relay with AC voltage
output, max. 10 A

PLC…/RW

Relay modules with extended input voltage and
temperature range, specifically designed for use
in railway applications

PLC...1IC/ACT

Max. switch-on current of 130 A, suitable for
capacitive loads, available with screw and
Push-in connection technology

PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC

Electronic reversing load relay for motors up to
24 V DC/2 A

Page: 409
Web code:

#0691

Page: 415
Web code:

#0900

Page: 386
Web code:

#0901

Page: 421
Web code:

Accessories

Continuous plug-in bridge

500 mm long, insulated, can be cut to length,
for potential distribution with
PLC-INTERFACE

Plug-in bridge

2-pos., 6 mm long, bridges potentials of
neighboring PLC-INTERFACEs

Plug-in bridge

2-pos., 8 mm long, bridges potentials of
neighboring PLC-INTERFACEs with partition
plate

Plug-in bridge

2-pos., for connecting adjacent connections on a
14 mm PLC-INTERFACE

Partition plate

2 mm thick, required at the start and end of
every PLC terminal strip

Passive feed-through bridge

Can be inserted instead of a relay or solid-state
relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14

Power terminal

For supplying up to four potentials

Logic modules

Web code:

#0694

Page: 428

PLC-V8C…/SAM
Stand-alone module

With 16 I/Os, cannot be extended, connection
to PC via micro USB socket. Integrated real-
time clock, accommodates external
IFS-CONFSTICK memory module.

PLC-V8C…/BM
Basic module

With 16 I/Os, can be extended up to a
maximum of 48 I/Os. Connection to PC via
micro USB socket. Integrated real-time clock.
Accommodates external IFS-CONFSTICK
memory module. Optional connection to
IFS gateways.

PLC-V8C…/EM
Extension module

With 16 I/Os, for extending the basic
module. A maximum of two extension
modules can be connected to each basic
module.

System cabling adapters for PLC-INTERFACE

Web code:

#0897

Page: 425

PLC-V8/FLK14…

For 6.2 mm relay, with 14-pos.
IDC/FLK pin strip,
module width 49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/…

For 6.2 mm relay, with 15-pos.
D-SUB socket strip,
module width 49.6 mm

PLC-V8L/FLK14/…

For 14 mm relay, with 14-pos.
IDC/FLK pin strip,
module width 112.3 mm

371

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html















Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

Typical input current at U

[mA]

15.3

9.2

4.8

3.5

3.2

15.3

9.2

4.8

3.5

3.2

15.3

3.5

3.2

15.3

3.5

3.2

Response/release time at U

[ms]

5 / 8

6 / 15

5 / 8

6 / 15

7 / 15

5 / 8

6 / 15

5 / 8

6 / 15

7 / 15

5 / 8

6 / 15

7 / 15

5 / 8

6 / 15

6 /

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheelin

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Yellow LED, bridge recti

Output data

Contact material

AgSnO

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

Maximum switch-on current

10 A (4 s)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

General data

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

)

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Class A product, see page

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

12 V DC

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21

2966906

②

24 V DC

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21

2966171

③

24 V AC/DC

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21

2966184

④

48 V DC

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21

2966113

⑤

60 V DC

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21

2966139

⑥

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-RSC-120UC/21

2966197

⑦

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-RSC-230UC/21

2966207

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

12 V DC

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21

2900316

②

24 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21

2900299

③

24 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21

2900300

④

48 V DC

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21

2900301

⑤

60 V DC

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21

2900303

⑥

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-RPT-120UC/21

2900304

⑦

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-RPT-230UC/21

2900305

372

PHOENIX CONTACT

Universal PLC series with PDT relay

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are

exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of

the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter

service life than with a pure power contact.

For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 397

Note: for marking material (ZB 6), see “CLIPLINE industrial

connection technology, marking material for terminals,

conductors, and cables”.

Inflammability class V0 (UL 94)

) 120 and 230 V types up to 55 °C

1-PDT relay module,

A, maximum

Switching voltage [V]

Switc

]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21

with 1-PDT relay

PLC-R... is the relay series that can be

used universally and consists of basic
terminal blocks and plug-in relays with
PDT contacts.

The advantages:

– Slim design
– Screw and Push-in connection technology
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Integrated input and interference

suppression circuit

– High degree of protection, RT III

(wash-proof ), or RT II for 1-PDT relay
with manual operation

– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

– Efficient connection to system cabling

using V8 adapter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products















Technical data

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

①

②

③

⑥

⑦

①

②

③

⑥

⑦

[mA]

15.3

9.2

4.8

3.5

3.2

15.3

9.2

4.8

3.5

3.2

15.3

3.5

3.2

15.3

3.5

3.2

[ms]

5 / 8

6 / 15

5 / 8

6 / 15

7 / 15

5 / 8

6 / 15

5 / 8

6 / 15

7 / 15

5 / 8

6 / 15

7 / 15

5 / 8

6 / 15

7 / 15

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Yellow LED

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

10 A (4 s)

50 mA

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

2 x 10

cycles

1 x 10

cycles

2 x 10

cycles

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU

2966919

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21/MS

2909648

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU/MS

2909654

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU

2966265

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21/MS

2909649

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU/MS

2909655

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU

2966278

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21/MS

2909650

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU/MS

2909656

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21AU

2966126

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21AU

2966142

PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU

2966281

PLC-RSC-120UC/21/MS

2909651

PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU/MS

2909657

PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU

2966294

PLC-RSC-230UC/21/MS

2909653

PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU/MS

2909660

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU

2900317

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21/MS

2909666

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU/MS

2909671

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU

2900306

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21/MS

2909667

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU/MS

2909672

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU

2900307

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/MS

2909668

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/MS

2909673

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21AU

2900308

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21AU

2900309

PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU

2900310

PLC-RPT-120UC/21/MS

2909669

PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU/MS

2909674

PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU

2900311

PLC-RPT-230UC/21/MS

2909670

PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU/MS

2909676

373

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

new

D W

1-PDT relay module,

mA, maximum

1-PDT relay module with

manual operation, max. 6

1-PDT relay module with

manual operation, max. 50

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1
2
3
4















Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

Typical input current at U

[mA]

17.5

4.5

17.5

4.5

Response/release time at U

[ms]

8 / 10

7 / 10

8 / 10

7 / 10

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheelin

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Output data

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V AC/DC (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

Maximum switch-on current

15 A (300 ms)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (At 5 V)

General data

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

)

Mechanical service life

3 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

12 V DC

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21

2967235

②

24 V DC

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21

2967060

③

24 V AC/DC

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21

2967073

④

48 V DC

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21

2967248

⑤

60 V DC

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21

2967293

⑥

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21

2967086

⑦

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21

2967099

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

12 V DC

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21

2900329

②

24 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21

2900330

③

24 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21

2900332

④

48 V DC

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21

2900333

⑤

60 V DC

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21

2900334

⑥

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21

2900335

⑦

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21

2900336

374

PHOENIX CONTACT

Universal PLC series with PDT relay

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 397

Note: for marking material (ZB 6), see “CLIPLINE industrial

connection technology, marking material for terminals,

conductors, and cables”.

Inflammability class V0 (UL 94)

) 230 V types up to 55 °C

) If the specified maximum values are exceeded for multi-layer

contact relays, the gold layer will be destroyed. During further use,

the maximum values of the power contact relays apply. This may

then result in a shorter service life than a dedicated power contact.

2-PDT relay module,

A, maximum

Switching voltage [V]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load, contacts in series

DC, ohmic load

DC, L/R = 40 ms

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21

with 2-PDT relay

itc

g c

t [A

]

PLC-R... is the relay series that can be

used universally and consists of basic
terminal blocks and plug-in relays with
PDT contacts.

The advantages:

– Slim design
– Screw and Push-in connection technology
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Integrated input and interference

suppression circuit

– RT III sealed relay
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

– Efficient connection to system cabling

using V8 adapter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products















Technical data

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

[mA]

17.5

4.5

17.5

4.5

[ms]

8 / 10

7 / 10

8 / 10

7 / 10

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

AgNi, hard gold-plated

30 V AC / 36 V DC

100 mV (at 10 mA)

50 mA

)

50 mA

)

1 mA (at 24 V)

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

)

3 x 10

cycles

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU

2967277

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21AU

2967125

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU

2967112

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21AU

2967280

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21AU

2967303

PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU

2967138

PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU

2967141

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21AU

2900337

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21AU

2900338

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU

2900339

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21AU

2900340

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21AU

2900341

PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21AU

2900342

PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU

2900343

375

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

2-PDT relay module,

mA, maximum

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+













Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

Switching level (with reference to U

)

1 signal ("H")

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.9

≥

0.8

0 signal ("L")

≤

0.4

≤

0.3

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.3

≤

0.3

Typical input current at U

[mA]

8.5

3.5

8.5

3.5

Typical switch-on time at U

[ms]

0.02

0.03

0.04

0.02

0.03

0.04

3.5

Typical switch-off time at U

[ms]

0.3

0.5

0.6

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

300

100

300

100

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection , freewheeling diode

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection , freewheel

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Output data

Max. switching voltage

48 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

Maximum switch-on current

Minimum/maximum switching current

- / 100 mA

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

≤

1 V

Leakage current in off state

Max. load value

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100

2966728

②

48 V DC

PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 48DC/100

2966993

③

60 V DC

PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 48DC/100

2967455

④

125 V DC

PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/100

2980047

⑤

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100

2966744

⑥

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100

2966757

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100

2900352

②

48 V DC

PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 48DC/100

2900353

③

60 V DC

PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 48DC/100

2900354

⑤

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100

2900355

⑥

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100

2900356

376

PHOENIX CONTACT

Universal PLC series with solid-state
relays

PLC-O... is the solid-state relay series that

can be used universally comprising basic
terminal blocks and plug-in solid-state
relays.

The advantages:

– Slim design
– Screw and Push-in connection technology
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Integrated input circuit
– RT-III sealed solid-state relays
– High switching capacity
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Efficient connection to system cabling

using V8 adapter

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

For derating curves see page 399

Solid-state relay module,

DC output max. 100

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products























Technical data

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.1

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.3

≤

0.3

≤

0.3

≤

0.3

≤

0.25

≤

0.25

≤

0.3

≤

0.3

≤

0.25

≤

0.25

[mA]

8.5

3.5

8.5

3.5

[ms]

0.02

0.03

0.04

0.02

0.03

0.04

3.5

[ms]

0.3

0.5

0.6

[Hz]

300

100

300

100

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection , freewheeling diode

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

33 V DC

253 V AC

3 V DC

24 V AC

15 A (10 ms)

30 A (10 ms)

- / 3 A (see derating curve)

10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve)

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

≤

200 mV

< 1 V

< 1 mA (in off state)

4.5 A

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966634

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1

2967840

PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967002

PLC-OSC- 48DC/230AC/ 1

2967853

PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967468

PLC-OSC- 60DC/230AC/ 1

2967866

PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 2

2980050

PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 1

2980063

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2

2966650

PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 1

2967879

PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 2

2966663

PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 1

2967882

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2

2900364

PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/1

2900369

PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 24DC/2

2900365

PLC-OPT- 48DC/230AC/1

2900370

PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 24DC/2

2900366

PLC-OPT- 60DC/230AC/1

2900371

PLC-OPT-120UC/ 24DC/2

2900367

PLC-OPT-120UC/230AC/1

2900372

PLC-OPT-230UC/ 24DC/2

2900368

PLC-OPT-230UC/230AC/1

2900374

377

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Solid-state relay module,

DC output max. 3

Solid-state relay module,

AC output max. 750

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1
2
3
4













Technical data

Input data

①

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

See diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time/switch-on time at U

[ms]

Typical release time/switch-off time at UN

[ms]

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheelin

Output data

Contact material

AgSnO

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

Maximum switch-on current

10 A (4 s)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

General data

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

3 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT

2966210

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/ACT

2900312

378

PHOENIX CONTACT

PLC actuator series for output
functions

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 397

For derating curves see page 399

1-N/O relay module with

additional floating terminal point

Switching voltage [V]

Switc

g c

]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Switching voltage [V]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load, contacts in series

DC, ohmic load

DC, L/R = 40 ms

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...24DC/1/ACT

with 1-N/O relay

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...24DC/1-1/ACT

with 2-N/O relay

itc

g c

t [A

]

The PLC actuator series couples

controllers and actuators such as motors,
contactors, and valves.

The advantages:

– Direct connection of actuator to relay

module including load return line

– No need for additional terminal blocks
– Space savings of up to 80%
– Time savings of up to 60%
– Screw and Push-in connection technology
– Relay modules with safe isolation

according to DIN EN 50178 between coil
and contact

– Functional plug-in bridges
– Efficient connection to system cabling

using V8 adapter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Technical data

①

See diagram

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

AgSnO

AgNi

250 V AC/DC

5 V (at 100 mA)

5 V AC/DC

6 A

10 A (4 s)

8 A

10 mA (at 12 V)

10 mA

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

1 x 10

cycles

3 x 10

cycles

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

3 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/MS/ACT

2909661

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT

2967109

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/MS/ACT

2909677

379

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

new

D W

1-N/O relay module with

manual operation and additional

floating terminal point

2-N/O relay module with

additional floating terminal points

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+













Technical data

Input data

①

②

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

Switching level (with reference to U

)

1 signal ("H")

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

0 signal ("L")

≤

0.25

≤

0.4

Typical input current at U

[mA]

9.5

8.5

Typical response time/switch-on time at U

[ms]

0.02

Typical release time/switch-off time at UN

[ms]

0.3

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

300

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheelin

Output data

Max. switching voltage

33 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

Limiting continuous current

3 A (see derating curve)

0.75 A (see derating curve)

Maximum switch-on current

15 A (10 ms)

Minimum switching current

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

≤

200 mV

Leakage current in off state

Phase angle (cos

)

Max. load value

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

5 V DC

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT

2980144

②

24 V DC

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT

2966676

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

5 V DC

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/2/ACT

2900375

②

24 V DC

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2/ACT

2900376

380

PHOENIX CONTACT

PLC actuator series for output
functions

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Solid-state relay module with

additional floating terminal point,

DC output max. 3 A

The PLC actuator series couples

controllers and actuators such as motors,
contactors, and valves.

The advantages:

– Direct connection of actuator to relay

module including load return line

– No need for additional terminal blocks
– Space savings of up to 80%
– Time savings of up to 60%
– Screw and Push-in connection technology
– Relay modules with safe isolation

according to DIN EN 50178 between coil
and contact

– Functional plug-in bridges
– Efficient connection to system cabling

using V8 adapter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products













Technical data

②

0.8 -

1.2

≥

0.8

≤

0.25

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

253 V AC

24 V AC

Limiting continuous current

3 A (see derating curve)

0.75 A (see derating curve)

30 A (10 ms)

10 mA

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

< 1 V

< 1 mA (in off state)

0.5

4.5 A

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT

2967947

381

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Solid-state relay module with

additional floating terminal point,

AC output max. 750 mA

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













Technical data

Input data

①

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

Switching level (with reference to U

)

1 signal ("H")

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

0 signal ("L")

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical switch-on time at U

[ms]

0.02

Typical switch-off time at U

[ms]

0.4

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

300

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Output data

Maximum/minimum switching voltage

33 V DC / 3 V DC

253 V AC / 24 V AC

Maximum switch-on current

15 A (10 ms)

30 A (10 ms)

Minimum/maximum switching current

- / 5 A (see derating curve)

25 mA / 2 A (see derating curve)

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Surge protection

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

≤

200 mV

≤

1 V

Leakage current in off state

typ. 1 mA

Phase angle (cos

)

0.5

Max. load value

4 A

s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)

General data

Rated insulation voltage

Rated surge voltage

Basic insulation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

see derating / In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 5/ACT

2982786

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT

2982760

382

PHOENIX CONTACT

PLC actuator series with solid-state

power relays for coupling the controller and
actuators, such as motors, contactors,
valves, etc.

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

For derating curves see page 399

D W

PLC actuator series for output
functions

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Solid-state relay module with

additional floating terminal point,

DC output max. 5 A

Solid-state relay module with

additional floating terminal point,

AC output max. 2 A

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

















Technical data

Input data

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 ... 1.2

Typical input current at U

(50/60 Hz)

15.6 mA / 8.5 mA

15 mA / 8.3 mA

Typical response time at U

5 ms

10 ms

Typical release time at U

30 ms

20 ms

Input circuit

Yellow LED , Bridge rectifier

Output data with:

REL-MR-24DC/21AU

REL-MR-24DC/21

OPT...48DC/...

OPT...24DC/...

OPT...230AC/...

Contact type

Single contact, 1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

Max. switching voltage

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

48 V DC

33 V DC

253 V AC

Minimum switching voltage

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

3 V DC

24 V AC

Limiting continuous current

50 mA

6 A

100 mA

3 A (see

derating curve)

0.75 A (see derating curve)

Minimum switching current

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

Output protection

Reverse

polarity

protection,

surge

protection

Reverse

polarity

protection,

surge

protection

RCV circuit

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current

≤

1 V

≤

150 mV

≤

1 V

Leakage current in off state

≤

1 mA

Max. load value I

x t (t = 10 ms)

4.5 A

s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)

General data

Rated insulation voltage

250 V AC

Rated surge voltage/insulation

6 kV / Safe isolation, increased insulation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Air clearances and creepage distances

EN 50178

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data

Description

Voltage U

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

24 V AC/DC

PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2982799

PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2982799

PLC-INTERFACE

with Push-in connection

24 V AC/DC

PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2900450

PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2900450

Accessories

Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts

REL-MR- 24DC/21AU

2961121

REL-MR- 24DC/21

2961105

Plug-in solid-state relays

Solid-state input relays

OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100

2966618

Solid-state power relays

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966595

Solid-state power relays

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1

2967950

383

PHOENIX CONTACT

PLC actuator basic terminal blocks that

can be fitted with a mechanical or solid-
state relay. For coupling the controller and
actuators, such as motors, contactors,
valves, etc.

Notes:

Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 400

For derating curves see page 399

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

D W

PLC actuator series for output
functions

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Basic terminal block with

additional floating terminal point for

assembly with relay

Basic terminal block with

additional floating terminal point for

assembly with solid-state relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

See diagram

Switching level (with reference to U

)

1 signal ("H")

0 signal ("L")

Typical input current at U

[mA]

3.5

3.2

Typical response time/switch-on time at U

[ms]

Typical release time/switch-off time at UN

[ms]

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheelin

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Output data

Contact material

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current

50 mA

Minimum switching current

1 mA (at 24 V)

Output protection

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

General data

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

)

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

3 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN

2966317

②

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN

2966320

③

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN

2966333

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN

2900313

②

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/SEN

2900314

③

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/SEN

2900315

384

PHOENIX CONTACT

PLC sensor series for input functions

PLC sensor series for coupling controller

and sensors, such as proximity switches,
limit switches or auxiliary contacts

The advantages:

– Direct connection of sensor to relay

module including sensor supply

– No need for additional terminal blocks
– Space savings of up to 80%
– Time savings of up to 60%
– Screw and Push-in connection technology
– Relay modules with safe isolation

according to DIN EN 50178 between coil
and contact

– Functional plug-in bridges
– Efficient connection to system cabling

using V8 adapter

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 397

) 120 and 230 V types up to 55 °C

) If the specified maximum values are exceeded for multi-layer

contact relays, the gold layer will be destroyed. During further use,

the maximum values of the power contact relays apply. This may

then result in a shorter service life than a dedicated power contact.

1-N/O relay module with

additional floating terminal point

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Technical data

①

②

③

①

②

③

See diagram

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.1

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≤

0.4

≤

0.3

≤

0.3

3.5

3.2

8.5

3.5

0.02

0.3

300

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Contact material

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

30 V AC / 36 V DC

48 V DC

100 mV (at 10 mA)

3 V DC

50 mA

)

100 mA

50 mA

)

1 mA (at 24 V)

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

≤

1 V

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

1 x 10

cycles

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

3 / III

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909663

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2966773

PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909664

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2966799

PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909665

PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2966809

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909678

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2900358

PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909679

PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2900359

PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909680

PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2900361

385

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

new

D W

1-N/O relay module with

manual operation and

additional floating terminal point

Solid-state relay module with

additional floating terminal point,

DC output max. 100

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html











Technical data

Input data

①

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Response/release time at U

[ms]

8 / 10

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Output data

Contact material

AgSnO

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V AC/DC (at 100 mA)

Maximum switch-on current

80 A (for 20 ms) / 130 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24

General data

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Mechanical service life

3 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT

2967604

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT

2900298

386

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 397

D W

PLC-INTERFACE for high inrush
currents

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

1-N/O relay module with

additional floating terminal point,

max. 130

A peak

Switching voltage [V]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

DC, L/R = 40 ms

Basic behavior of capacitive loads:

- Very high input current

- Voltage increases with an e-function

Maximum interrupting rating

itc

g c

t [A

]

PLC relay modules for high inrush

currents due, for example, to capacitive
loads.

The advantages:

– Maximum switch-on current 130 A
– Direct connection of load return line

thanks to actuator type

– Screw and Push-in connection technology
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

– Functional plug-in bridges
– Efficient connection to system cabling

using V8 adapter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1
2
3

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products













Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

Typical input current at U

[mA]

17.5

4.5

Response/release time at U

[ms]

8 / 10

7 / 10

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Output data

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V AC/DC

Limiting continuous current

10 A

Maximum switch-on current

30 A (300 ms)

Minimum switching current

100 mA

General data

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

)

Mechanical service life

3 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

12 V DC

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC

2967617

②

24 V DC

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC

2967620

③

24 V AC/DC

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC

2967633

④

48 V DC

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC

2967646

⑤

60 V DC

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC

2967659

⑥

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC

2967662

⑦

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC

2967675

PLC-INTERFACE

with Push-in connection

①

12 V DC

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21HC

2900290

②

24 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21HC

2900291

③

24 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC

2900293

④

48 V DC

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21HC

2900294

⑤

60 V DC

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21HC

2900295

⑥

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC

2900296

⑦

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC

2900297

387

PHOENIX CONTACT

0,1

0,2

0,3

0,5

100

300

200

AC, ohmic load

Switching voltage [V]

Switching

curren

]

DC, ohmic load
DC,

0 ms

Max. interrupting rating

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 397

) 230 V types up to 55 °C

D W

PLC relay modules for high continuous

switching currents

The advantages:

– Maximum continuous current 10 A
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

– Screw and Push-in connection technology
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Efficient connection to system cabling

using V8 adapter

– Long electrical service life thanks to

16 A relay

– All common input voltages of

12 V DC to 230 V AC

PLC-INTERFACE for high continuous
currents

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

1-PDT relay module,

max. 10

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0 VA

(

0m)











Technical data

Input data

Nominal input voltage U

120 V AC

230 V AC

120 V AC

230 V AC

120 V AC

230 V AC

120 V AC

230 V AC

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 ... 1.4

0.78 ... 1.14

0.8 ... 1.4

0.78 ... 1.14

0.78 ... 1.4

0.78 ... 1.14

0.85 ... 1.4

0.78 ... 1.14

Typical release voltage (relay assembly)

50 V AC

80 V AC

50 V AC

80 V AC

16 V AC

70 V AC

16 V AC

70 V AC

Typical input current at U

(50/60 Hz)

7 mA / 8 mA

8.8 mA / 10 mA

7 mA / 8 mA

8.8 mA / 10 mA

6 mA / 7 mA

8.5 mA / 10 mA

6 mA / 7 mA

8.5 mA / 10 mA

Typical response time at U

7 ms

Typical release time at U

20 ms

10 ms

20 ms

Input circuit

Yellow LED , Bridge rectifier , Filter

Output data with:

REL-MR-60DC/21

REL-MR-60DC/21AU

Contact type

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1 N/O contact

Single contact,

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, + 5 µm Au

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V AC/DC

100 mV

12 V AC/DC

Limiting continuous current

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

10 A

Maximum switch-on current

on request

50 mA

on request

50 mA

15 A (300 ms)

50 mA

30 A (300 ms)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA

1 mA

100 mA

General data

Test voltage input/output

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 55 °C

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

3 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Class A product, see page

Ordering data

Description

Voltage U

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block

, for plug-in

miniature relays or solid-state relays

with screw connection

120 V AC

PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46

2980319

with screw connection

230 V AC

PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46

2980335

with Push-in connection

120 V AC

PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46

2900453

with Push-in connection

230 V AC

PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46

2900455

Accessories

Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU

2961134

REL-MR- 60DC/21

2961118

388

PHOENIX CONTACT

Basic terminal blocks with
interference current filter that can be
fitted with relays

PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated

filter to protect against interference
voltages or currents due, for example, to
long control lines.

The advantages:

– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage

Typical applications:

– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in

residual AC currents

– Screw and Push-in connection technology

Parallel signal cables or load cables

Long signal cable

Leakage current

Load

E.g.

Occurrence of interference signals

Scenario 2: long signal cables

Output

Leakage current

Load

Signal cable

Occurrence of interference signals

Scenario 1: controller - AC output card

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 397

Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 400

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Basic terminal block with

Input filter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



























Technical data

120 V AC

230 V AC

120 V AC

230 V AC

120 V AC

230 V AC

120 V AC

230 V AC

)

0.8 ... 1.4

0.78 ... 1.14

0.8 ... 1.4

0.78 ... 1.14

0.78 ... 1.4

0.78 ... 1.14

0.85 ... 1.4

0.78 ... 1.14

Typical release voltage (relay assembly)

50 V AC

80 V AC

50 V AC

80 V AC

16 V AC

70 V AC

16 V AC

70 V AC

(50/60 Hz)

7 mA / 8 mA

8.8 mA / 10 mA

7 mA / 8 mA

8.8 mA / 10 mA

6 mA / 7 mA

8.5 mA / 10 mA

6 mA / 7 mA

8.5 mA / 10 mA

7 ms

20 ms

10 ms

20 ms

Input circuit

Yellow LED , Bridge rectifier , Filter

REL-MR-60DC/21

REL-MR-60DC/21AU

REL-MR-110DC/21-21

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

Contact type

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1 N/O contact

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, + 5 µm Au

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V AC/DC

100 mV

12 V AC/DC

Limiting continuous current

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

10 A

Maximum switch-on current

on request

50 mA

on request

50 mA

15 A (300 ms)

50 mA

30 A (300 ms)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA

1 mA

100 mA

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20 °C ... 55 °C

2 x 10

cycles

3 x 10

cycles

3 x 10

cycles

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

3 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2980322

PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO46

2980416

PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO46

2980432

PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2980348

PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO46

2980429

PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO46

2980445

PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2900456

PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2900457

Accessories

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU

2961134

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU

2961228

REL-MR- 60DC/21

2961118

REL-MR-110DC/21-21

2961202

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961338

389

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Basic terminal block with

additional floating terminal point and

Input filter

2-PDT basic terminal block with

input filter

1-PDT basic terminal block for

high continuous currents with input filter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html











Technical data

Input data

Nominal input voltage U

120 V AC

230 V AC

120 V AC

230 V AC

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.85 ... 1.1

0.8 ... 1.1

0.85 ... 1.1

0.8 ... 1.1

Switching level (with optocoupler) 0 signal ("L")

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

Typical input current at U

(50/60 Hz)

7 mA / 8 mA

8.8 mA / 10 mA

7 mA / 8 mA

8.8 mA / 10 mA

Typical response time/switch-on time at U

6 ms

Typical switch-off time at U

10 ms

Input circuit

Yellow LED , Bridge rectifier , Filter

Output data with:

OPT...48DC/...

OPT...24DC/...

OPT...230AC/...

Max. switching voltage

48 V DC

30 V DC

253 V AC

48 V DC

30 V DC

253 V AC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

24 V AC

3 V DC

24 V AC

Limiting continuous current

100 mA

3 A

0.75 A

100 mA

3 A

0.75 A

Maximum switch-on current

15 A (10 ms)

30 A (10 ms)

15 A (10 ms)

30 A (10 ms)

Output protection

Reverse

polarity

protection,

surge

protection

Reverse

polarity

protection,

surge

protection

RCV circuit

Reverse

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current

< 1 V

< 200 mV

< 1 V

< 200 mV

< 1 V

Leakage current in off state

< 1 mA

Maximum phase shift (inductive consumer)

0.5

Max. load value I

x t (t = 10 ms)

4.5 A

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 55 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Voltage U

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block

, for plug-in

miniature relays or solid-state relays

with screw connection

120 V AC

PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46

2980319

with screw connection

230 V AC

PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46

2980335

with Push-in connection

120 V AC

PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46

2900453

with Push-in connection

230 V AC

PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46

2900455

Accessories

Plug-in solid-state relays

Solid-state input relays

OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100

2966621

Solid-state power relays

OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966605

Solid-state power relays

OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2967963

390

PHOENIX CONTACT

Basic terminal blocks with
interference current filter that can be
fitted with solid-state relays

PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated

filter to protect against interference
voltages or currents due, for example, to
long control lines.

The advantages:

– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage

Typical applications:

– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in

residual AC currents

– Screw and Push-in connection technology

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 397

Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 400

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Basic terminal block with

Input filter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Technical data

120 V AC

230 V AC

120 V AC

230 V AC

)

0.85 ... 1.1

0.8 ... 1.1

0.85 ... 1.1

0.8 ... 1.1

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

(50/60 Hz)

7 mA / 8 mA

8.8 mA / 10 mA

7 mA / 8 mA

8.8 mA / 10 mA

6 ms

10 ms

Input circuit

Yellow LED , Bridge rectifier , Filter

OPT...48DC/...

OPT...24DC/...

OPT...230AC/...

Max. switching voltage

48 V DC

30 V DC

253 V AC

48 V DC

30 V DC

253 V AC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

24 V AC

3 V DC

24 V AC

Limiting continuous current

100 mA

3 A

0.75 A

100 mA

3 A

0.75 A

Maximum switch-on current

15 A (10 ms)

30 A (10 ms)

15 A (10 ms)

30 A (10 ms)

RCV circuit

Reverse

polarity

protection,

surge

protection

Reverse

polarity

protection,

surge

protection

RCV circuit

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current

< 1 V

< 200 mV

< 1 V

< 200 mV

< 1 V

Leakage current in off state

< 1 mA

Maximum phase shift (inductive consumer)

0.5

4.5 A

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20 °C ... 55 °C

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2980322

PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2980348

PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2900456

PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2900457

Accessories

OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100

2966621

OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966605

OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2967963

391

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Basic terminal block with

additional floating terminal point and

Input filter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html











Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

②

④

⑤

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

8.2

4.1

8.2

4.1

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

[ms]

2.5

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

2 PDT

1 N/O contact

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

250 V AC/D

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

12 V (a

Limiting continuous current

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

8 A

50 mA

16 A

Maximum switch-on current

10 A (4 s)

on request

10 A (4 s)

50 mA

25 A (20 ms)

50 mA

80 A (20 ms) /

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (At 5 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

100 mA (at 12 V

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

24 V DC

140 W

1.2 W

140 W

1.2 W

190 W

1.2 W

384 W

48 V DC

20 W

85 W

58 W

60 V DC

18 W

60 W

48 W

110 V DC

23 W

44 W

50 W

220 V DC

40 W

60 W

80 W

250 V AC

1500 VA

2000 VA

4000 VA

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

5 k

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

1 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 61810-1

IEC

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 61810-1

IEC

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

any / Can be aligned without spacing (>

Dimensions

W / H / D

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

5 mm / 28 mm / 16 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm /

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts

①

4.5 V DC

REL-MR- 4,5DC/21

2961367

②

12 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21

2961150

REL-MR- 12DC/21/MS

2909641

③

18 V DC

REL-MR- 18DC/21

2961383

④

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21

2961105

REL-MR- 24DC/21/MS

2909642

⑤

60 V DC

REL-MR- 60DC/21

2961118

REL-MR- 60DC/21/MS

2909643

⑥

110 V DC

Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts

①

4.5 V DC

REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU

2961370

②

12 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21AU

2961163

REL-MR- 12DC/21AU/MS

2909644

③

18 V DC

REL-MR- 18DC/21AU

2961493

④

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21AU

2961121

REL-MR- 24DC/21AU/MS

2909645

⑤

60 V DC

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU

2961134

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU/MS

2909647

⑥

110 V DC

392

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in miniature power relays are

suitable for PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0 and
RIF-1 relay base.

The advantages:

– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III

depending on type (wash-proof )

– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

Notes:

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are

exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of

the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter

service life than with a pure power contact.

For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see

page 398

For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 397

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Plug-in miniature power relays

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

1-PDT relay,

A, maximum

1-PDT relay with

manual operation,

max.

new

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products































Technical data

②

④

⑤

⑥

④

②

④

⑤

⑥

see diagram

[mA]

8.2

4.1

8.2

4.1

[ms]

2.5

Contact type

1 PDT

2 PDT

1 N/O contact

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

12 V (at 100 mA)

12 V (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

8 A

50 mA

16 A

Maximum switch-on current

10 A (4 s)

on request

10 A (4 s)

50 mA

25 A (20 ms)

50 mA

80 A (20 ms) /

130 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24

50 A (20 ms)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (At 5 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

100 mA (at 12 V DC)

10 mA (at 12 V)

24 V DC

140 W

1.2 W

140 W

1.2 W

190 W

1.2 W

384 W

48 V DC

20 W

85 W

58 W

60 V DC

18 W

60 W

48 W

110 V DC

23 W

44 W

50 W

220 V DC

40 W

60 W

80 W

250 V AC

1500 VA

2000 VA

4000 VA

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40 °C ... 85 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

3 x 10

cycles

3 x 10

cycles

3 x 10

cycles

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 61810-1

IEC

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 61810-1

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 61810-1

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70 °C

≥

2.5 mm)

any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70 °C

≥

2.5 mm)

any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70 °C

≥

2.5 mm)

Dimensions

W / H / D

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

5 mm / 28 mm / 16 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21

2961257

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC

2961309

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21

2961192

REL-MR- 24DC/1IC

2961341

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

REL-MR- 60DC/21-21

2961273

REL-MR- 60DC/21HC

2961325

REL-MR-110DC/21-21

2961202

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961338

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU

2961299

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU

2961215

REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU

2961286

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU

2961228

393

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

2-PDT relay,

A, maximum

1-N/O relay for

high inrush currents,

max. 130

A peak

1-PDT relay for

high continuous currents,

max. 16

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+



















Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.9 -

1.1

Switching level

1 signal ("H") [V DC]

≥

2.5

0 signal ("L") [V DC]

≤

0.8

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical switch-on time at U

[µs]

Typical switch-off time at U

[µs]

300

500

300

800

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

300

100

Output data

Max. switching voltage

33 V DC

48 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

Limiting continuous current

3 A (see derating curve)

100 mA

Minimum load current

Maximum switch-on current

15 A (10 ms)

Leakage current in off state

Phase angle (cos

)

Output circuit

2-wire, floating

Max. load value

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Reverse polarity pro

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

≤

150 mV

≤

1 V

General data

Rated surge voltage

Basic insulation

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

any / In

Dimensions

W / H / D

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Plug-in solid-state relays

Solid-state power relays

①

5 V DC

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967989

Solid-state power relays

②

24 V DC

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966595

Solid-state power relays

③

60 V DC

OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966605

Plug-in solid-state relays

Solid-state input relays

①

5 V DC

OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100

2967992

Solid-state input relays

②

24 V DC

OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100

2966618

Solid-state input relays

③

60 V DC

OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100

2966621

394

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in solid-state relays are suitable for

both PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0 and RIF-1
relay base.

The advantages:

– Switching current of up to 5 A
– RT III-proof (wash-proof )
– Vibration and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered on PCB

Notes:

For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see

page 399

When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be

limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current

and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in

“Basics of relay technology” on page 286.

Plug-in solid-state relays

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Solid-state relay,

DC output max. 3

Solid-state relay,

DC output max. 100

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



















Technical data

①

②

③

②

③

①

②

③

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.9 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.2

0.9 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.9 -

1.1

2.5

0.8

8.4

2.6

6000

9000

10000

400

500

700

10000

300

33 V DC

253 V AC

3 V DC

24 V AC

5 A (see derating curve)

0.75 A (see derating curve)

2 A (see derating curve)

10 mA

25 mA

15 A (10 ms)

30 A (10 ms)

< 1 mA

0.5

2-wire, floating

2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch

4.5 A

4 A

s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

Surge protection

≤

200 mV

< 1 V

≤

1 V

Basic insulation

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

any / See derating curve

Dimensions

W / H / D

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982113

OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2

2982168

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982100

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1

2967950

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2

2982171

OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982126

OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2967963

OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2

2982184

395

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Solid-state relay,

DC output max. 5

Solid-state relay,

AC output max. 750

Solid-state relay,

AC output max. 2

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1-PD

T b

l b

lock

2-PD

T b

l b

lock

HC b

l bl

ic t

l bl

Act

ic t

l bl

C-

-5

C-

-1

C-

-2

C-

-2

C-

-4

C-

-6

-BS

-120U

/21

C-

-1

-BS

-230U

/21

-BS

-12D

/21-2

-BS

-24D

/21-2

-BS

-24UC

/21-2

-BS

-48D

/21-2

-BS

-60D

/21-2

-BS

-120U

/21-

-BS

-230U

/21-

-BS

-12D

/21H

-BS

-24D

/21H

-BS

-24UC

/21H

-BS

-48D

/21H

-BS

-60D

/21H

-BS

-120U

/21H

-BS

-230U

/21H

C-

-5

/SE

C-

-2

-BS

-120U

/1/S

-BS

-230U

/1/S

C-

-5

C-

-2

C-

-2

-B

-24D

Relay and

solid-state

relay

options

C-

-5

C-

-1

C-

-2

C-

-2

C-

-4

C-

-6

C-

-1

C-

-2

C-

-1

-2

C-

-2

C-

-2

C-

-4

-2

C-

-6

-2

C-

-1

-2

C-

-2

C-

-1

C-

-2

C-

-2

C-

-4

C-

-6

C-

-1

C-

-2

C-

-2

C-

-1

C-

-2

C-

-5

C-

-2

C-

-2

C-

-2

-B

-2

REL-MR-4,5DC/21

REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU

REL-MR-12DC/21

REL-MR-12DC/21/MS

REL-MR-12DC/21AU

REL-MR-12DC/21AU/MS

REL-MR-24DC/21

REL-MR-24DC/21/MS

REL-MR-24DC/21AU

REL-MR-24DC/21AU/MS

REL-MR-60DC/21

REL-MR- 60DC/21/MS

REL-MR-60DC/21AU

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU/MS

REL-MR-24DC/1IC

REL-MR-18DC/21

REL-MR-18DC/21AU

REL-MR-12DC/21-21

REL-MR-12DC/21-21AU

REL-MR-24DC/21-21

REL-MR-24DC/21-21AU

REL-MR-60DC/21-21

REL-MR-60DC/21-21AU

REL-MR-110DC/21-21

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU

REL-MR-12DC/21HC

REL-MR-24DC/21HC

REL-MR-60DC/21HC

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

OPT-24DC/230AC/1

OPT-60DC/230AC/1

OPT-5DC/24DC/2

OPT-24DC/24DC/2

OPT-60DC/24DC/2

OPT-5DC/48DC/100

OPT-24DC/48DC/100

OPT-60DC/48DC/100

OPT-24DC/24DC/5

OPT-60DC/24DC/5

OPT-24DC/230AC/2

OPT-60DC/230AC/2

Relay options for PLC basic terminal blocks

396

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

[ °

]

220

V DC

230

V AC

230

V AC

220

V DC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

V DC

V AC

[ °

]

V DC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

V DC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

24 V DC / 24 V AC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

24 V DC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

12 V DC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

V DC / 23

V AC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

125 V DC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

V DC / 12

V AC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

V DC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

V DC

[ °

]

V DC

V AC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

V DC

1,3

1,1

1,2

1,4

[

V DC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

General conditions:

Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal

or vertical mounting.

Curve A

Maximum permissible continuous voltage U

max

with limiting continuous

current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).

Curve B

Minimum permitted pick-up voltage U

after pre-excitation

)

(see relevant technical data).

)

Pre-excitation

: relay has been operated in a thermally steady

state at the ambient temperature T

with nominal voltage U

and

limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant

technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short

time, the relay must reliably pick up again at U

. The U

values

for cold coils (T

coil

= T

= 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers

yield better values, but are not practical.

PLC-R...-120UC...

PLC-R...-230UC...

PLC-R...-60DC...

PLC-R...-48DC...

PLC-R...-24UC...

PLC-R...-24DC...

PLC-R...-12DC...

Operating voltage ranges for
PLC-INTERFACE, 14 mm versions,
equipped with relay

PLC-R...-230UC...

PLC-R...-125DC...

PLC-R...-120UC...

PLC-R...-48DC...

PLC-R...-60DC...

PLC-R...-24UC...

PLC-R...-24DC...

PLC-R...-12DC...

Operating voltage ranges for
PLC-INTERFACE, 6.2 mm versions,
equipped with relay

397

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1,5

2,5

[

1,5

2,5

[

Plug-in 1 and 2-PDT relays

REL-MR...21

Perforations for assembly:

view of the connections

Pitch division: 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm

Perforations for assembly:

view of the connections

Pitch division: 2.5 mm

Permissible input voltage range

for REL-MR...21

Permissible input voltage range

for REL-MR...21-21, REL-MR-24DC/1IC, REL-MR...21HC

5 mm overall width

12.7 mm overall width

General conditions:

Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal

or vertical mounting.

Curve A

Maximum permissible continuous voltage U

max

with limiting continuous

current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).

Curve B

Minimum permitted pick-up voltage U

after pre-excitation

)

(see relevant technical data).

)

Pre-excitation

: relay has been operated in a thermally steady

state at the ambient temperature T

with nominal voltage U

and

limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant

technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short

time, the relay must reliably pick up again at U

. The U

values

for cold coils (T

coil

= T

= 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers

yield better values, but are not practical.

REL-MR...21-21

398

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

1
2

300

750

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

15,7

3,6

12,7

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

12.7 mm overall width

Ambient temperature range [°C]

rre

t [

]

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and

PLC-OS.../230AC/1 solid-state relays

Ambient temperature range [°C]

rre

t [

Aligned with > 10 mm spacing

Aligned without spacing

Plug-in solid-state relays

OPT...DC/24DC/2
OPT...DC/230AC/1

Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 and

PLC-OS.../24DC/5/ACT solid-state relays

Ambient temperature range [°C]

ren

t [

]

Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and

PLC-OS.../24DC/2 solid-state relays

Ambient temperature range [°C]

ad c

rre

]

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 and

PLC-OS.../230AC/2/ACT solid-state relays

5 mm overall width

OPT...DC/24DC/5
OPT...DC/230AC/2

399

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1
2
3

1
2
3
4

1
2

0,1

0,2

0,3

0,5

100

300

200

PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications

Switching current [A]

g c

250 V AC, ohmic load

Electrical service life for

PLC-RSP...UC/21RW

Switching current [A]

g c

250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)

250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Electrical service life for

PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW

Switching current [A]

Switc

g c

250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)

250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Electrical service life for

PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW

Switching voltage [V]

Switc

g c

]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Switching voltage [V]

itc

g c

t [A

]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

DC, L/R = 40 ms

Switching voltage [V]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load, contacts in series

DC, ohmic load

DC, L/R = 40 ms

Switching voltage [V]

Switc

]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

DC, L/R = 40 ms

Electrical interrupting rating for
PLC-INTERFACE

Electrical interrupting rating for

PLC...21 with 1-PDT relay

Electrical interrupting rating for

PLC...21-21 with 2-PDT relay

Electrical interrupting rating for

PLC...21HC for high continuous currents

Electrical interrupting rating for

PLC...1IC/ACT for high inrush currents

itc

g c

t [A

]

400

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1
2

000

I [A]

000

I [A]

4
3
2
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO
power circuit breaker solid-state relays
with signal logic

State diagram

Operating

state

Switching

level

Input

LED display

yellow LED

LED display

red LED

Signal

contact/

CONTROL

Not

activated

Normal

operation

Overload/

short circuit

Open circuit

Time/current characteristic curve, 1 A version

Time/current characteristic curve, 4 A version

Current limitation

g tim

[

Current limitation

itc

g tim

Derating curve for ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO

4 A type

1 A type

Ambient temperature [°C]

ad c

rre

]

set

Output pulse t

UEGM-OE/AV logic pulse expansion
block

Time diagrams for UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100

Operating voltage present

Scenario 2: input pulse t



output pulse t

set

: t

= t

Scenario 1: Input pulse t

< output pulse t

set

Operating voltage present

DIP switches

)

Length

of output

pulses [ms]

(when switch

is set to “ON“)

–

100

–

200

–

500

–

1000

–

1500

) If no switch is actuated, the output voltage is not defined.

If the input pulse is longer than the set time, the output is switched

off almost simultaneously with the input.

Intermediate values can be obtained by combining several

DIP switches according to the following formula:

tot

= ––––––––––––

1 +

1 + ... +

Table of adjustable output pulse lengths

set

Output pulse t

Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...48DC/2

Ambient temperature [°C]

ad c

rre

]

EMG-OV solid-state power relays

Aligned without spacing

Stand-alone device

401

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1.1+

A2–

A1.2+



Technical data

Input data

①

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Response/release time at U

[ms]

4 / 6

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Output data

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC / 30 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

24 V AC/DC

Limiting continuous current

3.5 A

Minimum switching current

5 mA

General data

Test voltage input/output

3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Test voltage output/output

3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 1

2987309

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-2RPT-24DC/1

2901639

402

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

D W

Relay module with two permanently

soldered-in power relays

The advantages:

– 100% more channel density than the

conventional 6.2 mm relay

– Two switching channels in a 6.2 mm

housing

– Screw and Push-in connection technology

PLC-INTERFACE with
two integrated relays

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Relay module with two integrated,

independent relays up to 3.5

A for

high channel density

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

+ -

A1.2

A2–

A1.1

A1.2

A2–

A1.1

0,7

0,8

0,9

T [

]

24 V DC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

403

PHOENIX CONTACT

Application example for PLC-2RS...24DC/1

Interrupting rating

Operating voltage range

Ambient temperature

t v

lta

Switching voltage [V]

itc

g c

]

DC, ohmic load

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

(

[ °

]

V DC

V AC

A
O
M

CTL2

CTL1

+ -











Technical data

Input data

①

②

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Response/release time at U

[ms]

6 / 15

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED , Bridge rectifier

Output data

Contact material

AgSnO

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

Maximum switch-on current

on request

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

Feedback

Operating mode “Automatic” floating

max. 30 V AC/DC / 50 mA

min. 2 V AC/DC / 1 mA

General data

Rated insulation voltage

250 V AC

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

24 V AC/DC

PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H

2982236

②

24 V AC/DC

PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L

2834876

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

24 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H

2900328

②

24 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/L

2900327

404

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyester PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be

dampened with an effective protection circuit.

The PLC-ATP partition plate is to be used in the following cases:

always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages

greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points

of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between

neighboring modules.

Module height:

PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm

PLC...

- manual operation

PLC...

- operation using screwdriver

D W

PLC-INTERFACE with
manual switch and relay

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Relay module with manual switch

and integrated relay

Application example for PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...

Permissible input voltage range for

PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...

Curve A

Maximum continuous voltage when

limiting continuous current = 6 A

Curve B

Minimum pick-up voltage for pre-excitation with

and limiting continuous current = 6 A

Relay module with manual switch and

integrated power relay for manual, zero, and
automatic functions

The advantages are:

– Maximum switching current 6 A
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Floating confirmation contact
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

– Screw and Push-in connection technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

ANUAL

(

+ -

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

Max. switching voltage

72 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

2 V DC

Maximum switch-on current

50 mA

Minimum switching current

1 mA

Switching cycles, max.

100 (At 72 V DC / 50 mA) /

10000 (at 12 V DC / 100 mA)

Feedback

Operating mode “Automatic” floating

≤

72 V DC / 50 mA

General data

Rated insulation voltage

85 V AC

Rated surge voltage

0.5 kV / basic insulation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

PLC-SC-S/H

2980733

PLC-SC-S/L

2980775

405

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyester PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be

dampened with an effective protection circuit.

The PLC-ATP partition plate is to be used in the following cases:

always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages

greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points

of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between

neighboring modules.

Module height:

PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm

PLC...

- manual operation

PLC...

- operation using screwdriver

D W

PLC-INTERFACE with
manual switch without relay

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Module with manual switch without relay

Application example for PLC-S...S...

Switching module without relay for

manual, zero, and automatic functions

The advantages:

– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Floating confirmation contact
– Screw connection technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+













406

PHOENIX CONTACT

The slim 6.2 mm PLC housing with

integrated electronics in various versions
offers the following advantages:
– Option of bridging adjacent modules
– Status display
– Protection circuits in input and output
– Wear-resistant and bounce-free switching
– Integrated protection circuit
– DC outputs of up to 300 V DC/1 A or up

to 24 V DC/10 A

– Electronic PDT output of up to

48 V DC/500 mA

– Screw and Push-in connection technology

PLC-INTERFACE with an integrated
solid-state relay

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.1

Switching level (with reference to U

)

1 signal ("H")

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

0 signal ("L")

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

Typical input current at U

[mA]

5.6

8.4

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

100

1000

Alarm output

Operating range

- / -

Output data

Maximum/minimum switching voltage

300 V DC / 12 V DC

Limiting continuous current

1 A (see derating curve)

10 A (see derating curve)

500 mA (see derating curve)

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

< 500 mV

General data

Rated insulation voltage

300 V

Rated surge voltage

4 kV / basic insulation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

5 V DC

PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 1

2980652

②

12 V DC

PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 1

2980665

③

24 V DC

PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 1

2980678

48 V DC ... 60 V DC

④

60 V DC

PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 1

2980681

⑤

110 V DC

PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 1

2980694

⑥

220 V DC

PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 1

2980704

⑦

120 V AC

PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 1

2980717

⑧

230 V AC

PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 1

2980720

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

5 V DC

PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/1

2900381

②

12 V DC

PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/1

2900382

③

24 V DC

PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/1

2900383

48 V DC ... 60 V DC

④

60 V DC

PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/1

2900384

⑤

110 V DC

PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/1

2900385

⑥

220 V DC

PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/1

2900387

⑦

120 V AC

PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/1

2900388

⑧

230 V AC

PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/1

2900389

D W

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyester PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be

dampened with an effective protection circuit.

The PLC-ATP partition plate is to be used in the following cases:

always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages

greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points

of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between

neighboring modules.

The housings of the following modules are open on one side:

- PLC-O...-...-300DC/1

- PLC-O...-24DC/24DC/10/R

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Solid-state relay module,

DC output max. 300

DC/1

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

+24V

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



















407

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

③

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

[mA]

5.6

8.4

[Hz]

100

1000

3 V DC ... 33 V DC (High active) / 100 mA

- / -

33 V DC / 5 V DC

48 V DC / 3 V DC

Limiting continuous current

1 A (see derating curve)

10 A (see derating curve)

500 mA (see derating curve)

≤

50 mV

< 1.2 V

300 V

4 kV / basic insulation

-25 °C ... 60 °C

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R

2982702

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W

2980636

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R

2900398

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W

2900378

Derating curve for PLC-...24DC/24DC/10/R

Derating curve for PLC...300DC/1

Ambient temperature [°C]

rre

t [

]

Ambient temperature [°C]

]

Derating curve for PLC...24DC/48DC/500/W

Ambient temperature [°C]

ad c

rre

]

For input voltages of 220 V DC and 230 V AC

D W

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Solid-state relay module,

short-circuit-proof DC output max. 10 A,

with feedback

Solid-state relay module,

DC output max. 500 mA,

with electronic changeover contact

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+

A2-

13+



Technical data

Input data

①

Rated actuating voltage range with reference to U

0.8 -

1.2

Rated actuating current I

[mA]

Switching level (with reference to U

)

1 signal ("H")

> 0.8

0 signal ("L")

< 0.4

Typical switch-on time at U

[ms]

Typical switch-off time at U

[ms]

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Output data

Max. switching voltage

253 V AC

Minimum switching voltage

24 V AC

Maximum switch-on current

250 A (20 ms)

Minimum/maximum switching current

10 mA / 2.4 A (see derating)

Output protection

RCV circuit

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

< 1 V

Leakage current in off state

< 1 mA

Max. load value

340 A

s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)

General data

Rated insulation voltage

260 V AC

Rated surge voltage

4 kV

Insulation

Basic insulation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Rated actuating voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/2.4/ACT

2904631

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/2.4/ACT

2904632

408

PHOENIX CONTACT

= aligned with >

0 mm spacing

= aligned without spacing

Ambient temperature [°C]

oad

current

[A]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature

Operating time: 100% operating factor

D W

6.2 mm narrow solid-state relay for

switching AC loads
– Status display
– Protection circuits in input and output
– Wear-free
– Switching capacity up to 230 V AC/2.4 A
– Screw and Push-in connection technology

PLC-INTERFACE with an integrated
solid-state relay

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Solid-state relay module with

additional floating terminal point,

AC output max. 2.4

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

Input data

①

Rated control supply voltage U

[V DC]

Rated control supply voltage range with reference to U

0.8 -

1.2

Rated control supply current I

14 mA (Input low, output low)

19 mA (Input high, output high)

Rated actuation voltage U

[V DC]

Rated actuating voltage range with reference to U

0.8 -

1.2

Rated actuating current I

[mA]

6.8

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Output data

Max. switching voltage

253 V AC

Minimum switching voltage

24 V AC

Minimum/maximum switching current

100 mA / 10 A (see derating curve)

Output protection

RCV circuit

Leakage current in off state

< 1 mA

Max. load value

350 A

s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)

General data

Rated insulation voltage

260 V AC

Rated surge voltage

6 kV

Insulation

safe isolation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Rated actuating voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-HSC-24DC/230AC/10

2905214

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-HPT-24DC/230AC/10

2905215

409

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

The solid-state relay, combined with a

mechanical relay, offers the following
advantages:
– Higher electrical service life
– Lower power dissipation
– Option of bridging adjacent modules
– Status display
– Protection circuits in input and output
– Switching capacity up to 230 V AC/10 A
– Screw and Push-in connection technology

PLC-INTERFACE with
hybrid solid-state relay

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Hybrid solid-state relay,

AC output max. 10

A and

bypass relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

–



Technical data

Input data

①

②

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

Switching level with reference to U

1 signal ("H")

> 0.8

0 signal ("L")

< 0.4

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical switch-on time at U

[µs]

1.5

Typical switch-off time at U

[µs]

Transmission frequency f

limit

[kHz]

100

Input protection:

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protec

Output data

Operating voltage range

4 V DC ... 30 V DC

Limiting continuous current

50 mA

Quiescent current

4.3 mA

Residual voltage drop at "H"

< 0.5 V

Output circuit

3-conductor, ground-referenced

3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Reverse polarity pro

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / II

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Input solid-state relay

with screw connection

①

5 V DC

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2902963

②

24 V DC

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2902964

Input solid-state relay

with Push-in connection

①

5 V DC

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2902969

②

24 V DC

PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ

2902970

410

PHOENIX CONTACT

PLC-INTERFACE
Solid-state relays up to 100 kHz

A solid-state relay for the safe acquisition

of short pulses.
– Status display
– Bridging options
– Limit frequency of up to 100 kHz
– Push-pull stage on output side
– Features a capacitor on the input side for

interference suppression

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

Solid-state relay module,

DC output,

transmission frequency of 100

kHz

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

–

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

①

②

①

②

0.5 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.5 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

> 0.5

> 0.8

> 0.5

> 0.8

< 0.3

< 0.4

< 0.3

< 0.4

100

Input protection:

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

4 V DC ... 18 V DC

14 V DC ... 30 V DC

50 mA

8.5 mA

15 mA

< 1.2 V

< 2.2 V

Output circuit

3-conductor, ground-referenced

3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

DIN EN 50178

2 / II

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2902965

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G

2902967

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2902966

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G

2902968

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2902971

PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G

2902973

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2902972

PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G

2902974

411

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

D W

Solid-state relay module,

DC push-pull output,

transmission frequency of 100

kHz

Solid-state relay module,

DC push-pull output,

transmission frequency of 100

kHz

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+







Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

5 V DC

Rated control supply voltage range with reference to U

0.9 ... 1.2

Rated control supply current I

41 mA

Rated actuating voltage U

(IN)

5 V DC (TTL)

Rated actuating voltage range with reference to U

0.9 ... 1.2

Rated actuating current I

2.5 mA

Typical response time at Uc

4.5 ms

Typical release time at Uc

3.5 ms

Input circuit

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Output data with:

REL-MR-4,5DC/21 AU

REL-MR-4,5DC/21

Contact type

Single contact, 1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

Max. switching voltage

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

Limiting continuous current

50 mA

6 A

Maximum switch-on current

50 mA

on request

Minimum switching current

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

General data

Rated insulation voltage

250 V

Rated surge voltage/insulation

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits

IEC

60664, EN 50178

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / III

Mounting position / Assembly

any / in rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

with screw connection

PLC-BSC-TTL/1

2982689

with Push-in connection

PLC-BPT-TTL/1

2900458

Accessories

Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts

REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU

2961370

REL-MR- 4,5DC/21

2961367

412

PHOENIX CONTACT

Max. interrupting rating

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyester PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

D W

The PLC-BS...TTL/1 basic terminal block

is controlled with a TTL (5 V) input signal.
It is equipped with either a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay. The basic terminal
block equipped with a robust miniature
relay offers the following advantages:
– Overall width of just 6.2 mm
– Bridging options
– Status display
– RTIII degree of protection
– Safe isolation in accordance with

EN 50178 (VDE 0160)

– 4 kV

rms

electrical isolation between coil

and contact

– Screw and Push-in connection technology

PLC-INTERFACE for the
TTL signal at input

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

1-N/O basic terminal block for

assembly with relay for TTL (5 V)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

5 V DC

Rated control supply voltage range with reference to U

0.9 ... 1.2

Rated control supply current I

11.5 mA

Rated actuating voltage U

(IN)

5 V DC (TTL)

Switching level 1 signal ("H") (TTL signal)

> 2 V DC

Switching level 0 signal ("L") (TTL signal)

< 0.8 V DC

Rated actuating current I

2.5 mA

Typical response time/switch-on time at U

35 µs

Typical switch-off time at U

320 µs

Input circuit

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Output data with:

OPT-5DC/48DC/100

OPT-5DC/24DC/2

Max. switching voltage

48 V DC

33 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

Limiting continuous current

100 mA

3 A

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection,

Surge protection

Reverse polarity protection,

Surge protection

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current

< 1 V

< 200 mV

General data

Rated insulation voltage

250 V

Rated surge voltage/insulation

6 kV/Basic isolation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits

IEC

60664, EN 50178

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

with screw connection

PLC-BSC-TTL/1

2982689

with Push-in connection

PLC-BPT-TTL/1

2900458

Accessories

Plug-in solid-state relays

Solid-state input relays

OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100

2967992

Solid-state power relays

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967989

413

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyester PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For derating curves see page 399

D W

The PLC-BS...TTL/1 basic terminal block

is controlled with a TTL (5 V) input signal.
It is equipped with either a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay. The basic terminal
block equipped with a solid-state relay
offers the following advantages:
– Overall width of just 6.2 mm
– Bridging options
– Status display
– IP67-protected solid-state relay

electronic unit

– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– Alternative input or power solid-state

relay

– Wear-free and bounce-free
– Integrated protective circuit
– 2.5 kV

rms

electrical isolation between

input and output

– Screw and Push-in connection technology

PLC-INTERFACE for the
TTL signal at input

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Basic terminal block for assembly with

solid-state relay for TTL

(5 V)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

–

5
3

5
2

5
1

1
2







Technical data

Input data

Rated actuating voltage U

24 V DC

Rated actuating voltage range with reference to U

0.8 ... 1.2

Switching level 1 signal ("H")

> 0.8

Switching level 0 signal ("L")

< 0.4

Rated actuating current I

3.4 mA

Typical switch-on time at U

35 µs

Typical switch-off time at U

35 µs

Transmission frequency f

limit

1 kHz

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Output data with:

Rated control supply voltage U

5 V DC

Rated control supply voltage range with reference to U

0.9 ... 1.2

Limiting continuous current

A TTL load (Fan out = 1)/50 mA for switching mode

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

< 80 mV

General data

Rated insulation voltage

250 V DC

Rated surge voltage/insulation

4 kV / basic insulation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

with screw connection

PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL

2982728

with Push-in connection

PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL

2900363

414

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyester PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

D W

PLC-INTERFACE for the
TTL signal at output

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Input solid state relays

with TTL (5 V) output

Derating curve for PLC-OSP...24DC/3RW

Ambient temperature [°C]

rre

t [

]

Aligned without spacing

Aligned with



20 mm spacing

Derating curve for PLC-OSP...110DC/3RW

Ambient temperature [°C]

rre

t [

]

The PLC-OS...24DC/TTL with a built-in

solid-state relay can be used for fast and
wear-free switching of TTL (5 V) signals.

The module offers the following

advantages:
– Switching capacity TTL (5 V), fan out = 1
– Overall width of just 6.2 mm
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Integrated protective circuit
– Screw and Push-in connection technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





















Technical data

Input data

①

⑥

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.7 -

1.25

0.7 -

1.25

0.7 -

1.25

0.7 -

1.25

0.7 -

1.25

0.7 -

1.25

0.7 -

1.25

0.7 -

1.25

Switching level (with reference to U

)

1 signal ("H")

≥

0.6

≥

0.6

> 0.6

0 signal ("L")

≤

0.3

≤

0.3

< 0.4

< 0.3

Typical input current at U

[mA]

8.5

5.5

Typical switch-on time at U

[ms]

0.04

0.08

0.4

0.04

0.4

Typical switch-off time at U

[ms]

0.2

0.6

0.2

0.1

0.2

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

300

100

300

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Output data

Max. switching voltage

33 V DC

140 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

12 V DC

Limiting continuous current

3 A (see derating curve)

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

< 200 mV

< 150 mV

General data

Rated insulation voltage

250 V

160 V DC

Rated surge voltage

4 kV / basic insulation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE,

with

spring-cage connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW

2980513

PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982511

②

36 V DC

PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982524

③

48 V DC

PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982537

④

72 V DC

PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982540

⑤

96 V DC

PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982553

⑥

110 V DC

PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW

2980526

PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982566

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW

2900379

PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW

2900391

②

36 V DC

PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW

2900392

③

48 V DC

PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW

2900393

④

72 V DC

PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW

2900394

⑤

96 V DC

PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW

2900395

⑥

110 V DC

PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW

2900380

PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW

2900396

415

PHOENIX CONTACT

The PLC-OSP...RW interface modules are

suitable for use according to DIN EN 50155
(VDE 0115 Part 200) “Railway applications -
Electronic equipment used on rolling stock”.

The advantages:

– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7-1.25 x U

– Shock resistance in acc. with DIN 50155

(requirements in acc. with EN 61373).

– Spring cage and Push-in connection

technology

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyester PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For derating curves see page 414

D W

PLC-INTERFACE with solid-state
relays for railway applications

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Solid-state relay module,

DC output max. 3

Solid-state relay module,

DC output max. 110

DC/3

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0,8





DNV GL

Technical data

Input data

Nominal input voltage U

24 V DC

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

See diagram

Typical input current at U

12 mA

Typical response time at U

5 ms

Typical release time at U

8 ms

Input circuit

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Output data with:

REL-MR-18DC/21

REL-MR-18DC/21AU

Contact type

Single contact, 1-PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

3 A

50 mA

Maximum switch-on current

on request

50 mA

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

General data

Test voltage input/output

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 70 °C

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664, EN 50178

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

3 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Voltage U

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block

, for plug-in miniature relay

with Push-in connection

24 V DC

PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW

2900261

Accessories

Plug-in miniature relays

REL-MR- 18DC/21

2961383

REL-MR- 18DC/21AU

2961493

416

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are

exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of

the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter

service life than with a pure power contact.

D W

PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Basic terminal block for assembly

with 1-PDT relay up to 6

Permissible input voltage range for PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW

(with REL-MR-18DC/21... relay)

Ambient temperature [°C]

t v

e U/

Maximum continuous voltage when limiting continuous current = 3 A

Minimum pick-up voltage for pre-excitation with U

and limiting

continuous current = 3 A

Switching voltage [V]

itc

g c

]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21 with 1-PDT relay

Relay modules with extended input

voltage and temperature range, specifically
for use in railway applications

The advantages:

– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x U

– Vibration and shock resistance according

to EN 50155

– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

– Push-in connection technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

230 V AC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

Input data

Nominal input voltage U

230 V AC

Input nominal frequency

16.67 Hz

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical response time at U

20 ms

Typical release time at U

60 ms

Input circuit

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT

Contact material

AgNi, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

30 V AC / 36 V DC

( 250 V AC/DC )

Minimum switching voltage

100 mV

( 5 V AC/DC )

Limiting continuous current

50 mA

( 6 A )

Maximum switch-on current

50 mA

( 8 A )

Minimum switching current

1 mA

( 10 mA )

General data

Test voltage input/output

6 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 55 °C

Mechanical service life

approx. 3x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664, EN 50178

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Voltage U

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

with Push-in connection

230 V AC

PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF

2900345

417

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are

exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The values in

parentheses then apply for further operation. This can result in a

shorter service life than with a pure power contact.

D W

PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

2-PDT relay module for

16.7

Hz input frequency,

max. 2

Permissible input voltage range

for PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF

Ambient temperature [°C]

t vo

e U/

Curve A

Maximum continuous voltage when

limiting continuous current = 6 A

Curve B

Minimum pick-up voltage for pre-excitation with U

and

limiting continuous current = 6 A

Relay module for input voltages with a

nominal frequency of 16.7 Hz

The advantages:

– Input nominal frequency 16.7 Hz
– Vibration and shock resistance according

to EN 50155

– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

– Push-in connection technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html







DNV GL





418

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules with extended input

voltage and temperature range, specifically
designed for railway applications

The advantages:

– Certified to EN 50155
– Optimum relay operation thanks to wide-

range electronics

– Temperature range -40 to +70°C

(short-term 85°C)

– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x U

(short-term 1.4 x U

)

– Vibration and shock resistance according

to EN 50155

– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

– Push-in connection technology

PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.7 -

1.25

0.7 -

1.25

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Input protection:

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode

Yellow LED, br

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

2 PDT

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

12 V (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

10 A (With inserted bridge 2967691)

Maximum switch-on current

10 A (4 s)

50 mA

15 A (300 ms)

50 mA

30 A (300 ms)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (At 5 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C (Temperature class TX)

-40 °C ... 70 °C (

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, EN

61373, EN

50121

EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, EN

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

power contact

with Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW

2900318

②

72 V DC

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW

2900319

③

110 V DC

PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW

2900320

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

hard gold-plated contact

with Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW

2900321

②

72 V DC

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW

2900322

③

110 V DC

PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW

2900323

D W

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are

exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of

the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter

service life than with a pure power contact.

Electrical service life diagrams, see page 400

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

1-PDT relay module,

A, maximum

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1
2
3
4

1
2
3

70 100

300

200

70 100

300

200

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









DNV GL









DNV GL



419

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

①

②

③

①

②

③

0.7 -

1.25

0.7 -

1.25

0.7 -

1.25

0.7 -

1.25

4.5

Input protection:

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode

Contact type

1 PDT

2 PDT

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, hard gold-plated

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 10 mA)

100 mV (at 10 mA)

12 V (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

50 mA

6 A

50 mA

10 A (With inserted bridge

2967691

Maximum switch-on current

10 A (4 s)

50 mA

15 A (300 ms)

50 mA

30 A (300 ms)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (At 5 V)

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

5 kV

rms

(50 Hz, 1 min.)

ss TX)

-40 °C ... 70 °C (Temperature class TX)

approx. 3x 10

cycles

approx. 3x 10

cycles

50121

EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, EN

61373, EN

50121

EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, EN

61373, EN

50121

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW

2900346

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW

2900324

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW

2900347

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW

2900325

PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW

2900348

PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW

2900326

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW

2900349

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW

2900350

PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW

2900351

Derating curve for

PLC-RSP...21/RW

PLC-RSP...21AU/RW

PLC-RSP...21-21/RW

PLC-RSP...21-21AU/RW

Ambient temperature [°C]

itc

g c

]

Switching voltage [V]

itc

g c

t [A

]

Ohmic load

Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW

g c

t [A

]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load, contacts in series

DC, ohmic load

DC, L/R = 40 ms

Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW

Switching voltage [V]

itc

g c

]

AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load

DC, L/R = 40 ms

Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW

D W

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

2-PDT relay module,

A, maximum

1-PDT relay module,

max. 10

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

ERR

24V

)

(

)

5-2R

NAMUR

10k

ERR
OUT

GND

ERR
OUT

GND







Technical data

Supply

Input supply nominal voltage U

24 V DC

Typical input current at U

approx. 14 mA

Transmission frequency f

limit

approx. 350 Hz

Input circuit

Green LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Control circuit

No-load voltage

8.2 V DC ±10 %

Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:

≥

2.1 mA (In conductive state)

≤

1.2 mA (In blocking state)

6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)

0 mA ... 0.35 mA (In the event of a wire break)

Protective circuit

Surge protection

Alarm output

Operating voltage range (positive switching)

- U

Res

Limiting continuous current

50 mA

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

≤

1.5 V (U

)

Output protection

Red LED, surge protection

Signal output

Limiting continuous current

50 mA

Voltage drop U

at maximum limiting continuous current

≤

1.5 V (U

)

Output protection

Surge protection

General data

Rated insulation voltage

50 V DC

Rated surge voltage / insulation

0.4 kV/Basic isolation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 50 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / I

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Switching amplifier electronic terminal block,

positive switching

with screw connection

PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P

2982663

with Push-in connection

PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P

2900397

Accessories

Double-level terminal block

, with pre-assembled resistors

with screw connection

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

420

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate is to be used in the following cases:

always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages

greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points

of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between

neighboring modules.

D W

PLC electronic sensor terminal block
for NAMUR proximity sensors

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

For inductive proximity sensors acc. to

NAMUR, with light indicators for

sensor signal and fault

Application 1

Application 2

NAMUR initiator

Limit switch

Initiator state

Switching level

LED

OUT

ERR

Green

Red

Conductive

OFF

Blocking

OFF

Short circuit

OFF

Open circuit

OFF

The electronic sensor terminal block,

PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN from Phoenix converts
the changeable resistance of a NAMUR
sensor unit into a digital signal that can be
read by all PLCs.

In addition, the electronics monitors the

sensor side for a short circuit or open
circuit and indicates these errors via an
integrated LED.

Due to a corresponding resistance circuit,

the PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN can be used to
monitor all mechanical switches (N/C
contact or N/O contact) for short-circuits
and/or wire break.

In addition to a high packing density, this

switching amplifier features the following:
– Regulated power supply for the NAMUR

proximity switch

– 24 V/50 mA digital output for directly

connecting programmable logic
controllers

– Connection option for PLC-V8 adapter
– Screw and Push-in connection technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

R
L

4 V

M+

M-

1
2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Technical data

Input data

Control voltage U

right/left

24 V DC ±20 %

Control input current I

right/left

approx. 3 mA

Input protection:

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

PWM option

Maximum clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs

1000 Hz

Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM

0 % ... 100 %

Output data

Supply voltage range U

10 V DC ... 30 V DC

Quiescent current

10 mA

Output protection

Green LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Motor switching output

Continuous current I

max.

2 A (see derating curve)

Current limitation at short-circuits

15 A (during braking)

General data

Rated insulation voltage

50 V

Rated surge voltage / insulation

0.5 kV / Basic insulation

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / II

Mounting position

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Electronic reversing load relays

, for driving DC motors, with

light indicator and protection circuit

with screw connection

PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC

2980539

with spring-cage connection

PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC

2980555

421

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyester PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate is to be used in the following cases:

always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages

greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points

of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between

neighboring modules.

For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be

dampened with an effective protection circuit.

PWM = Pulse Width Modulation

D W

PLC series
Electronic reversing load relay for
DC motors

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

DC reversing load relay with

overload and short-circuit-proof output

Application example for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC

Status table

Input

Output

Right

Left

M +

M –

High resistance

+ 24 V

GND

+ 24 V

GND

Derating curve for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC

Aligned without spacing

Aligned with > 20 mm spacing

t [

]

Ambient temperature [°C]

The PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC electronic

reversing load relays are used to switch
mechanically commutated DC motors up to
24 V/2 A.
– Wear-free reversing
– Braking by controlling both inputs
– Short-circuit and surge and overload-

proof output

– Integrated locking circuit and load wiring
– Screw or spring-cage connection

technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

GND

A1+



Technical data

Input data

Rated control supply voltage U

24 V DC

Rated control supply voltage range with reference to U

0.8 ... 1.2

Rated control supply current I

- Input low, output low

13 mA

- Input high, output high

19 mA

Rated actuating voltage U

24 V DC

Rated actuating current I

3 mA

Switching threshold “0” signal in reference to U

< 0.4

Switching threshold “1” signal in reference to U

> 0.8

Status indication

Yellow LED

Operating voltage display

Green LED

Input circuit

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Output data

Output voltage range U

3 V DC ... 48 V DC

Limiting continuous current

100 mA

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

< 1 V DC

Output circuit

3-conductor, ground-referenced

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection, free running

General data

Rated insulation voltage

50 V DC

Rated surge voltage

0.5 kV

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100

2903171

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100

2903173

422

PHOENIX CONTACT

A solid-state relay for acquiring and

extending short pulses.
– Pulse detection can be set from > 0.1 ms

or > 2 ms

– Status display
– Delay times of 10 to 2550, can be set via

DIP switches

– Bridging options
– Can be retriggered
– Screw and Push-in connection technology

PLC-INTERFACE
Pulse expansion module

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Solid-state relay module for the

extension of input pulses,

DC output max. 100

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

4 V

P/OUT

4 V

OUT

4 V

OUT

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

423

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3

(no restart when triggered again)

Input pulse t1



set output pulse t3 then:

input pulse t1 = output pulse t2

(no restart when triggered again)

Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3

(restart when triggered again)

DIP

160

320

640

1280

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Power terminal

, for supply of up to four potentials, same shape as

PLC standard series, max. 32 A/250 V AC

gray

PLC-ESK GY

2966508

Partition plate

, 2 mm thick, required at the start and end of a

PLC terminal strip. It also serves in visual separation of groups,

safe isolation of different voltages of neighboring PLC-INTERFACE

devices according to DIN EN 50178/VDE0160, separation of

neighboring bridges of different potentials, and separation of

PLC-INTERFACE devices at voltages > 250 V

black

PLC-ATP BK

2966841

Screwdriver

Blade: 0.6

3.5

100

mm, length: 181

SZF 1-0,6X3,5

1204517

Passive feed-through bridge

, can be plugged in instead of relay

or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14

black

PLC-BP A1-14

2980283

D W

The

PLC-ESK

power terminal is used to

supply the bridge potentials, the

PLC-ATP

partition plate is used for the visual
separation and safe isolation of adjacent
PLC modules. The

PLC-BP (A1-14)

passive feed-through bridge is used instead
of a relay and connects the A1 and 14
terminal points.

PLC accessories

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Power terminal and partition plate

Feed-through bridge

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Cont. plug-in bridge,

500 mm long, insulated, can be cut to

length, for potential distribution

Nominal current: 32 A

red

FBST 500-PLC RD

2966786

blue

FBST 500-PLC BU

2966692

gray

FBST 500-PLC GY

2966838

Plug-in bridge

, 2-pos., 6 mm long, for potential distribution

Nominal current: 6

red

FBST 6-PLC RD

2966236

blue

FBST 6-PLC BU

2966812

gray

FBST 6-PLC GY

2966825

Plug-in bridge

, 2-pos., 8 mm long, for potential distribution with a

partition plate

Nominal current: 6

gray

FBST 8-PLC GY

2967688

Plug-in bridge

, 2-pos., 14 mm long, insulated, for potential

distribution

Nominal current: 10 A

black

FBST 14-PLC BK

2967691

Zack marker strip, printed horizontally,

10-section, with

consecutive numbers, e.g., 1-10, 11-20, etc. up to 91-100

ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN

1051016

424

PHOENIX CONTACT

The color-coded and insulated FBST

plug-in bridges can reduce wiring time by up
to 70% for PLC-INTERFACE. The 500 mm
long

FBST 500-PLC

“continuous bridges”

are particularly effective. The

FBST 6

2-pos. single plug-in bridges are ideal for
bridging a smaller number of PLC modules.

PLC accessories

Plug-in bridge systems

Marking material

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A (per signal path)

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

3 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Supply

Screw connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

100 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

V8 adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (6.2 mm), with

IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling,

positive switching

Output

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT

2295554

Input

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

2296553

V8 adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (6.2 mm), with

IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling,

negative switching

Output

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M

2304102

Input

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

2304115

V8 output adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (6.2 mm), with

D-SUB connection

Pin strip

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/OUT

2296058

Socket strip

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15B/OUT

2296061

V8 input adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (6.2 mm), with

D-SUB connection

Pin strip

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/IN

2296074

Socket strip

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15B/IN

2296087

V8 adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (14 mm), with

IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling,

positive switching

112.3 mm

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT

2299660

V8 adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (14 mm), with

IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling,

negative switching

112.3 mm

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M

2304306

425

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

VARIOFACE adapter

for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE

VARIOFACE adapter

for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE

PLC-V8/...

are the VARIOFACE adapters

which connect the narrow PLC-INTERFACE
modules to the VARIOFACE system cabling:

Notes:

Cross-ref. list for matching PLC-INTERFACE modules: page 548

Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

426

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

Extremely compact control

The PLC logic programmable logic relay

system is the extremely compact way to
carry out small automation tasks easily and
flexibly. It consists of the PLC-V8C logic
modules, the PLC-INTERFACE relay
system, and the LOGIC+ software. The
logic modules are simply plugged into a row
of eight PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks
and combine the logic and interface level in
one unit. Depending on the switching
requirements, plug-in electromechanical
and solid-state relays can be combined in
order to flexibly switch and control the I/O
signals.

PLC logic processes digital and analog

input signals as well as logic functions and
timer modules - and replaces conventional
switching and control devices. Up to 16 I/O
signals can be processed using the stand-
alone logic modules - with an overall width
of just 50 mm. If more I/O signals are
required, a maximum of 48 I/O signals can
be linked using the basic and extension
modules.

Switching and controlling with
plug-in relays

– PLC logic brings together the standard

combination of logic module and separate
plug-in relay and eliminates the wiring
effort and additional switching elements.

– Convenient connections with screw or

Push-in connection technology, which
also accommodate return conductors,
remove the need for separate potential
terminal blocks

– Each channel can be freely configured as

an input or output and with relay or
analog modules

Intuitive programming

Programming is quick and easy with the

intuitive LOGIC+ programming software.
Ladder (LD) and function block diagrams
(FBD) can be created by selecting the
relevant functions and their connection
using drag & drop. The graphical
representation of PLC logic in the hardware
editor supports intuitive operation. The
programs created can be simulated offline
on the PC and tested online during
operation. Basic functions, such as AND,
OR, NOT, etc. are complemented by special
functions, such as counters, seven-day
timers, timer modules, and mathematical
functions, to name a few.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

427

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

Logic module with plug-in relays

PLC logic combines a logic module and

plug-in relay and eliminates the wiring effort
and additional switching elements. Each
relay channel can be flexibly equipped with
an electromechanical or a solid-state relay.
PLC logic processes 16 I/O signals with just
one logic module and boasts an extremely
compact overall width of just 50 mm.

Intuitive programming with LOGIC+

– Function block diagram or ladder diagram
– Numerous integrated function blocks
– Specific function blocks are available to

download

– Hardware view in the program
– Can be downloaded free of charge

Standard programming cable

PLC logic is connected to a PC via a

standard micro USB cable. The drivers for
PLC logic can be downloaded at
phoenixcontact.com.

Easily connect extension modules

The basic module and the extension

module are connected via integrated
connectors - no tools required. A maximum
of two extension modules can be
connected to a basic module. This means
that PLC logic can work with up to 48 I/Os.

Control and monitor via Bluetooth
adapter

Together with the PLC logic app, the

Bluetooth adapter is available for wireless
access to process data between the logic
module and the mobile terminal device, and
can be used for operation and monitoring
purposes.

The Bluetooth connection enables

efficient monitoring of multiple logic
modules, with just one visualization device.

Integration into common bus systems

PLC logic is integrated into various

networks via optional adaptable fieldbus
gateways. This enables bidirectional
communication with a higher-level
controller for remote control as well as
diagnostics and visualization.

Gateways are available for transmitting

data via PROFIBUS DP, RS-232, RS-485,
Modbus/TCP, DeviceNet™, CANopen

PROFINET, and EtherNet/IP™.

#0139

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

IO 1

IO 11

IO 12

IO 13

IO 14

IO 15

-V

/.../

24 V

IN 1

IN 2

IN 3

IN 4

IN 5

IN 6

IN 7

24 V

Technical data

Supply

Supply voltage

24 V DC

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 26.4 V DC

Maximum input current at U

160 mA

Input data (digital)

Number of inputs

8 (2 configurable as analog)

Input voltage

24 V DC

Description of the input

EN 61131-2, type 3

Input current 0-signal

< 1 mA

Input current 1-signal

typ. 2.5 mA

Input data (analog)

Number of inputs

2 (IN6 and IN7 are configurable as analog)

2 (I

Input voltage range

0 V ... 10 V

Input resistance

> 3.5 k

Ω

Input data (PLC-INTERFACE)

Number of inputs

≤

Output data (for controlling PLC-INTERFACE)

Number of outputs

≤

Nominal voltage

24 V DC

Nominal current

9 mA

Real-time clock (basic module only)

Buffer time (capacitor)

96 h (Capacitor)

Real-time clock accuracy

±2 s/d

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Permissible humidity (operation)

95 %

Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits

DIN EN 50178

Rated insulation voltage

50 V

Rated surge voltage

0.8 kV

Insulation

Basic insulation

Mounting type

Can be plugged onto 8 x PLC-INTERFACE

Degree of protection

IP20

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16

0.14 - 1.5

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

0.14 - 1

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-V8C plug-in logic modules

with screw connection

PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/SAM2

2907445

with Push-in connection

PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/SAM2

2907443

428

PHOENIX CONTACT

Logic modules

PLC-V8C are the plug-in logic modules

which form the PLC logic relay system in
conjunction with the narrow 6.2 mm
PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks. Eight
freely selectable PLC-INTERFACE terminal
blocks must be separately ordered for each
logic module. You can find an overview of
matching PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks
on page 434.

All logic modules feature these

properties:
– 8 integrated digital inputs (of which two

inputs are configurable as analog inputs),
connection via connector with screw or
Push-in connection technology

– A further 8 channels can be configured

with matching PLC-INTERFACE terminal
blocks as inputs or outputs

– Programming with LOGIC+ software

PLC-V8C.../SAM2

– Stand-alone logic module with 16 I/Os,

not extendable

– Connection to PC via micro USB socket
– Integrated real-time clock (RTC)
– Accommodates external IFS-CONFSTICK

memory module

– Relay and analog modules can be used

PLC-V8C.../BM2

– Basic logic module with 16 I/Os, can be

extended with a maximum of two
extension modules (PLC-V8C.../EM) to
48 I/Os

– Connection to PC via micro USB socket
– Integrated real-time clock (RTC)
– Accommodates external IFS-

CONFSTICK memory module

– Optional connection to IFS gateways
– Relay and analog modules can be used

PLC-V8C.../EM

– Extension logic module with 16 I/Os, for

extending the basic module

– Relay modules can be used

Relay modules

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

new

Stand-alone module

Basic module

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

PLC-V8C/.../BM

0 V

PLC-V8C/.../EM

0 V

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

24 V DC

Supply voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 26.4 V DC

160 mA

65 mA

Number of inputs

8 (2 configurable as analog)

24 V DC

EN 61131-2, type 3

< 1 mA

typ. 2.5 mA

Number of inputs

2 (IN6 and IN7 are configurable as analog)

0 V ... 10 V

> 3.5 k

Ω

> 3.5 k

Ω

≤

24 V DC

9 mA

96 h (Capacitor)

±2 s/d

-20 °C ... 50 °C

-20 °C ... 45 °C

-20 °C ... 70 °C

95 %

DIN EN 50178

50 V

0.8 kV

Basic insulation

Mounting type

Can be plugged onto 8 x PLC-INTERFACE

IP20

/ 28 - 16

0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16

mm² / 26 - 16

0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/BM2

2907447

PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/EM

2903095

PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/BM2

2907446

PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/EM

2905137

429

PHOENIX CONTACT

Contacting

Extensio

odule

Contacting

Basic

Extensio

odule

Contacting

Extensio

odule

Relay modules

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

new

Stand-alone module

Basic module

(can be extended)

Extension module

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

Data

odu

-V

Sensor

,I +

,I -

GND

Technical data

Supply

Rated control supply voltage U

24 V DC

Rated control supply voltage range with reference to U

0.8 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current I

13 mA

Operating voltage display

Green LED

Input signal

Voltage input

Current input

Input signal

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

Input resistance

> 120 k

Ω

~ 40

Ω

Output data

Output signal

Maximum output signal

Load R

Ripple

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits

DIN EN 50178

Rated insulation voltage

50 V

Rated surge voltage

0.5 kV

Insulation

Basic insulation

Mounting type

In rows with zero spacing

In rows

Degree of protection

IP20

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Analog input

with screw connection

PLC-ASC-UI-IN

2906916

with Push-in connection

PLC-APT-UI-IN

2906917

Temperature transducer

with screw connection

with Push-in connection

Analog output

with screw connection

with Push-in connection

430

PHOENIX CONTACT

Analog modules

Together with the PLC logic logic

modules, the analog modules enable
standard analog signals to be processed.

The analog modules are connected to

PLC logic stand-alone modules or basic
modules.
– Screw and Push-in connection technology
– Status indicator for supply voltage and

diagnostics

– Standard configuration: 4 to 20 mA or

Pt 100

Analog input

– Available standard signals: 0 to 20 mA,

4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V or 2 to 10 V
(configurable via DIP switch)

Temperature transducer

– 2-conductor Pt 100 or Pt 1000

(configurable via DIP switch)

– Temperature measuring range:

-50 to 200°C

Analog output

– Available standard signals: 0 to 20 mA,

4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V or 2 to 10 V
(configurable via DIP switch)

Relay modules

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

D W

new

Notes:

The analog modules cannot be operated separately and must only

be used in connection with the PLC logic logic modules.

Analog input

Temperature transducer

Analog output

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

OUT

Data

odu

-V

Sensor

GND

OUT

Data

odu

-V

Dev

GND

pass

,I +

,I -

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

24 V DC

0.8 ... 1.1

14 mA

14 mA (U

Out

= 10 V)

Green LED

Temperature range

-50 °C ... 200 °C

Voltage output

Current output

0 V ... 10 V

2 V ... 10 V

0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

12.3 V

24.6 mA

10 k

Ω

500

Ω

(20 mA)

< 20 mV

-20 °C ... 50 °C

-20 °C ... 70 °C

DIN EN 50178

50 V

0.5 kV

Basic insulation

Mounting type

In rows with zero spacing

IP20

/ 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-ASC-PT100-IN

PLC-APT-PT100-IN

PLC-ASC-UI-OUT

PLC-APT-UI-OUT

431

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

D W

new

D W

new

Analog input

Temperature transducer

Analog output

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

General data

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Programming cable

CAB-USB A/MICRO USB B/2,0M

2701626

Multi-functional memory module

for the Interface system

- Flat design

IFS-CONFSTICK

2986122

– The programming cable (MICRO USB B

to USB A) is used to connect PLC logic to
a PC, length: 2 m

– PLC logic programs are saved by the

memory module or can be easily copied
to other devices

Accessories
Programming cable and memory
module

Relay modules

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

Cable for programming

Memory module

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC logic starter kit 3

, consisting of: plug-in stand-alone logic

module, eight relay output terminal blocks with Push-in connection

(250

AC/DC, max.

A), and micro USB programming cable

PLC-LOGIC-STARTERKIT3

2909916

432

PHOENIX CONTACT

new

The PLC logic starter kit with 8 inputs

and 8 outputs contains all the components
needed to get started quickly and easily
with PLC logic with Push-in connection
technology.
– PLC-V8C-PT/24DC/SAM2

plug-in logic module

– PLC-RPT-24DC/1/ACT

eight relay output terminal blocks

– Micro USB programming cable

Accessories
PLC logic starter kit

Starter kit with stand-alone module

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

General data

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

IFS gateway

for

PROFIBUS DP

green

EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS

2297620

RS-232

green

EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS

2901526

RS-485

green

EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS

2901527

Modbus/TCP

green

EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS

2901528

DeviceNet™

green

EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS

2901529

CANopen

green

EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS

2901504

PROFINET

green

EM-PNET-GATEWAY-IFS

2904472

EtherNet/IP™

green

EM-ETH-GATEWAY-IFS

2901988

Programming adapter

for configuring modules with

S-PORT interface

Cable length: 3 m

IFS-USB-DATACABLE

2320500

DIN rail connector

green

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

Connecting cable

for connecting PLC logic with the

ME 22,5 TBUS DIN rail connector, cable length: 0.3 m

PLC-V8C/CAB/TBUS/0,3M

2905263

Bluetooth programming adapter,

with USB and

S-PORT interface

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

433

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

IFS gateways

Bluetooth adapter

– The gateways are connected to the

PLC-V8C.../BM PLC logic basic module via
the DIN rail connector and the
connecting cable

– The Bluetooth adapter is connected to

the logic module via the memory
connection
Current values are monitored and

controlled via the PLC logic app.

INTERFACE system bus master terminal

(IB IL IFS-MA-PAC,

2692720

) for

connecting PLC logic to an Inline controller,
see Catalog 6, Automation

Accessories
IFS gateways and Bluetooth adapter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

434

PHOENIX CONTACT

Selection table for PLC-INTERFACE

Push-in connection

Screw connection

Relay output

Type

Order No.

Type

Order No.

1 changeover contact, output data 6 A, 250 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT-24DC/21

2900299

PLC-RSC-24DC/21

2966171

1 changeover contact, output data 50 mA, 36 V DC, gold contact

PLC-RPT-24DC/21AU

2900306

PLC-RSC-24DC/21AU

2966265

1 N/O contact, output data 6 A, 250 V AC/DC, actuator type

PLC-RPT-24DC/1/ACT

2900312

PLC-RSC-24DC/1/ACT

2966210

1 N/O contact with switch, output data 6 A, 250 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/H

2900328

PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/H

2982236

Solid-state relay output

Output data 100 mA, 3 V DC - 48 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100

2900352

PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100

2966728

Output data 3 A, 3 V DC - 33 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2

2900364

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2

2966634

Output data 750 mA, 24 V AC - 253 V AC

PLC-OPT-24DC/230AC/1

2900369

PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1

2967840

Output data 3 A, 3 V DC - 33 V DC, actuator type

PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2/ACT

2900376

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2/ACT

2966676

Output data 750 mA, 24 V AC - 253 V AC, actuator type

PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1/ACT

2967947

Output data 1 A, 12 V DC - 300 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/300DC/1

2900383

PLC-OSC-24DC/300DC/1

2980678

Output data 10 A, 3 V DC - 33 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/24 DC/10/R

2900398

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/10/R

2982702

Output data 500 mA, 3 V DC - 48 V DC, electronic changeover contact

PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/500/W

2900378

PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/500/W

2980636

Output data, TTL, 50 mA, 5 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/TTL

2900363

PLC-OSC-24DC/TTL

2982728

Analog output

Output signal 0 V ... 10 V, 2 V ... 10 V, 0 mA ... 20 mA, 2 mA ... 20 mA

PLC-APT-UI-OUT

2906921

PLC-ASC-UI-OUT

2906920

Relay input

Input voltage 24 V DC

PLC-RPT-24DC/1AU/SEN

2900313

PLC-RSC-24DC/1AU/SEN

2966317

Input voltage 120 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT-120UC/1AU/SEN

2900314

PLC-RSC-120UC/1AU/SEN

2966320

Input voltage 230 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT-230UC/1AU/SEN

2900315

PLC-RSC-230UC/1AU/SEN

2966333

Input voltage 5 V DC (basic terminal block without relay)

PLC-BSC- 5DC/ 1/SEN

2980267

Relay for 5 V DC basic terminal block

REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU

2961370

Solid-state relay input

Input voltage 24 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/V8C/SEN

2908172

PLC-OSC-24DC/V8C/SEN

2908173

Input voltage 120 V AC/DC

PLC-OPT-120UC/V8C/SEN

2908174

PLC-OSC-120UC/V8C/SEN

2908175

Input voltage 230 V AC/DC

PLC-OPT-230UC/V8C/SEN

2908176

PLC-OSC-230UC/V8C/SEN

2908177

Analog input

Input signal 0 V ... 10 V, 2 V ... 10 V, 0 mA ... 20 mA, 2 mA ... 20 mA

PLC-APT-UI-IN

2906917

PLC-ASC-UI-IN

2906916

Input signal: Pt 100 or Pt 1000 sensor

PLC-APT-PT100-IN

2906919

PLC-ASC-PT100-IN

2906918

Dummy or reserve

Basic terminal blocks output

PLC-BPT-24DC/21

2900445

PLC-BSC-24DC/21

2966016

Basic terminal blocks input

PLC-BPT-24DC/1/SEN

2900262

PLC-BSC-24DC/1/SEN

2966061

Relay modules

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

435

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

LOGIC+ programming software

Integrated web server

PLC logic basic settings are easily

configured via the integrated web server.
The LOGIC+ software does not need to be
installed in order to do so.
– Time and date
– Password and access control
– Firmware update
– Status indicators for inputs and outputs
– General device information

Logic+ user interface

– Clear separation in program editor,

toolbox, hardware view, and signaling
window

– All elements can be easily placed using

drag & drop

– Information and errors are highlighted in

color in the program editor

Hardware configurator

– Each channel can be configured as an

input or output and with relay or analog
modules

– Clear assignment of the inputs and

outputs thanks to the graphical
representation of the hardware
connections

Function blocks

– Basic functions: AND, OR, NOT, XOR
– Mathematical functions: add, divide,

multiply, subtract, generate absolute value

– Positive and negative edge detection
– RS and SR flip-flops
– Switch-on and switch-off delay, pulse

encoder, pulse stretching, weekly clock
timer

– Up and down counter
– Analog and digital comparators
– Special functions, for example, roller

shutter control or pulse width
modulation are available to download

Simulation and online values

Offline simulation:

– Simulation of the created program

directly in LOGIC+

– Virtualization of the values in the program

editor, hardware view, and in the
observation window
Online values:

– Representation of the program running

on the hardware in LOGIC+ with online
values

– Overwriting values from LOGIC+

PLC logic app

Once the app is installed on your

smartphone or tablet, it can be used to
make parameter adjustments to the logic
modules. The visualization view is created
via the editor of the web server integrated
in the logic modules. The app can be used
for operation and monitoring, as it can
access all program variables.
– Inputs and outputs (digital, analog)
– Flags
– Numerical values
– Time values

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

436

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series

The Phoenix Contact DEK interface

terminal blocks provide complete interface
functions in terminal block housing that is
just 6.2 mm wide. In conjunction with
standard terminal block accessories, these
high-capacity interfaces have not only the
design but also the high level of user
convenience of terminal blocks.

The main common feature of all

Phoenix Contact interface terminal blocks
is their width of just 6.2 mm. This saves 60%
space in the control cabinet in comparison
to conventional 15 mm wide coupling relays
from modular systems.

The DEK range offers the best solution

for all industrial voltages both for signal
input and output.

High switching capacities are a matter

of course for the DEK-REL... relay terminal
block and the DEK-OV... solid-state relay
terminal block.

The wear-free DEK-OV... power

solid-state relay terminal block is used for
applications that require a greater switching
frequency in which electromechanical relays
reach the end of their service life in a short
time.

Integrated LEDs clearly indicate the

switching status of the electronic terminal
blocks and provide an excellent overview of
the coupling level and the system.

EB-DIK color-coded insertion bridges for

the supply and ground signals make it
possible to design the circuit simply and
effectively.

Integrated protective circuits such as

freewheeling diodes, polarity reversal
protection diodes, and surge protection
elements protect the coupling modules and
ensure optimum availability of the system.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Technical data

Input data

①

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 -

1.1

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Response/release time at U

[ms]

8 / 5

Input protection:

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Output data

Contact type

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V AC/DC

Limiting continuous current

6 A

Maximum switch-on current

6 A

Minimum switching current

10 mA

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

24 V DC

140 W

48 V DC

20 W

60 V DC

18 W

110 V DC

23 W

220 V DC

40 W

250 V AC

1500 VA

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mechanical service life

Approx. 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Relay terminal block with power relay

①

24 V DC

DEK-REL-G24/21

2964500

Accessories

Cover

D-DEK 1,5 GN

2716949

Insertion bridge,

for middle and lower

levels

No. of

pos.

Color

blue

EB 80- DIK BU

26 A

red

EB 80- DIK RD

26 A

white

EB 80- DIK WH

26 A

437

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must

be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.

For additional EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 443

D W

The Phoenix relay terminal block with

PDT contact offers the following
advantages:
– Width of only 6.2 mm
– High switching capacity of 250 V AC / 6 A
– Less storage, since PDT, N/O or

N/C contacts can be wired

– Minimal wiring effort due to the use of

EB-DIK insertion bridges

– IP67 protected relay housing
– Cadmium-free relay contacts
– 4 kV electrical isolation of input and

output

– Safe isolation in acc. with DIN EN 50178

(VDE 0160)

– Light indicator for signaling the switching

state

DEK-REL-... relay terminal block

Relay modules

Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series

For medium to large power

1 PDT (21)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html





Technical data

Input data

①

②

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.9 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.1

Typical input current at U

[mA]

6.5

Response/release time at U

[ms]

8 / 15

5 / 15

Input protection:

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Yellow LED, bridge rectifi

Output data

Contact type

1 N/O contact (double contact)

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgNi, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC / 125 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

0.1 V

Limiting continuous current

3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)

3 A (5

Maximum switch-on current

5 A

Minimum switching current

1 mA

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

24 V DC

72 W

48 V DC

60 W

60 V DC

50 W

110 V DC

50 W

250 V AC

750 VA

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 - 2.5 mm² /

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Class A product, see page

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Relay terminal block with miniature relay

①

5 V AC/DC

DEK-REL- 5/I/1

2941183

②

24 V AC/DC

DEK-REL- 24/I/1

2940171

Accessories

Terminal block

, with three through contacts, for mounting on NS 35...

For busbar supply

Cover

D-DEK 1,5 GN

2716949

Insertion bridge,

for middle and lower

levels

No. of

pos.

Color

blue

EB 80- DIK BU

26 A

red

EB 80- DIK RD

26 A

white

EB 80- DIK WH

26 A

438

PHOENIX CONTACT

DEK-REL-24/1/SEN input interface and
DEK-REL-24/1/AKT output interface

In addition to the familiar advantages of

the DEK-REL... electronic terminal blocks,
such as:
– 2-layer contact with hard gold-plating for

universal applications from 1 mA to 5 A
continuous current

– 2 kV

rms

electrical isolation of input and

output

– Integrated input circuit

With this terminal block, “ALL”

connections for a sensor or actuator are
provided in a width of just 6.2 mm.

This means that 16 outputs take up a

total overall width of just 105.4 mm
(including the power terminal).

Advantages:

– Lower costs as the N terminal block is no

longer required

– Wiring is reduced to a minimum
– Space savings of up to 73%

PLC

Pin configuration DEK-REL-...SEN

Load

Supp

(

)

gna

l l

oad

PLC

round

oad

Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...AKT

Relay modules

Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series

D W

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must

be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.

For additional EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 443

for small to medium loads

1 N/O contact (1)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Technical data

①

②

0.9 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.1

6.5

8 / 15

5 / 15

Input protection:

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Contact type

1 N/O contact (double contact)

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgNi, hard gold-plated

250 V AC / 125 V DC

0.1 V

Limiting continuous current

3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)

5 A

1 mA

72 W

60 W

50 W

750 VA

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

DEK-REL- 5/O/1

2941170

DEK-REL- 24/O/1

2941154

DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT

2964063

DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN

2964050

Accessories

DIKD 1,5

DIKD 1,5

D-DEK 1,5 GN

D-DEK 1,5 GN

D-DEK 1,5 GN

EB 80- DIK BU

26 A

EB 80- DIK BU

26 A

EB 80- DIK BU

26 A

EB 80- DIK RD

26 A

EB 80- DIK RD

26 A

EB 80- DIK RD

26 A

EB 80- DIK WH

26 A

EB 80- DIK WH

26 A

EB 80- DIK WH

26 A

439

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series

D W

for small to medium loads

1 N/O contact (1)

for small to medium loads

1 N/O contact (1)

for small to medium loads

1 N/O contact (1)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

10 20 30 40 50

2
0

1
2

10 20 30 40 50

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0





Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.9 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.9 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

Switching level with reference to U

1 signal ("H")

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.9

0 signal ("L")

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

Typical input current at U

[mA]

6.5

3.2

2.5

8.5

5.1

4.7

3.5

10.2

10.5

10.7

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

300

100

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection

Yellow LED, reverse polarity prot

Output data

Operating voltage range

3 V DC ... 48 V DC

Periodic peak reverse voltage

Limiting continuous current

100 mA

Minimum load current

Surge current

Leakage current in off state

Max. load value

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Reverse polarity p

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

≤

0.9 V

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 - 2.5 mm² /

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Solid-state input relays

①

5 V DC

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100

2940223

②

12 V DC

DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/100

2964487

③

24 V DC

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/100

2940207

④

60 V DC

DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/100

2941536

⑤

120 V AC

DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100

2941659

⑥

230 V AC

DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100

2940210

Solid-state power relays

①

5 V DC

②

12 V DC

③

24 V DC

Actuator principle

⑦

24 V DC

Accessories

Insertion bridge,

for middle and lower

levels

No. of

pos.

Color

blue

EB 80- DIK BU

26 A

red

EB 80- DIK RD

26 A

white

EB 80- DIK WH

26 A

440

PHOENIX CONTACT

DEK-OE... and DEK-OV...
solid-state relay terminal blocks

Relay modules

Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series

D W

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be

dampened with an effective protection circuit.

For additional EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 443

with DC voltage output

max. = 100 mA

Derating curve for DEK-OV...240AC/800

Ambient temperature [°C]

rre

]

Derating curve for

DEK-OV...24DC/3 and DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/3/AKT

Ambient temperature [°C]

Horizontal mounting

Vertical mounting

rre

]

Derating curve for DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/10

Ambient temperature [°C]

rre

t [

]

Phoenix Contact DEK-OE and DEK-OV

interface terminal blocks are only 6.2 mm
wide but still provide a complete input or
output interface with:
– Electrical isolation between input and

output at up to 2.5 kV

rms

– Integrated input circuit
– Status display
– EB-DIK insertion bridges
– Marking and mounting with terminal

block convenience

– Wear-free switching up to 24 V DC/10 A

and 240 V AC/800 mA

– Integrated output protection circuit
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Actuator version available

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

EK-

V.../

/AKT

EK-

V.../

A1+

A2-

13+

A1+

A2-

13+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Technical data

①

②

③

⑦

①

②

③

①

②

③

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

[mA]

6.5

3.2

2.5

8.5

5.1

4.7

3.5

10.2

10.5

10.7

[Hz]

300

100

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

3 V DC ... 30 V DC

5 V DC ... 30 V DC

10 V AC ... 253 V AC (50/60 Hz)

600 V

3 A (see derating curve)

10 A (see derating curve)

0.8 A (see derating curve)

10 mA

100 A (t = 20 ms)

30 A (t = 10 ms)

1.2 mA

4.5 A

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

RCV circuit

≤

0.2 V

< 50 mV

≤

1 V

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 3

2941361

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 10

2961752

DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800

2964623

DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 3

2941387

DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 10

2961749

DEK-OV- 12DC/240AC/800

2964636

DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3

2941374

DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10

2964322

DEK-OV- 24DC/240AC/800

2964649

DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT

2964296

Accessories

EB 80- DIK BU

26 A

EB 80- DIK BU

26 A

EB 80- DIK BU

26 A

EB 80- DIK RD

26 A

EB 80- DIK RD

26 A

EB 80- DIK RD

26 A

EB 80- DIK WH

26 A

EB 80- DIK WH

26 A

EB 80- DIK WH

26 A

441

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series

D W

with DC voltage output

max. = 3 A

with DC voltage output

max. = 10 A

with AC voltage output

max. = 800 mA

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

442

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

DEK-REL-24/1/S switch/relay
terminal block

The “Manual”, “0”, and “Automatic”

functions are performed in a relay terminal
block that is just 6.2 mm wide.

Interference-free relay and
solid-state relay interfaces

Coupled interference voltages on the coil

lines or leakage currents can cause
malfunctions in conventional modules.
These special interface modules, equipped
with high switching thresholds and/or
effective filters, ensure good functioning.

ST-REL... and EMG 17-REL... relay
interfaces for switching lamp loads

Lamp loads and capacitive loads produce

extremely high inrush currents which weld
conventional relay contacts.
To prevent this, Phoenix Contact uses an
arc-resistant contact optimized for these
applications, which keeps these peaks under
control.

ST-OV 3-24DC/400/3 plug-in
solid-state power relays

The output of this component,

dimensioned with a peak reverse voltage of
800 V, allows, for example, 230 V motors to
be driven in simple reversible mode.

Power circuit breaker solid-state relay,
with signal logic

These modules combine the features of a

short-circuit-proof power solid-state relay
and those of a thermomagnetic protection
element.

DEK-OE-...100KHZ 100 kHz input
solid-state relay

Input solid-state relay for reliable

transmission of high-frequency signals, such
as those that occur with incremental
encoders, for example.

Electronic sensor terminal block for
NAMUR proximity sensors

For converting the changeable resistance

of a NAMUR sensor into a digital signal that
can be read by a PLC.

DEK-TR/INV inverter module

Module for converting NPN outputs to

PNP outputs and PNP to NPN.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Technical data

Input data

①

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 -

1.1

Typical input current at U

[mA]

6.5

Response/release time at U

[ms]

5 / 15

Input protection:

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Output data

Contact type

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgNi, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC / 125 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

0.1 V

Limiting continuous current

3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)

Maximum switch-on current

5 A

Minimum switching current

1 mA

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

24 V DC

72 W

48 V DC

60 W

60 V DC

50 W

110 V DC

50 W

250 V AC

750 VA

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 61 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Relay module

with power relay

①

24 V AC/DC

DEK-REL- 24/1/S

2964131

Accessories

Cover

D-DEK 1,5 GN

2716949

Insertion bridge

No. of pos.

Color

red

EB 2- DIK RD

2716693

red

EB 3- DIK RD

2716745

red

EB 4- DIK RD

2716758

red

EB 5- DIK RD

2716761

red

EB 10- DIK RD

2716774

blue

EB 2- DIK BU

2716648

blue

EB 3- DIK BU

2716651

blue

EB 4- DIK BU

2716664

blue

EB 5- DIK BU

2716677

blue

EB 10- DIK BU

2716680

blue

EB 80- DIK BU

red

EB 80- DIK RD

443

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be

dampened with an effective protection circuit.

D W

Relay module with manual switch and

integrated power relay for manual, zero, and
automatic functions

The advantages:

– Maximum switching current of 5 A
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Increased contact stability thanks to

double contact

– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

Relay module with manual switch

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

Relay module with manual switch

and integrated relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

11 11



Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.9 -

1.1

0.85 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Response/release time at U

[ms]

8 / 10

8 / 11

10 / 8

Input protection:

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, surge protection

Output data

Contact type

Single contact, 1-PDT

Double contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

Double contact, 1-PDT

Contact material

AgNi

AgPd60, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

250 V AC/DC

30 V AC / 36 V DC

Limiting continuous current

6 A

0.5 A

6 A

0.5 A

Maximum switch-on current

8 A

0.2 A

8 A

0.2 A

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

24 V DC

140 W

5 W

95 W

5 W

48 V DC

60 W

50 W

60 V DC

45 W

110 V DC

35 W

220 V DC

55 W

250 V AC

1500 VA

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

-20 °C ... 40 °C

Mechanical service life

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Approx. 2x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

- / - / -

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

W / H / D

20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm

22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Relay module with power contact relay

①

24 V AC

ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46

2826091

②

120 V AC

ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46

2833026

③

230 V AC

ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46

2832027

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46

2940760

Relay module with multi-layer contact relay

①

24 V AC

ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46

2826981

②

120 V AC

ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46

2829797

③

230 V AC

ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46

2826266

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46

2940061

Accessories

Basic terminal block

, complete with end cover

URELG 3

2820136

Equipment marker

EMG-GKS 12

444

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay and solid-state relay modules with

integrated filter to protect against
interference voltages or currents due, for
example, to long control lines

The advantages:

– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage

Typical applications:

– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in

residual AC currents

Notes:

Load current diagrams, see page 401

D W

Relay modules with
interference current filter

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

1-PDT plug-in relay

1-PDT soldered-in relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

Input data

②

①

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.9 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.2

Switching level

1 signal ("H") [V DC]

≥

207

16.8

0 signal ("L") [V DC]

≤

Typical input current at U

[mA]

2.5

Typical switch-on time at U

[ms]

4.4

0.02

Typical switch-off time at U

[ms]

0.2

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

300

Input circuit AC

Yellow LED, surge protection, RC element

Input circuit DC

Reverse polarity protection

Output data

Max. switching voltage

48 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

3 V DC

12 V DC

Limiting continuous current

100 mA

2 A (see derating curve)

Maximum switch-on current

5 A (t = 1 s)

Output circuit

3-conductor, ground-referenced

Output protection

Reverse polarity protection, free running

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

≤

0.9 V

1.1 V

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV AC

3.5 kV AC

Ambient temperature (operation)

0 °C ... 50 °C

-10 °C ... 55 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / In rows with zero spacing

- / Mounted in rows with zero spacing: Horizontal/not in rows: Any

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

17.5 mm / 75 mm / 102 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Solid-state power relays

①

24 V DC

EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/2

2942810

②

230 V AC

DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46

2964678

Accessories

Equipment marker

EMG-GKS 12

445

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

ST-REL:

polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: bottom part gray,

hood green

EMG:

polyamide PA-F, fiber-reinforced, color: green

DEK:

polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For derating curve, refer to page 399

D W

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

Solid-state input relay

100 mA, maximum

Solid-state power relay

Max. 2 A

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html





Technical data

Input data

①

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.85 -

1.1

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Response/release time at U

[ms]

13 /

Input protection:

Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

Automatic: Yellow LED, Manual: Red LED, freewheeli

Output data

Contact type

1 N/O contact with lead contact

Single contact, 1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgCdO

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC

Limiting continuous current

10 A

Maximum switch-on current

80 A (20 ms)

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

24 V DC

48 V DC

60 V DC

110 V DC

220 V DC

250 V AC

2500 VA

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mechanical service life

Approx. 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Mounting position/mounting

- / Horizontal with zero spacing, vertical with spacing

any

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

Dimensions

W / H / D

20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm

17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

EMC note

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Relay module with power contact relay

+ wolfram lead contact

①

24 V DC

ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38

2829564

Relay module with power contact relay

, with two inputs for

manual, automatic

①

24 V DC

Accessories

Basic terminal block

, complete with end cover

URELG 3

2820136

Equipment marker

446

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules for
high inrush currents

The Phoenix Contact relay modules of

type SO 38 have been designed for
switching electrical equipment with high
inrush currents.

Areas of application include:

– Inductive loads (motors, power

contactors etc.)

– Inductive/capacitive loads (fluorescent

lamps, etc.)

– Ohmic loads (glow lamps, heaters)

The module is based on a relay with a

special arc-resistant tungsten lead contact.
This takes over the high inrush and
interrupting current capacitively. The
inductive main contact made of AgCdO
takes over the continuous current up to
10 A reliably. With the
EMG 17-REL...2E/SO38, this switching
capacity is reached using a power relay with
a set of silver tin oxide (AgSnO) contacts.

The module is available in two versions:

– Modular EMG housing that can be

mounted on a DIN rail, with an overall
width of 17.5 mm

– Convenient ST-REL plug-in housing from

the Phoenix ST series for mounting on
URELG or UDK-RELG basic terminal
blocks
Other features include:

– Snap-on mounting on the common

EN DIN rails

– Easy maintenance
– Clear marking of the terminal blocks

using Phoenix Contact marking material

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

D W

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polycarbonate PC-F, fiber-reinforced, color: green or black.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

medium to large powers

1 N/O contact (1)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Technical data

①

0.85 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

13 /

9 / 10

Input protection:

Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

Automatic: Yellow LED, Manual: Red LED, freewheeling diode,

reverse polarity protection

Contact type

1 N/O contact with lead contact

Single contact, 1 N/O contact

AgCdO

AgSnO

250 V AC

250 V AC/DC

10 A

80 A (20 ms)

120 A (20 ms)

240 W

120 W

85 W

70 W

90 W

2500 VA

Test voltage (winding / contact)

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Approx. 10

cycles

3 x 10

cycles

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Mounting position/mounting

- / Horizontal with zero spacing, vertical with spacing

any

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

W / H / D

20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm

17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK

2949994

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38

2941646

Accessories

EMG-GKS 12

EMG-GKS 12

447

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

D W

medium to large powers

1 N/O contact (1)

medium to large powers

1 N/O contact (1)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1
2



Technical data

Input data

①

Switching level with reference to U

1 signal ("H")

≥

0.8

0 signal ("L")

≤

0.4

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

Input protection:

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, RC element

Output data

Operating voltage

400 V AC

Operating voltage range

24 V AC ... 420 V AC

Periodic peak reverse voltage

800 V

Limiting continuous current

3 A (see derating curve)

Minimum load current

50 mA

Surge current

125 A (t = 10 ms)

Residual voltage drop at "H"

≤

1.2 V

Leakage current in off state

approx. 12 mA

Output protection

Surge protection , RC element

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV AC

Ambient temperature (operation)

0 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

Horizontal DIN rail / -

Dimensions

W / H / D

20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Solid-state power relays

①

24 V DC

ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3

2905417

Accessories

Basic terminal block

, complete with end cover

URELG 3

2820136

448

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of insulating housing: polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color:

bottom part gray, hood green

Ground (minus) potential from the input and output of the

optocoupler should not be connected.

AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.

D W

Plug-in solid-state power relays
ST-OV 3

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

with AC voltage output

max. = 3 A

Derating curve for ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3

Ambient temperature [°C]

ren

t [

]

Aligned without spacing

Aligned with



20 mm spacing

The plug-in version of the module

provides all the advantages of the ST series,
such as:
– Switching of up to 400 V AC/3 A
– Control of 230 V motors in

straightforward reversing mode
(e.g., synchronous motor in single-phase
operation, see illustration)

– Plug-in design

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

Input data

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO

Operating voltage

24 V DC

Switching level

1 signal ("H")

8.5 V DC

0 signal ("L")

5 V DC

Typical input current at U

6.5 mA

Transmission frequency f

limit

100 Hz

Reset duration after short circuit/overload cut-off

1 ms

Input circuit

Yellow LED, polarity protection diode

Output data signaling contact / CONTROL

Operating voltage range

5 V DC ... 36 V DC

Limiting continuous current

50 mA

Residual voltage drop at "H"

≤

1.5 V

Output protection

Polarity protection diode

Output circuit

3-conductor, ground-referenced

Output data load contact

Operating voltage range

18 V DC ... 36 V DC

Limiting continuous current

1 A (see derating curve)

4 A (see derating curve)

Minimum load current

1 mA

Residual voltage drop at "H"

300 mV

200 mV

Open circuit alarm with load current

< 100 µA

Overload disconnection (~ 1.4 x continuous current)

≤

100 ms (See the time-current characteristic curve)

Short-circuit disconnection

< 200 µs (See the time-current characteristic curve)

Current limitation at short-circuits

approx. 25 A

approx. 70 A

Switching time t

out

300 µs / 700 µs

Output protection

Red LED , Damping diode

Output circuit

3-conductor, ground-referenced

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV AC

Test voltage output/output

2.5 kV AC

Rated surge voltage

Basic insulation

Ambient temperature (operation)

0 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / EN 50178

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

W / H / D

27 mm / 63.5 mm / 114 mm

Ordering data

Description

Output current

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Power circuit breaker solid-state relay

, with signal logic

1 A

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO

2905572

4 A

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO

2905585

Accessories

Basic terminal block

, complete with end cover

UDK-RELG 4

2777056

449

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: bottom part gray, hood green

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For load current diagram, see page 401

Derating curve, time/current characteristic curves, and state

diagram, see page 401

D W

The ST-OV 4-...PRO provides protection

and monitoring functions that are
otherwise only known from
thermomagnetic protection elements.

The PROtect modules have the following

features:
– Fast short-circuit shutdown and

simultaneous current limitation

– Time-dependent overload shutdown for

reliable protection against continuous
overloads

– Brief inrush peaks are ignored
– After an overload or short circuit has

been triggered, a defined reset of the
control voltage must be carried out

– Reliable recognition and indication of an

open circuit on the load side

– Feedback in the event of an error

Power circuit breaker
solid-state relay with signal logic
ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC/...-PRO

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

with short-circuit-proof DC voltage output

max. = 1 A or 4 A

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html



Technical data

Input data

①

②

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.8 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

Switching level with reference to U

1 signal ("H")

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

0 signal ("L")

≤

0.4

≤

0.4

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical switch-on time at U

[µs]

1.5

Typical switch-off time at U

[µs]

Transmission frequency f

limit

[kHz]

100

Input protection:

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protec

Output data

Operating voltage range

4 V DC ... 30 V DC

Limiting continuous current

50 mA

Quiescent current

4.3 mA

Residual voltage drop at "H"

≤

0.5 V DC

Output circuit

3-conductor, ground-referenced

3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced

Output protection

Surge protection

General data

Test voltage input/output

2.5 kV AC

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / II

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 -

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Solid-state input relays

①

5 V DC

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2964270

②

24 V DC

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2964283

450

PHOENIX CONTACT

100 kHz input solid-state relay
DEK-OE

A solid-state relay for the reliable

detection of short pulses
– Limit frequency of up to 100 kHz
– Push-pull stage on output side
– Includes signal inputs on PLC counter

boards

– Features a capacitor on the input side for

interference suppression

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

D W

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

With DC voltage output

Transmission frequency 100 kHz

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

①

②

①

②

0.5 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

0.5 -

1.2

0.8 -

1.2

≥

0.5

≥

0.8

≥

0.5

≥

0.8

≤

0.3

≤

0.4

≤

0.3

≤

0.4

100

Input protection:

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection

4 V DC ... 18 V DC

14 V DC ... 30 V DC

50 mA

8.5 mA

15 mA

≤

1.2 V DC

≤

2.2 V DC

Output circuit

3-conductor, ground-referenced

3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced

Surge protection

2.5 kV AC

-20 °C ... 60 °C

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

2 / II

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2964542

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G

2964555

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2964364

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G

2964348

451

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

D W

With DC voltage output push-pull

Transmission frequency 100 kHz

With DC voltage output push-pull

Transmission frequency 100 kHz

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

24V

5-2R

NAMUR

10k

ERR
OUT

GND

ERR
OUT

GND

-10

-20



Technical data

Supply

Input supply nominal voltage U

18.5 V DC ... 28.8 V DC (U

, see derating curve)

Ripple

in acc. with DIN 19240

Current consumption I

Imax

70 mA (at 50 mA output current)

Input circuit

Green LED , Polarity protection diode

Control circuit

Non-load voltage

8.2 V DC ±10 %

Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:

≥

2.1 mA (In conductive state)

≤

1.2 mA (In blocking state)

6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)

0 mA ... 0.35 mA (In the event of a wire break)

Switching hysteresis

approx. 0.2 mA

Internal resistance

approx. 1 k

Ω

Output protection

visual short-circuit and wire break control with LED (red) ,

12 V Zener diode

Signal output

Maximum output current I

Amax

50 mA

Residual voltage U

with I

Omax

≤

1.5 V (U

)

Output voltage U

≤

100 mV (In conductive state)

- U

;in blocking state

Output protection

36 V Zener diode as freewheeling diode

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 50 °C

Transmission frequency (INPUT/OUTPUT)

1 kHz

Input pulse length

≥

0.5 ms

Input pause length

≥

0.5 ms

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 61000-6-2 , EN 61000-6-4

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / III

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Switching amplifier electronic terminal block

, for inductive

proximity sensors as per NAMUR, with light indicators for sensor

signal and faults

EIK1-SVN-24P

2940799

Accessories

Terminal block

, with three through contacts, for mounting on NS 35...

DIKD 1,5

2715979

Double-level terminal block

, with pre-assembled resistors

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

Insertion bridge

EB...-DIK...

Ordering data at DEK-REL...

452

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

D W

Electronic sensor terminal block for
NAMUR proximity sensors

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

For inductive proximity sensors acc.

to NAMUR

Derating curve for EIK 1-SVN 24 P

Ambient temperature [°C]

pply

]

Application 1

Application 2

NAMUR initiator

Limit switch

The EIK 1-SVN 24-P electronic sensor

terminal block from Phoenix converts the
changeable resistance of a NAMUR sensor
unit into a digital signal that can be read by
all PLCs.
– Monitoring of initiator side for short

circuits or strand breaks

– Suitable resistance circuit to enable

monitoring of mechanical switches
(see application 2)

– LED error display
– Status display (high signal) via green LED
– 24 V/50 mA digital output
– Bridging and marking with standard

terminal accessories.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

–

24V

DEK-

RN/INV

24V

DEK-

R/INV

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Technical data

Supply voltage

20 V DC ... 30 V DC (U

)

Continuous current

200 mA

Residual voltage drop

< 1 V

Leakage current

< 1 mA

Maximum transmission frequency

15 kHz

NPN input/PNP output

Switch-on threshold

< 5 V (at U

= 24 V; < (U

- 19 V))

Switch-off threshold

> 15 V (at U

= 24 V; > (U

- 9 V))

Minimum limit values

-2 V

Maximum limit values

26 V (at U

= 24 V; U

+ 2 V)

Control circuit

Switch-on threshold

> 19 V

Switch-off threshold

< 9 V

Minimum limit values

-2 V

Maximum limit values

26 V (at U

= 24 V; U

+ 2 V)

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664

Basic insulation

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / II

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Inverter module

DEK-TR/INV

2964319

453

PHOENIX CONTACT

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

D W

DEK-TR/INV inverter module

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

Connection examples:

PNP output

Load

NPN output

Load

The DEK-TR/INV inverter module

inverts the signals of ground-switching NPN
transistor outputs into positive switching
PNP outputs, as well as signals from PNP
into NPN signals. See application example.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

B+



Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

Relay supply voltage U

± 10 %

[V DC]

Minimum control voltage

[V DC]

2.7

Maximum control voltage

[V DC]

5.25

13.2

Minimum control current

[mA]

2.6

0.5

Maximum control current

[mA]

7.7

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Response/release time at U

[ms]

9 / 10

Input protection:

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeli

Output data

Contact type

Single contact, 1-PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Limiting continuous current

5 A

Maximum switch-on current

8 A

Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load

24 V DC

120 W

48 V DC

60 W

60 V DC

50 W

110 V DC

50 W

220 V DC

80 W

250 V AC

1250 VA

General data

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mechanical service life

Approx. 5x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Nominal

control voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Relay module with miniature power contact relay

with

integrated NPN transistor control, for low control currents

①

5 V DC

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 5

2949787

②

12 V DC

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN12

2952363

③

24 V DC

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN35

2952350

Relay module with miniature power contact relay

with

integrated PNP transistor control, for low control currents

①

5 V DC

②

12 V DC

③

24 V DC

Accessories

Equipment marker

EMG-GKS 12

454

PHOENIX CONTACT

Hybrid relay modules

With its integrated transistor level, the

hybrid relay module is able to amplify weak
input signals. This serves as the basis for
reliable relay operation.

The advantages:

– Low control current (terminal B),

type-dependent as of 0.5 mA

– Type-dependent positive or negative

control current

– Integrated input and interference

suppression circuit

– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

D W

Notes:

Type of housing:

Polycarbonate PC-F, fiber-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must

be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.

Positive switching hybrid relay

Negative switching hybrid relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

B-

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

①

②

③

-2.4

-6.9

-17.5

-5.25

-13.2

-38.5

1.2

0.6

1.7

1.4

[ms]

9 / 10

Input protection:

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Contact type

Single contact, 1-PDT

AgNi

250 V AC/DC

5 A

8 A

120 W

60 W

50 W

80 W

1250 VA

Test voltage (winding / contact)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Approx. 5x 10

cycles

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

W / H / D

22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 5

2949790

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP12

2952156

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP35

2952169

Accessories

EMG-GKS 12

Customer-specific products

455

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Special relays and solid-state relays

D W

Positive switching hybrid relay

Negative switching hybrid relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html





Technical data

Input data

①

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

see diagram

Typical input current at U

[mA]

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, damping diode

Output data

Contact type

2 PDT, force-guided

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

15 V AC/DC

Limiting continuous current

6 A

Maximum switch-on current

6 A

Minimum switching current

10 mA

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

Approx. 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 , EN 50205

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / in rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

- ... - / - ... - / -

Dimensions

W / H / D

16 mm / 93 mm / 70 mm

12.6 mm / 29 mm / 25.5 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Coupling relay module

with power contact relay and force-guided

contacts, Push-in connection

①

24 V DC

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21/FG

2908215

Force-guided coupling relay

with power contacts

①

24 V DC

456

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

new

Fully assembled RIF-1 coupling relay
module with force-guided contacts

Fully assembled RIF-1 coupling relay

module with force-guided contacts,
consisting of:
– Relay base with Push-in connection
– 2-PDT relay with force-guided contacts

according to EN 50205

– Relay retaining bracket
– Interference suppression module

The advantages:

– Switching current of up to 2x 6 A
– Single-channel control
– Force-guided contacts according to

EN 50205

– Professional bridging of adjacent modules

saves wiring time

– Integrated status LED and freewheeling

diode

Notes:

Further voltage variants on request

Relay modules

Relays with force-guided contacts

2-PDT relay module with

with force-guided contacts,

max. 2

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1,1

1,4

0 50

300

200

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Technical data

①

see diagram

2 PDT

AgNi

250 V AC/DC

15 V

6 A

10 mA

-25 °C ... 70 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Approx. 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 , EN 50205

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664-1

2 / III

Mounting position/mounting

any / in rows with zero spacing

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

- ... - / - ... - / -

Dimensions

W / H / D

16 mm / 93 mm / 70 mm

12.6 mm / 29 mm / 25.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

REL-SR- 24DC/2X21/FG

2908777

457

PHOENIX CONTACT

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21/FG

Operating voltage range

Contact derating

tem

[

]

tem

[

]

nuou

urr

]

REL-SR- 24DC/2X21/FG

Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

tem

[

]

oad

tch

]

tch

urr

]

new

Relay modules

Relays with force-guided contacts

2-PDT relay with

with force-guided contacts,

max. 2

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Input data

①

②

③

④

①

②

③

④

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

See diagram

Switching level (with reference to U

)

1 signal ("H")

0 signal ("L")

Typical input current at U

[mA]

15.3

3.5

3.2

4.5

8.5

3.5

8.5

3.5

Typical response time/switch-on time at U

[ms]

0.02

3.5

0.02

Typical release time/switch-off time at UN

[ms]

0.3

Transmission frequency f

limit

[Hz]

Input circuit DC

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Yellow LED, bridge recti

Output data

Contact material

AgSnO

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V (at 100 mA)

5 V AC/DC (at 10 mA)

Limiting continuous current

6 A

Maximum switch-on current

10 A (4 s)

15 A (300 ms)

Minimum switching current

10 mA (at 12 V)

10 mA (At 5 V)

Output protection

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

General data

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV (50

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C (UL) , -40 °C ... 60 °C (ATEX / IECEx)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

3 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 60079-0, -7, -15

IEC

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 60079-0, -7, -15

IEC

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

3 / III

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

EMC note

Conformance/Approvals

Conformance

CE-compliant

ATEX



II 3G Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IBExU16ATEXB015 X )



II 3G Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IBExU16ATEXB015 X )

IECEx

Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IECEx IBE 16.0029X )

Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IECEx IBE 16.0029X

UL, USA

Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6

Class I, Zone 2, AEx

UL, USA/Canada

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Class I, Di

UL, Canada

Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X

Class

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

screw connection

①

12 V DC

PLC-RSC-12DC/21/EX

2909522

PLC-RSC-12DC/21-21/EX

2909517

②

24 V DC

PLC-RSC-24DC/21/EX

2909524

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21/EX

2909509

③

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-RSC-120UC/21/EX

2909525

PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21/EX

2909511

④

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-RSC-230UC/21/EX

)

2909526

PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21/EX

)

2909512

PLC-INTERFACE

, with

Push-in connection

①

12 V DC

PLC-RPT-12DC/21/EX

2909527

PLC-RPT-12DC/21-21/EX

2909513

③

24 V DC

PLC-RPT-24DC/21/EX

2909528

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21/EX

2909514

④

120 V AC

110 V DC

PLC-RPT-120UC/21/EX

2909529

PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21/EX

2909515

⑤

230 V AC

220 V DC

PLC-RPT-230UC/21/EX

)

2909530

PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21/EX

)

2909516

458

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules with ATEX, IECEx, and

Class 1, Division 2 approval for potentially
explosive applications as well as solid-state
relays with Class 1, Division 2 approval.

The advantages:

– Slim design
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Integrated input and interference

suppression circuit

– RTIII-sealed relays
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178

between coil and contact

Notes:

Type of insulating housing:

Polyamide PBT, non-reinforced, color: green.

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

The PLC-ATP partition plate must be installed for voltages larger

than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in

adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with

FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

) Ambient temperature (operation): -40°C ... 55°C (ATEX / IECEx)

PLC-INTERFACE for hazardous areas

Relay modules

Relay modules for potentially explosive areas (Zone 2)

1-PDT relay module,

A, maximum

2-PDT relay module,

A, maximum

D W

new

D W

new

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

13+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Ex:



Ex:



Technical data

①

②

③

④

②

③

②

③

See diagram

0.8 -

1.2

0.9 -

1.1

0.8 -

1.2

0.9 -

1.1

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.8

≥

0.9

≤

0.4

≤

0.3

≤

0.4

≤

0.3

[mA]

15.3

3.5

3.2

4.5

8.5

3.5

8.5

3.5

[ms]

0.02

3.5

0.02

Typical release time/switch-off time at UN

[ms]

0.3

300

g diode

Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, freewheeling diode

Input circuit AC/DC

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

AgNi

250 V AC/DC

33 V DC

48 V DC

12 V AC/DC

3 V DC

10 A

3 A

100 mA

30 A (300 ms)

15 A (10 ms)

100 mA

Reverse polarity protection, surge protection

≤

200 mV

≤

1 V

Test voltage input/output

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

(ATEX / IECEx)

-20 °C ... 60 °C (UL) , -40 °C ... 60 °C (ATEX / IECEx)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

3 x 10

cycles

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 60079-0, -7, -15

IEC

60664 , EN 50178 , EN 60079-0, -7, -15

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

IEC

60664 , EN 50178

2 / III

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

W / H / D

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Class A product, see page 605

CE-compliant



II 3G Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IBExU16ATEXB015 X )

IECEx

Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IECEx IBE 16.0029X )

UL, USA

Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6

UL, USA/Canada

Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

UL, Canada

Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

PLC-RSC-12DC/21HC/EX

2909518

PLC-RSC-24DC/21HC/EX

2909519

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/C1D2

5603260

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/C1D2

5603261

PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC/EX

2909520

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2/C1D2

5603262

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/C1D2

5603263

PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC/EX

)

2909521

PLC-RPT-12DC/21HC/EX

2909531

PLC-RPT-24DC/21HC/EX

2909532

PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC/EX

2909533

PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC/EX

)

2909534

459

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules

Relay modules for potentially explosive areas (Zone 2)

D W

1-PDT relay module,

max. 10

Solid-state relay module,

DC output max. 3

Solid-state relay module,

DC output max. 100

D W

new

D W

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

460

PHOENIX CONTACT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Product range overview

468

Controller-specific system cabling

For ABB S800 I/O

470

For Allen Bradley,
ControlLogix, SLC 500, and PlantScape

472

For Emerson DeltaV

480

For GE Fanuc RX3i and Series 90-30

484

For Honeywell C300 Series CI/O and PlantScape

486

For Mitsubishi A1S and Q, Melsec L, Honeywell ML 200

488

For Omron CJ1, CS1, and C200H

490

For Phoenix Contact Axioline and Inline

491

For Schneider Electric Modicon

For Yokogawa CENTUM VP, ProSafe-RS

516

Termination Carriers for
Yokogawa CENTUM VP and ProSafe-RS

V8 adapters for PLC-INTERFACE

544

System and splitting cables

551

VIP I/O-Marshalling universal platform

552

Retrofit and modernization components

558

Universal modules

With IDC/FLK connectors

566

With D-SUB connectors

570

With high-density D-SUB connectors

Universal cables

With IDC/FLK connectors

582

With D-SUB connectors

592

Potential distributors

598

461

PHOENIX CONTACT

Wiring I/O modules with individual wires

is an extremely time-consuming process.
Wiring errors and tedious troubleshooting
cannot be ruled out.

VARIOFACE system components reduce

assembly costs by using plug-in components
to carry out wiring quickly, clearly, and
without errors.

In the case of

controller-specific

system cabling

, front adapters, system

cables, and modules are specially matched
to each other. Individual solutions exist for
the following controllers:

– ABB
– Allen Bradley
– Emerson
– Honeywell
– GE Fanuc
– Phoenix Contact
– Mitsubishi Electric
– OMRON
– Schneider Electric
– Siemens
– Yokogawa

If automation components with high-pos.

connectors such as D-SUB are in the
control cabinet,

universal modules

and

cables are suitable for signal connection.
The 1:1 connection is characteristic for
these universal all-purpose modules. The
modules allow orderly connection of field
signals to screw, spring-cage or Push-in
technology.

Universal cables

connect the control

and signal level quickly and without errors.

A wide variety of

potential

distributors

are available for splitting the

control and operating voltage. The different
potential levels and the connection terminal
blocks support flexible use.

Individual application requirements can be

implemented with customer-specific
products (see page 468).

System cabling for controllers

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

A2-

462

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Introduction

Wiring with single wires

– Time-consuming
– Confusing wiring
– Risk of mixing wires
– Time-consuming troubleshooting

Wiring with the controller-specific
system cabling:

– Fast, fault-free wiring
– Plug and Play solution
– Orderly structure
– Considerable time savings

The matching components are selected

with the help of the “system cabling for
controllers” online configurator:
– Front adapter
– System cables
– Module

For the online configurator, use the web

code:

Simply enter “

#0007

” into the search

field on our website.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

463

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Introduction

Front adapter

– Tailored to controller-specific

I/O modules

– Plug-in components
– Connection via system cables

8 and 32-channel modules

– Passive modules
– Relay modules
– Controller-specific layout
– Screw or Push-in connection technology

PLC-V8 adapter

– Connection of 8 channels via the

“PLC series”

– Feasible functions: relay, solid-state relay

or feed-through

– Individual function selection per channel
– Screw or Push-in connection technology

Universal modules

– Connector: IDC/FLK, D-SUB, ELCO or

DIN

– 1:1 connection
– Screw or Push-in connection technology
– Optional status indicator

Universal cables

– With IDC/FLK connector
– With D-SUB connector
– Optionally with open end

Potential distributors

– Up to 30 A/250 V
– Two, three or six potential levels
– Screw or Push-in connection technology

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Controller-specific system cabling

Controller

ABB

Allen Bradley

Emerson

GE Fanuc

Honeywell

Mitsubishi

System component

Version

S800 I/O

Control

Logix

SLC 500

DeltaV

RX3i

90-30

C300

Series CI/O

ML 200

PlantScape

MELSEC

A, A1S, Q, L

Page

t adap

ter

not

required

472

476

not

required

not

required

stem

Standard

Controller-
specific

ation

ard

Passive
Standard

526

487

526

Passive
Controller-
specific

Active
Standard

V8 adapter

Relay/
optocoupler

MINI Analog Pro
system adapter

MINI Analog Pro

464

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

OMRON CJ1

Phoenix
Contact

Schneider

Siemens

Yokogawa

CS1, CQM1,

C200H

Axioline

Inline

TSX

Quantum™

M340

S7 1500

S7 300

S7 400

Implementa-

tion

S5 to S7

CENTUM

ProSafe RS

Page

not

required

not

required

not

required

465

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Controller-specific system cabling

VIP I/O-Marshalling
universal platform

System component

Version

Page

se mod

552

-i

Feed-through

Analog

Digital

Relay

466

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Universal modules and cables

Passive modules (connection technology)

IDC/FLK strip

D-SUB strip

ELCO strip

Potential

distributors

Device series

Page

VIP Lin

Sta

Sli

-t

467

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Product overview

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

468

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Customer-specific products

From the enquiry to the product

We develop your product from the idea

to series production.

Concept phase

– Realization test according to your

specifications

– Personal consultation
– Tendering including draft drawing

Realization phase

– Development according to product

creation process

– Circuit diagram and PCB layout
– Component selection
– Creation of functional samples
– Creation of prototypes
– Tests in every phase of development
– EC conformance
– Preparation and implementation of

approval procedures

– Environmental tests according to

standards

– Documentation

Series phase

– Production according to IPC-A-610 Class 2
– 100% end test with automated test

systems

– Lifecycle management

Directives and standards

– Low-voltage directive
– EMC directive
– IEC 60664-1

Insulation coordination for electrical
equipment within low-voltage systems

– EN 50178

Electronic equipment for use in power
installations

– EN 61000-6

Electromagnetic compatibility

– IPC A-600

Acceptance criteria for PCBs

– IPC-A-610

Acceptance criteria for electronic
modules

Components used

We use connection technology and

housings from the comprehensive
Phoenix Contact portfolio.

Here you find all common market

technologies:
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– Push-in spring connection
– Knife disconnection
– Modular component housing
– Building installation housings
– Profile module carriers

Furthermore, we use components,

connectors, cables as well as PCBs from
qualified and certified suppliers.

Product range

We create versions from catalog

production for you or new products
according to your specifications from the
following portfolio:
– Function modules such as diode gates
– Relay and optocoupler modules
– 1:1 installation modules (connector on

terminal block)

– Potential distributors
– System cables with high-pos. connectors
– System adapters for controllers and

control systems

– Transfer modules for use between

controller and field level

– Output modules with electrical isolation
– Module carrier for system cabling of signal

conditioners or safe coupling relays

Your direct line to us

Do you have a specific question? Talk to

us about it.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

469

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Customer-specific products

Simplification of installation

Objectives

– Reduce assembly costs
– Minimize installation time
– Optimize space in the control cabinet

Implementation

– Analysis of the application
– Draft of concept

Result

– Tailor-made solution from system

components (standard and customer-
specific)

– Fault-free wiring

Retrofitting systems

Task

– Extension
– Retrofitting

Objectives

– System availability
– Fulfillment of statutory specifications

Solution

– Use adaptation solutions and high-pos.

system cables
Result

– Minimum downtimes

Pre-assembled system cables

With high-position connectors

– D-SUB strips
– IDC/FLK pin strips (2.54 mm)
– Pre-assembled at one or both ends

Cables

– Shielded, unshielded, halogen-free
– 0.14 mm

/26 AWG and

0.25 mm

/24 AWG

Quality

– Continuity and dielectric test

Other versions available on request.

Installation modules

– 1:1 marshalling terminal to high-pos.

connector (D-SUB, HE10, ELCO...)

– Passive transfer modules with system

connection

– Potential distributors
– Fuse modules
– Diode modules
– Other modules on request

Relay and optocoupler modules

– With electromechanical relays
– With solid-state relays
– Multi-channel
– With system connection
– N/O contact or PDT contact
– LED status display
– Freewheeling diode
– Reverse polarity protection
– Redundant power supply

Termination Carrier module carrier

The compact Termination Carrier connects

– Signal conditioners
– Signal conditioners for Ex i circuits
– Signal conditioners for SIL applications
– Safe coupling relays

easily with the automation system via

system cables.

The advantages are clear:

– Quick startup
– Fault minimization

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

L1+
L1+
L1-
L1-
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2-

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6C7C

C11C12C13C14C15C16

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7A

A11A12A13A14A15A16

L1+
L1+
L1-
L1-
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2-

1C1

2C2

3C3

4C4

5C5

6C6

7C7

L1+
L1+
L1-
L1-
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2-

1C1

2C2

3C3

4C4

5C5

6C6

7C7

470

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

2 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

4 A (8 A L1-/L2-)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection with disconnect knife

Controller level

D-SUB socket strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

90 mm / 61 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE module,

with knife disconnect terminal blocks in

ABB-specific marking:

- with 8 negative terminal blocks

126.5 mm

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810

2304513

- with 8 positive terminal blocks

126.5 mm

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P

2304539

- each with 16 positive and negative

terminal blocks

247.5 mm

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830

2304526

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 connection scheme

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 connection scheme

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P connection scheme

Connectable I/O modules

Card type

FLKM-D25SUB...

...TU810

...TU810/P

...TU830

Digital input

DI 814

DI 810

DI 811

DI 818

DI 830

DI 831

DI 840

DI 885

DI 810

DI 811

DI 814

DI 818

DI 830

DI 831

DI 840

DI 885

Digital output

DO 810

DO 818

DO 840

DO 814

DO 810

DO 814

DO 818

DO 840

Analog input

AI 810

AI 815

AI 820

AI 830

AI 835

AI 845

AI 810

AI 815

AI 845

AI 810

AI 815

AI 820

AI 830

AI 835

AI 845

Analog output

AO 810

AO 815

AO 820

AO 845

AO 810

AO 815

AO 820

AO 845

Miscellaneous

DP 820

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

The ABB S800 I/O system can be used to

install the process wiring via D-SUB
connectors. The ABB TU 812 Compact
MTU is available for this purpose.

The FLKM-D25SUB/B/KDS3-MT/...

modules are connected to the I/O modules
via assembled D-SUB cables (see page 592).

In addition to screw connection with

knife disconnection for every channel and
ABB S800-specific marking, the modules
have the following features:
– Eight negative terminals with knife

disconnection (TU810)

– Eight positive terminals with knife

disconnection (TU810/P)

– For each channel, there is a positive and

negative terminal with knife
disconnection (TU830)
Passive termination boards can also be

used for signal transmission
(e.g., VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F,

2315188

see page 571.

ABB S800 I/O
Termination boards with knife
disconnection

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

Termination board with

knife disconnect terminal blocks

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



471

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

25-pos.

6.3 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE system cable,

for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB

socket strip and two 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips, in standard

lengths

1 m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812

2304649

2 m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812

2304652

3 m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812

2304665

5 m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812

2304678

VARIOFACE system cable,

for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB

socket strip and two 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips, in variable

lengths

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/...

2304681

Color code and pin assignment

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14...TU812

D-SUB

connector

25-pos.

FLK 14

1st

connector

FLK 14

2nd

connector

Wire color

Gray

White

Black

Red

Yellow

Blue

Black

Red

Yellow

Blue

Orange

White

–

White-black

White-brown

Brown

Orange

Green

Violet

Brown

Orange

Green

Violet

White-black

White-brown

Ordering example

for system cable

– Cable for ABB S800, 12.75 m long

Quantity

Order No.

Length [m]

)

2304681

12.75

) min. 0.20 m

The ABB S800 I/O system can be used to

install the process wiring via D-SUB
connectors. The ABB TU 812 Compact
MTU is available for this purpose.

The CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/.../TU812

system cables convert digital signals from a
D-SUB socket strip to two IDC/FLK socket
strips. Therefore, all 8-channel termination
boards of the system cabling are connected
to S800 I/O modules. Two termination
boards are used per module.

ABB S800 I/O
System cable

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

System cable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

21222324

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

111213141516171

2526272

313233343536373

414243444546474

NCNC

212223242526

272

313233343536

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

21222324

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

111213141516171

2526272

313233343536373

414243444546474

NCNC

212223242526

272

313233343536





472

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 / IEC

60664

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapters

, for ControlLogix:

- A maximum of 1 x 32 channels can be connected

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

2302735

- IB 32 input board

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

2302748

Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

Front adapters for I/O modules of the

Allen Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape

automation devices

Card type

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

Digital input

1756-IA 16 I* or TC-TDK 161*

1756-IB 16 D* or TC-TDX 161*

1756-IB 16 I* or TC-TDJ 161*

1756-IH 16 I*

Digital output

1756-OB 32 or TC-ODD 321

Analog input

1756-IF 8*

1756-IF 16 I* or TC-IAH 161*

1756-IF 8H* or TC-HAI 081*

Counter

1756-HSC*

Servo

1756-M02 AE*

Card type

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

Digital input

1756-IB 32 or TC-IDD 321

* Only in conjunction with

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756, Order No.:

2322317

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756, Order No.:

2904286

There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter. Risk of short

circuit!

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

I/O modules with 32 channels or of
this type

The front adapters are pushed into the

tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as
standard, original accessories must be
ordered directly from manufacturer) of the
controller. A 50-pos. system cable can
connect a maximum of 32 channels to the
field level.

Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination

boards round off this system concept.

Allen Bradley ControlLogix,
Honeywell PlantScape
Front adapter

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

32-channel front adapter

with 50-pos. FLK strip

Notes:

Front adapters can also be used without cover.

Controller-specific modules from page 474

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





473

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 / IEC

60664

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapters

, for ControlLogix:

– Up to 2 x 8 channels can be connected

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

2302861

– IA 16, IB 16, IC 16, IN 16 input card

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

2302874

– IF6 I input card (only suitable for measuring

current; no power terminals on adapter)

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC

)

2901037

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

Front adapters for I/O modules of the

Allen Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape

automation devices

Card type

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

Digital input

1756-IA 8 D** or TC-IDX 081**

Digital output

1756-OB 16 E

Analog input

1756-IF 6 CIS**

1756-IF 6 I** or TC-IAH 061**

1756-IR 6 I** or TC-IXR 061**

1756-IT 6 I** or TC-IXL 061**

Analog output

1756-OF 4 I**

1756-OF 6 CI** or TC-OAH 061**

1756-OF 6 VI** or TC-OAV 061**

1756-OF 8** or TC-OAV 081**

1756-OF 8 H**

Switch

1756-PLS**

Card type

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

Digital input

1756-IN 16**

1756-IA 16 or TC-IDA 161**

1756-IB 16

1756-IC 16**

Card type

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC

Analog input

IF6I**

** Only in conjunction with

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756, Order No.:

2322333

VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756, Order No.:

2904288

There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter. Risk of short

circuit!

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

I/O modules with 16 channels or of
this type

The front adapters are pushed into the

tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as
standard, original accessories must be
ordered directly from manufacturer) of the
controller. Two 14-pos. system cables are
used to connect up to 2 x 8 channels to the
field level.

Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination

boards round off this system concept.

Web code for the online configurator



Your web code:

Allen Bradley ControlLogix,
Honeywell PlantScape
Front adapter

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

16-channel front adapter

with two 14-pos. FLK strips

Notes:

Front adapters can also be used without cover.

Controller-specific modules from page 474

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

) No UL approval

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3

1112131415

22 23242526 27

343536373

46474

21 2

1 2 3











Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Push-in connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

65.5 mm / 56 mm

72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board

, with

Modicon

TSX Quantum™-specific marking from 1 to 40

- with screw connection

106.1 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

2322304

- with Push-in connection

107.9 mm

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

2904285

VARIOFACE termination board

, with

ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 36

- with screw connection

95.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756

2322317

- with Push-in connection

97.7 mm

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756

2904286

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/AB-1756

474

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Passive termination boards for input/output,

with specific marking

and screw connection

Passive termination boards for input/output,

with specific marking

and Push-in connection

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional

modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant
front adapters.

Features:

– Specific marking
– Specifically for Modicon TSX Quantum™

or ControlLogix

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

D W

VIP termination boards for
Modicon TSX Quantum™ and
Allen Bradley ControlLogix

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Push-in connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

65.5 mm / 56 mm

72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board

, with

ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 20

- with screw connection

80.6 mm

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756

2322333

- with Push-in connection

82.5 mm

VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756

2904288

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../2FLK14/AB-1756

475

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Passive termination boards

for Allen Bradley ControlLogix

with screw connection

Passive termination boards

for Allen Bradley ControlLogix

with Push-in connection

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional

modules are used in combination with two
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters for Allen Bradley.

Features:

– Numerical marking (1-20)
– Specifically for ControlLogix

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

D W

VIP termination boards for
Allen Bradley ControlLogix

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

3 5 7

4 6

12 14

11 13 15 17

16 1

22 24 26 2

21 23 25 27 2

31 33 35 37 3

32 34 36 3

42 44 464

41 43 45 47 4

VAC1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

VAC2

9 8

111

13121514

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314 15 CO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

1112 1314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

1112 1314

11 12 13 14 15 VDCVDC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

VDC

11 12 13 14 15 CO





476

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

FLKM 14-PA...

FLKM 50-PA...

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

2 A (per path)

Maximum permissible total current

2 A (per Byte, for supply via

connector)

7 A (per Byte, for supply via

connector)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, 2 x 8 channels can be connected for

Allen Bradley SLC 500 for:

- 1746 OB16, OV16, OG16 and IG16

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT

2293459

- 1746 IA16, IB16, ITB16 and IN16

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN

2293462

- 1746 IV16 and IVT16

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M

2293475

VARIOFACE front adapter

, 1 x 16 channels can be connected for

Allen Bradley SLC 500 1746 OA16 and OW16

FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A

2293446

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

The front adapters mean that

pre-assembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules.
– The FLKM 14-PA-SLC500... adapters

connect max. 2 x 8 channels via two
14-pos. system cables. Tailor-made
VARIOFACE termination boards with a
variety of functions and connection
options round off this system concept.

– With the FLKM50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A

front adapters, the FLKM 50/16/SLC500
termination board, and 50-position
system cables, the VARIOFACE system
cabling can also be coupled to the OA16
and OW16 power output cards.

Allen Bradley SLC 500
Front adapter

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter for SLC 500 1746,

2 x 8 channels can be connected

Notes:

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 3 5

2 4 6

11 13 15 17 1

12 14 16 1

23 25 27 2

31 33

22 24 26 2

35 37 3

41 43 45

34 36 3

42 44

47 4

46 4

VAC1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

VAC2

111

13121514

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

2 A (per channel)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Push-in connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

65.5 mm / 56 mm

72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board

, for transfer of max. 16 channels,

only in connection with FLKM 50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A

- with screw connection

90.8 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500

2322320

- with Push-in connection

92.7 mm

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/16/SLC500

2904287

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/16/SLC500

477

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

VARIOFACE termination board for 16 channels

with screw connection

VARIOFACE termination board for 16 channels

with Push-in connection

The VIP-2/.../FLK50/16/SLC500

VARIOFACE Professional (VIP) module has
been designed specifically for OA16 and
OW16 output modules. Together with the
FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A front
adapter, currents up to 2 A per channel are
transferred with the system cabling.

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

D W

VIP termination board for
Allen Bradley SLC 500,
2 A output cards

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html







478

PHOENIX CONTACT

Allen Bradley SLC 500
System cable for 32 channels

Notes:

Standard modules from page 526

The 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500

are connected using 40-pos. connectors
(already integrated into the I/O modules).
Passive termination boards (-3/SC/FLK40,
etc.) are connected to the I/O cards using
the

FLK 40/EZ-DR/.../SLC

system cables.

32 channels are split into 4x8 channels

using the

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/...

system

cables.

The following 8-channel system cabling

modules can be coupled:
– OB32 and IB32

passive and active modules plus
V8 adapter

– OV32 and IV32

passive modules without status indicator

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

40-pos.

10 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Assembled round cable

, with two 40-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips

in fixed lengths (50 cm increments) for connection to 32-channel

I/O cards of the SLC 500

0.5 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC

2294610

1 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC

2294623

1.5 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC

2294636

2 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC

2294649

3 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC

2294652

Assembled round cable

, for connection to Allen Bradley SLC500,

OB32, and IB32, with a 40-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip and four

14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips, for splitting max. 32 channels into

4 x 8 channels.

for OB32

0.5 m

1 m

2 m

3 m

for IB32

0.5 m

1 m

2 m

3 m

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

System cable for

32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500

(OB32, OV32, IB32, IV32)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







479

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

125 V / -

1 A

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

7 / Cu tin-plated

7.8 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32

2296786

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32

2298483

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32

2298522

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32

2298535

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32

2296812

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32

2296825

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32

2296838

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32

2296841

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

System cable for

splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels

(OB32, IB32)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html





Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Outside diameter

16-pos.

6.8 mm

20-pos.

7.6 mm

24-pos.

6.5 mm

20-pos.

10.3 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

System cable

, for 16-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a

16-pos. and a 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip for connection with

PLC-INTERFACE

0.3 m

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30

2304348

0.5 m

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50

2304351

1 m

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100

2300575

2 m

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200

2300588

3 m

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300

2304364

Variable cable length

FLK 16-14-DV-OUT/...

2304377

System cable

, for 16-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a

16-pos. and a 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip for connection with

PLC-INTERFACE

0.5 m

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/ 50

2304393

1 m

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/100

2300559

2 m

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/200

2300562

3 m

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/300

2304403

4 m

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/400

2305185

Variable cable length

FLK 16-14-DV-IN/...

2304416

System cable

, for 40-pos. (2 x 20) “mass termination blocks” with

a 20-pos. and two 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips for connection

with PLC-INTERFACE (two cables should be used per 32-channel

I/O card)

1 m

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK

2298470

2 m

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/200/KONFEK

2298438

3 m

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/300/KONFEK

2300818

Variable cable length

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/...

2304487

System cable

, for 24-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a

24-pos. and a 16-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip for connection with

UM-DELTAV/... modules

0.3 m

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30

2304319

0.5 m

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50

2304296

1 m

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100

2301134

2 m

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200

2301545

3 m

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300

2304322

Variable cable length

FLK 16-24-DV-AI-EZ-DR/...

2304335

System cable,

for 40-pos. “mass termination blocks” with two

20-pos. and one 50-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip for connection with

32-channel termination boards

0.5 m

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV

2304872

1 m

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV

2304898

2 m

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV

2304908

3 m

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV

2304911

6 m

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV

2304937

8 m

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV

2304940

10 m

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV

2304953

Variable cable length

FLK 50-2FLK20-EZ-DR-DV/...

2304966

480

PHOENIX CONTACT

The DeltaV system can be used to install

the process wiring via “mass termination
blocks” (MTBs) using IDC/FLK connectors.
In addition to the 10, 16, and 20-pos. system
cables of system cabling (see page 550), the
following system-specific cables are
available:
–

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/...

, for digital

assemblies with 16-pos. MTB for
connection with PLC-INTERFACE

–

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/...

, for digital modules

with 16-pos. MTB for connection to
PLC-INTERFACE

–

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/...

, for digital

assemblies with 40-pos. MTB for
connection with PLC-INTERFACE

–

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/...

, for analog

assemblies with 24-pos. MTB

–

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV

system

cables are specifically designed for
32-channel I/O modules with 40-pin
MTB for the purpose of connecting
I/O modules with 32-channel
VARIOFACE termination boards

Emerson DeltaV
System cable

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

System cable for DeltaV

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

11 12 13 14 15 16

1 C

2 C

3 C

4 C

5 C

6 C

7 C

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

481

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

FLKM 16/.../DV

FLKM 16/.../SI/.../DV

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A (per signal path)

50 mA (In delivered state, with

one 50 mA fuse, max. 1 A

permitted)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Termination board

, with 1:1 connection

45 mm

FLKM 16/DV

2304432

Termination board

, with 1:1 connection and

separate potential terminal blocks per channel

57 mm

FLKM 16/AI/DV

2304429

Termination board

, with fuses per channel

90 mm

FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV

2304445

FLKM 16/AI/DV connection scheme

FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV connection scheme

FLKM 16/DV connection scheme

These system-specific termination boards

for DeltaV modules are used in combination
with the relevant system cables. They are
connected to 8-channel modules via “mass
termination blocks” with IDC/FLK
connection.

FLKM 16/DV

– Universal module
– 1:1 connection

FLKM 16/AI/DV

– 1:1 connection
– Separate equipotential terminals per

channel

FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV

– 1:1 connection
– 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC 60127-2/3 fuse per

channel

Emerson DeltaV
Termination board for eight channels

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

Termination board for 8 channels

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

FLKM 50/32M/DV

FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

30 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination boards

, for 32-channel I/O modules:

- Input/Output

169 mm

FLKM 50/32M/DV

2304869

- Input with LED per signal

169 mm

FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV

2304856

D W

These system-specific termination boards

for DeltaV modules are used in combination
with FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV system
cables. They are connected to 32-channel
modules via 40-pos. “mass termination
blocks” with IDC/FLK connection.

FLKM 50/32M/DV

– Can be used for 32-channel input and

output cards

– Two-conductor connection with a

separate negative terminal per channel

FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV

– Can be used for 32-channel input

modules

– LED status display per channel
– Two-conductor connection with a

separate negative terminal per channel
(Dry Contact)

Emerson DeltaV
Termination board for 32 channels

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Termination board with

2-conductor connection technology for DeltaV

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

24 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

24 V / 24 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

63 mA (in as supplied state, with one 63 mA fuse)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Push-in connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

109.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Termination board

for 16-pos. mass termination block

57.1 mm

VIP-PT/FLK16/DS/FU/LED/AN/DV

2903599

482

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

System-specific termination board for use

in combination with the respective system
cables. The termination board is connected
to 8-channel modules through 16-position
"mass termination blocks" with flat ribbon
cable connection.

Features:

– Fuse per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per

channel

– Knife disconnection for each channel
– Push-in connection

Emerson DeltaV
VIP termination board with fuses
for 8 channels

Termination board with fuses for

16-pos. mass termination block

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2

3 4

5 6

1112 1314 1516

1- 1+

2- 2+

3- 3+

4- 4+

5- 5+

6- 6+

7- 7+

1 2

3 4

5 6

1112 1314

1516

1- 1+

2- 2+

3- 3+ 4- 4+

5- 5+

6- 6+ 7- 7+

1 2

3 4

5 6

1112 1314 1516

1- 1+

2- 2+

3- 3+

4- 4+

5- 5+

6- 6+

7- 7+

1 2

3 4

5 6

1112 1314 15 16

1- 1+

2- 2+

3- 3+

4- 4+

5- 5+

6- 6+ 7- 7+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



483

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

24 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

24 V / -

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

50 mA (in as-supplied state, with one 50 mAF fuse,

max. 1 A permitted)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

126 mm / 71 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Termination boards

for 16-pos. and 24-pos. mass termination

blocks with:

- Fuses

61 mm

UM-DELTA V/D/SI

5603255

– Fuses and knife disconnect terminal

blocks

61 mm

UM-DELTAV/D/SI/BFI/TP

5603257

– Fuses and fuse failure display

61 mm

UM-DELTAV/A/SI

5603256

- Fuses, fuse failure display, and knife

disconnect terminal blocks

61 mm

UM-DELTAV/A/SI/BFI/TP

5603258

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI/BFI/TP

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI/BFI/TP

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

These system-specific termination boards

for DeltaV modules are used in combination
with the relevant system cables. They are
connected to 8-channel modules via 16-pos.
or 24-pos. “mass termination blocks” with
IDC/FLK connection.

UM-DELTA V/D/SI

– Fuse per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per

channel

UM-DELTA V/D/SI

– Fuse per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per

channel

– Knife disconnection for each channel

UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP

– Fuse and LED status indicator per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per

channel

UM-DELTA V/D/SI

– Fuse and LED status indicator per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel
– Knife disconnection for each channel

Emerson DeltaV
Termination boards with fuses
for 8 channels

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

Termination board with fuses for

16-pos. and 24-pos. mass termination blocks

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9

1112131415161

21222324

NCNC

–

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9

1112131415161

25262

3132333435363

4142434445464

22232425262

3233343536

0–

–

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9

1112131415161

21222324

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8

1112131415161

25262

3132333435363

4142434445464

212223242526

313233343536

A
B



484

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 / IEC

60664

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for PACSystems RX3i,

For digital output and analog modules

FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI

2321473

For digital input modules

FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN

2321486

Connection scheme for FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN

Connection scheme for FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI

Front adapters for I/O modules of the RX3i series

Card type

FLKM 50-PA/GE/TKFC/RXI

Digital output

IC 694 MDL 754

Card type

FLKM 50-PA/GE/TKFC/RXI/IN

Digital input

IC 694 MDL 660

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

The front adapters mean that

pre-assembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules.
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one

50-position system cable

– Can be plugged onto I/O modules
– Connection via suitable VARIOFACE

termination boards

GE Fanuc RX3i
Front adapters

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter for GE Fanuc

RX3i

Notes:

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1

+24 V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

17 16 15 14 13 12

141312111

9 8

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

141312111

9 8

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





485

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Maximum permissible total current

3 A (per Byte, for supply via connector)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for Series 90-30, max. 2 x 8 channels

can be connected, digital output

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO

2290009

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for Series 90-30, max. 2 x 8 channels

can be connected, digital input

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

2290038

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO

Front adapters for I/O modules of the Series 90-30

Card type

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO

Digital output

IC 693 MDL 732

IC 693 MDL 733*

IC 693 MDL 740

IC 693 MDL 741*

IC 693 MDL 742

Analog

IC 693 ALG 220*

IC 693 ALG 221*

IC 693 ALG 222*

IC 693 ALG 223*

IC 693 ALG 390*

IC 693 ALG 391*

IC 693 ALG 392*

IC 693 ALG 442*

Card type

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

Digital input

IC 693 MDL 241

IC 693 MDL 634

IC 693 MDL 645

IC 693 MDL 646

* Only in conjunction with

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14(1-20)/S7, Order No.:

and

UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.:

2965156

All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.

There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter

(flowing via the slip-on connections).

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

The front adapters mean that

pre-assembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules.

Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via

two 14-pos. system cables.

Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination

boards with a variety of functions and
connection options round off this system
concept.

GE Fanuc, Series 90-30
Front adapters

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter for GE Fanuc

Series 90-30

Notes:

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

26 2

0 H

D-

+ 1

26 2

0 Housing

D-S

te 0

35 17

36 37

2-
3-
4-

D-

Housing

D-S



486

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

for C I/O series, with

one D-SUB pin strip

- For digital I/O modules

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300

2901423

- For analog I/O modules

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

2900622

VARIOFACE front adapter

for C I/O series, with

two D-SUB pin strips

- For digital output modules

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300

)

2900924

- For digital input modules

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300

)

2901879

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300 connection scheme

Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300

Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300

Front adapters for I/O modules of the C300 and C I/O series

Card type

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300

Digital input

TDIL 11*

TDIL 01*

Digital output

TDOB 11*

TDOB 01*

Card type

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

Analog input

TAIX 01**

TAIX 11**

Analog output

TAOX 01**

TAOX 11**

Card type

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300

Digital output

TDOB 01*

TDOB 11*

Card type

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300

Digital input

TDIL 01*

TDIL 11*

* Two front adapters are required for each module.

** For three-conductor operation (channels 13 - 16) of input modules:

only in conjunction with VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300,

Order No.:

2900675

Connectors

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

The front adapters mean that

pre-assembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules.

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300

– Front adapter with D-SUB connector
– Connection of a maximum of 16 digital

channels

– Specifically for digital I/O cards

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

– Front adapter with D-SUB connector
– Connection of analog modules

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/.../C300

– Front adapter with two 15-pos. D-SUB

connectors

– Connection of a maximum of 2 x 8 digital

inputs/outputs per adapter

– Specifically for connecting

PLC-V8/D15.../OUT or PLC-V8/D15.../IN

Honeywell C300, Series C I/O
Front adapters

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Honeywell C300 front adapter

Notes:

Matching system cable fitted with D-SUB socket strip at both ends,

see page 593

) No UL approval

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

11+

12-

13+

14-

15+

16-

17+

21+

22-

23+

24- 25+

13 32

26-

27+

31+

32-

1 2

2 21 3 22 4 23 5 24 6 25 7 26

113

1231

11+

C11

12+

C12

13+

13321433 1534163517 361

C13

14+

C14

15+

C15

16+

C16

15-

13-

16-

14-

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

1112

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11 12

313233343536 37

31323334353637

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







487

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

VIP-2/...

VIP-3/...C300

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 105 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

2 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Controller level

D-SUB pin strip

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 4 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

72.1 mm / 46.6 mm

75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board

, with D-SUB pin strip and

universal marking,

- with screw connection

101 mm

VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M

2900676

- with Push-in connection

102.8 mm

VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M

2904277

VARIOFACE termination board

, with D-SUB pin strip and

system-specific marking,

- with screw connection

101 mm

VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO

)

2900786

- with Push-in connection

102.8 mm

VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M/SO

)

2904278

VARIOFACE termination board

, with D-SUB pin strip for

analog input modules,

- with screw connection

88 mm

VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300

2900675

- with Push-in connection

87.6 mm

VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/HW/C300

2904276

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO

Connection scheme VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional

modules are used in combination with
37-pos. D-SUB cables and the relevant front
adapters. The three module versions are
available with screw or Push-in connection
technology.

VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M

– In conjunction with

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/C300 or
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 front
adapter

– Universal module
– Field connection via double-level terminal

blocks

VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M/SO

– In conjunction with

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/C300 front adapter

– System-specific marking
– Field connection via double-level terminal

blocks

Honeywell C300, Series C I/O
termination boards

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

37-pos. with screw or Push-in connection

VIP-3/.../D37SUB/M/HW/C300

– In conjunction with

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 front adapter

– System-specific marking
– For TAIX01, TAIX11 analog input modules
– Field connection via three-level terminal

blocks

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

) No UL approval

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

37-pos.

10.5 mm

6.3 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable for output module

MELSEC Q Y81 P,

MELSEC A1S Y81, and MELSEC A AY82EP, in standard lengths

0.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/Y81P-O

2302599

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/Y81P-O

2302476

1 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/Y81P-O

2302609

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/Y81P-O

2302489

2 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/Y81P-O

2302612

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/Y81P-O

2302492

3 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/Y81P-O

2302638

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/Y81P-O

2302502

Round cable

, as above, but in variable lengths

FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-Y81P-O/...

2302625

CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-Y81P-O/...

2302696

Round cable for input module

MELSEC Q X81,

MELSEC A1S X81, and MELSEC A AX82, in standard lengths

0.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/X81-I

2302641

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/X81-I

2302515

1 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/X81-I

2302654

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/X81-I

2302528

2 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/X81-I

2302667

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/X81-I

2302531

3 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/X81-I

2302670

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/X81-I

2302544

Round cable

, as above, but in variable lengths

FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-X81-I/...

2302683

CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-X81-I/...

2302706

Ordering example

for system cable

– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 12.75 m long

Quantity

Order No.

Length [m]

)

2302625

12.75

) min. 0.20 m

Ordering example

for splitting cable:

– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 11.00 m long

Quantity

Order No.

Length [m]

)

2302696

11.00

) min. 0.20 m

488

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

System cable,

D-SUB socket strip to IDC/FLK socket strip,

number of positions: 37 to 50

Splitting cable,

D-SUB socket strip to IDC/FLK socket strip,

number of positions: 37 to 4 x 14

For 32/64-channel I/O cards with

37-pos. D-SUB connectors. System cables
are available for connecting 1 x 32 channels
or 4 x 8 channels.

Mitsubishi Electric
MELSEC A, A1S and Q
System cables

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable

in variable lengths for

Mitsubishi MELSEC L

LX41C4, LX42C4 (common positive connection to B01, B02)

LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P, LY41PT1P, LY42PT1P

Mitsubishi MELSEC Q

QX41, QX41-S1, QX42, QX42-S1

QX71 and QX72 (common positive connection to B01, B02)

QY41P, QY42P, QY71, QH42P

Honeywell ML 200

2MLQ-TR4A, 2MLQ-TR8A, 2MLQ-TR4B, 2MLQ-TR8B

0.5 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IM/MEL

2903468

1 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IM/MEL

2903469

2 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IM/MEL

2903470

3 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IM/MEL

2903471

4 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IM/MEL

2903472

6 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IM/MEL

2903473

8 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IM/MEL

2903474

10 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IM/MEL

2903475

Round cable

in variable lengths for

Mitsubishi MELSEC L

LX41C4 and LX42C4 (common negative connection to B01, B02)

Mitsubishi MELSEC Q

QX71 and QX72 (common negative connection to B01, B02)

QX82, QX82-S1

Honeywell ML 200

2MLI-D24A, 2MLI-D28B, 2MLF-SOEA

(common negative connection to B01, B02)

0.5 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IP/MEL

2903476

1 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IP/MEL

2903477

2 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IP/MEL

2903478

3 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IP/MEL

2903479

4 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IP/MEL

2903480

6 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IP/MEL

2903481

8 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IP/MEL

2903482

10 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IP/MEL

2903483

Round cable

in variable lengths for

Mitsubishi MELSEC L

LX41C4 and LX42C4 (common positive connection to B01, B02)

LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P, LY41PT1P, LY42PT1P

Mitsubishi MELSEC Q

QX41, QX41-S1, QX42, QX42-S1

QY41P (24 V), QY42P (24 V), QH42P (24 V)

Honeywell ML 200

2MLQ-TR4A, 2MLQ-TR8A, 2MLQ-TR4B, 2MLQ-TR8B

0.5 m

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/IM/MEL

2903502

1 m

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/IM/MEL

2903503

2 m

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/IM/MEL

2903504

3 m

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/IM/MEL

2903505

4 m

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/IM/MEL

2903506

6 m

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/IM/MEL

2903507

8 m

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/IM/MEL

2903508

10 m

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/IM/MEL

2903509

489

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Fujitsu FCN connector to

IDC/FLK socket strip,

number of positions: 40 to 50

Fujitsu FCN connector to

IDC/FLK socket strip,

number of positions: 40 to 4 x 14

These system cables are plugged onto the

I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
connectors.

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/...

– Signal transmission of 32 channels

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/...

– Splitting up 32 channels into

4 x 8 channels

Mitsubishi Electric
MELSEC L/Q and Honeywell ML 200
System cables

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable

in variable lengths for

CJ1: OD231, OD261

CS1, C200H: OD218, OD219

CQM1: OD213

1 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-OUT

2304144

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-OUT

2304186

2 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-OUT

2304157

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-OUT

2304199

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-OUT/...

2302829

CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-OUT/...

2302832

Round cable

in variable lengths for

CJ1: ID231, ID261

CS1 and C200H: ID111, ID216, ID217,

CQM1: ID213; ID214;ID112

1 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-IN

2304160

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-IN

2304209

2 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-IN

2304173

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-IN

2304212

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-IN/...

2302803

CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-IN/...

2302816

Round cable

in variable lengths for

CS1, C200H: OD215, MD115 (only output),

MD215 (only output)

1 m

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-OUT

2304225

2 m

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-OUT

2304238

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-OUT/...

2302858

Round cable

in variable lengths for

CS1, C200H: ID215, MD115 (only input),

MD215 (only input)

1 m

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-IN

2304241

2 m

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-IN

2304254

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-IN/...

2302845

490

PHOENIX CONTACT

Ordering example

for system cable

– Cable for OMRON CJ1, ID231, 12.75 m long

Quantity

Order No.

Length [m]

)

2302803

12.75

) min. 0.20 m

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Fujitsu FCN connector to

IDC/FLK socket strip,

number of positions: 40 to 50

Fujitsu FCN connector to

IDC/FLK socket strip,

number of positions: 40 to 4 x 14 or 24 to 2 x 14

These system cables are plugged onto the

I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
connectors.

FLK 50/EZ-DR/...

– Signal transmission of 32 channels

CABLE-FCN40...

– Splitting up 32 channels into

4 x 8 channels

CABLE-FCN24...

– Splitting up 16 channels into

2 x 8 channels

OMRON CJ1, CS1, CQM1 and C200H
System cables

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





491

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

8-pos.

6.4 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable

with an open end (8 individual wires)

0.5 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/0,5M

2901604

1 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,0M

2901605

1.5 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,5M

2901606

2 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,0M

2901607

2.5 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,5M

2901608

3 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/3,0M

2901609

4 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/4,0M

2901610

6 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/6,0M

2901611

These cables have been specifically

developed for connecting VARIOFACE
termination boards to the Axioline
real-time I/O system. The Push-in
technology on the I/O system ensures rapid
connection.

The cables have the following features:

– 1:1 connection
– 14-pos. connector, encapsulated
– 8 pre-assembled open ends, for

connection to the Axioline real-time
I/O system

– Transmission of groups of 8 channels

Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination

boards round off this system concept.

Phoenix Contact Axioline real-time I/O
System cables

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

System cable for 8 channels

Notes:

The following modules cannot be coupled due to the larger outer

contour of the encapsulated connectors:

UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC,

2965211

UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC,

2962900

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

11 12 13 14

1.1

2.1

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.4

2.2

3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4

1.1

2.1

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.4

2.2

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

7.1

7.2

7.3

7.4

5.1

6.1

5.2

6.2

5.3

6.3

5.4

6.4

7.1

7.2

7.3

7.4

5.1

6.1

5.2

6.2

5.3

6.3

5.4

6.4

1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1214

1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1214

1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1214

1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1214

1.1

2.1

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.4

2.4

2.3

2.2

3 3 3 3

4 4 4 4 4 4

1.1

2.1

1.4

2.4

1.1

2.1

1.4

2.4

2.3

2.2

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

492

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter,

for 8-channel Inline modules

Input: IB IL 24 D I8/HD-PAC

Output: IB IL 24 DO 8/HD-PAC

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8

2900889

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for 16-channel Inline modules

Input: IB IL 24 DI 16-PAC

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16

2302751

Output: IB IL 24 DO 16-PAC

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16

2302764

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for 32-channel Inline modules

Input: IB IL 24 DI 32/HD-PAC and

IB IL 24 DI 32/HD-NPN-PAC

Output: IB IL 24 DO 32/HD-PAC

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32

2302777

Connection scheme for FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

The front adapters are used to connect

pre-assembled system cables directly to
Inline. Front adapters are simply plugged
into the relevant Inline modules. Three
connection options are available:
– Transfer of 8 channels via a 14-pos.

system cable

– Transmission of 2 x 8 channels over two

14-position system cables

– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four

14-position system cables
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination

boards round off this system concept.

Phoenix Contact Inline
Front adapters

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapters for Inline

Notes:

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

11131 2 3 4 5 6 7

11131 2 3 4 5 6 7

1214

2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

11131 2 3 4 5 6 7

11131 2 3 4 5 6 7

1214

2223242526272

3233343536373

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

21222324

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

2526272

313233343536373

414243444546474

- +

2223242526272

313233343536373

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





493

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for Modicon

TSX Quantum™,

1 x 32 channels can be connected

FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q

2294306

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for Modicon

TSX Quantum™,

4 x 8 channels can be connected

FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

2294416

Connection scheme FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q

Front adapters for

I/O modules of the Modicon TSX Quantum™ automation

devices

Card type

FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q

Digital input

DDI 353

DDI 841*

DDI 853

DAI 340*

DAI 353**

DAI 440*

DAI 453**

Digital output

DDO 353

Digital input/output

DDM 390*

Analog input

ACI 030*

ACI 040*

ATI 030*

ARI 030*

AVI 030*

Analog output

ACO 020*

ACO 130*

AVO 020*

Analog input/output

AMM 090*

Counter

ECH 105*

EHC 202*

* Only in conjunction with

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q, Order No.

2322304

** Only in conjunction with passive termination boards

without LED.

Card type

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

Digital input

DDI 353

DDI 853

DAI 353**

DAI 453**

Digital output

DDO 353

** Only in conjunction with passive termination boards

without LED.

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

The front adapters mean that

pre-assembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules. Two connection
options are available:
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one

50-position system cable

– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four

14-position system cables
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination

boards with a variety of functions and
connection options round off this system
concept.

Schneider Electric
Modicon TSX Quantum™
Front adapters

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter for

Modicon

TSX Quantum™

Notes:

Controller-specific modules from page 474

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11 12 13 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11 12 13 14





494

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

50 V / 50 V

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

Maximum permissible total current

3 A (per system cable when supplying from the module side)

10 A (When supplying via the front adapter)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for Modicon

M340 with

two FLK pin strips

FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340

2903208

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340

Front adapters for I/O modules of the Modicon C340 series

Card type

FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340

Digital input

BMX DDI1602

BMX DDI1603

BMX DAI1602

BMX DAI1603

Digital output

BMX DDO1602

BMX DDO1612

Assignment table

Contacts,

front adapter/

controller

Connector

(Byte 0)

Connector

(Byte 1)

10, 12, 14 (-)

9, 11, 13 (+)

10, 12, 14 (-)

9, 11, 13 (+)

Pre-assembled system cables are

connected directly to the 16-channel
I/O modules using the front adapter. The
adapters connect 2 x 8 channels of the
controller via two 14-pos. system cables.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and
connection options are available for
connection to field level. They round off this
system concept.

Schneider Electric Modicon M340
Front adapter

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Schneider Electric Modicon

M340 front adapter

Notes:

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable

in variable lengths for

BMX DDI 3202K, BMX DDI 6402K,

BMX DD0 3202K, BMX DD0 6402K,

BMX DDM 3202K

0.5 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/M340

2321635

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/M340

2321716

1 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/M340

2321648

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/M340

2321729

2 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/M340

2321651

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/M340

2321732

3 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/M340

2321664

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/M340

2321745

4 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/M340

2321677

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/M340

2321758

6 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/M340

2321680

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/M340

2321761

8 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/M340

2321693

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/M340

2321774

10 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/M340

2321703

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/M340

2321787

15 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/15,0M/M340

2903748

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/15,0M/M340

2903749

495

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Fujitsu FCN connector to

IDC/FLK socket strip,

number of positions: 40 to 50

Fujitsu FCN connector to

IDC/FLK socket strip,

number of positions: 40 to 4 x 14

These system cables are plugged onto the

I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
connectors.

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/...

– Signal transmission of 32 channels

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/...

– Splitting up 32 channels into

4 x 8 channels

Schneider Electric Modicon M340
System cable

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1

7 - 3

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3

7 - 3

...4X1

I...

...2X1

I...

...4X1

...

...2X1

...









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

≤

250 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

250 V / 250 V

Maximum permissible current

6 A (per single wire at 40°C)

4 A (per single wire at 60°C)

Maximum permissible total current

20 A (per cable at 40 °C)

16 A (per cable at 60°C)

Maximum conductor resistance

Ω

/km

Conductor cross section

AWG 21 / 0.5 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

16 / Cu uninsulated

Outside diameter

9 mm

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

Connection method

Controller level

Plug connection

Field level

COMBICON connectors

Ordering data

Description

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VIP - power cabling front adapter,

for universal connection of the

SIMATIC

S7-300, with an overall width of 52 mm per connector

0.5 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 0,5M/S7

2904702

1 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 1,0M/S7

2904703

1.5 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 1,5M/S7

2904704

2 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 2,0M/S7

2904705

2.5 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 2,5M/S7

2904706

3 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 3,0M/S7

2904707

4 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 4,0M/S7

2904708

5 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 5,0M/S7

2904709

6 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 6,0M/S7

2904710

8 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 8,0M/S7

2904711

10 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/10,0M/S7

2904712

VIP - power cabling front adapter,

for universal connection of the

SIMATIC

S7-300, with reduced overall width of 35 mm per

connector

0.5 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 0,5M/S7

2905516

1 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 1,0M/S7

2905517

1.5 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 1,5M/S7

2905518

2 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 2,0M/S7

2905519

2.5 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 2,5M/S7

2905520

3 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 3,0M/S7

2905521

4 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 4,0M/S7

2905522

5 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 5,0M/S7

2905523

6 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 6,0M/S7

2905524

8 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 8,0M/S7

2905525

10 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/10,0M/S7

2905526

496

PHOENIX CONTACT

VIP – power cabling
Universal front adapters for
Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

Two versions are available:

– Connection of 40-pos. modules via four

cables, each with a 10-pos. COMBI
connector

– Connection of 20-pos. modules via two

cables, each with a 10-pos. COMBI
connector

The front adapters have the following
features:

– Can be screwed on/snapped in with the

I/O module

– Suitable for all common S7-300 modules,

up to max. 250 V AC/DC, 6 A

– Universal 1:1 connection
– Numerically marked connectors

Combination example:

A front adapter with attached 10-pos.

COMBI connectors is combined with the
following terminal blocks for field
connection:

Overall width of 52 mm per connector:

–

3045017

UT 2,5/1P

–

3210033

PT 2,5/1P

–

3040012

ST 2,5/1P

–

3040766

ST 2,5-TWIN-MT/1P

Reduced overall width of 35 mm per

connector:
–

3208582

PT 1,5/S/1P

–

3212439

PTTB 1,5/S/2P

You can find further versions, accessories,

and combination options in Catalog 1
“Terminal blocks” in the “Plug-in COMBI
connection solutions” section or online at
phoenixcontact.net/products.

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter with punched-on connectors for

40 plug-in terminal blocks

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1

7 - 3

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

≤

250 V AC/DC

250 V / 250 V

6 A (per single wire at 40°C)

4 A (per single wire at 60°C)

20 A (per cable at 40 °C)

16 A (per cable at 60°C)

Ω

/km

AWG 21 / 0.5 mm²

16 / Cu uninsulated

9 mm

-20 °C ... 60 °C

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Plug connection

Field level

COMBICON connectors

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 0,5M/S7

2904713

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 1,0M/S7

2904714

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 1,5M/S7

2904715

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 2,0M/S7

2904716

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 2,5M/S7

2904717

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 3,0M/S7

2904718

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 4,0M/S7

2904719

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 5,0M/S7

2904720

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 6,0M/S7

2904721

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 8,0M/S7

2904722

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/10,0M/S7

2904723

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 0,5M/S7

2905528

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 1,0M/S7

2905529

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 1,5M/S7

2905531

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 2,0M/S7

2905532

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 2,5M/S7

2905533

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 3,0M/S7

2905534

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 4,0M/S7

2905535

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 5,0M/S7

2905536

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 6,0M/S7

2905537

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 8,0M/S7

2905538

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/10,0M/S7

2905539

497

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter with punched-on connectors for

20 plug-in terminal blocks

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

24 25

7-3



Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

≤

250 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible current

6 A (per single wire at 40°C)

4 A (per single wire at 60°C)

750 mA (per single wire at 75 °C)

Maximum permissible total current

20 A (per cable at 40 °C)

16 A (per cable at 60°C)

Maximum conductor resistance

Ω

/km

Conductor cross section

AWG 21 / 0.5 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

16 / Cu uninsulated

Outside diameter

13 mm

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

Connection method

Controller level

Plug connection

Field level

open cable end

Ordering data

Description

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Front adapter

with 40 open cable ends for

connecting 40-pos. modules

1 m

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 1,0M/S7

2904731

2 m

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 2,0M/S7

2904732

3 m

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 3,0M/S7

2904733

4 m

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 4,0M/S7

2904734

6 m

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 6,0M/S7

2904735

8 m

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 8,0M/S7

2904736

10 m

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/10,0M/S7

2904737

Front adapter

with 20 open cable ends for

connecting 20-pos. modules

1 m

2 m

3 m

4 m

6 m

8 m

10 m

498

PHOENIX CONTACT

VIP – power cabling
Universal front adapters for
Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

Four versions are available:

– Connection of 40-pos. modules via

40 individual wires in rope structure
(not assembled), PVC insulation

– Connection of 20-pos. modules via

20 individual wires in rope structure
(not assembled), PVC insulation

– Connection of 40-pos. modules via

40 individual wires in rope structure
(not assembled), insulation made from
halogen-free material

– Connection of 20-pos. modules via

20 individual wires in rope structure
(not assembled), insulation made from
halogen-free material
The front adapters have the following

features:
– Can be screwed on/snapped in with the

I/O module

– Suitable for all common S7-300 modules,

up to max. 250 V AC/DC, 6 A

– Universal 1:1 connection
– Numerically marked wires

Additional accessories, such as

connection terminal blocks, can be found in
Catalog 1 “Terminal blocks” or at
phoenixcontact.net/products.

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter with 40 open cable ends,

PVC insulation

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

7-3

24 25

7-3

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

≤

250 V AC/DC

≤

250 V AC/DC

≤

250 V AC/DC

6 A (per single wire at 40°C)

4 A (per single wire at 60°C)

750 mA (per single wire at 75 °C)

6 A (per single wire at 40°C)

4 A (per single wire at 60°C)

750 mA (per single wire at 75 °C)

6 A (per single wire at 40°C)

4 A (per single wire at 60°C)

750 mA (per single wire at 75 °C)

20 A (per cable at 40 °C)

16 A (per cable at 60°C)

20 A (per cable at 40 °C)

16 A (per cable at 60°C)

20 A (per cable at 40 °C)

16 A (per cable at 60°C)

Ω

/km

Ω

/km

Ω

/km

AWG 21 / 0.5 mm²

16 / Cu uninsulated

9 mm

13 mm

9 mm

-20 °C ... 60 °C

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Plug connection

open cable end

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/HF/ 1,0M/S7

2908909

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/HF/ 2,0M/S7

2908908

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/HF/ 3,0M/S7

2908907

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/HF/ 4,0M/S7

2908905

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/HF/ 6,0M/S7

2908904

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/HF/ 8,0M/S7

2908903

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/HF/10,0M/S7

2908902

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 1,0M/S7

2904724

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/HF/ 1,0M/S7

2908916

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 2,0M/S7

2904725

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/HF/ 2,0M/S7

2908915

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 3,0M/S7

2904726

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/HF/ 3,0M/S7

2908914

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 4,0M/S7

2904727

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/HF/ 4,0M/S7

2908913

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 6,0M/S7

2904728

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/HF/ 6,0M/S7

2908912

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 8,0M/S7

2904729

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/HF/ 8,0M/S7

2908911

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/10,0M/S7

2904730

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/HF/10,0M/S7

2908910

499

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

new

Front adapter with 20 open cable ends,

PVC insulation

Front adapter with 40 open cable ends,

halogen-free

Front adapter with 20 open cable ends,

halogen-free

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

26,5

...FLK14...

...FLK5

...







500

PHOENIX CONTACT

Three connection options are
available:

– Transfer of max. 32 channels via two

50-pos. system cables (32-channel cards
or this design)

– Transfer of 4 x 8 channels via two 14-pos.

system cables (32-channel cards or this
design)

– Transfer of 2 x 8 channels via two 14-pos.

system cables (16-channel cards or this
design)

The front adapters have the following
features:

– Can be screwed with I/O module
– Voltage supply via terminal blocks with

spring-cage double connection

– Encapsulated IDC/FLK socket strips for

module side
Special lengths are configured using

separate order numbers.

Ordering example:

A front adapter with a connected 50-pos.

system cable (32-channel cards), 12.75 m in
length:

1 pcs.

2900885

/12,75

Notes:

The following modules cannot be coupled due to the larger outer

contour of the molded connectors:

UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC,

2965211

UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC,

2965224

UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC,

2962900

UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC,

2962913

Controller-specific modules from page 508

Standard modules from page 526

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Front adapter for Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

50 V / -

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

8 A (Separate power supply)

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

10.3 mm

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

Connection method

Control side

Plug connection

Field level

IDC/FLK socket strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 ...

Ordering data

Description

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VIP VARIOFACE front adapter,

with connected system cables for

SIMATIC

S7-300

0.5 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 0,5M/S7

2322443

1 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,0M/S7

2322456

1.5 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,5M/S7

2322469

2 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,0M/S7

2321800

2.5 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,5M/S7

2322472

3 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 3,0M/S7

2322485

4 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 4,0M/S7

2322498

5 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 5,0M/S7

2322508

6 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 6,0M/S7

2322511

7 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 7,0M/S7

2322524

8 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 8,0M/S7

2322537

10 m

VIP-PA-FLK50/10,0M/S7

2322540

VIP VARIOFACE front adapter,

as above, in variable lengths

VIP-PA-FLK50-S7/...

2900885

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter with system cable

1 x 32 channels can be connected

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

12 13

13 1 2

11 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

12 14

22 23

26 27 2

33 34

35 36

37 3

11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











501

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

50 V / -

1 A (per path)

8 A (Separate power supply)

1 A (per path)

8 A (Separate power supply)

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

7 / Cu tin-plated

6.4 mm

-20 °C ... 50 °C

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Plug connection

IDC/FLK socket strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 0,5M/S7

2322553

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 0,5M/S7

2322663

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,0M/S7

2322566

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,0M/S7

2322676

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,5M/S7

2322579

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,5M/S7

2322689

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,0M/S7

2321910

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,0M/S7

2321790

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,5M/S7

2322582

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,5M/S7

2322692

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 3,0M/S7

2322595

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 3,0M/S7

2322702

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 4,0M/S7

2322605

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 4,0M/S7

2322715

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 5,0M/S7

2322618

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 5,0M/S7

2322728

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 6,0M/S7

2322621

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 6,0M/S7

2322731

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 7,0M/S7

2322634

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 7,0M/S7

2322744

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 8,0M/S7

2322647

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 8,0M/S7

2322757

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/10,0M/S7

2322650

VIP-PA-FLK14/10,0M/S7

2322760

VIP-PA-FLK50-4X14-S7/...

2900886

VIP-PA-FLK14-S7/...

2900887

Front adapters for 32-channel cards of the

SIMATIC

S7-300

Card type

VIP-PA-FLK50/...M/S7

Digital input

6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

Analog input

6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0*

6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0*

CPU

312C, 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP

313C-2DP, 314C-2DP

Other modules

6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0*

6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*

Card type

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/...M/S7

Digital input

6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

CPU

313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP

313C-2DP, 314C-2DP

Front adapters for 16-channel cards of the

SIMATIC

S7-300

Card type

VIP-PA-FLK14/...M/S7

Digital input

6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0

6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0

6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0*

6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0*

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0

6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0

6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0*

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0

Analog input

6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0*

6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0*

6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0*

Analog input/output

6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0*

6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0*

6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0*

Other modules

6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0*

6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0*

6ES7 351-1AH01-0AE0*

6ES7 352-1AH02-0AE0*

6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0*

6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0*

6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0*

6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*

* Only in conjunction with

VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.:

VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.:

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.:

All bridges (BR) on the adapter must be removed.

* Only in conjunction with

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.:

VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.:

2903802

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.:

2295062

All bridges (BR) on the adapter must be disconnected.

Note:

The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.

Electrical isolation can be achieved by removing the bridges

(in groups of 8).

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Explanation:

SP: Separate power terminals

: Blue plug-in bridge

: Red plug-in bridge

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter with system cable

4 x 8 channels can be connected

Front adapter with system cable

2 x 8 channels can be connected

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

212223242526272

313233343536373

11131 2 3 4 5 6 7

11131 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314 1516171

21222324

1
2
3

DR
DR
DR

21 2223242526272

31 3233343536373

2526272

313233343536 373

414243444546474





502

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply (2.8 x 0.8 mm))

Maximum permissible total current

2 A (per Byte, for supply via connector)

8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapters

, for SIMATIC

S7-300

- 1 x 32 channels can be connected

FLKM 50-PA-S300

2294445

- 4 x 8 channels can be connected

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300

2296281

Connection scheme FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S300

Front adapters for 32-channel cards of the

SIMATIC

S7-300

Card type

FLKM 50-PA-S300

Digital input

6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

Analog input

6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0*

6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0*

CPU

312C, 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP

313C-2DP, 314C-2DP

Other modules

6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0*

6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*

Card type

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300

Digital input

6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

CPU

313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP

313C-2DP, 314C-2DP

* Only in conjunction with

VIP-2/SC/FLK50(1-40)/S7, Order No.:

VIP-2/PT/FLK50(1-40)/S7, Order No.:

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.:

All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.

There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via

the slip-on connections).

Note:

The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.

Electrical isolation is achieved by removing the wire bridges

(in groups of 8).

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

I/O modules with 32 channels or with
this design

Two connection options are available:

– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one

50-position system cable

– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four

14-position system cables
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination

boards with a variety of functions and
connection options round off this system
concept.

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

Front adapter

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter for SIMATIC

S7-300,

I/O cards with max. 32 channels

Notes:

Controller-specific modules from page 508

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

0
1

DR F

1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





503

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply (2.8 x 0.8 mm))

Maximum permissible total current

2 A (per Byte, for supply via connector)

8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for SIMATIC

S7-300

- 2 x 8 channels can be connected

FLKM 14-PA-S300

2299770

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-S300

Front adapters for 16-channel cards of the

SIMATIC

S7-300

Card type

FLKM 14-PA-S300

Digital input

6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0

6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0

6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0*

6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0*

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0

6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0

6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0*

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0

Analog input

6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0*

6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0*

6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0*

6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0*

Analog input/output

6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0*

6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0*

6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0*

Other modules

6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0*

6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0*

6ES7 351-1AH01-0AE0*

6ES7 352-1AH02-0AE0*

6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0*

6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0*

6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0*

6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*

* Only in conjunction with

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.:

VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.:

2903802

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.:

2295062

All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.

There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via

the slip-on connections).

Note:

The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.

Electrical isolation is achieved by removing the wire bridges

(in groups of 8).

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

I/O modules with 16 channels or with
this design

– Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via

two 14-position system cables.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination

boards with a variety of functions and
connection options round off this system
concept.

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

Front adapter

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter for SIMATIC

S7-300,

I/O cards with max. 16 channels

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

2 3 4

6 7

8 9

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1

22 23 24

26 27 2

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1

21 22 23 24

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3

25 26 27 2

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 4

504

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

Maximum permissible total current

2 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

for failsafe I/O cards

6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0

6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0

6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0

FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167

2307662

VARIOFACE front adapter

for failsafe I/O cards

6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0

FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300

2321952

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167

Front adapters for I/O modules of the

SIMATIC

S7-300

Card type

FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167

Digital input

6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0*

6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0*

)

Analog input

6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0*

Card type

FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-S300

Digital output

6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0**

6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0**

* Only in conjunction with

VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.:

VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.:

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.:

** Only in conjunction with

FLKM 50/DO326/S7-300, Order No.:

2321965

) Not suitable for signals from the Ex area.

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

The front adapters are coupled using

50-pos. system cables. They convert the
signals for passive modules.

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

Front adapter for failsafe
modules

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter for SIMATIC

S7-300

for failsafe I/O cards

Notes:

Controller-specific modules from page 508

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable

, for output module 6ES7 322-1BP00-0AA0 and

6ES7 322-1BP50-0AA0 (two cables per module)

0.5 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-OUT

2321017

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-OUT

2321172

1 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-OUT

2321020

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-OUT

2321185

2 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-OUT

2321033

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-OUT

2321198

3 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-OUT

2321046

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-OUT

2321208

4 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-OUT

2321059

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-OUT

2321211

6 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-OUT

2321062

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-OUT

2321224

8 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-OUT

2321075

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-OUT

2321237

10 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-OUT

2321088

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-OUT

2321240

Round cable

, for input module 6ES7 321-1BP00-0AA0

(two cables per module). Plus-reading operation (sinking mode) of

the module

0.5 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-IN

2321091

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-IN

2321253

1 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-IN

2321101

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-IN

2321266

2 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-IN

2321114

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-IN

2321279

3 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-IN

2321127

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-IN

2321282

4 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-IN

2321130

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-IN

2321295

6 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-IN

2321143

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-IN

2321305

8 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-IN

2321156

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-IN

2321318

10 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-IN

2321169

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-IN

2321321

505

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

System cable

Splitting cable

These system cables are plugged onto the

64-channel (2x32) I/O cards that are
directly connected using connectors.

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/...

– Signal transmission of 1x32 channels
– System cable: 40-pos. connector to

50-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/...

– Signal transmission of 4x8 channels
– Splitting cable: 40-pos. connector to four

14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

System cables for 64-channel I/O cards

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

17 16 15 14 13 12 11

L+

9 8

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

13 12 11 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1





506

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

30 V / -

Maximum permissible current

50 mA (per path)

500 mA (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for SIMATIC

S7-300, only in

connection with MCR-2-V8-FLK16

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR

2314749

Accessories

Assembled round cable

, with two 16-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299330

System cabling adapter

for MINI Analog Pro modules

MINI MCR-2-V8-FLK 16

2901993

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR connection scheme

Front adapters for analog cards of the

SIMATIC

S7-300

Card type

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR

Analog input

6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0

6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0

6ES7 331-7KB81-0AB0

6ES7 331-7TF00-0AB0

Analog output

6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

This front adapter is only for connecting

the MINI MCR-2-V8-FLK16 adapter and
corresponding MINI Analog Pro isolators.
With the aid of these components,
converted standard analog signals are
transmitted.

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

Front adapter for MINI Analog Pro

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter for SIMATIC

S7-300,

20-pos. analog I/O cards

Notes:

For corresponding isolators, see from page 68

For system cables (FLK16/EZ-DR/...), see page 588

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

–

ANA

–

L+

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

30 V / -

Maximum permissible current

50 mA (per path)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for SIMATIC

S7-300, only in

connection with MCR-2-V8-FLK16

FLKM 16-PA- 331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR

2318237

Connection scheme FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR

The

FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR

front adapter is used to implement system
cabling in conjunction with the MINI Analog
system adapter and a 16-pos. system cable.

Instead of the conventional front

connector, screw terminal blocks are used
to snap this component on to the analog
module.

The DIP switches can be used to connect

“M-” connections to each other and to the
central ground of the system.

The front adapter supports

only current

signals

The front adapter is suitable for the

following analog input card:
– 6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0

Notes:

For corresponding isolators, see from page 68

For system cables (FLK16/EZ-DR/...), see page 588

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

Front adapter for
MINI Analog Pro system cabling

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter for SIMATIC

S7-300,

6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0 analog I/O card

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

30 V / -

Maximum permissible current

50 mA (per path)

500 mA (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for SIMATIC

S7-300, only in

connection with MCR-2-V8-FLK16

FLKM 16-PA- 332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR

2318240

507

PHOENIX CONTACT

Connection scheme FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR

The

FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR

front adapter is used to implement system
cabling in conjunction with the MINI Analog
system adapter and a 16-pos. system cable.

Instead of the conventional front

connector, screw terminal blocks are used
to snap this component on to the analog
module.

The front adapter supports

only current

signals

The front adapter is suitable for the

following analog output cards:
– 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0

Notes:

For corresponding isolators, see from page 68

For system cables (FLK16/EZ-DR/...), see page 588

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

Front adapter for
MINI Analog Pro system cabling

Front adapter for SIMATIC

S7-300,

6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 analog I/O card

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3

1112131415

22 2324252627

34 3536373

46474

12 1

22 2

32 3

1 2 3

1112131415

22 2324252627

343536373

46474

1213

23 26

353













Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Push-in connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

65.5 mm / 56 mm

72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board

, with

SIMATIC

S7-300-specific marking from 1 to 40

- with screw connection

106.1 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7

2315243

- with Push-in connection

107.9 mm

VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40) /S7

2903804

VARIOFACE termination board

, with

SIMATIC

S7-400-specific marking from 3 to 48

- with screw connection

106.1 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400

)

2322359

- with Push-in connection

107.9 mm

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400

2904289

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50 (1-40) /S7

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/S7/A-S400

508

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Passive termination boards for input/output,

with SIMATIC

-specific marking

and screw connection

Passive termination boards for input/output,

with SIMATIC

-specific marking

and Push-in connection

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional

modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant
front adapters for S7.

Features:

– Numerical marking
– Specifically for S7-300 or S7-400

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

) No CSA approval

D W

VIP termination boards for
Siemens SIMATIC

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products













Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Push-in connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

65.5 mm / 56 mm

72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board

, with

SIMATIC

S7-300-specific marking from 1 to 20

- with screw connection

80.6 mm

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

2315230

- with Push-in connection

82.5 mm

VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

2903802

Connection diagram: VIP-2/.../2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

509

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Passive termination boards

for SIMATIC

S7-300

with screw connection

Passive termination boards

for SIMATIC

S7-300

with Push-in connection

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional

modules are used in combination with two
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters for S7-300.

Features:

– Numerical marking (1-20)
– Specifically for S7-300

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

D W

VIP termination boards for
Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

(

)

(

2 3

37 3

22 23 2

25 26 27 2

27 2

30 3

32 33 3

25 26

35 36

(

)

(



510

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V DC

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

Maximum permissible total current

2 A (per byte when supplying from the module side)

12 A (When supplying via the front adapter)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC 61131-2

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter,

for

SIMATIC

S7-1500 digital 35 mm modules,

1 x 32 channels can be connected

- with screw connection

FLKM 50-PA/SC/DIO/S7-1500

2907383

- with Push-in connection

FLKM 50-PA/PT/DIO/S7-1500

2907384

VARIOFACE front adapter,

for

SIMATIC

S7-1500 digital 35 mm modules,

4 x 8 or 2 x 8 channels can be connected

- with screw connection

FLKM 4X14-PA/SC/DIO/S7-1500

2907381

- with Push-in connection

FLKM 4X14-PA/PT/DIO/S7-1500

2907382

Connection scheme for FLKM 4X14-PA/.../DIO/S7-1500

Connection scheme for FLKM 50-PA/.../DIO/S7-1500

Front adapters for 32-channel digital cards of the

SIMATIC

S7-1500

Card type

FLKM 50-PA/.../DIO/S7-1500

FLKM 4X14-PA/.../DIO/S7-1500

Digital input

6ES7 521-1BL00-0AB0

Digital output

6ES7 522-1BL00-0AB0

6ES7 522-1BL01-0AB0

Front adapters for 16-channel digital cards of the

SIMATIC

S7-1500

Card type

FLKM 4X14-PA/.../DIO/S7-1500

Digital input

6ES7 521-1BH00-0AB0

6ES7 521-1BH50-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 522-1BH00-0AB0

6ES7 522-1BH01-0AB0

Note:

The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.

Electrical isolation is achieved by removing the wire bridges

(in groups of 8).

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

Digital I/O modules with 32 channels

Two connection options are available:

– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one

50-position system cable

– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels via a

14-position system cable

Digital I/O modules with 16 channels

– Transmission of 2 x 8 channels over two

14-position system cables
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination

boards with a variety of functions and
connection options round off this system
concept.

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-1500

Front adapter

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

new

Front adapter for SIMATIC

S7-1500

digital I/O cards

Notes:

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

22 23 2

25 26 27 2

2 3

5 6 7

8 9

11 1

2 3

37 3

22 23 2

25 26 27 2

27 2

30 3

32 33 3

25 26

35 36

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



511

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V DC

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-25 °C ... 60 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC 61131-2

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for

SIMATIC

S7-1500 analog 35 mm modules

- 8 channels can be connected

FLKM 50-PA/AN/S7-1500

2907386

- 4 x 2 or 2 x 2 channels can be connected

FLKM 4X14-PA/AN/S7-1500

2907385

Connection diagram FLKM 4X14-PA/AN/S7-1500

Connection diagram FLKM 50-PA/AN/S7-1500

Front adapters for 8-channel analog cards of the

SIMATIC

S7-1500

(only one 50-pos. cable is connected)

Card type

FLKM 50-PA/AN/S7-1500

Analog input

6ES7 531-7KF00-0AB0*

6ES7 531-7NF00-0AB0*

6ES7 531-7NF10-0AB0*

6ES7 531-7PF00-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 532-5HF00-0AB0*

Front adapters for 8-channel analog cards of the

SIMATIC® S7-1500

(four 14-pos. cables are connected)

Card type

FLKM 4X14-PA/AN/S7-1500

Analog input

6ES7 531-7KF00-0AB0**

6ES7 531-7NF00-0AB0**

6ES7 531-7NF10-0AB0**

6ES7 531-7PF00-0AB0**

Analog output

6ES7 532-5HF00-0AB0**

Front adapters for 4-channel analog cards of the

SIMATIC® S7-1500

(only two 14-pos. cables are connected)

Card type

FLKM 4X14-PA/AN/S7-1500

Analog output

6ES7 532-5HD00-0AB0***

6ES7 532-5ND00-0AB0***

* Only in conjunction with

VIP-3/PT/FLK50/AN/S7-1500, Order No.:

2908496

VIP-3/SC/FLK50/AN/S7-1500, Order No.:

2908495

VIP-3/PT/FLK50/AN/2P/S7-1500, Order No.:

2908499

VIP-3/SC/FLK50/AN/2P/S7-1500, Order No.:

2908497

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-1500, Order No.:

2909893

** Only in conjunction with

VIP-3/PT/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500A, Order No.:

2908465

VIP-3/SC/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500A, Order No.:

2908464

VIP-3/PT/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500B, Order No.:

2908846

VIP-3/SC/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500B, Order No.:

2908845

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/AN/S7-1500, Order No.:

2909894

***Only in conjunction with

VIP-3/PT/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500A, Order No.:

2908465

VIP-3/SC/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500A, Order No.:

2908464

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/AN/S7-1500, Order No.:

2909894

Analog I/O modules with 8 channels

Two connection options are available:

– Transmission of a maximum of 8 channels

via a 50-pos. system cable

– Transmission of 4 x 2 channels via a

14-pos. system cable

Analog I/O modules with 4 channels

– Transmission of 2 x 2 channels via two

14-pos. system cables

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-1500

Front adapter

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

new

Front adapter for SIMATIC

S7-1500

analog I/O cards

Notes:

Controller-specific modules from page 512

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













Technical data

VIP-3/PT/FLK50/AN/S7-1500

VIP-3/SC/FLK50/AN/S7-1500

VIP-3/PT/FLK50/AN/2P/S7-1500

VIP-3/SC/FLK50/AN/2P/S7-1500

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

60 V / 60 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

7 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Push-in connection

Screw connection

Push-in connection

Screw connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

75.8 mm / 63 mm

68.8 mm / 60.7 mm

75.8 mm / 63 mm

68.8 mm / 60.7 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board

for

Siemens S7-1500

- with Push-in connection

97.7 mm

VIP-3/PT/FLK50/AN/S7-1500

2908496

- with screw connection

97.7 mm

VIP-3/SC/FLK50/AN/S7-1500

2908495

VARIOFACE termination board

for

Siemens S7-1500 marked 1 to 40,

with potentials P1 and P2

- with Push-in connection

128.2 mm

VIP-3/PT/FLK50/AN/2P/S7-1500

2908499

- with screw connection

128.2 mm

VIP-3/SC/FLK50/AN/2P/S7-1500

2908497

512

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

50-position IDC/FLK pin strip

with potentials P1 and P2

VARIOFACE termination board for

Siemens S7-1500 systems with
S7-1500-specific marking.
– One 50-pos. IDC/FLK pin strip
– Separate potentials L+ and M
– Printed channel marking

D W

new

D W

new

VIP termination boards for
analog I/O cards of
Siemens SIMATIC



S7-1500

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products













Technical data

VIP-3/PT/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500A

VIP-3/SC/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500A

VIP-3/PT/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500A

VIP-3/SC/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500A

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

60 V / 60 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

7 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Push-in connection

Screw connection

Push-in connection

Screw connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

75.8 mm / 63 mm

68.8 mm / 60.7 mm

75.8 mm / 63 mm

68.8 mm / 60.7 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board

for

Siemens S7-1500 marked 1 to 20

- with Push-in connection

82.5 mm

VIP-3/PT/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500A

2908465

- with screw connection

82.5 mm

VIP-3/SC/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500A

2908464

VARIOFACE termination board

for

Siemens S7-1500 marked 21 to 40

- with Push-in connection

82.5 mm

VIP-3/PT/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500B

2908846

- with screw connection

82.5 mm

VIP-3/SC/2FLK14/AN/2P/S7-1500B

2908845

513

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Two 14-position IDC/FLK pin strip

marked 1 to 20

Two 14-position IDC/FLK pin strip

marked 21 to 40

VARIOFACE termination board for

Siemens S7-1500 systems with
S7-1500-specific marking.
– Two 14-pos. IDC/FLK pin strips
– Separate potentials L+, M, P1, and P2
– Printed channel marking

D W

new

D W

new

VIP termination boards for
analog I/O cards of
Siemens SIMATIC



S7-1500

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2

3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

21222324

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

1112 13141516171

21222324

2526272

313233343536373

414243444546474

2526272

313233343536373

414243444546474

DR1

DR2

DR3

–





514

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Maximum permissible total current

2 A (per Byte, for supply via connector)

8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for

- SIMATIC

S7-400, 1 x 32 channels can be

connected

FLKM 50-PA-S400

2294500

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400

Front adapters for I/O modules of the

SIMATIC

S7-400

Siemens automation devices

Card type

FLKM 50-PA-S400

Digital input

6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

6ES7 421-7BH01-0AB0*

6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0*

Digital output

6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0

6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0

* Only in conjunction with

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400, Order No.:

2322359

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400, Order No.:

2904289

All DR wire bridges on the adapter must be disconnected.

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

The front adapters mean that

pre-assembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules.

FLKM 50-PA-S400

– Transmission of max. 32 digital channels

over one 50-position system cable.

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-400

Front adapter

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter for

SIMATIC

S7-400

Notes:

Controller-specific modules page 508

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314 15 16171

2122232425

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

1112131415 16171

2122232425

26272

3132333435 36373

41424344 4546 474

26272

3132333435 36373

41424344 4546 474

15 16 17 1

21 22 23

12 13

6 7

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 4

DR1

DR4

DR2

DR5

DR3

DR6

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



515

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400

FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48)

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

8 A (per connection, supply via

separate power supply)

1 A (per path)

Maximum permissible total current

2 A (per Byte, for supply via

connector)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter

, for

- SIMATIC

S7-400, 4 x 8 channels can be

connected

FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400

2294429

- SIMATIC

S7-400, only analog

FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48)

2294908

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400

Front adapters for I/O modules of the

SIMATIC

S7-400

Siemens automation devices

Card type

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400

Digital input

6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0

6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0

Card type

FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)

Analog input

6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0**

6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0**

6ES7 431-1KF10-0AB0**

6ES7 431-1KF20-0AB0**

6ES7 431-7KF00-0AB0**

6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0**

6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0**

Analog output

6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0**

** Only in conjunction with

VIP-3/SC/FLK50, Order No.:

2315081

VIP-3/PT/FLK50, Order No.:

2903794

FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC, Order No.:

2291587

IDC/FLK strip

Connection to I/O card

Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Explanation:

The front adapters mean that

pre-assembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules.

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400

– Transmission of max. 32 digital channels

via one 14-position system cable.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination

boards with a variety of functions and
connection options round off this system
concept.

FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)

– Analog channels are connected via a

50-position system cable.
The 1:1 connection of the adapter means

that corresponding 1:1 termination boards
are connected here.

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-400

Front adapter

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter for

SIMATIC

S7-400

Notes:

Controller-specific modules from page 567

Standard modules from page 526

For system cables, see page 550

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

500 mA (per path at

70°C)

500 mA (per path at

70°C)

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

50-pos.

11 mm

40-pos.

9.8 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Front adapter

, for digital I/O modules

1 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC

2900991

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 100/YUC

2904739

2 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC

2314299

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 200/YUC

2904740

3 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC

2314309

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 300/YUC

2904741

4 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC

2314312

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 400/YUC

2904742

5 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC

2321499

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 500/YUC

2904636

6 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC

2314927

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 600/YUC

2904743

7 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC

2321509

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 700/YUC

2904744

8 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC

2314930

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 800/YUC

2904745

9 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC

2321512

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 900/YUC

2904746

10 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC

2314325

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1000/YUC

2904637

15 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC

2314338

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1500/YUC

2904638

20 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC

2314503

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2000/YUC

2904487

25 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC

2314516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2500/YUC

2904639

30 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC

2314529

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/3000/YUC

2904640

Front adapter

, for analog I/O modules

1 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC

2322786

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 100/YUC

2904747

2 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC

2314341

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 200/YUC

2904748

3 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC

2314354

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 300/YUC

2904749

4 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC

2314367

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 400/YUC

2904750

5 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC

2321570

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 500/YUC

2904645

6 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC

2314943

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 600/YUC

2904751

7 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC

2321583

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 700/YUC

2904752

8 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC

2314956

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 800/YUC

2904753

9 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC

2321415

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 900/YUC

2904754

10 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC

2314370

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1000/YUC

2904646

15 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC

2314383

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1500/YUC

2904647

20 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC

2314532

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2000/YUC

2904488

25 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC

2314545

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2500/YUC

2904648

30 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC

2314558

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/3000/YUC

2904649

516

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Shielded

Shielded and halogen-free

These front adapters for digital (50-pos.)

and analog (40-pos.) I/O modules are
connected directly to the modules.
Features:
– Molded connector
– Can be screwed on
– Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module
– KS or AKB-compatible connectors on the

module side

Yokogawa CENTUM VP and ProSafe-RS
Front adapter

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

500 mA (per path at

70°C)

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Outside diameter

50-pos.

11 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Front adapter

for digital I/O modules for coupling four 8-channel

VARIOFACE modules

2 m

CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 2,0M/YUC

2314655

4 m

CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 4,0M/YUC

2314671

6 m

CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 6,0M/YUC

2318978

10 m

CABLE-50/4FLK14/10,0M/YUC

2314684

15 m

CABLE-50/4FLK14/15,0M/YUC

2322773

20 m

CABLE-50/4FLK14/20,0M/YUC

2314778

These front adapters for digital I/O

modules are connected directly to the
modules. Features:
– Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module
– Four 14-pos. connectors on the module

side for connection of four 8-channel
VARIOFACE modules of the system
cabling

Yokogawa CENTUM VP
Front adapter

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Shielded

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

500 mA (per path at

70°C)

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

40-pos.

11 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Front adapter,

for analog I/O modules for coupling two 8-channel

MINI analog system adapters

2 m

CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 2,0M/YUC

2321334

4 m

CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 4,0M/YUC

2321347

10 m

CABLE-40/2FLK16/10,0M/YUC

2321350

15 m

CABLE-40/2FLK16/15,0M/YUC

2321376

20 m

CABLE-40/2FLK16/20,0M/YUC

2321363

517

PHOENIX CONTACT

This front adapter enables 16 MINI

Analog modules to be connected to a
Yokogawa controller. Together with two
MINI MCR-2-V8-FLK 16 MINI Analog
system adapters, the Yokogawa system
cable is a simple, cost-effective “Plug and
Play” solution.

The front adapter is connected directly to

the Yokogawa module. Two 16-pos.
IDC/FLK socket strips are attached for
connecting the module to the MINI Analog
system adapters.

Together with

4-conductor measuring

transducers

, the front adapter is suitable

for the following analog cards:
– AAI 141
– AAI 143

Yokogawa CENTUM VP
Front adapter for
MINI Analog system cabling

Shielded

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Coil side

Operating voltage U

24 V DC

Typical input current at U

7 mA

Typical response time at U

5 ms

Typical release time at U

6 ms

Input circuit

Freewheeling diode

Status indicator per channel

green LED

Connection method

Screw connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Contact side

Contact type

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgSnO

Limiting continuous current

2 A (protected by fuse (2 AT))

Connection method

Yokogawa KS-compatible

No. of pos.

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

2 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664-1

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664-1

Mounting position

any

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

Dimensions

H / D

128 mm / 55 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

24 V DC relay module,

for digital output modules ADV551,

ADV561

218

UM-2KS50/32R/SI/J/DO24V/YCS

2908399

230 V AC relay module,

for digital output modules ADV551,

ADV561

272

UM-2KS50/32R/SI/J/ADV551/YCS

2908400

518

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

DC relay output module

230

AC relay output module

These modules are connected to the I/O

module via the 50-pos. YUC system cable
(on page 516).

The advantages:

– For digital modules
– Relay with integrated LED display per

channel

– Flat-type plug-in fuse per channel
– Jumper option for field-side or module-

side voltage supply

– Power supply via fuses with failure

indicator

D W

new

D W

new

Yokogawa CENTUM VP
Termination boards

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

24 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

250 mA (protected by fuse (F 250mA))

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

Yokogawa KS-compatible

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1 mm² / 26 - 16

Dimensions

H / D

128 mm / 61 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

DC input module,

for digital input modules ADV151,

ADV161

135 mm

UM-2KS50/32IM/SI/BFI/YCS

2908402

519

PHOENIX CONTACT

This module is connected to the I/O

module via the 50-pos. YUC system cable
(on page 516).

The advantages:

– Potential supply terminal blocks per

channel

– Reduced overall width, thanks to

miniature terminal blocks

– Flat-type plug-in fuse with failure

indicator per channel

– Redundant voltage supply with integrated

voltage monitoring and signal contact

– Status indicator for the redundant voltage

supply

Yokogawa CENTUM VP
Termination boards

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

new

DC input module

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 25 V AC / 30 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

Yokogawa KS-compatible

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Termination board,

for analog I/O modules

112 mm

FLKM-KS40/YCS

2314642

D W

These modules are connected to the

I/O module via the YUC system cable
(on page 516).

FLKM-KS40/YCS:

– For analog modules
– Universal termination board with

40 connecting terminal blocks
Further system cabling solutions for

Yokogawa at: phoenixcontact.com

Yokogawa CENTUM VP
Termination boards

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Passive termination boards

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

Yokogawa KS-compatible

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

90 mm / 81 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Termination board,

for ADV151 and ADV551 digital I/O modules

174 mm

FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS

2314451

520

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

These modules are connected to the

I/O module via the YUC system cable
(on page 516).

FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS:

– For ADV151 and ADV551 digital modules
– Three-conductor connection (signal, plus,

minus)

– Redundant voltage supply

(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
Further system cabling solutions for

Yokogawa at: phoenixcontact.com

Yokogawa CENTUM VP
Termination boards

Passive termination boards

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

100 mA

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

Yokogawa KS-compatible

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

126 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Termination board,

for AAI543 analog output modules

108 mm

FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS

2314260

Termination board,

with fuses and LED, for AAI141 and AAI143

analog input modules

214 mm

FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS

2314273

Termination board,

for AAI141 and AAI143 analog input modules,

without fuses and LED

214 mm

FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS

2314286

521

PHOENIX CONTACT

These modules are connected to the

analog I/O module via the 40-pos. YUC
system cable (on page 516).

The modules are designed for redundant

signal transmission (two connectors
parallel). A separate connection to the
HART multiplexer is possible.

FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS

– For AAI543 analog module

FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS

– For AAI141 and AAI143 analog modules

(module operation in 4-conductor mode)

– Transfer of 16 channels with separate

positive and negative connections

– 16 pluggable fuses (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20,

0.1 A) per positive supply and LED status
indicator

– Redundant voltage supply

(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)

FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS

– For AAI141 and AAI143 analog modules

(module operation in 4-conductor mode)

– Transfer of 16 channels with separate

positive and negative connections

– Redundant voltage supply

(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
Further system cabling solutions for

Yokogawa at: phoenixcontact.com

Yokogawa CENTUM VP
Termination boards

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

Termination boards for analog I/O modules

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

24 V DC ±5 %

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

100 mA

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

Yokogawa KS-compatible

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

112 mm / 80 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Termination board,

for I/O card: SDV144

- with LED status indicator

162 mm

UM-2KS50/16DI/RS/MKDS

2900173

- with fuse and LED status indicator

181 mm

UM-2KS50/DI16/RS/K-MT/SO241

2319618

D W

These modules are connected to the

I/O module via the 50-pos. YUC system
cable (on page 516).
– For SDV144 digital module
– Redundant signal transmission

(two parallel connectors)

– 16 channels

UM-2KS50/16DI/RS/MKDS

– Screw connection
– Redundant voltage supply with signaling

relay and fuse (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 3,15 AT)

– LED status display per channel

UM-2KS50/DI16/RS/K-MT/SO241

– Screw connection with knife

disconnection

– Redundant voltage supply with signaling

relay and fuse (TR5, 2 AT)

– Plug-in fuses (TR5, 0,1 AT) and

LED status indicator per channel

Yokogawa ProSafe-RS
Termination boards

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Passive termination boards

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 55 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

Yokogawa KS-compatible

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

126 mm / 96 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Termination board

, for I/O card: SAI143

250 mm

UM-2KS40/16AI/SI/RS/SO225

2319841

Termination board,

for I/O card: SAI143, SAV144, and SAI533

168 mm

UM-2KS40/16AIO/RS/SO225

2319838

522

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

These modules are connected to the

I/O module via the 40-pos. YUC system
cable (on page 516).
– Redundant signal transmission

(two parallel connectors)

UM-2KS40/16AI/SI/RS/SO225

– For SAI143 analog module
– Screw connection
– Redundant voltage supply with signaling

relay and fuse (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 10 AT)

– Plug-in fuses (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 1 AT)

and LED status indicator per channel

UM-2KS40/16AIO/RS/SO225

– For SAI143, SAV144, SAI533 analog

modules

– Screw connection
– 16 analog inputs or 8 analog outputs

Yokogawa ProSafe-RS
Termination boards

Passive termination boards

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

24 V DC ±5 %

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

100 mA

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

Yokogawa KS-compatible

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

112 mm / 80 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Termination board

, for I/O card: SDV531 and SDV531L

162 mm

UM-2KS50/ 8DO/RS/MKDS

2900174

D W

These modules are connected to the

I/O module via the 50-pos. YUC system
cable (on page 516).

UM-2KS50/8DO/RS/MKDS

– For SDV531 and SDV531L digital modules
– Redundant signal transmission

(two parallel connectors)

– Screw terminal blocks
– Redundant voltage supply with signaling

relay and fuse (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 3,15 AT)

– LED status display per channel

Yokogawa ProSafe-RS
Termination boards

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Passive termination boards

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

24 V DC ±5 %

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

100 mA

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

Yokogawa KS-compatible

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

112 mm / 80 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Termination board

, for I/O card: SDV541

- with LED status indicator

162 mm

UM-2KS50/16DO/RS/MKDS

2900175

- with fuse and LED status indicator

215 mm

UM-2KS50/DO16/RS/K-MT/SO241

2319595

523

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

These modules are connected to the

I/O module via the 50-pos. YUC system
cable (on page 516).
– Redundant signal transmission

(two parallel connectors)

– Redundant voltage supply with signaling

relay and fuse (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 6,3 AT)

– For SDV541 digital modules

UM-2KS50/DO16/RS/K-MT/SO241

– Screw connection with knife

disconnection

– Plug-in fuses (TR5, 0,2 AT) and

LED status indicator per channel

UM-2KS50/16DO/RS/MKDS

– Screw connection
– LED status display per channel

Yokogawa ProSafe-RS
Termination boards

Passive termination boards

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html



Ex:



524

PHOENIX CONTACT

Termination Carriers for Yokogawa
CENTUM VP and ProSafe-RS

The Termination Carriers are a compact

solution for connecting signal conditioners
and coupling relays to the Yokogawa
CENTUM VP and ProSafe-RS systems.
– Mechanically decoupled PCB
– Redundant system connection
– Simple or redundant supply (diode

decoupling, polarity reversal protection)
and monitoring function. Implementation
via separate DIN rail module or
integrated switching on the PCB

Termination Carriers for
MINI Analog signal conditioners

TC-2KS40-AI16-M-PRH-CS

– For AAI141/AAI143 analog I/O modules

TC-2KS40-AO16-M-PRH-CS

– For AAI543 analog I/O module

Termination Carriers for
Ex i signal conditioners of the
MACX Analog Ex series

TC-2KS50-DI32-2EX-PR-CS

– For ADV151/ADV161 digital I/O modules

TC-2KS50-DO32-EX-PR-CS

– For ADV551/ADV digital I/O modules

TC-2KS40-AO16-EX-PR-CS

– For AAI543 analog I/O module

TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-CS

– For AAI141/AAI143 analog I/O modules

TC-2KS50-DO16-EX-PR-RS

– For SDV541 digital I/O module

TC-2KS50-DI16-EX-PR-RS

– For SDV144 digital I/O modules

TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-RS

– For SAI143 analog I/O module

TC-2KS40-AO8-EX-PR-RS

– For SAI533 analog I/O module

Termination Carriers for
coupling relays from the
PSR-ETP or PSR-FSP series

TC-2KS50-DO16-F&G-AR-RS

– For SDV541 digital I/O modules

TC-2KS50-DO16-ESD-AR-RS

– For SDV541 digital I/O modules

Technical data

General data

Connection to the control system level

Yokogawa KS-compatible

Maximum operating voltage

< 30 V DC (Per signal/channel)

< 30 V DC

Maximum permissible current

23 mA (Signal/channel)

1 A (Signal/channel)

1 A (Per signal/channel)

Degree of pollution/surge voltage category

2 / II

Air clearances and creepage distances

DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )

DIN EN 50178 ( Basic ins

Ambient temperature range

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Please observe module specifications)

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Please observe module specifi

Shock

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27

15g, according to IEC 60068-

Vibration (operation)

2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6

2g, accordin

Dimensions H / D

170 / 160 mm

EMC note

Power supply via power module

Input voltage range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Redundant supply

yes, decoupled from diodes

Polarization and surge protection

Yes

Fuse

2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

2.5

Status indication

2 x red LED (error)

2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)

Switching output

1 N/C contact (alarm = open)

1 N/C contact (alarm = open

Ordering data

Description

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Termination Carrier

for 16 highly compact signal conditioners

- For AAI141 and AAI143 analog I/O modules

148 mm

TC-2KS40-AI16-M-PRH-CS

2905257

- For AAI543 analog I/O modules

148 mm

TC-2KS40-AO16-M-PRH-CS

2905905

Termination Carrier

for 16/32 Ex i signal conditioners (SIL 2)

- For ADV151 and ADV161 digital I/O modules

242 mm

- For ADV551 and ADV561 digital I/O modules

448 mm

- For AAI543 analog I/O module

242 mm

- For AAI141 and AAI143 analog I/O modules

242 mm

Termination Carrier

for 8/16 Ex i signal conditioners (SIL 2)

- For SDV144 digital I/O modules

242 mm

- For SDV541 digital I/O modules

242 mm

- For SAI143 analog I/O module

242 mm

- For SAI533 analog I/O module

148 mm

Termination Carrier

for 16 PSR-FSP/PSR-ETP relays

- For SDV541 digital I/O modules

(low-demand application)

304 mm

- For SDV541 digital I/O module

(high-demand application)

304 mm

Accessories

MINI Analog power terminal

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM

2902958

MINI Analog fault signaling module

MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC

2902961

Power and fault signaling module

Cable set

with 24 V module supply, suitable for

PSR-ETP/Order No.:

2986711

Cable set

without use of confirmation contact, suitable for

PSR-FSP/Order No.:

2981978

Cable set

with use of confirmation contact, suitable for

PSR-FSP/Order No.:

2986960

and

2986575

Jumper plug

for occupying unused module slots, suitable for

PSR-FSP/Order No.:

2986960

and

2986575

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Termination Carrier for Centum VP system,

can be used with signal conditioners of the

MINI Analog series

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

525

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Connection to the control system level

Yokogawa KS-compatible

Maximum operating voltage

< 30 V DC (Per signal/channel)

24 V DC (21.1 V ... 26.4 V)

Maximum permissible current

23 mA (Signal/channel)

1 A (Signal/channel)

1 A (Per signal/channel)

2 / II

on )

DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )

specifications)

-20 °C ... 60 °C (Please observe module specifications)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Shock

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27

Vibration (operation)

2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6

170 / 160 mm

Class A product, see page 605

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

21.1 V DC ... 26.4 V DC

Redundant supply

yes, decoupled from diodes

Yes

Fuse

2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

1 x red LED (error)

2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)

1 x red LED (error)

2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)

2 x red LED (error)

2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)

Switching output

1 N/C contact (alarm = open)

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

TC-2KS50-DI32-2EX-PR-CS

2904676

TC-2KS50-DO32-EX-PR-CS

2905199

TC-2KS40-AO16-EX-PR-CS

2905201

TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-CS

2905677

TC-2KS50-DI16-EX-PR-RS

2905202

TC-2KS50-DO16-EX-PR-RS

2905678

TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-RS

2905203

TC-2KS40-AO8-EX-PR-RS

2905204

TC-2KS50-DO16-F&G-AR-RS

2904112

TC-2KS50-DO16-ESD-AR-RS

2904113

Accessories

TC-MACX-MCR-PTB

TC-MACX-MCR-PTB

TC-C-PSR3-SC-A100V+A20000

2903391

TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A20000

2903389

TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A23132

2903390

TC-C-PTSM-50-00000000J1J1

2903388

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Termination Carrier for Centum VP System,

can be used with Ex i signal conditioners of the

MACX Analog Ex series

Termination Carrier for ProSafe-RS system,

can be used with Ex i signal conditioners of the

MACX Analog Ex series

Termination Carrier for ProSafe-RS system,

can be used with coupling relays from the

PSR-ETP or PSR-FSP series

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

11 13 1

12 14

11 13 1

12 14













Technical data

VIP-2/.../FLK14/PLC

VIP-2/.../FLK14/LED/PLC

VIP-2/.../FLK14/PLC

VIP-2/.../FLK14/LED/PLC

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V AC/DC

24 V DC

60 V AC/DC

24 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

24 V / 24 V

125 V / 125 V

24 V / 24 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

3 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Push-in connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

65.5 mm / 56 mm

72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board,

for eight channels,

- with screw connection

39.8 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC

2315214

- with Push-in connection

41.9 mm

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/PLC

2903801

VARIOFACE termination board

, for eight channels with

light indicator,

- with screw connection

39.8 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC

2322249

- with Push-in connection

41.9 mm

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED/PLC

2904279

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC

526

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Passive termination boards for input/output

with screw connection

Passive termination boards for input/output

with Push-in connection

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional

modules are used in combination with
14-pos. system cables and the relevant
front adapters.

Features:

– Byte-wise marking
– For digital I/O modules
– With LED as an option

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

D W

VIP termination boards for 8 channels

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3

11121314 15

222324252627

343536 373

46474

1.7

2.7

3.7

1 2 3

11121314 15

2223 24252627

343536373

46474

1.7

2.7

3.7

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products













Technical data

VIP-2/.../FLK50/PLC

VIP-2/.../FLK50/LED/PLC

VIP-2/.../FLK50/PLC

VIP-2/.../FLK50/LED/PLC

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V AC/DC

24 V DC

60 V AC/DC

24 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

24 V / 24 V

125 V / 125 V

24 V / 24 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

2 A (per byte)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Push-in connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

65.5 mm / 56 mm

72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board,

for 32 channels,

- with screw connection

106.1 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC

2315227

- with Push-in connection

107.9 mm

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/PLC

2903803

VARIOFACE termination board,

for 32 channels with

light indicator,

- with screw connection

106.1 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC

2322252

- with Push-in connection

107.9 mm

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/LED/PLC

2904280

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC

527

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Passive termination boards for input/output

with screw connection

Passive termination boards for input/output

with Push-in connection

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional

modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant
front adapters.

Features:

– Byte-wise marking
– For digital I/O modules
– With LED as an option

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

D W

VIP termination boards for 32 channels

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html











Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

60 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

3 A (per byte)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Push-in connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

65.5 mm / 56 mm

72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board

, for eight channels, each with an

additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential

- with screw connection

50 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC

2322281

- with Push-in connection

52 mm

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8M/PLC

2904283

VARIOFACE termination board

, for eight channels, each with an

additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential

- with screw connection

50 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC

2322294

- with Push-in connection

52 mm

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8P/PLC

2904284

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK14/8M/PLC

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK14/8P/PLC

528

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Passive termination boards

with screw connection

Passive termination boards

with Push-in connection

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional

modules are used in combination with
14-pos. system cables and the relevant
front adapters.

Features:

– Byte-wise marking
– For digital I/O modules
– Negative or positive connection per

signal.

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

D W

VIP termination boards in
2-conductor connection technology for
8 channels

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4

3.1

3.7

2.1

2.7

1.1

1.7

+ +

+ + +

DR3

DR2

DR1

1 2 3 4

3.1

3.7

2.1

2.7

1.1

1.7

- -

- - -

DR3

DR2

DR1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

8 A (per byte)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board

, for 32 channels, each with an

additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential

192 mm

FLKM 50/32M/PLC

2289719

VARIOFACE termination board

, for 32 channels, each with an

additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential

192 mm

FLKM 50/32P/PLC

2291121

529

PHOENIX CONTACT

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32P/PLC

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/PLC

These VARIOFACE modules are used in

combination with 50-pos. system cables and
the relevant front adapters.

The following module types with

2-conductor connection technology are
available:

FLKM 50/32M/PLC

– Byte-wise marking
– For digital I/O modules
– Negative connection per signal.

FLKM 50/32P/PLC

– Byte-wise marking
– For digital I/O modules
– Positive connection per signal.

Termination boards in
2-conductor connection technology for
32 channels

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

Passive termination boards

with screw connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4

F1F1

3.1

3.7

2.1

2.7

1.1

1.7

- -

- - -

DR3

DR2

DR1





530

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC

FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

2 A

2 A (per byte)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE module

, for eight channels, each with an additional

terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential)

57 mm

FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC

2294487

VARIOFACE module

, for 32 channels, each with an additional

terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential)

192 mm

FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC

2294490

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC

Connection scheme: FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC

These VARIOFACE modules are used in

combination with 14 or 50-pos. system
cables and the relevant front adapters.

The following module types with fuses

and 2-conductor connection technology are
available:

FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC (for 8 channels)
FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC (for 32
channels)

– Byte-wise marking
– Can be used for digital I/O modules
– Pluggable fuse (IEC 127-3, 1AF) per

signal path (F1)

– Pluggable fuse (IEC 127-3, 2AF) per

voltage supply (F2)

– Negative connection per signal.

Termination boards with fuses in
2-conductor connection technology

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

Passive fuse modules

for 8 or 32 channels

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Technical data

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC

VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

24 V DC

60 V AC/DC

24 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

24 V / 24 V

125 V / 125 V

24 V / 24 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

3 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Push-in connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

69 mm / 62 mm

75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE initiator module

, for connecting 8 PNP initiators,

with an additional positive and negative terminal block each

per signal

- with screw connection

52.3 mm

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC

2322278

- with Push-in connection

52 mm

VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC

2904282

VARIOFACE initiator module with LED

, for connecting 8 PNP

initiators, with an additional positive and negative terminal block

each per signal

- with screw connection

52.3 mm

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

2322265

- with Push-in connection

52 mm

VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

2904281

Connection scheme VIP-3/.../FLK14/8IM/PLC

Connection scheme VIP-3/.../FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

531

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Initiator modules

with screw connection

Initiator modules

with Push-in connection

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional

modules are used in combination with
14-pos. system cables and the relevant
front adapters.

Features:

– Byte-wise marking
– For digital I/O modules
– Positive and negative connection per signal
– With LED as an option

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

D W

VIP initiator modules for 8 channels

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

3 4

15 16

22 27 2

34 3

46 1 2

1.1

1.7

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.7

+ + +

+ +

+ + +

+ +

2.7

3.1

3.7

2.1

1.7

1.1





Technical data

... 50/32 IM

... 50/32 IM/LA

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

30 V DC

60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

24 V / -

- / -

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

2 A (per byte)

Status indication

LED

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Spring-cage connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

90 mm / 81 mm

90 mm / 73.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE initiator module

, for connection of 32 PNP initiators

180 mm

FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC

2284523

VARIOFACE initiator module

, as above, but with light indicator

180 mm

FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC

2284510

VARIOFACE initiator module

, for connection of 32 PNP initiators

180 mm

FLKMS 50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC

2901389

Connection scheme: FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC,

...50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC

FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC connection scheme

532

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Initiator modules for 32 channels,

with screw connection

Initiator modules for 32 channels,

with spring-cage connection

These VARIOFACE modules are used in

combination with 50-pos. system cables and
the relevant front adapters for digital
I/O modules.

Features:

– Byte-wise marking
– Positive and negative connection per

signal

– With LED as an option

D W

Initiator modules for 32 channels

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

533

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

2 3

111

141

5 22 232

252627

3536 373

0 B0

0 B

- +

0 B2

- +

0 B3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

11121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

111213141516171

1 2 3 1

1112 131415

222324 25 2627

3435 36373

46474

12 1

22 2





Technical data

FLKM...14/KDS 3-MT...

FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT...

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

24 V / -

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

3 A

2 A (per byte)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection with

disconnect knife

Screw connection with

disconnect knife

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

77 mm / 61 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board

, for eight channels, with knife

disconnect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the

system

67 mm

FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC

2290423

VARIOFACE termination board

, for 32 channels, with knife

disconnect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the

system

214 mm

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC

2290614

VARIOFACE termination board

, for SIMATIC S7-300 with

SIMATIC-specific marking (1-20), knife disconnect terminal blocks,

and test sockets to the field and the system

113 mm

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7

2295062

VARIOFACE termination board

, as above, but with

SIMATIC-specific marking (1-40)

214 mm

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300

2304490

VARIOFACE termination board

, as above, but for SIMATIC

S7-400 with SIMATIC-specific marking (3-48)

259 mm

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC

2291587

534

PHOENIX CONTACT

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection scheme

FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection scheme

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7 connection scheme

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300 connection scheme

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC connection scheme

These VARIOFACE modules with knife

disconnection and test connection for each
signal (2 or 2.3 mm Ø test plug) are used in
combination with the respective front
adapters.

FLKM14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
(for 8 channels)
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
(for 32 channels)

– Byte-wise marking
– Can be used for digital I/O modules

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7

– Numerical marking (1-20)
– Specifically for S7-300 (in conjunction

with the front adapter FLKM 14-PA-S300,
Order No.

2299770

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/7-300

– Numerical marking (1-40)
– Specifically for S7-300 (in conjunction

with the front adapter FLKM 50-PA-S300,
Order No.

2294445

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC

– Numerical marking (1-50)
– Specifically for S7-400 (in conjunction with

the front adapter FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)
Order No.

2294908

)

Termination boards with knife
disconnect terminal blocks

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

Passive termination boards

for 8 or 32 channels

with knife disconnect terminal blocks

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

C 1,5

FLK 14

12 14

11 13

M 1,

+ -

2 3

5 6 7

+ -

11 1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

8 A (+, - terminal block)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16

Dimensions

H / D

45 mm / 51 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE switch module

, for simulation

75 mm

UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8

2968205

D W

These VARIOFACE modules enable

simple simulation of the control and
peripheral hardware for 8 signals.

The UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8 switch

module is equipped with a COMBICON
screw connector for single-conductor
wiring for signal transmission. Alternatively,
connection to the PLC system cabling is
possible via a 14-pos. IDC/FLK pin strip.
Connection to the front adapters of the
PLC system cabling is possible via 14-pos.
system cables with IDC/FLK socket strip.

Each signal path is allocated an LED which

signals the “high active” signal state. The
supply voltage to the modules is signaled via
a green LED.

Notes:

Type of housing:

Terminal blocks: polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Housing: PVC

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

Simulation module with switches

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Switch module

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

8 A (+, - terminal block)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16

Dimensions

H / D

45 mm / 51 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE indicator module

, for simulation

75 mm

UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8

2968195

535

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

These VARIOFACE modules enable

simple simulation of the control and
peripheral hardware for 8 signals.

The UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8 indicator

Each signal path is allocated an LED which

signals the “high active” signal state. The
supply voltage to the modules is signaled via
a green LED.

Notes:

Type of housing:

Terminal blocks: polyamide PA, non-reinforced, color: green.

Housing: PVC

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

Simulation module for indication

Indicator module

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

91113101214

34 33

+ -

2 11

+ -

0 14

+ -

1 94

324 323









Technical data

Coil side

Operating voltage U

24 V DC

Typical input current at U

6.5 mA

Typical response time at U

5 ms

Typical release time at U

15 ms

Input circuit

Freewheeling diode, reverse polarity protection

Status indicator per channel

Yellow LED

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

No. of pos.

Contact side

Contact type

1 N/O contact (double contact)

Contact material

AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC / 125 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

5 V

Maximum switch-on current

5 A

Limiting continuous current

3 A

Minimum switching current

1 mA

Maximum interrupting rating:

24 V DC

72 W

48 V DC

60 W

60 V DC

50 W

110 V DC

50 W

250 V AC

750 VA

Connection method

Screw connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

General data

Rated insulation voltage

260 V AC

Rated surge voltage

4 kV (basic insulation)

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / III

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

2 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Mounting position

any

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

Dimensions

H / D

90 mm / 58 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module,

with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,

for 24 V DC (including relays)

UMK- 8 RM/MR-G24/ 1/PLC

2979469

VARIOFACE output module,

with 32 miniature relays, plugged in,

for 24 V DC (including relays)

202

UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/PLC

2979472

Accessories

Plug-in miniature relays

REL-MR-G 24/1

2961037

REL-MR-G 24/1

2961037

536

PHOENIX CONTACT

These VARIOFACE output modules are

used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with an

N/O contact

– Universal applications from 1 mA to

3 A continuous current through 2-layer
double contact with hard gold plating

– Overall width of just 55 mm (8 channels)

or 202 mm (32 channels)

– LED status display for each signal path and

supply voltage

– Freewheeling and reverse polarity

protection diode for each signal path

D W

Output modules with relays,
one N/O contact

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Output module

with eight miniature relays,

1 N/O contact

Output module

with 32 miniature relays,

1 N/O contact

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

11 13 1

12 14

22 21 24

12 11 14

32 31 34

42 41 44

52 51 54

62 61 64

3 4

15 16

45 46

22 21 24

12 11 14

312

311

314

322

321

324

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Coil side

Operating voltage U

24 V DC

Typical input current at U

18 mA

Typical response time at U

8 ms

Typical release time at U

10 ms

Input circuit

Freewheeling diode

Status indicator per channel

Yellow LED

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

No. of pos.

Contact side

Contact type

Single contact, 1-PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V AC/DC

Limiting continuous current

5 A

Minimum switching current

10 mA

Maximum interrupting rating:

24 V DC

120 W

48 V DC

58 W

60 V DC

48 W

110 V DC

50 W

220 V DC

80 W

250 V AC

1250 VA

Connection method

Screw connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

General data

Rated insulation voltage

260 V AC

Rated surge voltage

4 kV (Basic insulation between output contact current paths)

6 kV (Safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit

and output contact paths)

4 kV (Basic insulation between output contact current paths)

6 kV (Safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit

and output contact paths)

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / III

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

3 x 10

cycles

3 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Mounting position

any

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

Dimensions

H / D

123 mm / 68 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module,

for 24 V DC (incl. relay)

- with 8 miniature relays

UM- 8 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC

2968386

- with 32 miniature relays

271

UM-32 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC

2968373

Accessories

Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

537

PHOENIX CONTACT

These VARIOFACE output modules are

used in combination with the respective
front adapters.

Like the front adapters, the modules are

connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system
cables. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a

PDT contact

– Overall width of just 80 mm (8 channels)

or 271 mm (32 channels)

– LED status display for each signal path and

supply voltage

– Freewheeling diode for each signal path

D W

Output modules with relay,
1 PDT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Output module

with eight miniature relays,

1 PDT

Output module

with 32 miniature relays,

1 PDT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

11 131

1214

12 11 14

22 21 24

32 31 34

+ -







Technical data

Coil side

Operating voltage U

24 V DC

Input circuit

Freewheeling diode, reverse polarity protection

Free

Operating voltage display

Green LED

Status indicator per channel

Yellow LED

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

No. of pos.

Contact side

Contact type

1 PDT

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Limiting continuous current

5 A

Connection method

Screw connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 ... 4 m

General data

Rated insulation voltage

260 V AC

Rated surge voltage

4 kV (Basic insulation between output contact current paths)

6 kV (Safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit

and output contact paths)

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / III

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

Mounting position

any

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

In rows wi

Dimensions

H / D

77 mm / 59 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module,

for 24 V DC

- with 8 plug-in bases including relay

135

UMK- 8 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC

2979485

- with 8 plug-in bases without relay

135

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC

2974914

VARIOFACE output basic module,

for 24 V DC

- with 16 plug-in bases including relay

259

- with 16 plug-in bases without relay

259

VARIOFACE output extension module,

for 24 V DC

- with 16 plug-in bases including relay

259

- with 16 plug-in bases without relay

259

Accessories

Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

538

PHOENIX CONTACT

Output modules with relay,
1 PDT

These VARIOFACE output modules are

used in combination with the respective
front adapters.

Like the front adapters, the modules are

connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system
cables. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a

PDT contact

– LED status display for each signal path and

supply voltage

– Freewheeling and reverse polarity

protection diode for each signal path
With the 32-channel version, the system

cable is connected to the 16-channel
UMK-16R.../KSR-G24/21/PLC base
modules. The UMK-16R.../
KSR-G24/21/E/PLC output extension
modules with a further 16 channels are
coupled to the base modules via a
20-position flat-ribbon cable
(length: 10 cm).

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

Notes:

The connection cable between the base and the extension

modules is delivered with the extension unit.

Output module

with eight miniature relays,

1 PDT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1,2 11,12

13,14 23,24

+ -

11 14 12

+ -

161164162

+ -

171 174 172

241244 242

3 251254 252

321 324 322

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











Technical data

24 V DC

Input circuit

Freewheeling diode, reverse polarity protection

Green LED

Yellow LED

IDC/FLK pin strip

1 PDT

250 V AC/DC

5 A

Screw connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

260 V AC

4 kV (Basic insulation between output contact current paths)

6 kV (Safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit

and output contact paths)

4 kV (Basic insulation between output contact current paths)

6 kV (Safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit

and output contact paths)

2 / III

-20 °C ... 50 °C

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

any

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

77 mm / 59 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC

2979498

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC

2974901

UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC

2979508

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/PLC

2974891

Accessories

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

539

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

Output base module

with 16 miniature relays,

1 PDT

Output extension module

with 16 miniature relays,

1 PDT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

+ -

11131

1214

12 11 14

22 21 24

112 111 114

122 121 124

2 1

1 1



Technical data

Coil side

Operating voltage U

24 V DC

Input circuit

Freewheeling diode

Operating voltage display

Green LED

Status indicator per channel

Yellow LED

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

No. of pos.

Contact side

Contact type

2 PDT

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Limiting continuous current

3 A

Connection method

Screw connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 ...

General data

Rated insulation voltage

260 V AC

Rated surge voltage

4 kV (Basic insulation between output contact current paths)

6 kV (Safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit

and output contact paths)

Degree of pollution / Overvoltage category

2 / III

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

Mounting position

any

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

In rows wi

Dimensions

H / D

77 mm / 59 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module

, for 24 V DC (2 PDTs)

- with 8 plug-in bases without relay

135

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC

2976187

VARIOFACE output module with knife disconnect terminal

blocks

, for 24 V DC (1 PDT)

- with 8 plug-in bases without relay

145

VARIOFACE output module with knife disconnect terminal

blocks

, for 24 V DC (1 PDT)

- basic module with 16 plug-in bases without relay

285

- extension module with 16 plug-in bases without relay

285

Accessories

Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21

2961192

540

PHOENIX CONTACT

Output module for relays
- 2 PDTs
- 1 PDT with disconnect terminal blocks

These VARIOFACE output modules are

used in combination with the respective
front adapters.

8 channels are controlled via 14-pos.

cables. All modules feature the following:
– Plug-in miniature relays
– LED status indicator and freewheeling

diode per signal path

– Supply voltage indicator (LED)
– Polarity protection diode

With the 32-channel version (1 PDT

with knife disconnect terminal blocks), the
50-pos. system cable is connected to the
base module with 16 channels.

The output extension module with a

further 16 channels is coupled to the base
module via a 20-pos. flat-ribbon cable
(length: 10 cm).

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

Notes:

The connection cable between the base and the extension

modules is delivered with the extension unit.

Output module for 8 miniature relays,

2 PDTs

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

11131

1214

12 11 14

22 21 24

32 31 34

+ -

164 162

161

+ -

14 12

+ -

1,2

11,12

13,14

23,24

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

24 V DC

Freewheeling diode , Reverse polarity protection

Freewheeling diode

Green LED

Yellow LED

IDC/FLK pin strip

1 PDT

250 V AC/DC

5 A

Screw connection with disconnect knife

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

260 V AC

4 kV (Basic insulation between output contact current paths)

6 kV (Safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit

and output contact paths)

4 kV (Basic insulation between output contact current paths)

6 kV (Safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit

and output contact paths)

2 / III

-20 °C ... 50 °C

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

any

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

111.5 mm / 59 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

UM- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC

2962463

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC

2962382

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/MT/PLC

2962379

Accessories

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

541

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

Output module for 8 miniature relays with

knife disconnect terminal blocks,

1 PDT

Output module for 16 miniature relays with

knife disconnect terminal blocks,

1 PDT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1NC

1NO

7NC

7NO







Technical data

Coil side

Operating voltage U

24 V DC

Typical input current at U

9 mA

Typical response time at U

5 ms

Typical release time at U

8 ms

Input circuit

Freewheeling diode

Status indicator per channel

Yellow LED

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

No. of pos.

Contact side

Contact type

Single contact, 1-PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

Max. switching voltage

250 V AC/DC

Minimum switching voltage

12 V AC/DC

Limiting continuous current

5 A (observe derating)

Minimum switching current

10 mA

Maximum interrupting rating:

24 V DC

120 W

48 V DC

20 W

60 V DC

18 W

110 V DC

23 W

220 V DC

40 W

250 V AC

1250 VA

Connection method

Push-in connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Mounting position

any

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

Dimensions

H / D

109.8 mm / 63 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module,

with eight miniature relays, plugged

in, for 24 V DC (incl. relays)

87.6

VIP-8RPT-24DC/21/DO/FU/PLC

2903601

542

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

These VIP – VARIOFACE Professional

output modules are used in combination
with the respective front adapters. Like the
front adapters, the modules are connected
via 14-pos. system cables.

Features:

– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a

PDT contact

– LED status display for each signal path and

supply voltage

– Freewheeling diode for each signal path
– Push-in connection

VIP output module

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Output module with 8 miniature relays,

1 PDT and fuse per output circuit

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

11 13 + +

- -

11 13 + +

- -

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products













Technical data

Coil side

Operating voltage U

24 V DC ±10 % (Supply, 2 A )

120 V AC ±10 % (Supply, 2 A )

Typical input current at U

9 mA (per channel)

3.5 mA (per channel)

Typical response time at U

5 ms

6 ms

Typical release time at U

8 ms

15 ms

Input circuit

Freewheeling diode

Status indicator per channel

Yellow LED

Connection method

Push-in connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Contact side

Contact type

1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Limiting continuous current

50 mA

Connection method

IDC/FLK pin strip

No. of pos.

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

2 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Mounting position

any

Mounting

In rows with zero spacing

Dimensions

H / D

109.8 mm / 63 mm

EMC note

Class A product, see page 605

Ordering data

Description

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE termination board,

for eight channels,

24 V DC (incl. relays)

92.7

VIP-8RPT-24DC/1AU/DI/PLC

2903600

120 V AC (incl. relays)

92.7

VIP-8RPT-120AC/1AU/DI/PLC

2904576

543

PHOENIX CONTACT

These VIP – VARIOFACE Professional

input modules are used in combination with
the respective front adapters. Like the front
adapters, the modules are connected via
14-pos. system cables.

Features:

– Plug-in miniature relays, each with an

N/O contact

– LED status display for each signal path and

supply voltage

– Freewheeling diode for each signal path
– Push-in connection

D W

VIP input module

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Digital input module with 8 channels for

120

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1/1

11 13

12 14

2/1

1/2

2/2

1/3

2/3

1/4

2/4

1/5

2/5

1/6

2/6

1/7

2/7

1/1

11 13

12 14

2/1

1/2

2/2

1/3

2/3

1/4

2/4

1/5

2/5

1/6

2/6

1/7

2/7

1/1

11 13

12 14

2/1

1/2

2/2

1/3

2/3

1/4

2/4

1/5

2/5

1/6

2/6

1/7

2/7

1/1

11 13

12 14

2/1

1/2

2/2

1/3

2/3

1/4

2/4

1/5

2/5

1/6

2/6

1/7

2/7











544

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

24 V / -

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A (per signal path)

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

3 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Supply

Screw connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

100 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

V8 adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (6.2 mm), with

IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling,

positive switching

Output

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT

2295554

Input

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

2296553

V8 adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (6.2 mm), with

IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling,

negative switching

Output

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M

2304102

Input

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

2304115

V8 output adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (6.2 mm), with

D-SUB connection

Pin strip

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/OUT

2296058

Socket strip

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15B/OUT

2296061

V8 input adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (6.2 mm), with

D-SUB connection

Pin strip

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/IN

2296074

Socket strip

49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15B/IN

2296087

Contacting

C terminal blocks

Power

terminals

K14

Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

Contacting

C terminal blocks

Power

terminals

K14

Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

Contacting

C terminal blocks

Power

terminals

K14

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT connection scheme

Contacting

C terminal blocks

Power

terminals

K14

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme

PLC-V8/...

are the VARIOFACE adapters

connecting the eight slim 6.2 mm
PLC-INTERFACE modules to the
VARIOFACE system cabling:
– Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of

eight aligned PLC-INTERFACE modules

– Freely definable configuration with relays,

optocouplers, and passive feed-through
terminal blocks

– With D-SUB connection as an option for

universal connections

Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE
(6.2 mm)

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

VARIOFACE adapter

for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE

Notes:

Cross-ref. list for matching PLC-INTERFACE modules: page 548

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1/1

11 13

12 14

2/1

1/2

2/2

1/3

2/3

1/4

2/4

1/5

2/5

1/6

2/6

1/7

2/7

1/1

11 13

12 14

2/1

1/2

2/2

1/3

2/3

1/4

2/4

1/5

2/5

1/6

2/6

1/7

2/7

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products











545

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

24 V / -

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A (per signal path)

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

3 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Supply

Screw connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

100 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

V8 adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (14 mm), with

IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling,

positive switching

112.3 mm

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT

2299660

V8 adapter

, for 8 PLC-INTERFACE devices (14 mm), with

IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling,

negative switching

112.3 mm

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M

2304306

Contacting

C terminal blocks

Power

terminals

K14

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme

Contacting

C terminal blocks

Power

terminals

K14

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT connection scheme

PLC-V8L/...

are the VARIOFACE adapters

connecting the eight 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE
modules (2 PDT, HC, and IC types) to the
system cabling:
– Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of

eight aligned PLC-INTERFACE modules

– Freely definable configuration with relays

or optocouplers

Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE
(14 mm)

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

VARIOFACE adapter

for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE

Notes:

Cross-ref. list for matching PLC-INTERFACE modules: page 548

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









546

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

PLC-VT, PLC-VT/ACT

PLC-VT/LA, PLC-VT/ACT/LA

Maximum permissible operating voltage

250 V AC/DC

30 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

220 V / -

20 V / -

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

6 A (per signal conductor)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block

(two-conductor

connection), for PLC-INTERFACE universal series

6.2 mm

PLC-VT

2296870

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block

, as above, but with

24 V DC light indicator

6.2 mm

PLC-VT/LA

2296854

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block

(three-conductor

connection), for PLC-INTERFACE actuator series

6.2 mm

PLC-VT/ACT

2295567

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block

, as above, but with

24 V DC light indicator

6.2 mm

PLC-VT/ACT/LA

2296867

PLC-VT/LA connection scheme

PLC-VT/ACT/LA connection scheme

PLC-VT connection scheme

PLC-VT/ACT connection scheme

The VARIOFACE PLC-VT terminals are

passive feed-through terminal blocks, with
the same shape as the 6.2 mm slim relay and
optocoupler interfaces of PLC-INTERFACE.
It is thus possible to implement 8-channel
interface modules for the system cabling,
which can be adapted to a bit for the
particular application. For individual
requirements, the relay, optocoupler or the
PLC-VT terminal blocks for passive signal
transmission can be combined as needed.

PLC-VT
PLC-VT/LA

– Can be combined with PLC-INTERFACE

universal series

– Signal path with additional potential level

for free assignment (two-conductor
connection)

– With LED as an option

Feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

D W

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal blocks for

PLC-INTERFACE universal series

PLC-VT/ACT
PLC-VT/ACT/LA

– Can be combined with PLC-INTERFACE

actuator series

– Signal path with two additional potential

levels for free assignment
(three-conductor connection)

– With LED as an option

The system connection is made via the

PLC-V8 adapter.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

A1A

2 3

5 6 7

8 9

111

+ +

A1A

2 3

5 6 7

8 9

111

+ +

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



547

PHOENIX CONTACT

Connection scheme for RIF-1-V8/PT/FLK14/OUT

Connection scheme for RIF-1-V8/PT/FLK14/OUT/M

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

24 V / -

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A (per signal path)

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

3 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 60 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Supply

Push-in connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Dimensions

H / D

101 mm / 75 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

V8 adapter,

for eight RIF-1 relay modules, with IDC/FLK pin strip

for PLC system cabling,

positive switching

128 mm

RIF-1-V8/PT/FLK14/OUT

2905195

V8 adapter,

for eight RIF-1 relay modules, with IDC/FLK pin strip

for PLC system cabling,

negative switching

128 mm

RIF-1-V8/PT/FLK14/OUT/M

2906992

RIF-1-V8/... VARIOFACE adapters

connect the eight RIF-1 relay modules with
the system cabling:
– Can be plugged into eight RIF-1 relay

modules in series

– The adapter has one LED indicator and

one freewheeling diode per relay

The following RIF-1 relay modules can be

connected with the adapters:

With Push-in connection:

– RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1IC,

Order No.

2909884

– RIF-1-BPT/2X21,

Order No.

2900931

– RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21,

Order No.

2903342

– RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21 AU,

Order No.

2903338

– RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21,

Order No.

2903334

– RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 AU,

Order No.

2903330

– RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21MS,

Order No.

2905289

– RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21MS,

Order No.

2905291

With screw connection:

– RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1IC,

Order No.

2909885

– RIF-1-BSC/2X21,

Order No.

2900930

– RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1X21,

Order No.

2903358

– RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1X21 AU,

Order No. AU

2903354

– RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21,

Order No.

2903350

– RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21 AU,

Order No.

2903346

– RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21 AU,

Order No.

2903345

– RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21MS,

Order No.

2905550

* If completely assembled RIF-1 relay

modules are used, the indicator/
interference suppression modules must be
removed before installation.

Adapter for RIFLINE complete RF-1

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

VARIOFACE adapter for

RIFLINE complete RIF-1

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Cross-reference list for PLC-V8 adapters with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules

rie

Function

Contact

Input

Output

Page

Relay

1 changeover contact

24 V DC

250 V AC/DC / 6 A

372

24 V DC

250 V AC/DC / 10 A

387

12 V DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

24 V DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

24 V AC/DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

48 V DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

60 V DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

120 V AC/DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

230 V AC/DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

120 V AC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

)

388

230 V AC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

)

388

1 changeover contact
with manual operation

24 V DC

250 V AC/DC / 6 A

373

12 V DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

24 V DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

24 V AC/DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

120 V AC/DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

230 V AC/DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

373

2 changeover contacts

24 V DC

250 V AC/DC / 6 A

374

24 V DC

30 V AC/DC / 50 mA

375

Relay switch

1 N/O contact

24 V AC/DC

250 V AC/DC / 6 A

404

24 V AC/DC

250 V AC/DC / 6 A

404

Optocoupler

1 N/O contact, electronic

24 V DC

24 V DC / 3 A

377

24 V DC

24 V DC / 10 A

407

24 V DC

250 V AC / 0.75 A

377

24 V DC

300 V DC / 1 A

406

24 V DC

48 V DC / 100 mA

376

48 V DC

48 V DC / 100 mA

376

60 V DC

48 V DC / 100 mA

376

120 V AC/DC

48 V DC / 100 mA

376

230 V AC/DC

48 V DC / 100 mA

376

NAMUR

24 V DC / 50 mA

420

120 V AC

48 V DC / 100 mA

)

388

230 V AC

48 V DC / 100 mA

)

388

1 changeover contact, electronic

24 V DC

48 V DC / 0.5 A

407

Feed-through

–

250 V AC/DC

546

24 V DC

546

Relay

1 N/O contact

24 V DC

250 V AC/DC / 6 A

378

24 V DC

250 V AC/DC / 10 A
(80 A, 20 ms)

386

1 N/O contact with manual operation

24 V DC

250 V AC/DC / 6 A

379

2 N/O contacts

24 V DC

250 V AC/DC / 6 A

379

Optocoupler

1 N/O contact, electronic

24 V DC

24 V DC / 3 A

380

24 V DC

24 V DC / 5 A

382

24 V DC

250 V AC / 0.75 A

381

24 V DC

250 V AC / 2 A

382

Feed-through

–

250 V AC/DC

546

24 V DC

546

)

Relay

1 N/O contact

24 V DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

384

120 V AC/DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

384

230 V AC/DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

384

120 V AC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

)

389

230 V AC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

)

389

1 N/O contact with manual operation

24 V DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

385

120 V AC/DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

385

230 V AC/DC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA

385

Optocoupler

1 N/O contact, electronic

24 V DC

48 V DC / 100 mA

385

120 V AC/DC

48 V DC / 100 mA

385

230 V AC/DC

48 V DC / 100 mA

385

120 V AC

48 V DC / 100 mA

)

389

230 V AC

48 V DC / 100 mA

)

389

) Plug-in miniature relay insert: REL-MR-60DC/21AU,

2961134

) Plug-in solid-state relay insert: OPT-60DC/48DC/100,

2966621

) PLC-...SO46 is supplied as a basic terminal block with filter, but without relay or solid-state relay.

) Cannot be mixed with the universal series (within a byte)

548

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

C-

...OU

C-

...IN

(

)

-V

...

Push-in connection

Order No.

Screw connection

Order No.

PLC-RPT-24DC/21

PLC-RSC-24DC/21

PLC-RPT-24DC/21HC

PLC-RSC-24DC/21HC

PLC-RPT-12DC/21AU

PLC-RSC-12DC/21AU

PLC-RPT-24DC/21AU

PLC-RSC-24DC/21AU

PLC-RPT-24UC/21AU

PLC-RSC-24UC/21AU

PLC-RPT-48DC/21AU

PLC-RSC-48DC/21AU

PLC-RPT-60DC/21AU

PLC-RSC-60DC/21AU

PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU

PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU

PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU

PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU

PLC-RPT-120UC/21/SO46

2900453

)

PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46

2980319

)

PLC-RPT-230UC/21/SO46

2900455

)

PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46

2980335

)

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21/MS

2909667

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21/MS

2909649

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU/MS

2909671

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU/MS

2909654

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU/MS

2909672

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU/MS

2909655

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/MS

2909673

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU/MS

2909656

PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU/MS

2909674

PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU/MS

2909657

PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU/MS

2909676

PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU/MS

PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21

PLC-RSC-24DC/21-21

PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21AU

PLC-RSC-24DC/21-21AU

PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/H

PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/H

PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/L

PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/L

PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2

PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/10/R

2900398

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/10/R

PLC-OPT-24DC/230AC/1

PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1

PLC-OPT-24DC/300DC/1

PLC-OSC-24DC/300DC/1

PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100

2900352

PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100

2966728

PLC-OPT-48DC/48DC/100

2900353

PLC-OSC-48DC/48DC/100

2966993

PLC-OPT-60DC/48DC/100

2900354

PLC-OSC-60DC/48DC/100

2967455

PLC-OPT-120UC/48DC/100

2900355

PLC-OSC-120UC/48DC/100

2966744

PLC-OPT-230UC/48DC/100

2900356

PLC-OSC-230UC/48DC/100

2966757

PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P

2900397

PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P

2982663

PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46

2900453

)

PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46

2980319

)

PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46

2900455

)

PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46

2980335

)

PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/500/W

2900378

PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/500/W

2980636

–

PLC-VT

2296870

–

PLC-VT/LA

PLC-RPT-24DC/1/ACT

PLC-RSC-24DC/1/ACT

PLC-RPT-24DC/1IC/ACT

PLC-RSC-24DC/1IC/ACT

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/MS/ACT

2909677

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/MS/ACT

2909661

–

PLC-RSC-24DC/1-1/ACT

2967109

PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2/ACT

2900376

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2/ACT

2966676

–

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/5/ACT

2982786

–

PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1/ACT

2967947

–

PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/2/ACT

2982760

–

PLC-VT/AKT

2295567

–

PLC-VT/AKT/LA

2296867

PLC-RPT-24DC/1AU/SEN

2900313

PLC-RSC-24DC/1AU/SEN

2966317

PLC-RPT-120UC/1AU/SEN

2900314

PLC-RSC-120UC/1AU/SEN

2966320

PLC-RPT-230UC/1AU/SEN

2900315

PLC-RSC-230UC/1AU/SEN

2966333

PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN/SO46

2900456

)

PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN/SO46

2980322

)

PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN/SO46

2900457

)

PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN/SO46

2980348

)

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909678

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909663

PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909679

PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909664

PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909680

PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909665

PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100/SEN

2900358

PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100/SEN

2966773

PLC-OPT-120UC/48DC/100/SEN

2900359

PLC-OSC-120UC/48DC/100/SEN

2966799

PLC-OPT-230UC/48DC/100/SEN

2900361

PLC-OSC-230UC/48DC/100/SEN

2966809

PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN/SO46

2900456

)

PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN/SO46

2980322

)

PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN/SO46

2900457

)

PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN/SO46

2980348

)

PLC universal series

The universal series can be used as an

input or output interface. Each product
consists of a basic terminal block with a
plug-in miniature relay (changeover contact)
or a plug-in solid-state relay.

PLC actuator series

When used as an interface between the

PLC and actuators, such as motors,
contactors or solenoid valves, only one
N/O contact function is normally required.
The PLC...ACT output interface is used
here. All actuator connections, including the
load return line, are connected directly. This
eliminates the need for additional output
terminal blocks.

PLC sensor series

When used as an interface between the

PLC and sensors, such as proximity
switches, limit switches or auxiliary
contacts, often only one N/O contact
function is required. The PLC...SEN input
interface is used here. All sensor
connections, including the supply voltage
for the sensors and switches, are connected
directly. This eliminates the need for
additional terminal blocks.

549

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









Applied for: cUL / UL

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Shield

Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

14-pos.

6.4 mm

6.7 mm

50-pos.

10.3 mm

11 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Assembled round cable

, with two 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips

in fixed lengths for transfer of 8 channels

0.3 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK

2295729

0.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2288901

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S

2296977

1 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2288914

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S

2296980

1.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2288927

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S

2296993

2 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2288930

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2297002

2.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2288943

3 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2288956

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299013

3.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2288969

4 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2288972

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299026

4.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK

2290847

5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK

2290834

5.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK

2290850

6 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2290863

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S

2299039

8 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299563

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

2299042

10 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299576

FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299055

Assembled round cable

, with two 50-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips

in fixed lengths for transfer of 32 channels

0.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2289065

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S

2299097

1 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2289078

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S

2299107

1.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2289081

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S

2299110

2 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2289094

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2299123

2.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2289104

3 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2289117

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299136

3.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2289120

4 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2289133

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299149

4.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK

2289573

5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK

2289586

5.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK

2289599

6 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2289609

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S

2299152

6.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK

2289612

7 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK

2289625

7.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK

2289638

8 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2289641

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

2299165

8.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK

2289654

9 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK

2289667

9.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK

2289670

10 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2289683

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299178

550

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Unshielded

Shield connection at one end

– 1:1 connection
– 14 and 50-pos.
– Connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– Unshielded
– Shielded
– Halogen-free, see page 587
– Special lengths, see page 591

System cable with
IDC/FLK socket strips

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Shield

Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Number of plugs on the module side

Outside diameter

50-pos.

6.3 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Assembled round cable,

with a 50-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip

and four 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips, for splitting 32 channels

into 4 x 8 channels.

0.5 m

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2296689

1 m

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2296692

1.5 m

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2296702

2 m

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2296715

2.5 m

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2305402

3 m

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2296728

4 m

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2296731

6 m

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2296744

8 m

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2296757

10 m

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2296773

Assembled round cable

, as above, but in variable lengths

FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR ...

2302405

Assembled round cable

, as above, but shielded and in variable

lengths

FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ...

2302447

Ordering example

for system cable

– Unshielded splitting cable 12.75 m long

Quantity

Order No.

Length [m]

)

2302405

12.75

) min. 0.30 m

– Shielded splitting cable 11.00 m long

Quantity

Order No.

Length [m]

)

2302447

11.00

) min. 0.30 m

551

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling

Splitting cable unshielded

50 positions to 4 x 14

Splitting cable shielded

50 positions to 4 x 14

– Splitting 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels
– 50-pos. connector at one end
– 4 x 14-pos. connector at one end
– Connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– Unshielded
– Shielded
– Special lengths

Splitting cable with
IDC/FLK socket strips

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

125 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

3 A (field signal)

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

15 A (per module)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

As desired on 35 mm DIN rail in acc. with EN 60715

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

D-SUB pin strip

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

102.7 mm / 72.2 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Base element with D-SUB

- Marked 1 to 8

118.1 mm

VIP/S/D25M/BASE 1-8/L/C/EX

2906595

552

PHOENIX CONTACT

VIP base element for use with IOA... plugs.

– Up to 8 channels per base
– D-SUB 25 connection to controller
– 4 connections per channel
– Multiple shield options

VIP I/O-Marshalling base, D-SUB

System cabling for controllers

VIP I/O-Marshalling universal platform

D W

new

8-channel base with screw connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Ex:







Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

125 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

3 A (field signal)

Maximum total current (voltage supply)

15 A (per module)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 75 °C

Mounting position

As desired on 35 mm DIN rail in acc. with EN 60715

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Screw connection

Controller level

Plug-in screw connection

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H / D

102.7 mm / 72.2 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Base element with MCC

- Marked 1 to 8

118.1 mm

VIP/S/MC/BASE 1-8/L/EX

2906596

- Marked 9 to 16

118.1 mm

VIP/S/MC/BASE 9-16/L/EX

2906630

- Marked 17 to 24

118.1 mm

VIP/S/MC/BASE 17-24/L/EX

2907024

- Marked 25 to 32

118.1 mm

VIP/S/MC/BASE 25-32/L/EX

2907025

Base element with MCC, conformally coated

- Marked 1 to 8

118.1 mm

VIP/S/MC/BASE 1-8/L/C/EX

2907186

- Marked 9 to 16

118.1 mm

VIP/S/MC/BASE 9-16/L/C/EX

2907187

- Marked 17 to 24

118.1 mm

VIP/S/MC/BASE 17-24/L/C/EX

2907209

- Marked 25 to 32

118.1 mm

VIP/S/MC/BASE 25-32/L/C/EX

2907210

Accessories

Partition plate

- Base mount

VIP/S/BASE 3L DIVIDER

2907715

VIP/S/BASE 3L DIVIDER

2907715

- Rail mount

VIP/U/RAIL 3L DIVIDER

2908555

VIP/U/RAIL 3L DIVIDER

2908555

553

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

VIP I/O-Marshalling universal platform

8-channel base with screw connection

VIP base element for use with IOA... plugs.

– Up to 8 channels per base
– Base elements already marked for

channels 1 to 32

– 4 connections per channel
– Multiple shield options
– Color-coded COMBICON connection to

controller

D W

new

D W

new

VIP I/O-Marshalling base,
removable plugs

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

24 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 75 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Dimensions

H / D

64.2 mm / 72.9 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Feed-through plug

10.3 mm

IOA FEED-THRU/EX

2906598

554

PHOENIX CONTACT

IOA plug for VIP base element

– Feed-through plug for single channel
– Two-stage plug release

Input/output accessory,
feed-through

System cabling for controllers

VIP I/O-Marshalling universal platform

new

Feed-through plug

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

24 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

500 mA (fuse limited)

1 A (fuse limited)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 75 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Dimensions

H / D

64.2 mm / 72.9 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Analog protection plug

- 500

mA fuse

10.3 mm

IOA AI/AO/BFI/DS/0.5A/EX

2906599

Digital protection plug

- 1

A fuse

10.3 mm

IOA DI/DO/BFI/DS/1.0A/EX

2906600

555

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

VIP I/O-Marshalling universal platform

Analog protection plug with fuse

Digital protection plug with fuse

IOA plug for VIP base element

– Analog and digital input/output plugs for

single channel

– 500 mA fuse with blown fuse indication
– Disconnect with test points
– Two-stage plug release

new

Input/output accessory,
analog and digital

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Input data

①

②

①

②

Permissible range (with reference to U

)

0.9 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

0.9 -

1.1

Typical input current at U

[mA]

13.5

Typical response time at U

[ms]

Typical release time at U

[ms]

Input protection:

Yellow LED, polarity protection diode, damping diode

Output data

Contact type

1 N/O contact

1 PDT

Contact material

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

Max. switching voltage

24 V DC

36 V DC

120 V AC / 125 V DC

Minimum switching voltage

100 mV (at 10 mA)

5 V (at 100 mA)

Limiting continuous current

50 mA

3 A (fuse limited)

Minimum switching current

1 mA (at 24 V)

10 mA (at 12 V)

General data

Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 70 °C

Nominal operating mode

100% operating factor

Mechanical service life

2 x 10

cycles

2 x 10

cycles

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Dimensions

W / H / D

10.3 mm / 64.2 mm / 72.9 mm

Ordering data

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Digital relay input plug

①

24 V DC

IOA REL 24V DI/BFI/1.0A/EX

2910155

②

120 V AC/DC

IOA REL 120V DI/1.0A/EX

2910157

Digital relay output plug

①

24 V DC

IOA REL 24V DO/BFI/3.0A/EX

2910153

②

24 V DC

IOA REL 120V DO/BFI/3.0A/EX

2910154

556

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

VIP I/O-Marshalling universal platform

Relay input plug

Relay output plug

IOA plug for VIP base element

– Relay input and output plugs for single

channel

– Fused with blown fuse indication
– Selectable N/O and N/C output contacts
– Two-stage plug release

new

Input/output accessory,
relay

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

557

PHOENIX CONTACT

IOA REL 24V DI/BFI/1.0A/EX connection scheme

IOA REL 120V DI/1.0A/EX connection scheme

IOA REL 24V DO/BFI/3.0A/EX connection scheme

IOA REL 120V DO/BFI/3.0A/EX connection scheme

System cabling for controllers

VIP I/O-Marshalling universal platform

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

558

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Retrofit and modernization components

Intermediate adapter for
SIMATIC

S5 to SIMATIC

S7-400

The S5 connector is plugged directly into

the I/O card using the intermediate adapter.
A new S7-400 is installed in place of the S5.
The existing field wiring is retained.

Conversion adapter from
SIMATIC

S5 to SIMATIC

S7-300

Using the adapters, the signals of the

S5 front adapter are converted to a 50-pos.
strip. The signals are routed to the S7-300
I/O module via a system cable and front
adapter.

Startup adapter for test purposes

The universal startup adapters extend all

signals of the existing S5 wiring. The open
cable end can be connected to different
controllers such as S7-400 or S7-300.

Simply enter “

#0007

” into the search

field on our website.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

2425 26272

3536

313233

4243

4 5 6 7

1516

L+

L-

L2+

DR1

DR3

DR4

DR2

5 6 7

8 9

FLK5

5-135

FLK5

5-135

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-135 to S7-300

6ES5 420-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

6ES5 430-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

OUT

6ES5 441-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC

2314736

FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC connection scheme

S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-135 front

adapters wired with individual wires to the
I/O modules of the S7.

With the aid of the FLKM S135/S7/FLK50

converter module, the signals of the S5-135
front adapter can be converted to a 50-pos.
strip. A FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK 50-pos.
system cable and a front adapter for S7-300
(FLKM 50-PA-S300) connect the signals to
the I/O module.

Notes:

Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded

FLK connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-300

System cabling for controllers

Retrofit and modernization components

Converter for SIMATIC

S5-135

to 50-pos. FLK strip

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

250 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible current

6 A (per path)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 80 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Connection of all S5-135 connections

(1 to 42) at the open

cable end

FLKM S135/42X0,75/3,0M/OE

2315007

FLKM S135/42X0,75/5,0M/OE

2318017

Connection of all S5-135 connections

(1 to 42) without cable

FLKM S135/42XMKDSN

2901603

559

PHOENIX CONTACT

All signals of the existing S5-135 wiring

3 or 5 are extended with the help of the
universal startup adapters. The open cable
end can be connected to various controllers
such as S7-400 or S7-300. Thus, the existing
field wiring of S5-135 can communicate with
the new controller for test purposes. Since
the new control unit is temporarily
arranged before the control cabinet, the
original status of the system can be restored
if required.

The S5-135 is replaced once the system

operates without errors with the new
controller.

Startup adapter for extending the
existing S5-135/155 field wiring

Startup adapter for

S5-135/155 field wiring

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

560

PHOENIX CONTACT

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-400

adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-400

The FLKM S135/... adapters directly

connect an S5 connector wired with single
wires to the S7-400 basic card.

The S5 connector is plugged directly

into an S7-400 I/O card with the aid of
the FLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.

A new S7-400 is installed in place of

the S5. The existing field wiring is retained.

Note:

The LEDs of the S7-400 module are

hidden.

Technical data

...SO120, ...S400, ...SO122

...SO121

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

Maximum permissible current

4 A (per path)

4 A (per connection, supply via

separate power supply)

2 A (per path)

2 A (during supply via separate

power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Connection method

Field level

SIEMENS S5-135 U pin strip

SIEMENS S5-135 U pin

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

IEC

Ordering data

Description

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Digital IN 24 V DC

6ES5 420-4UA14 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

FLKM S135/S400/SO120

2301723

6ES5 430-4UA14 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

FLKM S135/S400/SO121

2301736

6ES5 431-4UA12 to 6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0

FLKM S135-431-4UA/S400

2314846

6ES5 432-4UA12 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

FLKM S135/S400/SO122

2301749

Digital OUT 24 V DC

6ES5 441-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0

6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0

Digital OUT 24 V DC / 2 A

6ES5 453-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1HH00-0AA0

6ES5 454-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0

Analog IN

Pt 100

6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0

Current and voltage measurement

6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0

6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0

Current measurement

6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0

Voltage measurement

6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0

Analog OUT

Current output

6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0

6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0

Voltage output

6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0

6ES5 470-4UB13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0

6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0

System cabling for controllers

Retrofit and modernization components

Adapter for digital input modules

Adapter for digital output modules

Adapter for analog input modules

Adapter for analog output mo

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

561

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

...T/S400

...UI/S400, ...I/S400, ...U/S400

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

4 A (per path)

4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

2 A (per path)

2 A (per connection, supply via

separate power supply)

4 A (per path)

4 A (per connection, supply via

separate power supply)

4 A (per path)

4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Connection method

Field level

SIEMENS S5-135 U pin strip

60664 / DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

FLKM S135/S400/SO125

2301778

FLKM S135/S400/SO126

2301781

FLKM S135/S400/SO127

2301794

FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400

2314859

FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400

2314875

FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400

2314888

FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400

2314613

FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400

2314862

FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400

2314626

FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400

2314891

System cabling for controllers

Retrofit and modernization components

Adapter for digital input modules

Adapter for digital output modules

Adapter for analog input modules

Adapter for analog output modules

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

400

115

202122

3 4

400

115

1 2 3

11 12

22 23

34 35

22 23

562

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

Maximum permissible current

4 A (per path)

4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400

6ES5 420-7LA11 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

6ES5 430-7LA11 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

OUT

6ES5 441-7LA11 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0

6ES5 451-7LA11 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0

FLKM S115/S400/SO155

2307248

Digital OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400

6ES5 454-7LA12 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0

FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400

2314901

FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400 connection scheme

Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S400/SO155

The FLKM S115/... adapters directly

connect an S5 connector wired with single
wires to the S7-400 basic card.

The S5 connector is plugged directly

into an S7-400 I/O card with the aid of the
FLKM S115/... intermediate adapter.

A new S7-400 is installed in place of the

S5. The existing field wiring is retained.

Note:

Due to the geometry, it is only possible

to use every other slot. The LEDs of the
S7-400 module are hidden by the S5-115
adapter.

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-400

adapter for conversion from
S5-115 to S7-400

System cabling for controllers

Retrofit and modernization components

Adapter for

SIMATIC

S5-115/S7-400

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

FLK5

5-115

2122

3 4

25 26

5-115

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V DC

Maximum permissible current

1 A (per path)

Maximum permissible total current

2 A (per byte)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 through converters,

system cables and front adapters to S7-300

6ES5 420-7LA11 on 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

6ES5 430-7LA11 on 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

OUT

6ES5 441-7LA11 on 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

6ES5 451-7LA11 on 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137

2306294

Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137

S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-115 front

adapters wired with individual wires to the
I/O modules of S7-300.

With the aid of the

FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/SO137 converter
module, the signals of the S5-115 front
adapter can be converted to a 50-pos. strip.
A FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK 50-pos.
system cable and a front adapter for S7-300
(FLKM 50-PA-S300) connect the signals to
the I/O module.

Notes:

Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded

FLK connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

adapter for conversion from
S5-115 to S7-300

System cabling for controllers

Retrofit and modernization components

Converter for SIMATIC

S5-115

to 50-pos. FLK strip

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

250 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible current

6 A (per path)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport)

-20 °C ... 80 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 / IEC

60664

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Connection of all S5-115 connections

(1 to 23, 25 to 47) at the

open cable end

FLKM S115/47X0,75/3,0M/OE

2314985

FLKM S115/47X0,75/5,0M/OE

2314998

563

PHOENIX CONTACT

All signals of the existing S5-115 wiring

3 or 5 are extended with the help of the
universal startup adapters. The open cable
end can be connected to various controllers
such as S7-400 or S7-300. Thus, the existing
field wiring of S5-115 can communicate with
the new controller for test purposes. Since
the new control unit is temporarily
arranged before the control cabinet, the
original status of the system can be restored
if required.

The S5-115 is replaced once the system

operates without errors with the new
controller.

Startup adapters for
extending the existing
S5-115 field wiring

Startup adapter for

S5-115 field wiring

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

564

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

30 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

Connection method

Field level

Slip-on connection

Controller level

IDC/FLK pin strip

Dimensions

H / D

77 mm / 49 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Digital 16 IN/16 OUT, 24 V DC from S5-95U/100U to S7-300

S5-100U: 6ES5 482-8MA13 to 6ES7 323-1BL00-AA0

S5-95U: 6ES5 095-8MA03 to 6ES7 323-1BL00-AA0

135 mm

UM-S95U/S7/FLK50/PLC

2907030

S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-95U front

adapters wired with individual wires to the
I/O modules of the S7-300.

With the aid of the

UM-S95U/S/FLK50/PLC converter module,
the signals can be converted to a 50-pos.
strip. A FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
50-pos. cable and the front adapter for
SIMATIC



S7-300 (FLKM 50-PA-S300)

establish a connection to the I/O module.

Siemens SIMATIC

S7-300

adapter for conversion from
S5-95U to S7-300

System cabling for controllers

Retrofit and modernization components

D W

new

Converter for SIMATIC



S5-95U to

50-pos. IDC/FLK pin strip

Notes:

Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded

FLK connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

565

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Retrofit and modernization components

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 -

Dimensions

H / D

65.5 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE module

, with pin strip

34.70

VIP-2/SC/FLK10

2315010

39.80

VIP-2/SC/FLK14

2315023

45.00

VIP-2/SC/FLK16

2315036

55.10

VIP-2/SC/FLK20

2315049

VARIOFACE module

, with pin strip and light indicator

34.70

44.90

50.00

60.20

VARIOFACE module

, with pin strip

57.10

67.30

77.40

92.70

108.00

118.00

VARIOFACE module

, with pin strip and light indicator

57.40

67.60

77.80

93.10

113.50

118.60

566

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
modules with IDC/FLK pin strip

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

– 1:1 connection
– 10 to 64-pos.
– Screw connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60603-13
– With status indicator as an option

Low and high engagement latches are

supplied with all modules.

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

10 to 20 positions

with screw connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





















Technical data

24 V DC

60 V AC/DC

24 V DC

24 V / 24 V

125 V / 125 V

24 V / 24 V

1 A

-20 °C ... 50 °C

any

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

65.5 mm / 56 mm

69 mm / 62 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VIP-2/SC/FLK10/LED

2322045

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED

2322058

VIP-2/SC/FLK16/LED

2322061

VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED

VIP-3/SC/FLK26

VIP-3/SC/FLK34

VIP-3/SC/FLK40

VIP-3/SC/FLK50

VIP-3/SC/FLK60

VIP-3/SC/FLK64

VIP-3/SC/FLK26/LED

2322087

VIP-3/SC/FLK34/LED

2322090

VIP-3/SC/FLK40/LED

2322100

VIP-3/SC/FLK50/LED

2322113

VIP-3/SC/FLK60/LED

2322126

VIP-3/SC/FLK64/LED

2322139

567

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

10 to 20 positions

with screw connection and light indicator

26 to 64 positions

with screw connection

26 to 64 positions

with screw connection and light indicator

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

60 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Dimensions

H / D

72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE module

, with pin strip

36.80

VIP-2/PT/FLK10

2903787

41.90

VIP-2/PT/FLK14

2903788

46.90

VIP-2/PT/FLK16

2903789

57.10

VIP-2/PT/FLK20

2903790

VARIOFACE module

, with pin strip and light indicator

36.80

41.90

46.90

57.10

VARIOFACE module

, with pin strip

57.10

67.30

77.40

92.70

107.90

118.10

VARIOFACE module

, with pin strip and light indicator

57.10

67.30

77.40

92.70

107.90

118.10

568

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
modules with IDC/FLK pin strip

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

– 1:1 connection
– 10 to 64-pos.
– Push-in connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60603-13
– With status indicator as an option

Low and high engagement latches are

supplied with all modules.

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

10 to 20 positions

with Push-in connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





















Technical data

24 V DC

60 V AC/DC

24 V DC

24 V / 24 V

125 V / 125 V

24 V / 24 V

1 A

-20 °C ... 50 °C

any

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

72.1 mm / 56 mm

75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VIP-2/PT/FLK10/LED

2904248

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED

2904249

VIP-2/PT/FLK16/LED

2904250

VIP-2/PT/FLK20/LED

VIP-3/PT/FLK26

VIP-3/PT/FLK34

VIP-3/PT/FLK40

VIP-3/PT/FLK50

VIP-3/PT/FLK60

VIP-3/PT/FLK64

VIP-3/PT/FLK26/LED

2904252

VIP-3/PT/FLK34/LED

2904253

VIP-3/PT/FLK40/LED

2904254

VIP-3/PT/FLK50/LED

2904255

VIP-3/PT/FLK60/LED

2904256

VIP-3/PT/FLK64/LED

2904257

569

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

10 to 20 positions

with Push-in connection and light indicator

26 to 64 positions

with Push-in connection

26 to 64 positions

with Push-in connection and light indicator

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 105 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

2 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 -

Dimensions

H / D

65.5 mm / 45.1 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature pin strip

34.70

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M

2315117

45.00

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M

2315120

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature pin strip and light indicator

34.70

50.00

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature socket strip

34.70

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F

2315162

45.00

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F

2315175

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature socket strip and light

indicator

34.70

50.00

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature pin strip

57.40

72.70

98.20

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature pin strip and light indicator

57.40

72.70

98.20

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature socket strip

57.40

72.70

98.20

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature socket strip and light

indicator

57.40

72.70

98.20

570

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Modules with D-SUB connectors

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

– 1:1 connection
– 9 to 50-pos.
– Screw connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60807-2
– With status indicator as an option

The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are led on

to a connecting terminal block directly.

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

9 to 15 positions

with screw connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





















Technical data

24 V DC

25 V AC / 60 V DC

24 V DC

24 V / 24 V

125 V / 105 V

24 V / 24 V

2.5 A

2 A

2.5 A

-20 °C ... 50 °C

any

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

65.5 mm / 45.1 mm

69 mm / 62 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M/LED

2322142

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M/LED

2322155

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F/LED

2322197

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F/LED

2322207

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M

2315133

VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M

2315146

VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M

2315159

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M/LED

2322168

VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/LED

2322171

VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M/LED

2322184

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F

2315188

VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F

2315191

VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F

2315201

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F/LED

2322210

VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F/LED

2322223

VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F/LED

2322236

571

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

9 to 15 positions

with screw connection and light indicator

25 to 50 positions

with screw connection

25 to 50 positions

with screw connection and light indicator

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 105 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

2 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.14 - 2.5

Dimensions

H / D

72.1 mm / 46.6 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature pin strip

36.80

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M

2903777

46.90

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M

2903779

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature pin strip and light indicator

36.80

52.00

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature socket strip

36.80

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F

2903778

46.90

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F

2903780

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature socket strip and light

indicator

36.80

52.00

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature pin strip

57.10

72.30

97.70

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature pin strip and light indicator

57.10

72.30

97.70

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature socket strip

57.10

72.30

97.70

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature socket strip and light

indicator

57.10

72.30

97.70

572

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Modules with D-SUB connectors

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

– 1:1 connection
– 9 to 50-pos.
– Push-in connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60807-2
– With status indicator as an option

The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are led on

to a connecting terminal block directly.

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

9 to 15 positions

with Push-in connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





















Technical data

24 V DC

25 V AC / 60 V DC

24 V DC

24 V / 24 V

125 V / 105 V

24 V / 24 V

2 A

-20 °C ... 50 °C

any

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

72.1 mm / 46.6 mm

75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M/LED

2904258

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M/LED

2904259

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F/LED

2904263

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F/LED

2904264

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M

2903781

VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M

2903783

VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M

2903785

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M/LED

2904260

VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/LED

2904261

VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M/LED

2904262

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F

2903782

VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F

2903784

VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F

2903786

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F/LED

2904265

VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F/LED

2904266

VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F/LED

2904267

573

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

9 to 15 positions

with Push-in connection and light indicator

25 to 50 positions

with Push-in connection

25 to 50 positions

with Push-in connection and light indicator

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html



Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

2.5 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-10 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

DIN EN 50178 , IEC

60664

Screw connection solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

D / W

45 mm / 25 mm

45 mm / 45 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module height

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module

, with D-Subminiature pin strip

117.00

UM 25-D 9SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959573

147.00

UM 25-D15SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959599

217.00

UM 25-D25SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959612

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module

, with D-Subminiature socket strip

117.00

UM 25-D 9SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959560

147.00

UM 25-D15SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959586

217.00

UM 25-D25SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959609

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module

, with D-Subminiature pin strip

157.00

UM 45-D37SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959638

187.00

UM 45-D50SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959654

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module

, with D-Subminiature socket strip

157.00

UM 45-D37SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959625

187.00

UM 45-D50SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959641

574

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

9 to 25 positions

with screw connection

37 to 50 positions

with screw connection

These VARIOFACE modules connect

D-SUB strips with front connection
terminal blocks in accordance with
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652.

To make the ground connection, the

metallic plug shell (4-40 UNC thread)
makes contact with a connecting terminal
block.

D W

SLIM-LINE modules for
D-SUB connectors

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

24,3

3,2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

2.5 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE feed-through module

, with

D-subminiature connector

39.00

DFLK-D 9 SUB/S

2283870

DFLK-D 9 SUB/B

2287135

39.00

DFLK-D15 SUB/S

2280297

DFLK-D15 SUB/B

2280307

39.00

DFLK-D25 SUB/S

2280310

DFLK-D25 SUB/B

2280323

39.00

DFLK-D37 SUB/S

2280336

DFLK-D37 SUB/B

2280349

39.00

DFLK-D50 SUB/S

2291286

DFLK-D50 SUB/B

2287669

– 1:1 connection
– 9 to 50-pos.
– Screw connection
– As per IEC 60807-2
– D-SUB 4-40 UNC thread
– 9 to 37-pos.: separate ground tap
– 50-pos.: no ground tap

Feed-through modules for
D-SUB connectors with
screw connection

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

With D-SUB pin strip

With D-SUB socket strip

Dimensioning of the housing cutout

Dimensional drawing DFLK-D...SUB

Type

DFLK-D 9 SUB/S

58.4

52.5

40.2 + 0.2

13 + 0.2

DFLK-D 15 SUB/S

58.4

52.5

40.2 + 0.2

13 + 0.2

DFLK-D 25 SUB/S

83.4

77.5

54.2 + 0.2

13 + 0.2

DFLK-D 37 SUB/S

128.4

122.5

70.6 + 0.2

13 + 0.2

DFLK-D 50 SUB/S

143.4

137.5

67.8 + 0.2

15.8 + 0.2

DFLK-D 9 SUB/B

58.4

52.5

40.2 + 0.2

13 + 0.2

DFLK-D 15 SUB/B

58.4

52.5

40.2 + 0.2

13 + 0.2

DFLK-D 25 SUB/B

83.4

77.5

54.2 + 0.2

13 + 0.2

DFLK-D 37 SUB/B

128.4

122.5

70.6 + 0.2

13 + 0.2

DFLK-D 50 SUB/B

143.4

137.5

67.8 + 0.2

15.8 + 0.2

575

PHOENIX CONTACT

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html











Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

125 V / 105 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

69 mm / 62 mm

75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature pin strip

with screw connection

52.30

VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/M

2322375

with screw connection

82.90

VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/M

2322388

with screw connection

113.50

VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/M

2322391

with Push-in connection

52.00

VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/M

2904269

with Push-in connection

82.50

VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/M

2904270

with Push-in connection

113.00

VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/M

2904271

VARIOFACE module

, with D-Subminiature socket strip

with screw connection

)

44.90

VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/F

2322401

with screw connection

52.30

VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/F

2322414

with screw connection

82.90

VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/F

2322427

with screw connection

113.50

VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/F

2322430

with Push-in connection

)

46.90

VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/F

2904272

with Push-in connection

52.00

VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/F

2904273

with Push-in connection

82.50

VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/F

2904274

with Push-in connection

113.00

VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/F

2904275

576

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

15 to 62-pos.

with screw connection

15 to 62-pos.

with Push-in connection

– 1:1 connection
– 15 to 62-pos.
– Screw and Push-in connection
– Metal foot

The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are led

directly to a connection terminal block.

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

) Module with double-level terminal blocks

D W

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Modules for high-density
D-SUB connectors

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products













Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

48 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

1 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 50178

EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

69 mm / 62 mm

75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE module

, with RJ45 connector

with screw connection

26.90

VIP-3/SC/RJ45

2900701

with Push-in connection

26.60

VIP-3/PT/RJ45

2904290

577

PHOENIX CONTACT

– 1:1 connection
– RJ45 connector, 8-pos.
– Screw or Push-in connection

(direct plug-in technology)

– Connector housing led to separate

connection terminal blocks

Notes:

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;

Order No.

) and mounting material, see Catalog 3.

D W

Modules with RJ45 connector

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

8-pos.

with srew connection

8-pos.

with Push-in connection

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html



Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

2 A

Total current

76 A

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 40 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2

Dimensions

H / D

77 mm / 58.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE module

, with:

- Pin strip 8016 right

101.50

UMK- EC38/38-XOR

2976297

- Pin strip 8016 left

101.50

UMK- EC38/38-XOL

2976284

VARIOFACE module

, with:

- Pin strip 8016 right

157.50

- Pin strip 8016 left

157.50

VARIOFACE module

, with:

- Pin strip 8016 right

77.00

- Pin strip 8016 left

77.00

VARIOFACE module

, with:

- Pin strip 8016 right above

101.30

- Pin strip 8016 right below

101.30

- Pin strip 8016 left above

101.30

- Pin strip 8016 left below

101.30

578

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

Modules for ELCO connectors

Notes:

Dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 600

These modules can be used to connect

ELCO connectors of the 8016 series to
screw connection terminal blocks.

Thanks to the slanted placement of the

ELCO connector, the cables which are fed
out of the side of the cable housing are led
away without affecting the neighboring
modules.

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

38-pos.

56-pos.

56-pos.,

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

125 V AC/DC

25 V AC / 60 V DC

1.5 A

2 A

28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each)

32 A (32 branches with 1 A each)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

-20 °C ... 40 °C

any

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

77 mm / 58.5 mm

146.3 mm / 47.5 mm

77 mm / 58.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

UMK- EC56/56-XOR

2975900

UMK- EC56/56-XOL

2975890

UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R

2976161

UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L

UMK- EC56/32-XOR

UMK- EC56/32-XUR

UMK- EC56/32-XOL

UMK- EC56/32-XUL

579

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

38-pos.

56-pos.

56-pos.,

with front connection terminal blocks

32-pos.

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

max. 30 V DC

(Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

500 mA

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

DIN EN 60079-11

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2

Dimensions

H / D

77 mm / 58.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE module

, with:

- Pin strip 8016 right above

101.30

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOR

2900109

- Pin strip 8016 right below

101.30

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUR

2969068

- Pin strip 8016 left above

101.30

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOL

2900110

- Pin strip 8016 left above

101.30

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUL

2969071

VARIOFACE module

, with:

- Pin strip 8016 right

78.80

- Pin strip 8016 left

78.80

VARIOFACE module

, with:

- Pin strip 8016 right

77.00

- Pin strip 8016 left

77.00

580

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

Modules for ELCO connectors for use
in Ex i circuits

Notes:

Dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 601

Facts about explosion protection, see page 108

The VARIOFACE modules connect ELCO

connectors from the 8016 series to screw
connection terminal blocks. The modules
for ELCO connectors are regarded as
simple electrical equipment according to
EN 60079-14 for use in intrinsically safe
circuits. They meet the requirements of
intrinsic safety protection according to
EN 60079-11 (EN 50020) and are also used
for various intrinsically safe circuits, taking
the pin assignment into account.

The voltage of an intrinsically safe circuit

may not exceed 30 V. The voltage difference
between two intrinsically safe circuits can
be up to 60 V.

For clear identification of intrinsically safe

circuits, the modules are assembled with
blue screw connection terminal blocks.

Thanks to the slanted placement of the

ELCO connector, the cables which are fed
out of the side of the cable housing are led
away without affecting the neighboring
modules.

For the separation of intrinsically safe and

non-intrinsically safe circuits, a distance of
at least 50 mm should be maintained
between the connection points using
partition plates or spaces.

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

32-pos.

25-pos.

25-pos.,

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products



Technical data

max. 30 V DC

(Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)

max. 30 V DC

(Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)

500 mA

-20 °C ... 50 °C

any

DIN EN 60079-11

Connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

77 mm / 58.5 mm

112.5 mm / 52.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

UMK- EC56/25/EX -R

2900112

UMK- EC56/25/EX -L

2900113

UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/R

2900114

UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/L

2900115

581

PHOENIX CONTACT

D W

System cabling for controllers

Universal modules

32-pos.

25-pos.

25-pos.,

with front connection terminal blocks

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html





Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / -

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Outside diameter

10-pos.

6.1 mm

14-pos.

6.4 mm

40-pos.

9.9 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable,

with 2 molded IDC/FLK socket strips

1 m

VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,0M

2318318

2 m

VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/2,0M

2318334

3 m

VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/3,0M

2318347

Round cable

, as above, in variable lengths

(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)

VIP-CAB-FLK10-0,14/...

2318376

Round cable,

with 2 molded IDC/FLK socket strips

1 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,0M

2318392

2 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/2,0M

2318415

3 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/3,0M

2318428

Round cable

, as above, in variable lengths

(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)

VIP-CAB-FLK14-0,14/...

2318457

Round cable,

with 2 molded IDC/FLK socket strips

1 m

VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,0M

2318790

2 m

VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/2,0M

2318813

3 m

VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/3,0M

2318826

Round cable

, as above, in variable lengths

(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)

VIP-CAB-FLK40-0,14/...

2318855

582

PHOENIX CONTACT

– 1:1 connection
– IDC/FLK connector according to

IEC 60603-13

– In the desired lengths
– Individual serial number

Note:

Module designs with UM 45 profile and

three-level terminal blocks cannot be
connected to the VIP-CAB-FLK... system
cable due to the larger outer contour of the
connectors.

The VIP-CAB-FLK... system cables are

not suitable for front adapters.

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
System cable with
IDC/FLK socket strip

Ordering example

for system cable

– 10-pos. cable, 7.6 m long

Quantity

Order No.

Length [m]

2318376

7.6

min.

max.

Increment

0.5 m

100.0 m

0.1 m

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Unshielded

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

583

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

10-pos.

6.1 mm

14-pos.

6.4 mm

16-pos.

6.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable

with an open end

0.5 m

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 0,5M

2904073

1 m

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,0M

2904074

1.5 m

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,5M

2904075

2 m

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,0M

2904076

2.5 m

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,5M

2904077

3 m

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 3,0M

2904078

4 m

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 4,0M

2904079

6 m

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 6,0M

2904080

8 m

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 8,0M

2904081

10 m

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/10,0M

2904082

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-FLK10-OE-0,14/...

2904331

Round cable

with an open end

0.5 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M

2900122

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 50

2305761

1 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M

2900123

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 100

2305253

1.5 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M

2900125

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 150

2305266

2 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900126

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 200

2305279

2.5 m

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 250

2305282

3 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M

2900127

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 300

2305295

4 m

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 400

2305774

6 m

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 600

2305787

8 m

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 800

2305790

10 m

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/1000

2305800

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/...

2305732

Round cable

with an open end

0.5 m

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M

2900130

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 0,5M

2318127

1 m

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M

2900131

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,0M

2318130

1.5 m

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M

2900132

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,5M

2318143

2 m

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900133

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,0M

2318156

2.5 m

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,5M

2318169

3 m

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M

2900134

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 3,0M

2318172

4 m

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 4,0M

2318185

6 m

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 6,0M

2318198

8 m

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 8,0M

2318208

10 m

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/10,0M

2318211

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...

2318224

584

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Encapsulated connectors, unshielded

Unshielded

– 1:1 connection
– 10, 14, and 16-pos.
– IDC/FLK connector according to

IEC 60603-13

– Open end at the other end

The individual wires at the open end are

marked (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and fitted with a
ferrule.

System cable with
IDC/FLK socket strip and
an open end

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

20-pos.

7.6 mm

50-pos.

10.3 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable

with an open end

0.5 m

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 50

2305826

1 m

VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M

2900139

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 100

2305305

1.5 m

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 150

2305318

2 m

VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900142

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 200

2305321

2.5 m

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 250

2305334

3 m

VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M

2900143

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 300

2305347

4 m

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 400

2305839

6 m

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 600

2305842

8 m

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 800

2305855

10 m

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/1000

2305868

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/...

2305745

Round cable

with an open end

0.5 m

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 50

2305871

1 m

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 100

2305350

1.5 m

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 150

2305363

2 m

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 200

2305376

2.5 m

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 250

2305389

3 m

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 300

2305392

4 m

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 400

2305884

6 m

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 600

2305897

8 m

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 800

2305907

10 m

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/1000

2305910

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/...

2305758

585

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Encapsulated connectors, unshielded

Unshielded

– 1:1 connection
– 20- and 50-pos.
– IDC/FLK connector according to

IEC 60603-13

– Open end at the other end

The individual wires at the open end are

marked (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and fitted with a
ferrule.

System cable with
IDC/FLK socket strip and
an open end

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html





586

PHOENIX CONTACT

Standard lengths

Round cable sets are used to connect the

PLC front adapters to the corresponding
VARIOFACE termination boards.

The following versions are available with

14 and 50 positions:
– Unshielded
– Shielded
– Halogen-free

The cables are assembled at both ends

with IDC/FLK socket strips according to
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).

In the case of shielded cables, a cable end

with a ferrule is additionally provided as a
shield connection (length: approx. 0.5 m;
cable H05V-K 1 mm2, black).

Special lengths are defined using an order

key, refer to page 590.

System cable with
IDC/FLK socket strips

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Shield

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Insulation displa

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

14-pos.

6.4 mm

50-pos.

10.3 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Assembled round cable

)

, with two 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket

strips in fixed lengths, for transfer of 8 channels, for example

0.3 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK

2295729

0.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2288901

1 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2288914

1.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2288927

2 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2288930

2.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2288943

3 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2288956

3.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2288969

4 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2288972

4.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK

2290847

5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK

2290834

5.5 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK

2290850

6 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2290863

7 m

8 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299563

10 m

FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299576

Assembled round cable

)

, with two 50-pos. IDC/FLK socket

strips in fixed lengths, for transfer of 32 channels, for example

0.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2289065

1 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2289078

1.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2289081

2 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2289094

2.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2289104

3 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2289117

3.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2289120

4 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2289133

4.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK

2289573

5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK

2289586

5.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK

2289599

6 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2289609

6.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK

2289612

7 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK

2289625

7.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK

2289638

8 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2289641

8.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK

2289654

9 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK

2289667

9.5 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK

2289670

10 m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2289683

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Unshielded

Shield connection at one end

Halogen-free

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

) IDC/FLK socket strip assembled straight at both ends.

Polarization lug

Overall shielding

braid (on shielded

cables)

Polarization lug

) IDC/FLK socket strip assembled straight at one end

and angled at the other.

Polarization lug

Overall shielding

braid (on shielded

cables)

Wire No.

Pin

Wire color

Black

Brown

Red

Orange

Yellow

Green

Blue

Violet

Gray

10-pos.

White

White-black

White-brown

White-red

14-pos.

White-orange

White-yellow

16-pos.

White-green

White-blue

White-violet

White-gray

20-pos.

Brown-black

Brown-red

Brown-orange

Brown-yellow

Brown-green

Brown-blue

26-pos.

Brown-violet

Brown-gray

Brown-white

Green-black

Green-brown

Green-red

Green-orange

Green-blue

34-pos.

Green-violet

Green-gray

Green-white

Yellow-black

Yellow-brown

Yellow-red

40-pos.

Yellow-orange

Yellow-blue

Yellow-violet

Yellow-gray

Yellow-white

Gray-black

Gray-brown

Gray-red

Gray-orange

Gray-yellow

50-pos.

Gray-green

Color code of system cables





Applied for: cUL / UL





587

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

125 V / -

125 V / 125 V

1 A

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

7 / Cu tin-plated

6.7 mm

6.4 mm

11 mm

10.3 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S

2296977

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/KONFEK

2305952

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S

2296980

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/KONFEK

2305965

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S

2296993

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/KONFEK

2305978

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2297002

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/KONFEK

2305981

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/KONFEK

2305994

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299013

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/KONFEK

2304759

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299026

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/KONFEK

2304762

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/KONFEK

2304717

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S

2299039

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/KONFEK

2306003

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 700/KONFEK

2314011

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

2299042

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/KONFEK

2314024

FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299055

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/1000/KONFEK

2314037

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S

2299097

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 0,5M

2314134

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S

2299107

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,0M

2314147

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S

2299110

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,5M

2314150

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2299123

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,0M

2314163

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,5M

2314176

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299136

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 3,0M

2314189

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299149

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 4,0M

2314192

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 5,0M

2314202

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S

2299152

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 6,0M

2314215

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 7,0M

2314228

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

2299165

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 8,0M

2314231

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299178

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/10,0M

2314244

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Unshielded

Shield connection at one end

Halogen-free

(only the cable)

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html





Applied for: cUL / UL

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

10-pos.

6 mm

16-pos.

6.5 mm

20-pos.

7.6 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable

), with two IDC/FLK socket strips

0.5 m

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2299204

1 m

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2299217

1.5 m

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2299220

2 m

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2299233

3 m

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299246

4 m

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2299259

6 m

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299262

8 m

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299275

10 m

FLK 10/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299288

Round cable

), with two IDC/FLK socket strips

0.5 m

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2299291

1 m

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2299301

1.5 m

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2299314

2 m

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2299327

3 m

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299330

4 m

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2299343

6 m

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299356

8 m

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299369

10 m

FLK 16/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299372

Round cable

), with two IDC/FLK socket strips

0.5 m

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK

2296391

1 m

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 100KONFEK

2296401

1.5 m

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 150KONFEK

2296472

2 m

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 200KONFEK

2296485

3 m

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 300KONFEK

2296498

4 m

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 400KONFEK

2296508

6 m

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 600KONFEK

2296511

8 m

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 800KONFEK

2296524

10 m

FLK 20/EZ-DR/1000KONFEK

2296537

588

PHOENIX CONTACT

Standard lengths

Pre-assembled round cables to couple the

VARIOFACE termination boards.

The cables are assembled at both ends

with IDC/FLK socket strips according to
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).

Special lengths are defined using an order

key, refer to page 590.

System cable with
IDC/FLK socket strips

) IDC/FLK socket strip assembled straight at both ends.

Polarization lug

Overall shielding

braid (on shielded

cables)

Polarization lug

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Unshielded

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products





Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Outside diameter

26-pos.

7.8 mm

34-pos.

8.7 mm

40-pos.

9.9 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable

), with two IDC/FLK socket strips

0.5 m

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2299385

1 m

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2299398

1.5 m

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2299408

2 m

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2299411

3 m

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299424

4 m

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2299437

6 m

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299440

8 m

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299453

10 m

FLK 26/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299466

Round cable

), with two IDC/FLK socket strips

0.5 m

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2299479

1 m

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2299482

1.5 m

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2299495

2 m

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2299505

3 m

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299518

4 m

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2299521

6 m

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299534

8 m

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299547

10 m

FLK 34/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299550

Round cable

), with two IDC/FLK socket strips

0.5 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2288985

1 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2288998

1.5 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2289007

2 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2289010

2.5 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2289023

3 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2289036

3.5 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2289049

4 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2289052

6 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299589

8 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299592

10 m

FLK 40/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299602

589

PHOENIX CONTACT

Standard lengths

Pre-assembled round cables to couple the

VARIOFACE termination boards.

The cables are assembled at both ends

with IDC/FLK socket strips according to
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).

Special lengths are defined using an order

key, refer to page 590.

System cable with
IDC/FLK socket strips

) IDC/FLK socket strip assembled straight at one end and angled at

the other.

Polarization lug

Overall shielding

braid (on shielded

cables)

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Unshielded

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

590

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cables with IDC/FLK socket
strip

Cable type

Unshielded round cables

FLK EZ-DR.../.../...

Shielded round cables

FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...

Assembly

10-pos.

14-pos.

16-pos.

20-pos.

26-pos.

34-pos.

40-pos.

50-pos.

14-pos.

16-pos.

40-pos.

50-pos.

No assembly

10U/C00/...

14U/C00/...

16U/C00/...

20U/C00/...

26U/C00/...

34U/C00/...

40U/C00/...

50U/C00/...

14S/C00/...

16S/C00/....

40S/C00/...

50S/C00/...

10-pos. IDC/FLK at both ends

10U/C55/...

)

14-pos. IDC/FLK at both ends

14U/C23/...

)

14S/C23/...

)

16-pos. IDC/FLK at both ends

16U/C58/...

)

16S/C58/...

)

20-pos. IDC/FLK at both ends

20U/C61/...

)

26-pos. IDC/FLK at both ends

26U/C63/...

)

34-pos. IDC/FLK at both ends

34U/C65/...

)

40-pos. IDC/FLK at both ends

40U/C30/...

)

40S/C30/...

)

50-pos. IDC/FLK at both ends

50U/C38/...

)

50S/C38/...

)

14-pos. IDC/FLK at one end,

16-pos. IDC/FLK at the other end

14U/C52/...

)

14S/C52/...

)

Features of permissible configurations:

1) IDC/FLK socket strip assembled straight at both ends.

Polarization lug

) IDC/FLK socket strip assembled straight at one end and angled at

the other.

Polarization lug

Overall shielding

braid (on shielded

cables)

Overall shielding

braid (on shielded

cables)

Polarization lug

Ordering example for unshielded

round cable

– unshielded 50-pos. round cable, assembled with two 50-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips, 11.5 m long

Quantity

Order No.

Cable type

Assembly

Length [m]

)

2295059

50U

C38

11.50

10U



10-pos. unshielded

14U



14-pos. unshielded

16U



16-pos. unshielded

20U



20-pos. unshielded

26U



26-pos. unshielded

34U



34-pos. unshielded

40U



40-pos. unshielded

50U



50-pos. unshielded

C00



No assembly

C55



10-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

C23



14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

C52



14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at one end,

16-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at the other end (for S7)

C58



16-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

C61



20-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

C63



26-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

C65



34-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

C30



40-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

C38



50-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

) min. 0.20 m

Ordering example for shielded

round cable

– shielded 14-pos. round cable, assembled with two 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips, 12.75 m long

Quantity

Order No.

Cable type

Assembly

Length [m]

)

2295046

14S

C23

12.75

14S



14-pos. shielded

16S



16-pos. shielded

40S



40-pos. shielded

50S



50-pos. shielded

C00



No assembly

C23



14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

C52



14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at one end,

16-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at the other end (for S7)

C58



16-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

C30



40-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

C38



50-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both ends

) min. 0.20 m

Special lengths

Pre-assembled round cables for

connecting, e.g., PLC front adapters to the
corresponding VARIOFACE termination
boards. The cables are assembled with
IDC/FLK socket strips on both ends
according to IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651. For
shielded cables, a cable end with ferrule is
also available as an overall shielding braid
(length: approx. 0.5 m; cable: H05V-K 1 mm2,
black).

The order key for special lengths is

described using three features.

The order of the features is as follows:

– Cable type
– Assembly
– Length in meters

There are two order keys, one for unshielded

round cables, FLK EZ-DR/.../.../..., and one for
shielded round cables, FLK EZ-DR-S/.../.../....
To ensure clear specification when ordering,
the features are described in detail below:

Cable type

– This specifies the number of individual

cables of the specific cable.

Assembly

– None,

the cable is not assembled at either end,

– 10-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both

ends, the cable is assembled at both ends
with 10-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips
(1:1 connection),

– 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both

ends, the cable is assembled at both ends
with 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips

(1:1 connection), etc. to

– 50-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at both

ends, the cable is assembled at both ends
with 50-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips
(1:1 connection),

– 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at one end,

16-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at the other
end, the cable is assembled with a 14-pos.
IDC/FLK socket strip at one end and a 16-
pos. IDC/FLK socket strip at the other end
(for SIMATIC



S7, no 1:1 connection).

) IDC/FLK socket strip assembled straight at one end and angled at

the other.

Polarization lug

Overall shielding

braid (on shielded

cables)

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

1 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.16

Ω

0.16

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Shield

Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Conductor cross section

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Unshielded round cable

, as above, but in variable lengths of type

“FLK EZ-DR/14U/C52/...”

FLK EZ-DR.../.../...

2295059

FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...

2295046

591

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Unshielded

Shielded

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html









592

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cable with
D-SUB socket and pin strips

Standard lengths

Shielded round cable sets to connect the

control level with the corresponding
VARIOFACE termination boards.

Assembly with D-SUB strips as per

IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652, (1:1 connection).
– D-SUB socket strip at one end and

D-SUB pin strip at the other

– D-SUB socket strips at both ends
– DSUB pin strips at both ends
– Cable exit: straight
– Screw connection: 2 UNC 4-40 screws

Special lengths and assembly versions are

defined using an order key, refer to
page 594.

Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

2 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.09

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Shield

Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Tinned

Insertion/withdrawal cycles

> 200

Conductor cross section

AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

Outside diameter

9-pos.

7.5 mm

15-pos.

9 mm

25-pos.

10.5 mm

37-pos.

12.5 mm

50-pos.

13.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Shielded round cable,

assembled with two D-SUB strips, various

numbers of positions and lengths

0.5 m

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2299987

1 m

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2299990

1.5 m

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S

2300009

2 m

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302010

3 m

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302023

4 m

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302036

6 m

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302049

0.5 m

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2302052

1 m

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2302065

1.5 m

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S

2302078

2 m

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302081

3 m

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302094

4 m

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302104

6 m

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302117

0.5 m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2302120

1 m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2302133

1.5 m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S

2302146

2 m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302159

3 m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302162

4 m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302175

6 m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302188

0.5 m

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2302191

1 m

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2302201

2 m

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302227

3 m

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302230

4 m

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302243

6 m

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302256

8 m

10 m

15 m

20 m

0.5 m

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2302269

1 m

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2302272

1.5 m

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S

2302285

2 m

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302298

3 m

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302308

4 m

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302311

6 m

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302324

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Socket strip at one end and pin strip at the other

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products















593

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data

25 V AC / 60 V DC

125 V / 125 V

- / -

2 A

2 A (50 °C) , 1 A (70°C)

0.09

Ω

0.09

Ω

0.09

Ω

-20 °C ... 50 °C

-20 °C ... 70 °C

Shield

Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Tinned copper braided shield

> 200

AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

7.5 mm

9 mm

10.5 mm

12 mm

12.5 mm

13.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305415

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305570

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S

2305428

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2305583

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305431

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305596

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305444

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305606

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S

2305457

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2305619

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305460

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305622

CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305473

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305635

CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S

2305486

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2305648

CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305499

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305651

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 100/KONFEK/S

2305509

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305664

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 1,0M

2908516

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 200/KONFEK/S

2305512

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2305677

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 2,0M

2908517

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 300/KONFEK/S

2305525

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305680

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 3,0M

2908518

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 400/KONFEK/S

2900759

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 4,0M

2908519

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 600/KONFEK/S

2900760

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 6,0M

2908520

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 800/KONFEK/S

2900761

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 8,0M

2908521

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1000/KONFEK/S

2900762

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/10,0M

2908522

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1500/KONFEK/S

2900763

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/15,0M

2908523

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/2000/KONFEK/S

2900764

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/20,0M

2908525

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305541

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305693

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S

2305554

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2305703

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305567

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305716

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Socket strip at both ends

Pin strip at both ends

Socket strip at both ends

Halogen-free

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

594

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cables with D-SUB socket and
pin strips

Special lengths

Pre-assembled, shielded

round cables

for connecting VARIOFACE termination
boards. The cables are assembled with
D-SUB strips according to
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652.

The order key is described using three

features.

The order of the features is as follows:

– Cable type
– Assembly
– Length in meters

There are three assembly versions for the

shielded round cable:
– CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...

D-SUB socket strip at one end and
D-SUB pin strip at the other end,

– CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../...

D-SUB socket strips at both ends,

– CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../...

D-SUB pin strips at both ends
To ensure clear specification when

ordering, the features are described in detail
below:

Cable type

– This specifies the number of individual

cables of the specific cable.

Assembly

– (Example for CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...)
– None,

the cable is not assembled at either end,

– 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end,

9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at the other end,
the cable connects (1:1) a 9-pos. D-SUB
socket and pin strip,

– 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end,

15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at the other end,
the cable connects (1:1) a 15-pos. D-SUB
socket and pin strip, etc. to

– 50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end,

50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at the other end,
the cable connects (1:1) a 50-pos. D-SUB
socket and pin strip.

Ordering example

for round cable assembled with pin strip at one end and socket strip at the other end

– shielded 25-pos. round cable, assembled with a 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip and a 25-pos. D-SUB pin strip, 11.5 mm long

Quantity

Order No.

Cable type

Assembly

Length [m]

)

2302340

25S

C36

11.50

09S



9-pos. shielded

15S



15-pos. shielded

25S



25-pos. shielded

37S



37-pos. shielded

50S



50-pos. shielded

C00



No assembly

C01



9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end

9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at the other end

C28



15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end

15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at the other end

C36



25-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end

25-pos. D-SUB pin strip at the other end

C43



37-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end

37-pos. D-SUB pin strip at the other end

C49



50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end

50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at the other end

) min. 0.20 m

Ordering example

for round cable assembled with socket strip at both ends

– shielded 37-pos. round cable, assembled with two D-SUB 37 socket strips, 12.75 m long

Quantity

Order No.

Cable type

Assembly

Length [m]

)

2302421

37S

C44

12.75

09S



9-pos. shielded

15S



15-pos. shielded

25S



25-pos. shielded

37S



37-pos. shielded

50S



50-pos. shielded

C00



No assembly

C22



9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends

C29



15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends

C37



25-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends

C44



37-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends

C50



50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends

) min. 0.20 m

Ordering example

for round cable assembled with pin strip at both ends

– shielded 15-pos. round cable, assembled with two D-SUB 15 pin strips, 8.5 m long

Quantity

Order No.

Cable type

Assembly

Length [m]

)

2302434

15S

C71

8.50

09S



9-pos. shielded

15S



15-pos. shielded

25S



25-pos. shielded

37S



37-pos. shielded

50S



50-pos. shielded

C00



No assembly

C70



9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends

C71



15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends

C72



25-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends

C73



37-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends

C74



50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends

) min. 0.20 m

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products







Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

2 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.09

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Shield

Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Insertion/withdrawal cycles

> 200

Conductor cross section

AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Assembled round cable,

in variable lengths,

pin strip at one end

and

socket strip at the other end

CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...

2302340

Assembled round cable,

in variable lengths,

socket strip at both ends

CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../...

2302421

Assembled round cable,

in variable lengths,

pin strip at both ends

CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../...

2302434

595

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Shielded

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html













Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

2 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.09

Ω

0.09

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Shield

Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Insertion/withdrawal cycles

> 200

Conductor cross section

AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

Outside diameter

9-pos.

7.5 mm

15-pos.

9 mm

25-pos.

10.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable

with an open end

0.5 m

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926014

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926360

1 m

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926027

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926373

1.5 m

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926030

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926386

2 m

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926043

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926399

3 m

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926056

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926409

4 m

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926069

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926412

6 m

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926072

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926425

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-D- 9SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900903

CABLE-D- 9SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900909

Round cable

with an open end

0.5 m

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926085

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926438

1 m

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926098

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926441

1.5 m

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926108

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926454

2 m

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926111

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926467

3 m

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926124

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926470

4 m

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926137

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926483

6 m

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926140

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926496

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-D-15SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900905

CABLE-D-15SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900910

Round cable

with an open end

0.5 m

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926153

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926506

1 m

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926166

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926519

1.5 m

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926179

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926522

2 m

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926182

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926535

3 m

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926195

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926548

4 m

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926205

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926551

6 m

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926218

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926564

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-D-25SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900906

CABLE-D-25SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900911

596

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Socket strip at one end and

open end at the other end

Pin strip at one end and

open end at the other end

– 1:1 connection
– D-SUB socket strip or pin strip at

one end

– Connector according to

IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652

– Gland: 2 UNC 4-40 screws
– Open end at the other end
– Individual wire marking: 1, 2, 3, 4, etc.
– Individual wires fitted with ferrules
– Shield connection: H05V-K 1 mm2 cable,

black, 0.5 m in length

System cable with
D-SUB socket strip or pin strip
and an open end

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products













Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

25 V AC / 60 V DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

125 V / 125 V

Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path

2 A

Maximum conductor resistance

0.09

Ω

0.09

Ω

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Shield

Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Insertion/withdrawal cycles

> 200

Conductor cross section

AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

Outside diameter

37-pos.

12 mm

50-pos.

13.5 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Round cable

with an open end

0.5 m

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926221

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926577

1 m

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926234

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926580

1.5 m

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926247

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926593

2 m

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926250

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926603

3 m

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926263

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926616

4 m

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926276

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926629

6 m

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926289

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926632

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-D-37SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900907

CABLE-D-37SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900912

Round cable

with an open end

0.5 m

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926292

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926645

1 m

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926302

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926658

1.5 m

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926315

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926661

2 m

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926328

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926674

3 m

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926331

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926687

4 m

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926344

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926690

6 m

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926357

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926700

Round cable,

as above, but in variable lengths

CABLE-D-50SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900908

CABLE-D-50SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900913

597

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Universal cables

Socket strip at one end and

open end at the other end

Pin strip at one end and

open end at the other end

Special lengths of D-SUB cable with open

ends are configured using separate order
numbers.

Ordering example:

One system cable assembled with a

37-pos. D-SUB socket strip and an
open end, 12.75 m in length:

1 pcs.

2900907

/12,75

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

P1 P1

P2 P2

P1 P1

P2 P2















Technical data

Maximum permissible operating voltage

250 V AC/DC

Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA

250 V / 250 V

Maximum permissible current (per branch)

15 A

Total current

30 A (per potential)

Ambient temperature (operation)

-20 °C ... 50 °C

Mounting position

any

Standards/regulations

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

Supply connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

0.25 - 6 mm² / 0.25 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

0.2 - 10 mm² /

Distribution connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Dimensions

H / D

65.5 mm / 50 mm

75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

Description

No. of

pos.

Module width

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VARIOFACE module

, with two busbars (P1, P2) for potential

distribution, per potential:

2 power terminals/8 distributor terminal blocks

50.00

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/16

2315256

2 power terminals/12 distributor terminal blocks

70.40

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/24

2315269

2 power terminals/16 distributor terminal blocks

90.80

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/32

2315272

2 power terminals/24 distributor terminal blocks

131.50

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/48

)

2903717

VARIOFACE module

, with two busbars (P1, P2) for potential

distribution, per potential:

2 power terminals/8 distributor terminal blocks

41.90

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/16

2903797

2 power terminals/12 distributor terminal blocks

57.10

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/24

2903798

2 power terminals/16 distributor terminal blocks

67.30

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/32

2903799

2 power terminals/24 distributor terminal blocks

97.70

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/48

2903800

VARIOFACE module

with 2 busbars for potential distribution

- 2 power terminals/8 distributor blocks

97.70

VARIOFACE module

, with three busbars (+, -, PE) for potential

distribution, per potential:

(+) 2 power terminals/48 distributor terminal blocks

(-) 2 power terminals/24 distributor terminal blocks

(PE) 2 power terminals/72 distributor terminal blocks

168.80

VARIOFACE module

, with six busbars (P1 to P6) for potential

distribution, per potential:

2 power terminals/12 distributor terminal blocks

123.80

598

PHOENIX CONTACT

The VIP-2/.../PDM... modules offer the

following features:
– Two potential levels
– Separate supply
– Screw or Push-in connection
– Consecutive marking
– With fuse as an option

The UMK-PVB and UMK-PVB 6 modules

have three or six potential levels.

Notes:

Marking systems and mounting material

See Catalog 3

) No UL approval

Modules as compact potential
distributors

System cabling for controllers

Potential distributors

With screw connection and

2 potential levels

With Push-in connection and

2 potential levels

D W

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products









Technical data

250 V AC/DC

250 V / 250 V

- / -

6.3 A (fuse limited)

16 A

30 A (per potential)

16 A (per potential)

-20 °C ... 60 °C

-20 °C ... 50 °C

any

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

IEC

60664 , DIN EN 50178

Supply connection data solid/stranded/AWG

0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

0.25 - 6 mm² / 0.25 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

0.2 - 10 mm² / 0.2 - 6 mm² / 24 - 8

0.5 - 6 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 10

0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

- 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

109.8 mm / 51 mm

77 mm / 72 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs./

Pkt.

VIP-2/PT/PDM-2/16/FU 6.3A

2903603

UMK- PVB

2971302

UMK- PVB 6

2972136

599

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Potential distributors

D W

With Push-in connection and

2 potential levels and eight 6.3 A fuses

With screw connection and

3 potential levels

With screw connection and

6 potential levels

D W

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1,3

157,5

X11

157,5

X11

146,3

1,3

Modules for ELCO connectors

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC38/38-XOL

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC38/38-XOR

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC56/32-XOL

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC56/32-XOR

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC56/32-XUL

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC56/32-XUR

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC56/56-XOL

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC56/56-XOR

Pin assignment

UMK-EC38/38...

Terminal

block

Pin strip

Pin assignment

UMK-EC56/56...

Terminal

block

Pin strip

Y (shield)

Pin assignment

UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/...

Terminal

block

ELCO

connector

N.C.

Y (shield)

Pin assignment

UMK-EC56/32-...

Terminal

block

ELCO

connector

NN + Y

600

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Tables, dimensional drawings

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

1,3

112,5

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Modules for ELCO connectors with
Ex i protection

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/L

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/R

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUL

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUR

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOL

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOR

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC56/25/EX-L

Dimensional drawing for

UMK-EC56/25/EX-R

Pin assignment

UMK-EC90/32/EX...

Terminal

block

Pin strip

Channel

Pin assignment

UMK-EC 56/25/EX/...

Terminal

block

Pin strip

Channel

601

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers

Tables, dimensional drawings

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

602

PHOENIX CONTACT

communication technology have resulted in
an extremely high standard of quality for our
products when it comes to electromagnetic
compatibility. Our sister company, Phoenix
Testlab, was founded in order to share this
expertise with other companies. Phoenix
Testlab GmbH is an independent, accredited
service company, which carries out EMC
testing in compliance with the European
standards. At Phoenix Testlab, devices are
also tested with regard to their electrical
safety, mechanical influences, and their
behavior in relation to environmental
influences. Phoenix Testlab is also a notified
body according to EMC Directive
2014/30/EU, R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC
for radio equipment and
telecommunications terminal equipment,
and Radio Equipment Directive (RED)
2014/53/EU. As a certification body
(TCB, FCB, and RCB), Phoenix Testlab is
also able to approve these products for the
markets in the USA, Canada, and Japan.

Standards and regulations

All relevant standards and regulations are

used as the basis for the development and
maintenance of our products.

International standards are subject to

continuous changes as a result of
harmonization and new developments. In
line with this process, the current version of
all standards that are relevant to our
products is documented in the product area
on our website at

phoenixcontact.net/products

Online product information service on
the world wide web

Phoenix Contact is continuously

extending its product range.

Within the scope of our product

monitoring obligation, all products are
subject to an improvement process.

The Internet is an ideal platform to quickly

communicate new product developments
and improvements to the market.

You can quickly access the relevant

Phoenix Contact website for your region via
phoenixcontact.com. There you will always
find an up-to-date overview of products,
solutions, and services from Phoenix
Contact. This includes technical documents
such as data sheets and user manuals,
current driver and demo software, and a
direct link to the relevant contact person.

the product characteristics with regard to
device safety and the avoidance of risks.
These are legally binding regulations of the
European Union (EU), which means that the
fulfillment of these requirements is a

legal

prerequisite for the marketing of
these products within the EU

Where applicable, our products currently

fall within the scope of the following
directives:
– 2014/35/EU

Electrical equipment designed for use
within certain voltage limits (Low Voltage
Directive)

– 2014/30/EU

Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC Directive)

– 2014/32/EU

Measuring instruments

– 2006/42/EC

Safety of machinery
(Machinery Directive)

– 2014/34/EU

Equipment and protective systems
intended for use in potentially explosive
atmospheres (ATEX Directive)

– 1999/5/EC

Radio Equipment and Telecommunications
Terminal Equipment Directive (R&TTE)

– 2014/53/EU

Radio equipment (RED)

– 2011/65/EU

RoHS Directive
The standards used as the basis for the

aforementioned directives have been at the
heart of our development standard for some
time as a way of ensuring compliance with
European directives. The numbers of the
directives indicate their version at the time
of publication. In the event of changes to
directives and/or standards, our products
will undergo conformity assessment again in
good time and a new declaration of
conformity will be issued promptly. The
current declarations for each product can
also be found in our download area.

Among the aforementioned European

directives, the EMC Directive plays a
particularly important role. It uses a legally
binding directive as the basis for defining
electromagnetic compatibility as a
fundamental device property. European
legislation therefore places great emphasis
on the electromagnetic compatibility of
devices and systems as a basic prerequisite
for the error-free operation of machines and
systems. As an international leader in the
field of surge protection, Phoenix Contact
has extensive expertise in EMC. This
expertise and the experience gained over
many years in the development and
application of industrial interface and

Integrated management system

The objective of the Phoenix Contact

integrated management system is to
integrate all requirements pertaining to
products, processes, and the organization.

Statutory and regulatory requirements, as

well as those of international standards and
our customers, are met and, in some cases,
even exceeded in all phases of the product
lifecycle.

The Phoenix Contact management

system is monitored by internationally
recognized independent bodies each year to
ensure that quality, environmental
protection, energy efficiency, and
occupational safety have been integrated in
conformance with the relevant
requirements. Certification in accordance
with international standards ISO 9001,
ISO 14001, ISO 50001, and
BS OHSAS 18001 is the result of our
corporate philosophy of meeting the needs
of our customers, staff, and environment as
best as possible. They serve as the basis for
innovative products with the familiar high
Phoenix quality standard, actively practiced
environmental protection through efficient
production and products that conserve
resources, and responsibility in the field of
occupational health and safety. It goes
without saying that we integrate all further
requirements of standards, international
approvals or special customer requirements
into our company processes.

The result of this system is a building block

for the success of the Phoenix Contact
Group as well as its products and services.

CE marking

CE marking was introduced as an

important instrument for the free
movement of goods within the European
single market. By applying the mark to a
product, the manufacturer confirms its
compliance with all EU directives applicable
to this product. The EU directives describe

Quality in quantity

Technical information

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

200

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

603

PHOENIX CONTACT

Touch-proof

Back of hand safety

Example: pressure actuation

Touch proofness

Finger safety

Back of hand safety

The most important thing is that an area

formed by an even envelope curve 30 mm in
radius must surround the live parts. This
area must be

touch-proof

, i.e., the live

parts of the electrical device must not be
within reach of the VDE test finger
according to IEC 60529/DIN VDE 0470-1
(test finger).

Back of hand safety is specified for the

“rest of the area” up to 100 mm around the
operating element.

Back of hand safety

means that when a force of 50 N is applied
to a ball with a diameter of 50 mm, this does
not come into contact with the live parts of
the equipment. No special measures for
ensuring contact safety are stipulated
outside this area.

Note: Systems and equipment that are

operated with SELV up to 25 V ~ or 60 V –
are considered to be protected against
“direct contact”.

According to § 5, Subsection 4 of the

BGV A 2 regulations, there is no need to
test the condition of the system prior to
initial startup if the company has
confirmation from the manufacturer or
installer that the electrical systems and
equipment conform to BGV A 2. The
confirmation required relates to systems
and equipment that have been installed and
are ready for operation and can only be
issued by the installer or installation
company. The manufacturer of the electrical
equipment can only issue a confirmation
that products have been produced in
accordance with the relevant
electrotechnical DIN VDE regulations
stipulated in BGV A 2. The installer must
bear this in mind when selecting the
equipment to be used.

In the field of connection technology,

Phoenix Contact offers a wide range of
products which are touch-proof or can be
protected against contact by means of

The accident prevention regulations

BGV A 2 issued by the German employer's
liability insurance association for precision
mechanics and electrical engineering apply
to the operators of electrical systems and
are aimed at the prevention of electrical
accidents by means of special safety
requirements.

These regulations contain specifications

regarding the safety distances for work,
operation, and occasional handling in the
proximity of “live parts” in low-voltage
systems up to 1000 V ~ or 1500 V –.
– Work with live parts is only permitted

once they have been de-energized.
Operational activities are only permitted
in the vicinity of live parts if these parts
are de-energized or are protected against
direct contact (§ 6). The following safety
measures apply when working in the
vicinity of live parts:

– Provision of the de-energized state for

the duration of the work

– Ensure shock protection is in place in the

form of covers or barriers during the
work

– Assurance that proximity limits will not

be violated (§ 7)
The term “occasional handling” has been

introduced for the operation of elements
such as pushbuttons, rocker arms or rotary
buttons in the proximity of live parts.

In VDE 0105-1, this is covered by

“operation with partial protection against
direct contact”.

Detailed specifications for “occasional

handling” can be found in DIN VDE 0106-
100. This specifies to what degree live parts
in the proximity of operating elements are
to be protected against contact. The basis
for this is the definition of a “protection area
for occasional handling”; this is the area into
which the user must reach in order to
handle the machine.

covers. Depending on the conditions, all of
this must be taken into account when
selecting the individual types of terminal
blocks and accessories.

Technical information

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Quality features of insulating housings

Thermoplastics

The majority of our insulating housing is

made from thermoplastic materials. Roughly
speaking, these can be divided into
amorphous and semi-crystalline substances.
Thermoplastics are processed using the
efficient and environmentally-friendly
injection molding process. They have good
recycling properties and can be re-used. We
use many materials that are modified in
different ways to meet the demanding
requirements that electrical and electronic
modules, devices, and systems have to meet
with regard to their mechanical, thermal,
and electrical properties.

Behavior of plastics under the
influence of temperature (operating
temperatures, mechanical influences)

All plastics undergo a process referred to

as thermal aging when they are subjected to
heat over long periods. This process causes
changes in the mechanical and electrical
properties of the material. External
influences, e.g., radiation, additional
mechanical, chemical or electrical stresses,
amplify this effect. Special tests on samples
can yield characteristic data which provides
a good means of drawing comparisons
between different plastics. However,
applying these characteristics to an
evaluation of molded plastic parts is only
possible to a limited extent, and can only
give the designer a rough guide when it
comes to selecting a plastic material. This
catalog uses the following assessment
criteria: the

RTI value

according to

UL746B/ANSI 746 B (elec. based on electric
strength) and the

Ti value

according to

IEC 60216-1 (based on a 50% reduction in
tensile strength after 20,000 hours).

IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1 specifies a

permissible temperature increase of 45 K
for terminal blocks under nominal load.
Phoenix Contact terminal blocks fulfill this
requirement.

The properties of plastics are not only

affected by the influence of heat as
described above; they also undergo changes
as a result of cold influences. When
subjected to cold as well as low levels of
humidity, plastics become increasingly brittle
with the result that they are no longer
capable of withstanding the same mechanical
loads. As the table on the right shows, the
plastics concerned can be used down to a
temperature of -40°C, but only without a
mechanical load. As far as the products
presented in the catalog are concerned, it is
the ambient temperature specified in each
case that is to be regarded as definitive for
operation. Regardless of the plastics used,

this may be subject to further restrictions
(e.g., limited to -20°C) as a result of the
components used or other restrictive
parameters.

At very low temperatures, this means that

any form of mechanical load on the plastic
components must be avoided (e.g.,
mounting of products on/removal of
products from the DIN rail, actuation of
terminal points, locking/ejection of relays
from bases, prizing out of jumpers, bending
of cables and lines, etc.), as there is always an
associated risk of damage. Unless otherwise
indicated, it is recommended that you carry
out the specified mounting/operational
tasks in a temperature range from
-10°C to +40°C.

Inflammability characteristics of
plastics (UL 94)

The inflammability tests for plastics have

been defined by the Underwriters
Laboratory (USA) in regulation UL 94. This
applies to all areas of application, particularly
in electrical engineering. A horizontal or
vertical test is carried out at the test
laboratory to determine the inflammability
of the plastic material with a naked flame. In
order of increasing flame-retardant behavior,
the evaluation classes are HB, V2, V1, V0,
and 5V. Test results are recorded on “yellow
cards” and are published annually in the

Recognized Component Directory.

Thermoplastics:
non-reinforced polyamide, PA

We use the modern, semi-crystalline

polyamide insulation material, which has
now become an essential component in
electrical engineering and electronics. It has
long occupied a leading position and is
authorized for use by the relevant approval
authorities such as the CSA, NEMKO,
KEMA, PTB, SEV, UL, VDE, etc.

Polyamide has excellent electrical,

mechanical, chemical, and other properties
even at high operating temperatures. Brief
peak temperatures of up to approximately
200°C are permitted as a result of heat aging
stabilization. Depending on the type
(PA 4.6, 6.6, 6.10, etc.), its melting point is in
the region of 215°C to 295°C.

Polyamide absorbs moisture from its

surroundings, on average 2.8%. This is not
the embedded water of crystallization,
however, but rather chemically bound H

groups in the molecular structure. This
makes the plastic flexible and resistant to
breakage, even at temperatures as low as -
40°C. PA belongs to flammability rating V2
to V0 according to UL 94.

Thermoplastics: polyester, PBT

We use the semi-crystalline thermoplastic

polyester in non-reinforced and fiberglass-
reinforced variants for special applications
which require increased dimensional and
form stability.

Apart from the high operating

temperature, the material is characterized
by excellent mechanical strength and
hardness. Polyester does not absorb
moisture from its surroundings. Therefore,
PBT is particularly suitable for strips, for
example, that are soldered onto PCBs and
are subsequently required to pass a burn-in
test where they are subjected to the
influence of heat. PBT belongs to
flammability rating V2 to V0 according to
UL 94.

Thermoplastics: polycarbonate, PC

Polycarbonate combines many advantages

such as rigidity, impact strength,
transparency, dimensional stability, good
insulation properties, and resistance to heat.

The amorphous material only absorbs

moisture to a very limited degree, and is
used for items such as large, rigid electronic
component housings.

In its transparent form, polycarbonate is

particularly suitable for use as a material for
cover profiles or marking materials.

PC has good resistance properties against

mineral acids, saturated aliphatic
hydrocarbons, gasoline, greases, and oils.

This material is not very resistant to

solvents, benzene, alkalis, acetone, and
ammonia. Strain cracks may result from
contact with certain chemicals.

PC belongs to flammability rating V2 to V0

according to UL 94.

Thermoplastics:
polycarbonate fiber-reinforced, PC-F

Compared to non-reinforced materials,

fiber-reinforced polycarbonates feature
greater rigidity, impact strength, and
operating temperature. In other respects,
their properties are largely identical to those
of non-reinforced polycarbonate.

604

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical information

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Properties

Unit/level

Polyamide

Polyester

PBT

Polycarbonate

PC-F

ABS

Operating temperature

RTI */**

°C



105



105



125



120



Minimum temperature (without mechanical load)

°C

-40

Electric strength IEC 60243-1/DIN VDE 0303-21

kV/cm

600

400

> 300

850

Resistance to creepage IEC 60112/DIN VDE 0303-1

CTI...M

550

225

175

200

CTI...

600

225

175

600

Tropical and termite resistance

Good

Specific contact resistance

IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31



> 10

Surface resistance

IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31



> 10

Flammability rating according to UL 94

V2-V0

HB-V0

* According to UL 746 B/ANSI 746 B (elec.)

** Minimum value

Thermoplastics: ABS

We use the thermoplastic molding

compound ABS for products which must
have good impact and notched impact
properties in addition to high mechanical
stability and rigidity. The products are
resistant to chemicals and stress cracking
due to their special surface quality and
hardness.

The characteristic thermal properties

provide good dimensional stability at both
low and high temperatures. Products made
from ABS can be coated with metallic

surfaces, e.g., nickel.

The flammability rating of the molding

compound used is HB to V0 according to
UL 94.

Dimensions: W

idth

eight/

epth

Dimensions

Subject to changes that serve the purpose

of technical progress.

In accordance with statutory regulations,

our products are indicated with this
footnote if they are intended for use in
industrial environments. This means that
the permitted limit values for residential
applications may be exceeded in the event
of conducted and emitted disturbance
variables. In such cases, the operator may
have to take additional safety measures in
order to ensure electromagnetic
compatibility in residential applications.

EMC: Class A product:

Note:

The dimensions “

idth/

eight/

epth”

are defined as follows for all
DIN-rail-mountable products:
–

idth: measurement taken along the DIN rail

–

eight: measurement taken across the DIN rail

–

epth: measurement taken starting from the

mounting plate and including the DIN rail
NS 35/7.5 (EN 60715)
The width, height, and depth never

change, even if the products shown in this
catalog happen to be photographed from
two different perspectives (horizontal or
vertical).

To make things easier for you, one of the

two symbols shown above has been included
next to each product photo:

605

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical information

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

606

PHOENIX CONTACT

Connection cross section

strand)

or flexible

(fine-strand)

These values can be found in the product-

specific technical data.

The rated connection capacity of Phoenix

Contact terminal blocks usually exceeds
standard requirements, which specify that it
must only be possible to connect one
conductor with one of the two next
smallest cross sections, excluding the rated
cross section (standardized for the cross
section range from 0.2 to 35 mm

In addition, conductors with a rated cross

section can usually be wired with ferrules
with plastic sleeve.

Phoenix Contact terminal blocks are

The rated cross section of terminal blocks

must be specified by the manufacturer
according to IEC 60947-7-1. The rated cross
section is the maximum conductor cross
section that can be connected in single,
multi or fine-strand versions subject to
specific thermal, mechanical, and electrical
requirements.

The manufacturer must also specify the

rated connection capacity

, i.e., the area

of connectable conductors as well as the
number of conductors which can be
connected simultaneously and the necessary
preparation of the conductor ends. The
conductors can be

solid (single or multi-

designed to allow copper conductors to be
connected to them untreated. “Special
treatment” or the use of ferrules – both
permitted according to IEC 60947-7-1 – are
not required. If ferrules are nevertheless
used to protect stranded conductors against
splicing, the connection capacity of the
stranded conductor is generally reduced by
one level.

Structure and dimensions of connecting cables

Cross

section

Single-stranded

Multi-stranded

Fine-stranded

American Wire Gauge [AWG]

Diameter

max.

dimension

Number of

wires

Diameter

max.

dimension

Number of

wires

(minimum

number)

Diameter

max.

dimension

Number of

wires

(guide

value)

Gauge no.

Solid wires

Stranded wires

[mm

]

AWG

[

mm]

[circ. mils]

[mm

]

[

mm]

[circ. mils]

[mm

]

0.2

0.5

–

0.51

404

0.21

–

0.5

0.9

1.1

0.81

1022

0.52

0.97

1111

0.56

0.75

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.02

1620

0.82

1.16

1600

0.82

1.2

1.4

1.5

(17)

1.15

2050

1.04

–

1.29

2580

1.31

1.50

2580

1.32

1.5

1.7

1.8

(15)

1.45

3260

1.65

–

1.63

4110

2.08

1.85

4100

2.09

2.5

1.9

2.2

2.3

(13)

1.83

5180

2.63

–

2.05

6530

3.31

2.41

6500

3.32

2.4

2.7

2.9

(11)

2.30

8230

4.17

–

2.59

10380

5.26

2.95

10530

5.37

2.9

3.3

3.9

(9)

2.91

13100

6.63

–

3.26

16510

8.37

3.73

16625

8.48

Extract from IEC 60947-1/EN 60947-1, Table 4

The torque according to IEC and the recommended torque for Phoenix Contact terminal blocks are specified

Thread

Head screw with slot

Torque

Recommended

tightening torque

[Nm]

M2.5 (M2.6)

0.4

0.4 - 0.5

0.5

0.5 - 0.6

M3.5

0.8

0.8 - 1.0

1.2

1.2 - 1.5

Standard IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1/

DIN VDE 0611-1 specifies the test currents
for the individual conductor cross sections
listed in the adjacent table. The
corresponding currents are listed with the
connection data for the individual terminal
blocks. The type tests of terminal blocks are
based on this data.

Test currents according to IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1, Table 5

Rated cross section

[mm

]

0.2

0.5

0.75

1.0

1.5

2.5

Test current

[A]

13.5

17.5

Tightening torque of terminal block screws

Current carrying capacity

IEC 60947-1/EN 60947-1, modified, Table 4

specifies tightening torques for screw
connections based on the screw size for
electrical and mechanical type tests.

Technical information

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

CCA







































For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

607

PHOENIX CONTACT

Certification bodies and approvals

Country

code

Explosion protection

Country

code

Marine classification societies

Country

code

IECEE CB Scheme

(in combination with certifying body)

Interna-

tional

International

Electrotechnical Commission

Interna-

tional

DNV GL - MARITIME

CENELEC Certification Agreement

(CCA inspection report)

(in combination with certifying body)

ATEX Directive

Bureau Veritas

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

DEKRA Certification B.V.

Germanischer Lloyd AG

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

- CSA approval for the USA -

Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt

Lloyd's Register of Shipping

Canadian Standards Association

(CSA) Combined logo

- CSA approval for Canada and the USA -

KIWA Nederland B.V.

Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)

VTT Expert Services Oy

Det Norske Veritas

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)

- UL approval for Canada -

IBExU Institut für Sicherheitstechnik

GmbH

Polski Rejestr Statków

Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

(UL) Combined logo

- UL approval for the USA and Canada -

TÜV Rheinland do Brasil

Russian Maritime Register of Shipping

INSIEME PER LA QUALITA'E LA

SICUREZZA

Technischer Überwachungsverein Nord

Korean Register of Shipping

Eurasian Conformity

DEKRA EXAM GmbH

American Bureau of Shipping

DEKRA Certification B.V.

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

Österreichischer Verband für

Elektrotechnik

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

- CSA approval for the USA -

electrosuisse SEV

Verband für Elektro-,

Energie- und Informationstechnik

Canadian Standards Association

(CSA) Combined logo

- CSA approval for Canada and the USA -

Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker e.V.

(VDE)

– Approval of drawings

– Reports with production monitoring

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)

Berufsgenossenschaft (BG)

GS Tested safety

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)

- UL approval for Canada -

Intertek ETL Listed

- Approval for the USA -

Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

(UL) Combined logo

- UL approval for the USA and Canada -

Intertek ETL Listed

- Approval for Canada -

FM Approvals

Intertek ETL Listed

- Approval for the USA and Canada -

Eurasian Conformity for Ex-products

TÜV Rheinland Industrie Service GmbH

China Compulsory Certification

Korea Communications Commission

Certification bodies and safety marks

Technical information

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

BRIDGE COVER

BRIDGE- 2

BRIDGE- 2-3M

BRIDGE- 3

BRIDGE- 3-3M

BRIDGE- 4

BRIDGE- 4-3M

BRIDGE- 5

BRIDGE- 5-3M

BRIDGE- 6

BRIDGE- 6-3M

BRIDGE- 7

BRIDGE- 7-3M

BRIDGE- 8

BRIDGE- 8-3M

BRIDGE- 9

BRIDGE- 9-3M

BRIDGE-10

BRIDGE-10-3M

BRIDGE-PT 2

BRIDGE-PT 3

BRIDGE-PT 4

BRIDGE-PT 5

BRIDGE-PT 6

BRIDGE-PT 7

BRIDGE-PT 8

BRIDGE-PT 9

BRIDGE-PT 10

CAB-USB A/MICRO USB B/2,0M

2701626

432

CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../...

2302421

595

CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../...

2302434

595

CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...

2302340

595

CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 2,0M/YUC

2321334

517

CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 4,0M/YUC

2321347

517

CABLE-40/2FLK16/10,0M/YUC

2321350

517

CABLE-40/2FLK16/15,0M/YUC

2321376

517

CABLE-40/2FLK16/20,0M/YUC

2321363

517

CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 2,0M/YUC

2314655

517

CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 4,0M/YUC

2314671

517

CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 6,0M/YUC

2318978

517

CABLE-50/4FLK14/10,0M/YUC

2314684

517

CABLE-50/4FLK14/15,0M/YUC

2322773

517

CABLE-50/4FLK14/20,0M/YUC

2314778

517

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305415

593

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S

2305428

593

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305431

593

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2299987

592

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2299990

592

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S

2300009

592

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302010

592

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302023

592

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302036

592

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302049

592

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305570

593

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2305583

593

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305596

593

CABLE-D- 9SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900903

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900909

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926014

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926027

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926030

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926043

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926056

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926069

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926072

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926360

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926373

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926386

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926399

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926409

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926412

596

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926425

596

CABLE-D-15SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900905

596

CABLE-D-15SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900910

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926085

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926098

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926108

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926111

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926124

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926137

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926140

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926438

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926441

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926454

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926467

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926470

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926483

596

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926496

596

CABLE-D-25SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900906

596

CABLE-D-25SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900911

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926153

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926166

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926179

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926182

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926195

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926205

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926218

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926506

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926519

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926522

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926535

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926548

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926551

596

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926564

596

CABLE-D-37SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900907

597

CABLE-D-37SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900912

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926221

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926234

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926247

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926250

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926263

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926276

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926289

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926577

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926580

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926593

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926603

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926616

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926629

597

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926632

597

CABLE-D-50SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900908

597

CABLE-D-50SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900913

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926292

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926302

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926315

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926328

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926331

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926344

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926357

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M

2926645

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2926658

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926661

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926674

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M

2926687

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926690

597

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926700

597

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305444

593

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S

2305457

593

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305460

593

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2302052

592

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2302065

592

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S

2302078

592

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302081

592

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302094

592

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302104

592

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302117

592

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305606

593

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2305619

593

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305622

593

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812

2304649

471

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812

2304652

471

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812

2304665

471

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812

2304678

471

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/...

2304681

471

CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305473

593

CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S

2305486

593

CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305499

593

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2302120

592

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2302133

592

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S

2302146

592

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302159

592

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302162

592

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302175

592

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302188

592

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305635

593

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2305648

593

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305651

593

CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-X81-I/...

2302706

488

CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-Y81P-O/...

2302696

488

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/X81-I

2302515

488

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/Y81P-O

2302476

488

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/X81-I

2302528

488

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/Y81P-O

2302489

488

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/X81-I

2302531

488

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/Y81P-O

2302492

488

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/X81-I

2302544

488

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/Y81P-O

2302502

488

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 100/KONFEK/S

2305509

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 200/KONFEK/S

2305512

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 300/KONFEK/S

2305525

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 400/KONFEK/S

2900759

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 600/KONFEK/S

2900760

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 800/KONFEK/S

2900761

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1000/KONFEK/S

2900762

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1500/KONFEK/S

2900763

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/2000/KONFEK/S

2900764

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 1,0M

2908516

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 2,0M

2908517

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 3,0M

2908518

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 4,0M

2908519

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 6,0M

2908520

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/ 8,0M

2908521

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/10,0M

2908522

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/15,0M

2908523

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/HF/S/20,0M

2908525

593

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2302191

592

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2302201

592

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302227

592

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302230

592

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302243

592

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302256

592

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305664

593

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2305677

593

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305680

593

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305541

593

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S

2305554

593

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305567

593

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2302269

592

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2302272

592

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S

2302285

592

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302298

592

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302308

592

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302311

592

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302324

592

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305693

593

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2305703

593

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305716

593

CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-IN/...

2302845

490

CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-OUT/...

2302858

490

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-IN

2304241

490

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-OUT

2304225

490

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-IN

2304254

490

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-OUT

2304238

490

CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-IN/...

2302816

490

CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-OUT/...

2302832

490

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IM/MEL

2903468

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IP/MEL

2903476

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/M340

2321635

495

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-IN

2321091

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-OUT

2321017

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IM/MEL

2903469

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IP/MEL

2903477

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/M340

2321648

495

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-IN

2321101

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-OUT

2321020

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IM/MEL

2903470

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IP/MEL

2903478

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/M340

2321651

495

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-IN

2321114

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-OUT

2321033

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IM/MEL

2903471

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IP/MEL

2903479

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/M340

2321664

495

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-IN

2321127

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-OUT

2321046

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IM/MEL

2903472

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IP/MEL

2903480

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/M340

2321677

495

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-IN

2321130

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-OUT

2321059

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IM/MEL

2903473

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IP/MEL

2903481

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/M340

2321680

495

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-IN

2321143

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-OUT

2321062

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IM/MEL

2903474

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IP/MEL

2903482

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/M340

2321693

495

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-IN

2321156

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-OUT

2321075

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IM/MEL

2903475

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IP/MEL

2903483

489

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/M340

2321703

495

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-IN

2321169

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-OUT

2321088

505

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/15,0M/M340

2903748

495

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/IM/MEL

2903502

489

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/M340

2321716

495

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-IN

2321253

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-OUT

2321172

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/IM/MEL

2903503

489

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/M340

2321729

495

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-IN

2321266

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-OUT

2321185

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/IM/MEL

2903504

489

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/M340

2321732

495

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-IN

2321279

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-OUT

2321198

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/IM/MEL

2903505

489

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/M340

2321745

495

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-IN

2321282

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-OUT

2321208

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/IM/MEL

2903506

489

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/M340

2321758

495

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-IN

2321295

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-OUT

2321211

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/IM/MEL

2903507

489

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/M340

2321761

495

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-IN

2321305

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-OUT

2321224

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/IM/MEL

2903508

489

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/M340

2321774

495

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-IN

2321318

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-OUT

2321237

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/IM/MEL

2903509

489

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/M340

2321787

495

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-IN

2321321

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-OUT

2321240

505

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-IN

2304209

490

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-OUT

2304186

490

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/15,0M/M340

2903749

495

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-IN

2304212

490

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-OUT

2304199

490

CABLE-FLK10-OE-0,14/...

2904331

584

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 0,5M

2904073

584

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,0M

2904074

584

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,5M

2904075

584

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,0M

2904076

584

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,5M

2904077

584

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 3,0M

2904078

584

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 4,0M

2904079

584

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 6,0M

2904080

584

608

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index

Alphabetical

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 8,0M

2904081

584

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/10,0M

2904082

584

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 50

2305761

584

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 100

2305253

584

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 150

2305266

584

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 200

2305279

584

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 250

2305282

584

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 300

2305295

584

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 400

2305774

584

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 600

2305787

584

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 800

2305790

584

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/...

2305732

584

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/1000

2305800

584

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 0,5M

2318127

584

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,0M

2318130

584

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,5M

2318143

584

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,0M

2318156

584

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,5M

2318169

584

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 3,0M

2318172

584

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 4,0M

2318185

584

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 6,0M

2318198

584

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 8,0M

2318208

584

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...

2318224

584

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/10,0M

2318211

584

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 50

2305826

585

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 100

2305305

585

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 150

2305318

585

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 200

2305321

585

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 250

2305334

585

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 300

2305347

585

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 400

2305839

585

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 600

2305842

585

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 800

2305855

585

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/...

2305745

585

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/1000

2305868

585

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 0,5M

2314134

587

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,0M

2314147

587

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,5M

2314150

587

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,0M

2314163

587

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,5M

2314176

587

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 3,0M

2314189

587

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 4,0M

2314192

587

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 5,0M

2314202

587

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 6,0M

2314215

587

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 7,0M

2314228

587

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 8,0M

2314231

587

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/10,0M

2314244

587

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 50

2305871

585

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 100

2305350

585

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 150

2305363

585

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 200

2305376

585

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 250

2305389

585

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 300

2305392

585

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 400

2305884

585

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 600

2305897

585

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 800

2305907

585

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/...

2305758

585

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/1000

2305910

585

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

366

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

251

COM CAB MINI DIN

2400127

214

D-DEK 1,5 GN

2716949

437

D-UKK 3/5

2770024

176

D-UKK 3/5 BU

2770105

176

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2964542

451

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2964270

450

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G

2964555

451

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100

2940223

440

DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/100

2964487

440

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2964364

451

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2964283

450

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G

2964348

451

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/100

2940207

440

DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/100

2941536

440

DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100

2941659

440

DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100

2940210

440

DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46

2964678

445

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 3

2941361

441

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 10

2961752

441

DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800

2964623

441

DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 3

2941387

441

DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 10

2961749

441

DEK-OV- 12DC/240AC/800

2964636

441

DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3

2941374

441

DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT

2964296

441

DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10

2964322

441

DEK-OV- 24DC/240AC/800

2964649

441

DEK-REL- 5/I/1

2941183

438

DEK-REL- 5/O/1

2941170

439

DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT

2964063

439

DEK-REL- 24/1/S

2964131

443

DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN

2964050

439

DEK-REL- 24/I/1

2940171

438

DEK-REL- 24/O/1

2941154

439

DEK-REL-G24/21

2964500

437

DEK-TR/INV

2964319

453

DFLK-D 9 SUB/B

2287135

575

DFLK-D 9 SUB/S

2283870

575

DFLK-D15 SUB/B

2280307

575

DFLK-D15 SUB/S

2280297

575

DFLK-D25 SUB/B

2280323

575

DFLK-D25 SUB/S

2280310

575

DFLK-D37 SUB/B

2280349

575

DFLK-D37 SUB/S

2280336

575

DFLK-D50 SUB/B

2287669

575

DFLK-D50 SUB/S

2291286

575

DIKD 1,5

2715979

439

EB 2- DIK BU

2716648

443

EB 2- DIK RD

2716693

443

EB 3- DIK BU

2716651

443

EB 3- DIK RD

2716745

443

EB 4- DIK BU

2716664

443

EB 4- DIK RD

2716758

443

EB 5- DIK BU

2716677

443

EB 5- DIK RD

2716761

443

EB 10- DIK BU

2716680

443

EB 10- DIK RD

2716774

443

EB 80- DIK BU

2715940

437

EB 80- DIK RD

2715953

437

EB 80- DIK WH

2715788

437

EEM-2AO-MA600

2901475

210

EEM-2DIO-MA600

2901371

210

EEM-ETH-MA600

2901373

211

EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600

2901374

211

EEM-IMP-MA400

2904314

212

EEM-IMP-MA600

2904313

212

EEM-MA200

2901362

209

EEM-MA250

2901363

209

EEM-MA400

2901364

209

EEM-MA600

2901366

208

EEM-MA600-24DC

2902352

208

EEM-MEMO-MA600

2901370

210

EEM-MKT-DRA

2902078

213

EEM-PB 12-MA600

2901418

211

EEM-RS485-MA400

2901365

211

EEM-RS485-MA600

2901367

211

EIK1-SVN-24P

2940799

452

EL3-M52

2833628

319

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50

ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37

2297277

ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16

ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2

ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9

ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16

ELR 5011 IP PN

ELR 5011-2 IP PN

ELR 5030 IP PN

ELR 5030-2 IP PN

ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2903920

ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-2

2903922

ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9

2903924

ELR H3-I-PT-SWD/500AC-06

2905076

ELR H3-I-PT-SWD/500AC-3

2905078

ELR H3-I-PT-SWD/500AC-9

2905079

ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905148

ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905149

ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-9-IFS

2905150

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2900542

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2

2900543

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900545

ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900544

ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900546

ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-06-IFS

2905162

ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-3-IFS

2905163

ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-9-IFS

2905164

ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2903914

ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-2

2903916

ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9

2903918

ELR H3-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-06

2903936

ELR H3-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-3

2903937

ELR H3-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-9

2903938

ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905141

ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905142

ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-3-IOL

2908671

ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-9-IFS

2905143

ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-9-IOL

2908672

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2900566

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2

2900567

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900569

ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900568

ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900570

ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-06-IFS

2905154

ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-3-IFS

2905155

ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-9-IFS

2905156

ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900530

ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900531

ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2903908

ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-2

2903910

ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9

2903912

ELR H5-I-PT-SWD/500AC-06

2905073

ELR H5-I-PT-SWD/500AC-3

2905074

ELR H5-I-PT-SWD/500AC-9

2905075

ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905144

ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905146

ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-9-IFS

2905147

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2900573

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2

2900574

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900576

ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900575

ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900578

ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-06-IFS

2905157

ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-3-IFS

2905159

ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-9-IFS

2905160

ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2903902

ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-2

2903904

ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9

2903906

ELR H5-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-06

2903933

ELR H5-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-3

2903934

ELR H5-IES-PT-SWD/500AC-9

2903935

ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905138

ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905139

ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-3-IOL

2908669

ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-9-IFS

2905140

ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-9-IOL

2908670

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2900582

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2

2900414

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900421

ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900420

ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900422

ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-06-IFS

2905151

ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-3-IFS

2905152

ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-9-IFS

2905153

ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900538

ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900539

ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902952

ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902953

ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902954

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06

2902746

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2

2902744

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9

2902745

ELR W1/ 2-24DC

2963598

ELR W1/ 6-24DC

2982090

ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37

2297374

ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37

2297387

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2

2297293

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9

2297316

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16

2297332

ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2

2297303

ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9

2297329

ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16

2297345

ELR W3/ 9-400 S

2963569

ELR-H51-0,6-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET

2904334

ELR-H51-0,6-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET2904333

ELR-H51-2,4-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET

2904336

ELR-H51-2,4-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET2904335

ELR-H51-9-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET

2904338

ELR-H51-9-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET

2904337

EM RD-ADAPTER

2902747

EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902831

EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT

EM SWD-ADAPTER

EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS

EM-D-8/4-24DC-IFS

EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS

EM-ETH-GATEWAY-IFS

EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS

EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS

EM-PNET-GATEWAY-IFS

EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS

EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS

EMD-BL-3V-400

263

EMD-BL-3V-400-PT

2903526

263

EMD-BL-C-10

2903521

262

EMD-BL-C-10-PT

2903522

262

EMD-BL-PH-480

2903527

263

EMD-BL-PH-480-PT

2903528

263

EMD-BL-PTC

2906252

264

EMD-BL-PTC-PT

2906253

264

EMD-BL-V-230

2903523

262

EMD-BL-V-230-PT

2903524

262

EMD-FL-3V-230

2885773

268

EMD-FL-3V-400

2866064

268

EMD-FL-3V-500

2867979

268

EMD-FL-3V-690

2885249

268

EMD-FL-C-10

2866022

266

EMD-FL-PF-400

2885809

270

EMD-FL-RP-480

2900177

270

EMD-FL-V-300

2866048

267

EMD-SL-3V-400

2866051

269

EMD-SL-3V-400-N

2885278

269

EMD-SL-C-OC-10

2866019

266

EMD-SL-C-UC-10

2867937

266

EMD-SL-LL-110

2901137

271

EMD-SL-LL-230

2885906

271

EMD-SL-PH-400

2866077

269

EMD-SL-PH-690

2905597

269

EMD-SL-PS- 24AC

2866103

266

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC

2885359

266

EMD-SL-PS-110AC

2866116

266

EMD-SL-PS-120AC

2885731

266

EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2866129

266

EMD-SL-PS45-110AC

2885281

268

EMD-SL-PS45-120AC

2885744

268

EMD-SL-PS45-230AC

2885294

268

EMD-SL-PS45-400AC

2885304

268

EMD-SL-PS45-500AC

2885317

270

EMD-SL-PTC

2866093

271

EMD-SL-V-UV-300

2866035

267

EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/2

2942810

445

609

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index

Alphabetical

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38

2941646

447

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK

2949994

447

EMG 22-DIO 4E

2950048

280

EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408

2952790

280

EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408

2952211

280

EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408

2952198

280

EMG 22-DIO 7M

2950077

280

EMG 22-DIO 7P

2950064

280

EMG 22-LA 7S/230

2949677

281

EMG 22-LED 7S/24

2952305

281

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46

2940760

444

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46

2940061

444

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 5

2949787

454

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN12

2952363

454

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN35

2952350

454

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 5

2949790

455

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP12

2952156

455

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP35

2952169

455

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN

2940252

101

EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

2942124

101

EMG 45-DIO 8E

2950103

280

EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408

2949389

280

EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP

2954798

281

EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408

2954882

280

EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408

2954879

280

EMG 45-DIO14M

2950129

280

EMG 45-DIO14M/LP

2950132

281

EMG 45-DIO14P

2950116

280

EMG 45-LED 14S/24

2952334

281

EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP

2954808

281

EMG 90-DIO 17E

2954895

280

EMG 90-DIO 32M

2954934

280

EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP

2954785

281

EMG 90-DIO 32P

2954918

280

EMG-GKS 12

2947035

280

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS

2297523

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS

2297497

EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS

2297536

EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS

2297507

ETD-BL-1T-230

2905813

272

ETD-BL-1T-230-PT

2905814

272

ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S

2917492

277

ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT

2901489

277

ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN

2917515

277

ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT

2901491

277

ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN

2917528

277

ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT

2901492

277

ETD-BL-1T-F-300S

2917502

277

ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT

2901490

277

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S

2917450

277

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT

2901485

277

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN

2917467

277

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT

2901487

277

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN

2917489

277

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT

2901488

277

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S

2917463

277

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT

2901486

277

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S

2917379

276

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT

2901476

276

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN

2917395

276

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT

2901478

276

ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN

2917405

276

ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT

2901479

276

ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S

2917382

276

ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT

2901477

276

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S

2917418

277

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT

2901480

277

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN

2917434

277

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT

2901483

277

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN

2917447

277

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT

2901484

277

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S

2917421

277

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT

2901481

277

ETD-BL-2T-I-230

2907713

273

ETD-BL-2T-I-230-PT

2907714

273

ETD-FL-2T-DTI

2866187

278

ETD-SL-1T-DTF

2866161

279

ETD-SL-2T-I

2866174

279

EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC

2903465

EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC

2903098

EU5C-SWD-DP PXC

2903100

EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC

EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC

EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC

EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC

EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC

EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC

FA MCR-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

2907064

180

FA MCR-DS-I-I-OLP

2908781

182

FA MCR-EX-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

2907216

180

FA MCR-EX-FD-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

2907781

181

FA MCR-FD-PM

2908739

181

FA MCR-FD-TUI-UI-2REL-UP

2907780

181

FA MCR-FDS-I-I-OLP

2908782

183

FA MCR-FDS-PM

2908783

183

FA MCR-HT-D

2908735

187

FA MCR-HT-FH

2908736

192

FA MCR-HT-FH-PM

2908738

192

FA MCR-HT-FH-WM

2908737

192

FA MCR-HT-TS-I-OLP-PT

2908742

187

FASTCON PRO-SET

2906227

101

FASTCON PRO-SET-PT

2906228

101

FBS 2-6

3030336

366

FBS 2-6 BU

3036932

366

FBS 2-6 GY

3032237

366

FBS 2-8

3030284

366

FBS 2-8 BU

3032567

366

FBS 2-8 GY 7042

3032541

366

FBS 5-6

3030349

366

FBS 10-6

3030271

366

FBS 20-6

3030365

366

FBS 50-6

3032224

366

FBSR 2-6

3033715

296

FBSR 2-8

3033808

302

FBSR 3-6

3001594

296

FBSR 4-6

3001595

296

FBSR 5-6

3001596

296

FBST 6-PLC BU

2966812

424

FBST 6-PLC GY

2966825

424

FBST 6-PLC RD

2966236

424

FBST 8-PLC GY

2967688

424

FBST 14-PLC BK

2967691

424

FBST 500-PLC BU

2966692

424

FBST 500-PLC GY

2966838

424

FBST 500-PLC RD

2966786

424

FL CRIMPTOOL

2744869

FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2

2744571

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2

2744856

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2299204

588

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2299217

588

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2299220

588

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2299233

588

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299246

588

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2299259

588

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299262

588

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299275

588

FLK 10/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299288

588

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK

2295729

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2288901

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S

2296977

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2288914

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S

2296980

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2288927

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S

2296993

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2288930

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2297002

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2288943

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2288956

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299013

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2288969

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2288972

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299026

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK

2290847

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK

2290834

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK

2290850

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2290863

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S

2299039

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299563

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

2299042

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299576

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299055

550

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/KONFEK

2305952

587

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/KONFEK

2305965

587

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/KONFEK

2305978

587

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/KONFEK

2305981

587

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/KONFEK

2305994

587

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/KONFEK

2304759

587

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/KONFEK

2304762

587

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/KONFEK

2304717

587

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/KONFEK

2306003

587

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 700/KONFEK

2314011

587

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/KONFEK

2314024

587

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/1000/KONFEK

2314037

587

FLK 16-14-DV-IN/...

2304416

480

FLK 16-14-DV-OUT/...

2304377

480

FLK 16-24-DV-AI-EZ-DR/...

2304335

480

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/ 50

2304393

480

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/100

2300559

480

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/200

2300562

480

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/300

2304403

480

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/400

2305185

480

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30

2304348

480

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50

2304351

480

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100

2300575

480

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200

2300588

480

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300

2304364

480

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30

2304319

480

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50

2304296

480

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100

2301134

480

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200

2301545

480

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300

2304322

480

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2299291

588

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2299301

588

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2299314

588

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2299327

588

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299330

588

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2299343

588

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299356

588

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299369

588

FLK 16/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299372

588

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/...

2304487

480

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK

2298470

480

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/200/KONFEK

2298438

480

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/300/KONFEK

2300818

480

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK

2296391

588

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 100KONFEK

2296401

588

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 150KONFEK

2296472

588

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 200KONFEK

2296485

588

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 300KONFEK

2296498

588

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 400KONFEK

2296508

588

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 600KONFEK

2296511

588

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 800KONFEK

2296524

588

FLK 20/EZ-DR/1000KONFEK

2296537

588

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2299385

589

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2299398

589

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2299408

589

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2299411

589

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299424

589

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2299437

589

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299440

589

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299453

589

FLK 26/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299466

589

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2299479

589

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2299482

589

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2299495

589

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2299505

589

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299518

589

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2299521

589

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299534

589

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299547

589

FLK 34/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299550

589

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 100/YUC

2904747

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 200/YUC

2904748

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 300/YUC

2904749

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 400/YUC

2904750

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 500/YUC

2904645

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 600/YUC

2904751

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 700/YUC

2904752

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 800/YUC

2904753

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 900/YUC

2904754

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1000/YUC

2904646

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1500/YUC

2904647

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2000/YUC

2904488

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2500/YUC

2904648

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/3000/YUC

2904649

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC

2322786

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC

2314341

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC

2314354

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC

2314367

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC

2321570

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC

2314943

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC

2321583

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC

2314956

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC

2321415

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC

2314370

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC

2314383

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC

2314532

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC

2314545

516

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC

2314558

516

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32

2296812

479

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32

2296786

479

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32

2296825

479

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32

2298483

479

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32

2296838

479

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32

2298522

479

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32

2296841

479

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32

2298535

479

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2288985

589

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC

2294610

478

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2288998

589

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC

2294623

478

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2289007

589

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC

2294636

478

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2289010

589

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC

2294649

478

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2289023

589

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2289036

589

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC

2294652

478

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2289049

589

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2289052

589

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299589

589

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299592

589

FLK 40/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299602

589

FLK 50-2FLK20-EZ-DR-DV/...

2304966

480

FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR ...

2302405

551

FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ...

2302447

551

FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-X81-I/...

2302683

488

FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-Y81P-O/...

2302625

488

FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-IN/...

2302803

490

FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-OUT/...

2302829

490

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 100/YUC

2904739

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 200/YUC

2904740

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 300/YUC

2904741

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 400/YUC

2904742

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 500/YUC

2904636

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 600/YUC

2904743

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 700/YUC

2904744

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 800/YUC

2904745

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 900/YUC

2904746

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1000/YUC

2904637

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1500/YUC

2904638

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2000/YUC

2904487

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2500/YUC

2904639

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/3000/YUC

2904640

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC

2900991

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC

2314299

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC

2314309

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC

2314312

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC

2321499

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC

2314927

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC

2321509

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC

2314930

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC

2321512

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC

2314325

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC

2314338

516

610

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index

Alphabetical

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC

2314503

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC

2314516

516

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC

2314529

516

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV

2304872

480

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV

2304898

480

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV

2304908

480

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV

2304911

480

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV

2304937

480

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV

2304940

480

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV

2304953

480

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2296689

551

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2296692

551

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2296702

551

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2296715

551

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2305402

551

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2296728

551

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2296731

551

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2296744

551

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2296757

551

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2296773

551

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2289065

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S

2299097

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2289078

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S

2299107

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2289081

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S

2299110

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2289094

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2299123

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2289104

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2289117

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299136

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2289120

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2289133

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299149

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK

2289573

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK

2289586

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK

2289599

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2289609

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S

2299152

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK

2289612

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK

2289625

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK

2289638

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2289641

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

2299165

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK

2289654

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK

2289667

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK

2289670

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2289683

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299178

550

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/X81-I

2302641

488

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/Y81P-O

2302599

488

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/X81-I

2302654

488

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/Y81P-O

2302609

488

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/X81-I

2302667

488

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/Y81P-O

2302612

488

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/X81-I

2302670

488

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/Y81P-O

2302638

488

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-IN

2304160

490

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-OUT

2304144

490

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-IN

2304173

490

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-OUT

2304157

490

FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...

2295046

591

FLK EZ-DR.../.../...

2295059

591

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

2302861

473

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC

2901037

473

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

2302874

473

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32

2302777

492

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8

2900889

492

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16

2302751

492

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16

2302764

492

FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340

2903208

494

FLKM 14-PA-S300

2299770

503

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN

2293462

476

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M

2293475

476

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT

2293459

476

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

2290038

485

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO

2290009

485

FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC

2294487

530

FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC

2290423

534

FLKM 16-PA- 331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR

2318237

507

FLKM 16-PA- 332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR

2318240

507

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR

2314749

506

FLKM 16/AI/DV

2304429

481

FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV

2304445

481

FLKM 16/DV

2304432

481

FLKM 4X14-PA/AN/S7-1500

2907385

511

FLKM 4X14-PA/PT/DIO/S7-1500

2907382

510

FLKM 4X14-PA/SC/DIO/S7-1500

2907381

510

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

2302735

472

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

2302748

472

FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI

2321473

484

FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN

2321486

484

FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q

2294306

493

FLKM 50-PA-S300

2294445

502

FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167

2307662

504

FLKM 50-PA-S400

2294500

514

FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48)

2294908

515

FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A

2293446

476

FLKM 50-PA/AN/S7-1500

2907386

511

FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300

2321952

504

FLKM 50-PA/PT/DIO/S7-1500

2907384

510

FLKM 50-PA/SC/DIO/S7-1500

2907383

510

FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

2294416

493

FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400

2294429

515

FLKM 50/32M/DV

2304869

482

FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV

2304856

482

FLKM 50/32M/PLC

2289719

529

FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC

2294490

530

FLKM 50/32P/PLC

2291121

529

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300

2296281

502

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC

2291587

534

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC

2290614

534

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300

534

FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400

2314901

562

FLKM S115/47X0,75/3,0M/OE

2314985

563

FLKM S115/47X0,75/5,0M/OE

2314998

563

FLKM S115/S400/SO155

2307248

562

FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137

2306294

563

FLKM S135-431-4UA/S400

2314846

560

FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400

2314859

561

FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400

2314613

561

FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400

2314862

561

FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400

2314875

561

FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400

2314888

561

FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400

2314626

561

FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400

2314891

561

FLKM S135/42X0,75/3,0M/OE

2315007

559

FLKM S135/42X0,75/5,0M/OE

2318017

559

FLKM S135/42XMKDSN

2901603

559

FLKM S135/S400/SO120

2301723

560

FLKM S135/S400/SO121

2301736

560

FLKM S135/S400/SO122

2301749

560

FLKM S135/S400/SO125

2301778

561

FLKM S135/S400/SO126

2301781

561

FLKM S135/S400/SO127

2301794

561

FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC

2314736

559

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7

2295062

534

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810

2304513

470

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P

2304539

470

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830

2304526

470

FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS

2314260

521

FLKM-KS40/YCS

2314642

520

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300

2901879

486

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300

2900924

486

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

2900622

486

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300

2901423

486

FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC

2284510

532

FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC

2284523

532

FLKMS 50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC

2901389

532

FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS

2314286

521

FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS

2314273

521

FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS

2314451

520

FUSE-10X38-16A-GR

FUSE-10X38-20A-GR

FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC

IBS IP 400 MBH -F

IBS PG SET

IBS RBC/F-T/

IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER

105

IFS-CONFSTICK

2986122

432

IFS-CONFSTICK-L

2901103

IFS-OP-CRADLE

2811886

171

IFS-OP-UNIT

2811899

171

IFS-USB-DATACABLE

2320500

433

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

105

ILC 191 ME/AN

2700074

214

IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

1857919

IOA AI/AO/BFI/DS/0.5A/EX

2906599

555

IOA DI/DO/BFI/DS/1.0A/EX

2906600

555

IOA FEED-THRU/EX

2906598

554

IOA REL 120V DI/1.0A/EX

2910157

556

IOA REL 120V DO/BFI/3.0A/EX

2910154

556

IOA REL 24V DI/BFI/1.0A/EX

2910155

556

IOA REL 24V DO/BFI/3.0A/EX

2910153

556

MACX MCR-CJC

2924993

127

MACX MCR-EX-DUMMY-ISOLATOR

2904970

173

MACX MCR-EX-DUMMY-ISOLATOR-SP2905846 173

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP

2865984

154

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP

2924249

154

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO

2865476

153

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP

2924087

153

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T

2865489

156

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP

2924090

156

MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I

2865405

144

MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP

2924032

144

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO

2865450

152

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP

2924061

152

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T

2865463

155

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP

2924074

155

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-HO

2907404

157

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-HO-SP

2907405

157

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM

2866006

157

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP

2924883

157

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R

2865434

151

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP

2924045

151

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-YO

2905723

157

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-YO-SP

2905724

157

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I

2865382

142

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP

2924676

142

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I

2865366

141

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-1S

2908855

141

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-1S-SP

2908856

141

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP

2924236

141

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I

2865340

140

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP

2924016

140

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP

2865793

143

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP

2924029

143

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I

2865939

145

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC

2865573

145

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP

2924142

145

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC

2924168

145

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LFD

2905669

160

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LFD-SP

2905674

160

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP

2865492

162

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP

2924113

162

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP

2865764

163

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP

2924139

163

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP

2865515

163

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP

2924100

163

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD

2924867

159

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP

2924870

159

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LFD

2906155

161

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LFD-SP

2906156

161

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP

2865609

163

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP

2924126

163

MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I

2865942

146

MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC

2865586

146

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP

2865654

148

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C

2811763

148

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP

2924689

148

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C

2924692

148

MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP

2865751

150

MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2924799

150

MACX MCR-I20

2905680

139

MACX MCR-PTB

2865625

174

MACX MCR-PTB-SP

2924184

174

MACX MCR-S-MUX

2865599

166

MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB

2308124

166

MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-HV-ILP

2907706

125

MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-HV-ILP-SP

2907707

125

MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-ILP

2905280

124

MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-ILP-SP

2905281

124

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP

2865052

135

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP

2924304

135

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO

2865049

134

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP

2924294

134

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T

2865036

137

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP

2924281

137

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I

2810612

246

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP

2810625

246

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP

2810638

246

MACX MCR-SL-I-I-HV-ILP

2907704

125

MACX MCR-SL-I-I-HV-ILP-SP

2907705

125

MACX MCR-SL-I-I-ILP

2905278

124

MACX MCR-SL-I-I-ILP-SP

2905279

124

MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I

2865971

126

MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP

2924223

126

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO

2865010

133

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP

2924265

133

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T

2865023

136

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP

2924278

136

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R

2865997

132

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP

2924252

132

MACX MCR-SL-RPSS-2I-2I

2904089

123

MACX MCR-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP

2904090

123

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I

2924825

121

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP

2924838

121

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I

2865955

120

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP

2924207

120

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP

2865968

122

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP

2924210

122

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I

2865065

130

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC

2865078

130

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP

2924317

130

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC

2924320

130

MACX MCR-SL-TC-I

2924333

131

MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC

2924346

131

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP

2811394

128

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C

2811873

128

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP

2811860

128

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C

2811970

128

MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP

2811378

127

MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2811828

127

MACX MCR-TS-I-OLP

2908662

194

MACX MCR-TS-I-OLP-SP

2908664

194

MACX MCR-UI-UI

2811284

116

MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC

2811446

116

MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP

2811572

116

MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC

2811556

116

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP

2811459

118

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC

2811297

118

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP

2811585

118

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC

2811569

118

MACX MCR-VAC

2906239

250

MACX MCR-VAC-PT

2906244

250

MACX MCR-VDC

2906242

250

MACX MCR-VDC-PT

2906243

250

MACX PL-EX-RPSS-2I-2I

2904963

169

MACX PL-EX-RPSS-2I-2I-SP

2904964

169

MACX PL-EX-RPSSI-2I

2904959

168

MACX PL-EX-RPSSI-2I-SP

2904960

168

MACX PL-EX-T-UIREL-UP

2904910

170

MACX PL-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2904912

170

MACX PL-RPSSI-2I

2904961

138

MACX PL-RPSSI-2I-SP

2904962

138

MACX PL-T-UIREL-UP

2904901

139

611

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index

Alphabetical

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

MACX PL-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2904903

139

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

1803604

MCR-DIN-RAIL-ADAPTER HT

2864671

193

MCR-ET 38X35 WH

2814317

251

MCR-FL-HT-T-I

2864529

189

MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX

2864532

190

MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX

2864545

188

MCR-FL-T-LP-I

2864561

196

MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

2864574

195

MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX

2864587

195

MCR-PAC-T-USB

2309000

180

MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI

2814634

242

MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC

2814715

242

MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI

2814650

242

MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC

2814731

242

MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI

2814647

243

MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI

2814663

243

MCR-S-20-100-UI-DCI

2908798

243

MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC

2814728

243

MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC

2814744

243

MCR-SL-CUC-100-I

2308027

241

MCR-SL-CUC-100-U

2308108

240

MCR-SL-CUC-200-I

2308030

241

MCR-SL-CUC-200-U

2308205

240

MCR-SL-CUC-300-I

2308043

241

MCR-SL-CUC-300-U

2308302

240

MCR-SL-CUC-400-I

2308072

241

MCR-SL-CUC-500-I

2308085

241

MCR-SL-CUC-600-I

2308098

241

MCR-SL-D-FIT

2864024

185

MCR-SL-D-RA

2810081

184

MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI

2710314

186

MCR-SL-D-U-I

2864011

184

MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I

2864516

191

MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I

2864558

197

MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 24

2864464

249

MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP

2813486

247

MCR-SL-S-100-U

2813457

247

MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP

2813499

247

MCR-SL-S-200-U

2813460

247

MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0

2814359

248

MCR-TTL-RS232-E

2814388

251

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

2814799

251

ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2709561

103

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2707437

433

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

2869728

102

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GY

2695439

102

MINI MCR-2-2I-2I-ILP

2901996

MINI MCR-2-2I-2I-ILP-PT

2901997

MINI MCR-2-CVCS

2902064

100

MINI MCR-2-CVCS-PT

2902065

100

MINI MCR-2-F-UI

2902056

MINI MCR-2-F-UI-PT

2902058

MINI MCR-2-FM-RC

2904504

104

MINI MCR-2-FM-RC-PT

2904508

104

MINI MCR-2-I-I

2901998

MINI MCR-2-I-I-ILP

2901994

MINI MCR-2-I-I-ILP-PT

MINI MCR-2-I-I-PT

MINI MCR-2-I0-U

MINI MCR-2-I0-U-PT

MINI MCR-2-I4-U

MINI MCR-2-I4-U-PT

MINI MCR-2-NAM-2RO

MINI MCR-2-NAM-2RO-PT

MINI MCR-2-POT-UI

MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-C

MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-PT

MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-PT-C

2905006

MINI MCR-2-PTB

2902066

102

MINI MCR-2-PTB-PT

2902067

102

MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-I

2902014

MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-I-PT

MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI

MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-C

MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-PT

MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-PT-C

MINI MCR-2-T-2RO

MINI MCR-2-T-2RO-PT

MINI MCR-2-T-REL

MINI MCR-2-T-REL-PT

MINI MCR-2-TB

104

MINI MCR-2-TC-UI

2902055

MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-C

2902053

MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-PT

2905249

MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-PT-C

MINI MCR-2-U-I0

MINI MCR-2-U-I0-PT

MINI MCR-2-U-I4

MINI MCR-2-U-I4-PT

MINI MCR-2-U-U

MINI MCR-2-U-U-PT

MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO

MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-C

MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-PT

MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-PT-C

2906202

MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP

2902061

MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-C

2902060

MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-PT

2902063

MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-PT-C

MINI MCR-2-UI-REL

MINI MCR-2-UI-REL-PT

MINI MCR-2-UI-UI

MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-C

MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-PT

MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-PT-C

2902039

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI

2905026

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI-C

2905025

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI-PT

2905028

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI-PT-C

2905027

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO

2902026

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-C

2902024

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-PT

2902028

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-PT-C

2902027

MINI MCR-2-V8-FLK 16

2901993

MINI MCR-2-V8-MOD-RTU

2905634

MINI MCR-2-V8-MOD-TCP

2905635

MINI MCR-2-V8-PB-DP

2905636

MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC

2902961

524

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM

2902958

524

MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX

2866653

103

MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5

2866983

103

MM-CONF-SET

2297992

MPS-IH BK

0201731

176

MPS-IH BU

0201689

176

MPS-IH GN

0201702

176

MPS-IH GY

0201728

176

MPS-IH RD

0201676

176

MPS-IH WH

0201663

176

MPS-IH YE

0201692

176

MPS-MT

0201744

176

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2900013

105

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967989

394

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982113

310

OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100

2967992

394

OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2

2982168

311

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966595

300

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982100

310

OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100

2966618

301

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1

2967950

301

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2

2982171

311

OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966605

394

OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982126

310

OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100

2966621

394

OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2967963

395

OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2

2982184

395

PACT MCR-CB-21- 8

2277569

233

PACT MCR-CB-21-12

2277556

233

PACT MCR-CB-28-12

2277543

233

PACT MCR-CB-42-12

2277530

233

PACT MCR-ETC-60

2277572

233

PACT MCR-ETC-75

2277585

233

PACT MCR-ICAP

2277608

233

PACT MCR-RA

2277598

233

PACT MCR-V1-21-44

2277268

223

PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1

2277019

223

PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1

2277611

223

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1

2277022

223

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1

2277763

223

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1

2277035

223

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1

2277776

223

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1

2277048

223

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1

2277789

223

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1

2277051

223

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1

2277792

223

PACT MCR-V1C-21-44

2277420

223

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60

2277271

224

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1

2276502

224

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-150-5A-1

2277077

224

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1

2276544

224

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1

2277080

224

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-400-5A-1

2277093

224

PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70

2277284

225

PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85

2277297

226

PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85

2277336

227

PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96

2277349

228

PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95

2277307

228

PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105

2277352

229

PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105

2277365

229

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129

2277378

230

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A

2276395

230

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129

2277381

230

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A

2276405

230

PACT MCR-V2-12020-159

2277394

231

PACT MCR-V2-12040-159

2277404

231

PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A

2276418

231

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1

2277815

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1

2277828

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1

2277831

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1

2277064

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1

2277624

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1

2277844

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1

2277637

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1

2277857

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1

2277860

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1

2277640

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1

2277653

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1

2277103

224

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1

2277666

224

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1

2277116

225

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1

2277679

225

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1

2277129

225

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1

2277682

225

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1

2277132

225

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1

2277695

225

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1

2277145

225

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1

2277158

225

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1

2276117

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1

2276120

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1

2276133

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1

2276146

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1

2277161

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1

2276159

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1

2277174

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1

2276162

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1

2276175

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1

2277187

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1

2276463

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1

2277190

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1

2277200

226

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1

2276188

226

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1

2277873

227

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1

2277886

227

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1

2277899

227

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1

2277909

227

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1

2277912

227

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1

2277925

227

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1

2277938

227

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1

2277941

227

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1

2277954

227

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1

2277967

227

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1

2277983

227

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1

2276191

228

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1

2276201

228

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1

2276214

228

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1

2277705

228

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1

2276227

228

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1

2277718

228

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1

2276230

228

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1

2276243

228

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1

2277213

228

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1

2277226

228

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1

2277239

228

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1

2277242

228

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1

2277255

228

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1

2276256

229

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1

2276269

229

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1

2276272

229

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1

2276285

229

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1

2276298

229

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1

2277721

229

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1

2276308

229

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1

2276311

229

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1

2277734

229

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1

2276324

229

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1

2276337

229

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1

2276340

229

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1

2277747

229

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1

2277750

229

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1

2276382

229

PACT MCR-V2C- 3015- 60

2277433

224

PACT MCR-V2C- 4012- 70

2277446

225

PACT MCR-V2C- 5012- 85

2277459

226

PACT MCR-V2C- 6015- 85

2277462

227

PACT MCR-V2C- 6040- 96

2277488

228

PACT MCR-V2C- 6315- 95

2277475

228

PACT MCR-V2C- 8015-105

2277491

229

PACT MCR-V2C- 8020-105

2277501

229

PACT MCR-V2C-10020-129

2277514

230

PACT MCR-V2C-10036-129

2277527

230

PACT MCR-V3-60

2277417

232

PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D140

2904922

236

PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D190

2904923

236

PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D95

2904921

236

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D140

2906232

237

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D190

2906233

237

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D95

2906231

237

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D140

2906235

237

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D190

2906236

237

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D95

2906234

237

PACT RCP-CLAMP

2904895

236

PACT RCP-CLAMP-5-10

2907888

236

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276612

233

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65

2276625

233

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

233

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

233

PLC-2RPT-24DC/1

2901639

402

PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 1

2987309

402

PLC-APT-PT100-IN

2906919

431

PLC-APT-UI-IN

2906917

430

PLC-APT-UI-OUT

2906921

431

PLC-ASC-PT100-IN

2906918

431

PLC-ASC-UI-IN

2906916

430

PLC-ASC-UI-OUT

2906920

431

PLC-ATP BK

2966841

424

PLC-BP A1-14

2980283

424

PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW

2900261

416

PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2900450

383

PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2900456

389

PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46

2900453

388

PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2900457

389

PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46

2900455

388

612

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index

Alphabetical

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

PLC-BPT-TTL/1

2900458

412

PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2982799

383

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2980322

389

PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO46

2980416

389

PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46

2980319

388

PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO46

2980432

389

PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2980348

389

PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO46

2980429

389

PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46

2980335

388

PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO46

2980445

389

PLC-BSC-TTL/1

2982689

412

PLC-ESK GY

2966508

424

PLC-HPT-24DC/230AC/10

2905215

409

PLC-HSC-24DC/230AC/10

2905214

409

PLC-LOGIC-STARTERKIT3

2909916

432

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2902969

410

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/2/ACT

2900375

380

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2902971

411

PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G

2902973

411

PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/1

2900381

406

PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/1

2900382

406

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R

2900398

407

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2

2900364

377

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2/ACT

2900376

380

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW

2900379

415

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100

2900352

376

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2900358

385

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W

2900378

407

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2902972

411

PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW

2900391

415

PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/1

2900369

377

PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/2.4/ACT

2904632

408

PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ

2902970

410

PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G

2902974

411

PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/1

2900383

406

PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL

2900363

414

PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW

2900392

415

PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 24DC/2

2900365

377

PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 48DC/100

2900353

376

PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW

2900393

415

PLC-OPT- 48DC/230AC/1

2900370

377

PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 24DC/2

2900366

377

PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 48DC/100

2900354

376

PLC-OPT- 60DC/230AC/1

2900371

377

PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/1

2900384

406

PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW

2900394

415

PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW

2900395

415

PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW

2900380

415

PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW

2900396

415

PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/1

2900385

406

PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/1

2900388

406

PLC-OPT-120UC/ 24DC/2

2900367

377

PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100

2900355

376

PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2900359

385

PLC-OPT-120UC/230AC/1

2900372

377

PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/1

2900387

406

PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/1

2900389

406

PLC-OPT-230UC/ 24DC/2

2900368

377

PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100

2900356

376

PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2900361

385

PLC-OPT-230UC/230AC/1

2900374

377

PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100

2903173

422

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2902965

411

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT

2980144

380

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2902963

410

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G

2902967

411

PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 1

2980652

406

PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 1

2980665

406

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2902966

411

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966634

377

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT

2966676

380

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 5/ACT

2982786

382

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R

2982702

407

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/C1D2

5603260

459

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2902964

410

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G

2902968

411

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100

2966728

376

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/C1D2

5603261

459

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2966773

385

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W

2980636

407

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1

2967840

377

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT

2967947

381

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT

2982760

382

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/2.4/ACT

2904631

408

PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 1

2980678

406

PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL

2982728

414

PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967002

377

PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 48DC/100

2966993

376

PLC-OSC- 48DC/230AC/ 1

2967853

377

PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967468

377

PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 48DC/100

2967455

376

PLC-OSC- 60DC/230AC/ 1

2967866

377

PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 1

2980681

406

PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 1

2980694

406

PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 1

2980717

406

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2

2966650

377

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2/C1D2

5603262

459

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100

2966744

376

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/C1D2

5603263

459

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2966799

385

PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 1

2967879

377

PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 2

2980050

377

PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/100

2980047

376

PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 1

2980063

377

PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 1

2980704

406

PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 1

2980720

406

PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 2

2966663

377

PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100

2966757

376

PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2966809

385

PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 1

2967882

377

PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100

2903171

422

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW

2980513

415

PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982511

415

PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982524

415

PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982537

415

PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982540

415

PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982553

415

PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW

2980526

415

PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982566

415

PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P

2900397

420

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21

2900316

372

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21

2900329

374

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21AU

2900337

375

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21/MS

2909666

373

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU

2900317

373

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU/MS

2909671

373

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21HC

2900290

387

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/ACT

2900312

378

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/MS/ACT

2909677

379

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909678

385

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN

2900313

384

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT

2900298

386

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21

2900299

372

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21

2900330

374

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21/EX

2909514

458

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21AU

2900338

375

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21/MS

2909667

373

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU

2900306

373

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU/MS

2909672

373

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21HC

2900291

387

PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H

2900328

404

PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/L

2900327

404

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21

2900300

372

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21

2900332

374

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW

2900346

419

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU

2900339

375

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW

2900349

419

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/MS

2909668

373

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW

2900318

418

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU

2900307

373

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/MS

2909673

373

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW

2900321

418

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC

2900293

387

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW

2900324

419

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21

2900301

372

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21

2900333

374

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21AU

2900340

375

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21AU

2900308

373

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21HC

2900294

387

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21

2900303

372

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21

2900334

374

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21AU

2900341

375

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21AU

2900309

373

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21HC

2900295

387

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW

2900347

419

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW

2900350

419

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW

2900319

418

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW

2900322

418

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW

2900325

419

PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW

2900348

419

PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW

2900351

419

PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW

2900320

418

PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW

2900323

418

PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW

2900326

419

PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909679

385

PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/SEN

2900314

384

PLC-RPT-120UC/21

2900304

372

PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21

2900335

374

PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21/EX

2909515

458

PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21AU

2900342

375

PLC-RPT-120UC/21/EX

2909529

458

PLC-RPT-120UC/21/MS

2909669

373

PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU

2900310

373

PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU/MS

2909674

373

PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC

2900296

387

PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC/EX

2909533

459

PLC-RPT-12DC/21-21/EX

2909513

458

PLC-RPT-12DC/21/EX

2909527

458

PLC-RPT-12DC/21HC/EX

2909531

459

PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909680

385

PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/SEN

2900315

384

PLC-RPT-230UC/21

2900305

372

PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21

2900336

374

PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21/EX

2909516

458

PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU

2900343

375

PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF

2900345

417

PLC-RPT-230UC/21/EX

2909530

458

PLC-RPT-230UC/21/MS

2909670

373

PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU

2900311

373

PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU/MS

2909676

373

PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC

2900297

387

PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC/EX

2909534

459

PLC-RPT-24DC/21/EX

2909528

458

PLC-RPT-24DC/21HC/EX

2909532

459

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21

2966906

372

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21

2967235

374

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU

2967277

375

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21/MS

2909648

373

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU

2966919

373

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU/MS

2909654

373

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC

2967617

387

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT

2967109

379

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT

2966210

378

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/MS/ACT

2909661

379

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909663

385

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN

2966317

384

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT

2967604

386

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21

2966171

372

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21

2967060

374

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21/EX

2909509

458

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21AU

2967125

375

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21/MS

2909649

373

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU

2966265

373

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU/MS

2909655

373

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC

2967620

387

PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H

2982236

404

PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L

2834876

404

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21

2966184

372

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21

2967073

374

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU

2967112

375

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21/MS

2909650

373

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU

2966278

373

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU/MS

2909656

373

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC

2967633

387

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21

2966113

372

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21

2967248

374

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21AU

2967280

375

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21AU

2966126

373

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC

2967646

387

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21

2966139

372

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21

2967293

374

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21AU

2967303

375

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21AU

2966142

373

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC

2967659

387

PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909664

385

PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN

2966320

384

PLC-RSC-120UC/21

2966197

372

PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21

2967086

374

PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21/EX

2909511

458

PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU

2967138

375

PLC-RSC-120UC/21/EX

2909525

458

PLC-RSC-120UC/21/MS

2909651

373

PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU

2966281

373

PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU/MS

2909657

373

PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC

2967662

387

PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC/EX

2909520

459

PLC-RSC-12DC/21-21/EX

2909517

458

PLC-RSC-12DC/21/EX

2909522

458

PLC-RSC-12DC/21HC/EX

2909518

459

PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN

2909665

385

PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN

2966333

384

PLC-RSC-230UC/21

2966207

372

PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21

2967099

374

PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21/EX

2909512

458

PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU

2967141

375

PLC-RSC-230UC/21/EX

2909526

458

PLC-RSC-230UC/21/MS

2909653

373

PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU

2966294

373

PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU/MS

2909660

373

PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC

2967675

387

PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC/EX

2909521

459

PLC-RSC-24DC/21/EX

2909524

458

PLC-RSC-24DC/21HC/EX

2909519

459

PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P

2982663

420

PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC

2980539

421

PLC-SC-S/H

2980733

405

PLC-SC-S/L

2980775

405

PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC

2980555

421

PLC-V8/D15B/IN

2296087

425

PLC-V8/D15B/OUT

2296061

425

PLC-V8/D15S/IN

2296074

425

PLC-V8/D15S/OUT

2296058

425

PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

2296553

425

PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

2304115

425

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT

2295554

425

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M

2304102

425

PLC-V8C/CAB/TBUS/0,3M

2905263

433

PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/BM2

2907446

429

PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/EM

2905137

429

PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/SAM2

2907443

428

PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/BM2

2907447

429

PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/EM

2903095

429

PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/SAM2

2907445

428

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT

2299660

425

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M

2304306

425

PLC-VT

2296870

546

PLC-VT/ACT

2295567

546

PLC-VT/ACT/LA

2296867

546

PLC-VT/LA

2296854

546

PSK AFS2000IOL

2700709

217

PSK AFS5000IOL

2700705

217

PSK AFS6000IOL

2700707

216

PSK AFS6050IOL

2700704

216

PSK AFS8000IOL

2700708

217

PSK APS7004IOL

2700710

218

PSK RTU 50

2400018

215

PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS

2761295

251

PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P

2744416

166

PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P

2744429

166

REL-IR2/100AC/2X21

2907052

316

REL-IR2/200AC/2X21

2907053

316

REL-IR2/24DC/2X21

2907051

316

REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21

2903666

314

613

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index

Alphabetical

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21

2903667

314

REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21

2903668

314

REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21

2903659

314

REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21

2903660

314

REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21

2903663

314

REL-IR2/LDP-125DC/2X21

2903664

314

REL-IR2/LDP-220DC/2X21

2903665

314

REL-IR4/100AC/4X21

2907055

316

REL-IR4/200AC/4X21

2907056

316

REL-IR4/24DC/4X21

2907054

316

REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21

2903686

314

REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU

2903683

314

REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21

2903687

314

REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU

2903684

314

REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21

2903688

314

REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU

2903685

314

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21

2903676

314

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU

2903669

314

REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21

2903677

314

REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU

2903670

314

REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21

2903680

314

REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU

2903673

314

REL-IR4/LDP-125DC/4X21

2903681

314

REL-IR4/LDP-125DC/4X21AU

2903674

314

REL-IR4/LDP-220DC/4X21

2903682

314

REL-IR4/LDP-220DC/4X21AU

2903675

314

REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU

2961370

392

REL-MR- 4,5DC/21

2961367

392

REL-MR- 12DC/21

2961150

298

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21

2961257

304

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU

2961299

304

REL-MR- 12DC/21/MS

2909641

298

REL-MR- 12DC/21AU

2961163

298

REL-MR- 12DC/21AU/MS

2909644

298

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC

2961309

304

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU

2961532

304

REL-MR- 18DC/21

2961383

392

REL-MR- 18DC/21AU

2961493

392

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21

2961435

304

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS

2987956

306

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU

2961464

304

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC

2961406

304

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU

2961503

304

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS

2987891

306

REL-MR- 24DC/1IC

2961341

393

REL-MR- 24DC/21

2961105

298

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21

2961192

304

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS

2987943

306

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU

2961215

304

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS

2987985

306

REL-MR- 24DC/21/MS

2909642

298

REL-MR- 24DC/21AU

2961121

298

REL-MR- 24DC/21AU/MS

2909645

298

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2961312

304

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU

2961545

304

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS

2987927

306

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

2987888

306

REL-MR- 48DC/21-21

2834834

304

REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU

2834847

304

REL-MR- 48DC/21HC

2834821

304

REL-MR- 60DC/21

2961118

392

REL-MR- 60DC/21-21

2961273

304

REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU

2961286

304

REL-MR- 60DC/21/MS

2909643

392

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU

2961134

392

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU/MS

2909647

392

REL-MR- 60DC/21HC

2961325

304

REL-MR-110DC/21-21

2961202

304

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU

2961228

304

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961338

304

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU

2961561

304

REL-MR-120AC/21-21

2961448

304

REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS

2987969

306

REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU

2961477

304

REL-MR-120AC/21HC

2961419

304

REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU

2961516

304

REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS

2987901

306

REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961451

304

REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS

2987972

306

REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU

2961480

304

REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS

2987998

306

REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2961422

304

REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU

2961529

304

REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS

2987930

306

REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS

2987914

306

REL-MR-BL-100AC/21-21/MS

2908183

308

REL-MR-BL-100AC/21HC/MS

2908179

308

REL-MR-BL-200AC/21-21/MS

2908182

308

REL-MR-BL-200AC/21HC/MS

2908178

308

REL-MR-BL-24DC/21-21/MS

2908181

308

REL-MR-BL-24DC/21HC/MS

2908180

308

REL-MR-G 24/1

2961037

536

REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21

2903690

322

REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21

2903691

322

REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21

2903692

322

REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21

2903689

322

REL-OR2/LDP-220DC/2X21

2907026

322

REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21

2903694

322

REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21

2903695

322

REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21

2903696

322

REL-OR3/LDP-110DC/3X21

2908898

322

REL-OR3/LDP-220DC/3X21

2907027

322

REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21

2903693

322

REL-OR3/LDP-48DC/3X21

2908897

322

REL-PR1-110DC/1/MB

2908044

328

REL-PR1-220DC/1/MB

2908046

328

REL-PR1-230AC/1/MB

2908047

328

REL-PR1-24DC/1/MB

2908040

328

REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21

2903699

326

REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21

2903698

326

REL-PR2-120AC/2X21

2903700

326

REL-PR2-230AC/2X21

2903701

326

REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1

2903707

328

REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21

2903703

326

REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1

2903706

328

REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21

2903702

326

REL-PR3-110DC/3X21

2908893

326

REL-PR3-120AC/3X1

2903708

328

REL-PR3-120AC/3X21

2903704

326

REL-PR3-230AC/3X1

2903709

328

REL-PR3-230AC/3X21

2903705

326

REL-SR- 24DC/2X21/FG

2908777

457

RIF-0-BPT-M/ 21

2907468

296

RIF-0-BPT/1

2901873

297

RIF-0-BPT/21

2900958

296

RIF-0-BSC/ 1

2901872

297

RIF-0-BSC/21

2900957

297

RIF-0-OPT-24DC/230AC/1

2905295

337

RIF-0-OPT-24DC/24DC/2

2905293

336

RIF-0-OPT-24DC/48DC/100

2905294

337

RIF-0-OSC-24DC/230AC/1

2905656

339

RIF-0-OSC-24DC/24DC/2

2905657

338

RIF-0-OSC-24DC/48DC/100

2905658

339

RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1

2903362

333

RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1AU

2903360

333

RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21

2903371

332

RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21AU

2903369

332

RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1

2903361

333

RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1AU

2903359

333

RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21

2903370

332

RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21AU

2903368

332

RIF-0-RPT-M-24DC/21

2908327

332

RIF-0-RSC-12DC/ 1

2903367

335

RIF-0-RSC-12DC/ 1AU

2903365

335

RIF-0-RSC-12DC/21

2903375

334

RIF-0-RSC-12DC/21AU

2903373

334

RIF-0-RSC-24DC/ 1

2903366

335

RIF-0-RSC-24DC/ 1AU

2903364

335

RIF-0-RSC-24DC/21

2903374

334

RIF-0-RSC-24DC/21AU

2903372

334

RIF-1-BPT/2X21

2900931

302

RIF-1-BSC/2X21

2900930

303

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-12DC/1X21

2906224

340

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-12DC/2X21

2906223

341

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1IC

2909884

348

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21

2903342

340

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21AU

2903338

340

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21MS

2905289

344

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903334

341

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21/FG

2908215

456

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21AU

2903330

341

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21MS

2905291

345

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21

2903340

340

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21AU

2903336

340

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21MS

2909776

344

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21

2903332

341

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21AU

2903328

341

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21MS

2909775

345

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21

2903339

340

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21AU

2903335

340

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21MS

2905290

344

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903331

341

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21AU

2903327

341

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21MS

2905292

345

RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21

2903341

340

RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21AU

2903337

340

RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21

2903333

341

RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21AU

2903329

341

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-12DC/1X21

2908500

342

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-12DC/2X21

2908501

343

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1IC

2909885

348

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1X21

2903358

342

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1X21AU

2903354

342

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1X21MS

2905659

346

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903350

343

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21AU

2903346

343

RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21MS

2905660

347

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/1X21

2903356

342

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/1X21AU

2903352

342

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/1X21MS

2909774

346

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21

2903348

343

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21AU

2903344

343

RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21MS

2909773

347

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/1X21

2903355

342

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/1X21AU

2903351

342

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/1X21MS

2905661

346

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21

2903347

343

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21AU

2903343

343

RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21MS

2905662

347

RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/1X21

2903357

342

RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/1X21AU

2903353

342

RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/2X21

2903349

343

RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/2X21AU

2903345

343

RIF-1-V8/PT/FLK14/OUT

2905195

367

RIF-1-V8/PT/FLK14/OUT/M

2906992

547

RIF-2-BPT/4X21

2900934

312

RIF-2-BSC/4X21

2900932

313

RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903315

350

RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/4X21

2903308

351

RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21

2903311

350

RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/4X21

2903305

351

RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903310

350

RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/4X21

2903304

351

RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21

2903313

350

RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/4X21

2903306

351

RIF-2-RSC-LDP-125DC/2X21

2903324

352

RIF-2-RSC-LDP-125DC/4X21

2903319

353

RIF-2-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903326

352

RIF-2-RSC-LDP-24DC/4X21

2903320

353

RIF-2-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21

2903322

352

RIF-2-RSC-LV-120AC/4X21

2903317

353

RIF-2-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21

2903321

352

RIF-2-RSC-LV-230AC/4X21

2903316

353

RIF-2-RSC-LV-24AC/2X21

2903323

352

RIF-2-RSC-LV-24AC/4X21

2903318

353

RIF-3-BPT/2X21

2900937

318

RIF-3-BPT/3X21

2900938

319

RIF-3-BSC/2X21

2900935

320

RIF-3-BSC/3X21

2900936

321

RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903297

354

RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21

2903294

355

RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21

2903296

354

RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21

2903293

355

RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903295

354

RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21

2903292

355

RIF-3-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903303

356

RIF-3-RSC-LDP-24DC/3X21

2903300

357

RIF-3-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21

2903302

356

RIF-3-RSC-LV-120AC/3X21

2903299

357

RIF-3-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21

2903301

356

RIF-3-RSC-LV-230AC/3X21

2903298

357

RIF-4-BPT/3X21

2900961

324

RIF-4-BSC/3X21

2900960

325

RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903281

358

RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X1

2903275

360

RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21

2903278

359

RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21

2903280

358

RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X1

2903274

360

RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21

2903277

359

RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903279

358

RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X1

2903273

360

RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21

2903276

359

RIF-4-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903291

362

RIF-4-RSC-LDP-24DC/3X1

2903284

364

RIF-4-RSC-LDP-24DC/3X21

2903288

363

RIF-4-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21

2903290

362

RIF-4-RSC-LV-120AC/3X1

2903283

364

RIF-4-RSC-LV-120AC/3X21

2903287

363

RIF-4-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21

2903289

362

RIF-4-RSC-LV-230AC/3X1

2903282

364

RIF-4-RSC-LV-230AC/3X21

2903285

363

RIF-BR-12-230 AC

2907060

330

RIF-LDM-12-24 DC

2907057

330

RIF-LDP-110 DC

2900941

330

RIF-LDP-12-24 DC

2900939

330

RIF-LDP-48-60 DC

2900940

330

RIF-LV-12-24 UC

2900942

330

RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC

2900944

330

RIF-LV-48-60 UC

2900943

330

RIF-LVM-100-200 AC/110 DC

2907058

330

RIF-RC-12-24 UC

2900949

330

RIF-RC-120-230 UC

2900951

330

RIF-RC-48-60 UC

2900950

330

RIF-RH-1

2900953

303

RIF-RH-1-H

2904468

303

RIF-RH-2

2900954

313

RIF-RH-3

2900955

319

RIF-RH-4

2900956

325

RIF-RHM-1

2905986

303

RIF-RHM-1-H

2905985

303

RIF-RHM-2

2905984

313

RIF-RHM-4

2905983

325

RIF-RHS-2

2908043

313

RIF-T3-24UC

2902647

274

RIF-V-12-24 UC

2900945

330

RIF-V-120-230 UC

2900948

330

RIF-V-48-60 UC

2900947

330

SCK-C-MODBUS

2901674

258

SCK-M-I-4S-20A

2903242

259

SCK-M-I-8S-20A

2903241

259

SCK-M-U-1500V

2903591

259

SCK-RSD-100

2905029

254

SCK-RSD-400

2905030

255

SCK-RSD-600

255

SD FLASH 2GB EMLOG

2403484

214

SK 5,0 WH:REEL

0805221

105

SSA 3-6

2839295

172

SSA 5-10

2839512

172

ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3

2905417

448

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO

2905572

449

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO

2905585

449

ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38

2829564

446

ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46

2826981

444

ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46

2826091

444

ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46

2829797

444

ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46

2833026

444

ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46

2826266

444

ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46

2832027

444

STP 5-2

0800967

366

SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC

SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC

SWD4-8MF2 PXC

SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC

SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC

SWD4-CRP-1 PXC

614

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index

Alphabetical

phoenixcontact-interface-technology-and-switching-devices-html.html

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

SWD4-CRP-2 PXC

2903114

SWD4-RC8-10 PXC

2903106

SZF 1-0,6X3,5

1204517

424

TC-2D37SUB-ADIO32-2EX-P-UNI

2904684

165

TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-CS

2905677

525

TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-RS

2905203

525

TC-2KS40-AI16-M-PRH-CS

2905257

524

TC-2KS40-AO16-EX-PR-CS

2905201

525

TC-2KS40-AO16-M-PRH-CS

2905905

524

TC-2KS40-AO8-EX-PR-RS

2905204

525

TC-2KS50-DI16-EX-PR-RS

2905202

525

TC-2KS50-DI32-2EX-PR-CS

2904676

525

TC-2KS50-DO16-ESD-AR-RS

2904113

525

TC-2KS50-DO16-EX-PR-RS

2905678

525

TC-2KS50-DO16-F&G-AR-RS

2904112

525

TC-2KS50-DO32-EX-PR-CS

2905199

525

TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A20000

2903389

525

TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A23132

2903390

525

TC-C-PSR3-SC-A100V+A20000

2903391

525

TC-C-PTSM-50-00000000J1J1

2903388

525

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI

2924854

165

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-MP-P-UNI

2906639

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI

2902932

165

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI

2902934

166

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-MP-PS-UNI

2906640

TC-MACX-MCR-PTB

2904673

175

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

UC-EMLP (11X9)

0819291

177

UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS

0824547

177

UC-EMLP (15X5)

0819301

105

UC-EMLP (15X5) CUS

0824550

105

UCT-EM (30X5)

0801505

105

UCT-EM (30X5) CUS

0801589

105

UDK-RELG 4

2777056

449

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

176

UM 25-D 9SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959560

574

UM 25-D 9SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959573

574

UM 25-D15SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959586

574

UM 25-D15SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959599

574

UM 25-D25SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959609

574

UM 25-D25SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959612

574

UM 45-D37SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959625

574

UM 45-D37SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959638

574

UM 45-D50SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959641

574

UM 45-D50SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959654

574

UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8

2968205

535

UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8

2968195

535

UM- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC

2962463

541

UM- 8 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC

2968386

537

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/MT/PLC

2962379

541

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC

2962382

541

UM-2KS40/16AI/SI/RS/SO225

2319841

522

UM-2KS40/16AIO/RS/SO225

2319838

522

UM-2KS50/ 8DO/RS/MKDS

2900174

523

UM-2KS50/16DI/RS/MKDS

2900173

522

UM-2KS50/16DO/RS/MKDS

2900175

523

UM-2KS50/32IM/SI/BFI/YCS

2908402

519

UM-2KS50/32R/SI/J/ADV551/YCS

2908400

518

UM-2KS50/32R/SI/J/DO24V/YCS

2908399

518

UM-2KS50/DI16/RS/K-MT/SO241

2319618

522

UM-2KS50/DO16/RS/K-MT/SO241

2319595

523

UM-32 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC

2968373

537

UM-DELTA V/D/SI

5603255

483

UM-DELTAV/A/SI

5603256

483

UM-DELTAV/A/SI/BFI/TP

5603258

483

UM-DELTAV/D/SI/BFI/TP

5603257

483

UM-S95U/S7/FLK50/PLC

2907030

564

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC

2976187

540

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC

2974914

538

UMK- 8 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC

2979485

538

UMK- 8 RM/MR-G24/ 1/PLC

2979469

536

UMK- EC38/38-XOL

2976284

578

UMK- EC38/38-XOR

2976297

578

UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/L

2900115

581

UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/R

2900114

581

UMK- EC56/25/EX -L

2900113

581

UMK- EC56/25/EX -R

2900112

581

UMK- EC56/32-XOL

2975764

579

UMK- EC56/32-XOR

2975858

579

UMK- EC56/32-XUL

2975780

579

UMK- EC56/32-XUR

2975777

579

UMK- EC56/56-XOL

2975890

579

UMK- EC56/56-XOR

2975900

579

UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L

2976158

579

UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R

2976161

579

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOL

2900110

580

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOR

2900109

580

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUL

2969071

580

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUR

2969068

580

UMK- PVB

2971302

599

UMK- PVB 6

2972136

599

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/PLC

2974891

539

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC

2974901

539

UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC

2979508

539

UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC

2979498

539

UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/PLC

2979472

536

URELG 3

2820136

444

UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET

VFD 5007 IL IB

VFD 5015 IL IB

VFD 5022 IL IB

VFD 5040 IL IB

VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

2903802

509

VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756

2904288

475

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F

2903778

572

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F/LED

2904263

573

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M

2903777

572

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M/LED

2904258

573

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F

2903780

572

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F/LED

2904264

573

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M

2903779

572

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M/LED

2904259

573

VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M

2904277

487

VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M/SO

2904278

487

VIP-2/PT/FLK10

2903787

568

VIP-2/PT/FLK10/LED

2904248

569

VIP-2/PT/FLK14

2903788

568

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8M/PLC

2904283

528

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8P/PLC

2904284

528

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED

2904249

569

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED/PLC

2904279

526

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/PLC

2903801

526

VIP-2/PT/FLK16

2903789

568

VIP-2/PT/FLK16/LED

2904250

569

VIP-2/PT/FLK20

2903790

568

VIP-2/PT/FLK20/LED

2904251

569

VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40) /S7

508

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/16/SLC500

2904287

477

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756

2904286

474

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/LED/PLC

2904280

527

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

2904285

474

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/PLC

2903803

527

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400

2904289

508

VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/F

2904272

576

VIP-2/PT/PDM-2/16/FU 6.3A

2903603

599

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

509

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756

2322333

475

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F

2315162

570

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F/LED

2322197

571

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M

2315117

570

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M/LED

2322142

571

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F

2315175

570

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F/LED

2322207

571

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M

2315120

570

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M/LED

2322155

571

VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M

2900676

487

VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO

2900786

487

VIP-2/SC/FLK10

2315010

566

VIP-2/SC/FLK10/LED

2322045

567

VIP-2/SC/FLK14

2315023

566

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC

2322281

528

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC

2322294

528

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED

2322058

567

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC

2322249

526

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC

2315214

526

VIP-2/SC/FLK16

2315036

566

VIP-2/SC/FLK16/LED

2322061

567

VIP-2/SC/FLK20

2315049

566

VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED

2322074

567

VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7